w
TEXT-BOOK OF
EMBRYOLOGY
BY
FREDERICK RANDOLPH BAILEY, A. M., M. D.
FORMERLY ADJUNCT PROFESSOR OF HISTOI^OGY AND EMBRYOLOGY, COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND
SURGEONS (MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OF COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY)
AND
ADA: r MARION MILLER, A. M.
PROFESSOR OF ANATOMY, THE LONG ISLAND COLLEGE HOSPITAL
tfourtb 3EMtton
WITH
FIVE HUNDRED AND THREE ILLUSTRATIONS
NEW YORK
WILLIAM WOOD AND COMPANY
MDCCCCXXI
COPYRIGHT, 1921,
BY WILLIAM WOOD & COMPANY.
PREFACE TO THE FOURTH EDITION
In the present edition the plan of the book has been modified in certain respects.
The chapter on the cell has been omitted because in the opinion of the authors the
previous training of the student who commences the study, of the embryology of
vertebrates has been sufficient to bring to his attention the salient features of cell
organization. In former editions the early processes of development, viz: cleav-
age, gastrulation, and mesoderm formation, were treated as topics in separate
chapters. The present plan comprises the treatment of the early stages in succes-
sion in a given animal form; individual chapters are devoted to Amphioxus, the
frog, the chick, and the mammal. This change has been made because it is our
opinion gained from experience in teaching that the student acquires a better
understanding of the development of the germ layers by following the processes as
a continuous series in a given animal. A number of old illustrations have been
replaced by new figures the sources of which have been duly credited.
Apart from the insertion of the chapter on fcetal membranes the second part
of the book, comprising organogeny, has been revised only in so far as the results
of recent investigation have modified the ideas expressed in the previous edition.
We wish to express our appreciation of the helpful criticisms of our colleagues
and other friends.
THE AUTHORS.
JULY, 1921.
518843
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION
The Text-book, as originally planned, is an outgrowth of the course in
Embryology given at the Medical Department of Columbia University. It was
intended primarily to present to the student of medicine the most important
facts of development, at the same time emphasizing those features which
bear directly upon other branches of medicine. As the work took form, it
seemed best to broaden its scope and make it of greater value to the genera!
student of embryology and allied sciences. With the opinion that illustrations
convey a much clearer conception of structural features than verbal description
alone, the writers have made free use of figures.
The plan of adding brief "Practical Suggestions" at the end of each chapter
has been so thoroughly satisfactory in the Text-book of Histology, especially
in connection with laboratory work, that it has been adopted here. These
"suggestions" are not intended to be complete descriptions of embryological
technic, but are for the purpose of furnishing the laboratory worker with cer-
tain of the more essential practical hints for studying the structures described
in the chapter. To avoid frequent repetition, some of the best methods of
procuring, handling, and preparing embryological material, and some of the
more important formulae are given in the Appendix, which is intended to be
used mainly for the carrying out of the "Practical Suggestions."
The development of the Germ Layers has been treated rather elaborately
from a comparative standpoint, because this has been found the most satisfac-
tory method of teaching the subject.
In the chapter on the Nervous System the aim has been to give a general
conception of the subject, which, if once mastered by the student, will give
him an insight into the structure and significance of the nervous system that
will bring this difficult subject more fully within his grasp.
In Part II (Organogenesis), at the end of each chapter there is given a brief
description of certain developmental anomalies which may occur in connection
vi PREFACE.
with the organs described in the chapter. In Chapter XIX (Teratogenesis)
the nature and origin of the more complex anomalies and monsters are dis-
cussed, and also the causes underlying the origin of malformations.
The writers wish to thank Dr. Oliver S. Strong for his painstaking work on
the chapter on the Nervous System. Dr. Strong in turn wishes to acknowledge
his indebtedness to Dr. Adolf Meyer for important ideas underlying the treat-
ment of his subject, and also for many valuable details. He expresses his
thanks also to Professors C. J. Herrick, H. von W. Schulte and G. L. Streeter
for helpful criticisms and suggestions. The writers would also express their
thanks to Dr. H. McE. Knower for helpful criticisms on Part I and the
chapter on Teratogenesis; to Dr. Edward Learning for making the photo-
graphs reproduced in the text; to the American Journal of Anatomy for the
loan of plates; and to Messrs. William Wood & Company for their uniform
courtesy and kindness.
FREDERICK RANDOLPH BAILEY.
APRIL i, 1909. ADAM MARION MILLER.
CONTENTS
PART I.— GENERAL DEVELOPMENT
CHAPTER I
THE GERM CELLS i
The Ovum i
The Spermatozoon 6
References for Further Study 10
CHAPTER II
MATURATION n
Spermatogenesis — Maturation of the Sperm 1 1
Maturation of the Ovum 16
Significance of Mitosis and Maturation 20
Sex Determination 21
Ovulation. 23
References for Further Study 26
CHAPTER III
FERTILIZATION 27
Significance of Fertilization 33
References for Further Study 34
//EAR
CHAPTER IV
ARLY DEVELOPMENT OF AMPHIOXUS 35
Cleavage 35
Gastrulation 38
Mesoderm Formation 42
References for Further Study 47
CHAPTER V
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE FROG 49
Cleavage 51
Gastrulation 55
Mesoderm Formation .....* 59
References for Further Study 65
vii
viii CONTENTS
CHAPTER VI
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHICK 66
Cleavage . ... .... . . . . . . 67
Gastrulation . . . . . . . . . , -. . . 70
Origin of the Mesoderm . . . ..... ."•'• 77
Body Form. . . . . . . . . :, . . . 81
References for Further Study . 82
CHAPTER VII
EARLY MAMMALIAN DEVELOPMENT 84
Cleavage 85
Ectoderm and entoderm 88
Mesoderm 93
The Germ Layers in Man 99
References for Further Study 106
CHAPTER VIII
DEVELOPMENT OF THE EXTERNAL FORM OF THE BODY 107
General Form 107
The Face 118
The Extremities 121
Age, Length and Weight of the Body 122
References for Further Study 125
CHAPTER IX
THE DEVELOPMENT OF CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM. 129
Histogenesis 131
Fibers and Fibrils . ...''. 134
Adipose Tissue. . . . . -. ;.-;>..- ,•••'•• 135
Cartilage -. 136
Osseous Tissue . . . . /'.-,.;, : .-".,. .''•„• . '. , , 137
Intramembranous Ossification . . . . 137
Intracartilaginous Ossification . 140
The Development of the Skeletal System . .... '. 146
The Axial Skeleton. . . . . . . . . . . ; 146
The No tochord . .,...-. .... . . . . , I46
The Vertebrae . . . . . . 1',". . . I47
The Ribs. .' i v ... . ;. 152
The Sternum ' . ^
The Head Skeleton 154
Ossification of the Chondrocranium .
CONTENTS ix
Membrane Bones of the Skull !6o
Bones Derived from the Branchial Arches 162
The Appendicular Skeleton T66
Development of Joints 173
Anomalies 177
References for Further Study -. 181
CHAPTER X
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM 185
The Blood Vascular System ^5
Principles of Vasculogenesis ..193
The Heart ! . 196
The Septa. 202
The Valves 205
Changes after Birth 206
The Arteries 209
The Veins 219
Histogenesis of the Blood Cells 236
The Lymph Vascular System 242
The Lymph Glands 249
The Spleen 252
Glomus Coccygeum 254
Anomalies 254
References for Further Study 259
CHAPTER XI
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM 262
The Skeletal Musculature 262
Muscles of the Trunk 264
Muscles of the Head 269
Muscles of the Extremities 272
Histogenesis of Striated Voluntary Muscle Tissue . . . . . . . .276
The Visceral Musculature 280
Histogenesis of Heart Muscle '280
Histogenesis of Smooth Muscle 281
Anomalies 282
References for Further Study 283
CHAPTER XII
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS . 285
The Mouth . . , . .286
The Tongue. . .- ..-..;. v^ • .... 289
x CONTENTS
The Teeth ....... . . -. , . . 291
The Salivary Glands . . , ; 296
The Pharynx . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
The Branchial Epithelial Bodies . .... . 300
The (Esophagus and Stomach ...:.. . 304
The Intestine ......... v 3°6
Histogenesis of the Gastrointestinal Tract 311
The Development of the Liver. 314
Histogenesis of the Liver . 318
The Development of the Pancreas 319
Histogenesis of the Pancreas . 322
Anomalies '. 323
References for Further Study . . 327
CHAPTER XIII
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM 330
The Larynx 331
The Trachea 333
The Lungs . 334
Changes in the Lungs at Birth 337
Anomalies; 338
References for Further Study 338
CHAPTER XIV
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE COELOM, THE PERICARDIUM, PLEUROPERITONEUM,
DIAPHRAGM AND MESENTERIES 340
The Pericardia! Cavity, Pleural Cavities and Diaphragm ...'.... 341
The Pericardium and Pleura 347
The Omentum and Mesentery 347
The Greater Omentum and Omental Bursa 348
The Lesser Omentum 349
The Mesenteries . . . . . ... . . . 350
The Peritoneum 352
Anomalies -••."• 352
References for Further Study . . . . 353
CHAPTER XV
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM. 354
The Pronephros ...... .^^. ......... 354
The Mesonephros . . ... .... ... . 356
The Kidney (Metanephros) . ....;;;;..:.;. 361
The Ureter, Renal Pelvis, and Straight Renal Tubules 361
CONTENTS xi
The Convoluted Renal Tubules and Glomeruli 363
The Renal Pyramids and Renal Columns 367
Changes in the Position of the Kidneys 369
The Urinary Bladder, Urethra, and Urogenital Sinus 370
The Genital Glands 373
The Germinal Epithelium and Genital Ridge 3*73
Differentiation of the Genital Glands 375
The Ovary 376
The Testicle . . . 381
Determination of Sex 382
The Ducts of the Genital Glands and the Atrophy of the Meso-
nephroi 383
In the Female 383
Oviduct. . 384
Uterus and Vagina 385
In the Male 386
Changes in the Positions of the Genital Glands and the Development
of their Ligaments 387
Descent of the Testicles 389
Descent of the Ovaries 392
The External Genital Organs 393
The Development of the Suprarenal Glands 396
The Cortical Substance 397
The Medullary Substance 397
Anomalies • 399
References for Further Study 405
CHAPTER XVI
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE INTEGUMENTARY SYSTEM 407
The Skin 407
The Nails - 409
The Hair 410
The Glands of the Skin 412
The Mammary Glands 412
Anomalies 4J4
References for Further Study . . . . '*\ < 416
CHAPTER XVII
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 417
General Considerations • 4X7
General Plan of the Vertebrate Nervous System . .......... 420
Spinal Cord and Nerves 427
The Epichordal Segmental Brain and Nerves 429
xii CONTENTS
The Cerebellum ..... . 436
The Mid-Brain Roof 437
The Prosencephalon • • 437
General Development of the Human Nervous System During the First
Month 442
His togenesis of the Nervous System ••• • • " 448
Epithelial Stage — Cell Proliferation 449
Early Differentiation of the Nerve Elements 453
Differentiation of the Peripheral Neurones of the Cord and Epi-
chordal Segmental Brain ...... :. . . '. 456
Efferent Peripheral Neurones 45^
Afferent Peripheral and Sympathetic Neurones 459
Development of the Lower (Intersegmental) Intermediate Neurones 472
Further Differentiation of the Neural Tube •'.-." 476
The Spinal Cord. -47^
The Epichordal Segmental Brain ...".. 482
The Cerebellum v . . - 495
Corpora Quadrigemina . . •_ -I ;. ', ' < • 500
The Diencephalon 501
The Telencephalon (Rhinencephalon, Corpora Striata and Pallium) 508
Rhinencephalon ..*... 510
Corpora Striata and Pallium . ... . . . . 511
The Archipallium 516
The Neopallium \. 522
Anomalies 530
References for Further Study ..... . - . . . \ ". .... 531
CHAPTER XVIII
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE ........ 533
The Eye ..'..... 533
The Lens » . . . 535
The Optic Cup 539
The Retina . . '! , . r . .540
The Chorioid and Sclera ....'. 4 ....... 545
The Vitreous . . . 545
The Optic Nerve . . . .546
The Ciliary Body, Iris, Cornea, Anterior Chamber 547
The Eyelids 548
The Nose 549
The Ear 552
The Inner Ear •; .... . . . ^^2
The Acoustic Nerve -.'. . ; . .. 558
The Middle Ear • • • • 559
CONTENTS xiii
The Outer Ear 560
Anomalies 561
References for Further Study 562
CHAPTER XIX
FOETAL MEMBRANES 563
Foetal Membranes in Birds and Reptiles 563
The Amnion 563
The Yolk Sac 567
The Allantois 570
The Chorion or Serosa 571
Fcetal Membranes in Mammals 571
Amnion, Chorion, Yolk Sac, Allantois, Umbilical Cord 572
Further Development of the Chorion 575
The Fcetal Membranes in Man . . 579
The Amnion 579
The Yolk Sac 581
The Allantois 582
The Chorion and Decidua 583
The Decidua Parietalis 587
The Decidua Capsularis . 587
The Decidua Basalis 588
The Umbilical Cord 596
The Expulsion of the Placenta and Membranes 598
Anomalies 598
References for Further Study 599
CHAPTER XX
TERATOGENESIS 601
Malformations Involving More Than One Individual 601
Classification, Description, Origin 601
Symmetrical Duplicity 602
Origin of Symmetrical Duplicity 607
Asymmetrical Duplicity . • • • 608
Origin of Asymmetrical (Parasitic) Duplicity 610
Malformations Involving One Individual 612
Description, Origin 612
Defects in the Region of Neural tube 612
Origin of Malformations in the Region of Neural Tube. . . .615
Defects in Regions of the Face and Neck, and their Origin . .616
Defects in the Thoracic and Abdominal Regions, and their Origin 618
Causes Underlying the Origin of Monsters 620
The Production of Duplicate (Polysomatous) Monsters . . ... . 621
CONTENTS
The Production of Monsters in Single Embryos 622
The Significance of the Foregoing in Explaining the Production of
Human Monsters 623
References for Further Study 624
INTRODUCTION
While Embryology as a science is of comparatively recent date, recorded
observations upon the development of the foetus date back as far as 1600 when
Fabricius ab Aquapendente published an article entitled "De Formato Fcetu.';
Four years later the same author added some further observations under the
title, " De Formatione Foetus." Harvey (1651), using a simple lens, studied and
described the chick embryo of two days' incubation. Harvey's idea was that
the ovum consisted of fluid in which the embryo appeared by spontaneous
generation. Regnier de Graaf (1677) described the ovarian follicle (Graafian
follicle), and in the same year was announced the discovery by Von Loewenhoek
of the spermatozoon. These and other embryologists of this period held what
is now known as the prejormation theory. According to this theory, the adult
form exists in miniature in the egg or germ, development being merely an
enlarging and unfolding of preformed parts. With the discovery of the
spermatozoon the " pref ormationists " were divided into two schools, one hold-
ing that the ovum was the container of the miniature individual (ovists), the
other according this function to the spermatozoon (animalculists). According
to the ovists, the ovum needed merely the stimulation of the spermatozoon to
cause its contained individual to undergo development, whereas the animalcu-
lists looked upon the spermatozoon as the essential embryo-container, the ovum
serving merely as a suitable food-supply or growing-place.
Nearly a hundred years of almost no further progress in embryological
knowledge came to a close with the publication of Wolff's important article,
"Theoria Generationis," in 1759. Wolff's theory was theory pure and simple,
with very little basis on then known facts, but it was significant as being ap-
parently the first clear statement of the doctrine of epigenesis. The two es-
sential points in Wolff's theory were: (i) that the embryo was not preformed;
that is, did not exist in miniature in the germ, but developed from a more or less
unformed germ substance; (2) that union of male and female substances was
necessary to initiate development. The details of Wolff's theory were wrong
in that he looked upon the ovum as a structureless substance and upon the
seminal fluid and not upon the spermatozoon as the male fecundative agent.
Dollinger and his two pupils, von Baer and Pander, were the next to make
important contributions to Embryology. Von Baer's publication in 1829 was
of extreme significance in the development of embryological knowledge, for
XV
xvi INTRODUCTION.
in it we have the first definite description of the primary germ layers as well as
the first accurate differentiation between the Graafian follicle and the ovum.
It will be remembered that the cell was not as yet recognized as the unit of
organic structure. Only comparatively gross Embryology was thus possible.
With the recognition of the cell as the basis of animal structure (Schleiden and
Schwann, 1839) the entire field of histogenesis was opened to the embryologist;
the ovum became known as a typical cell, while a little later (Kolliker, Reichert
and others, about 1840) was established the function of the spermatozoon
and the fact that it also was a modified cell structure. From this time we
may consider the two fundamental facts of Histology and of Embryology,
respectively, as firmly fixed beyond controversy; for Histology, the fact that
the body consists wholly of cells and cell derivatives; for Embryology, the
fact that all of these cells and cell derivatives develop from a single original
cell — the fertilized ovum.
The adult body being thus composed of an enormous number of cells, vary-
ing in structure and in function, forming the different tissues and organs, and
these cells having all developed from the single fertilized germ cell, it is the
province of Embryology to trace this development from the union of male
and female germ cells to the cessation of developmental life.
While Embryology thus properly begins with the fertilized ovum, that is,
with the first cell of the new individual, certain preliminary considerations are
essential to the proper understanding of this cell and its future development.
These are the structure of the ovum and of the spermatozoon and their de-
velopment preparatory to union. Also, as it is with cells and cell activities
that Embryology has largely to deal, it is necessary to consider the structure
of the typical animal cell and the processes by which cells undergo division or
proliferation.
While the subject of this work is distinctly human Embryology, it is neither
possible nor advisable to confine our study wholly to human material. It is not
possible, for the reason that material for the study of the earliest stages in the
human embryo (first 12 days) is entirely wanting, while human embryos of
under 20 days are extremely rare. Again, even later stages in human develop-
ment are often best understood by comparison writh similar stages in lower
forms. For practical study by the student, human material for all even of
the later stages is rarely available, so that recourse must frequently be had to
material from lower animals. Such study is, however, usually thoroughly
satisfactory if the student has sufficient knowledge of comparative anatomy, and
the deductions regarding human development, from the study of development
in lower forms, are rarely in error, '
PART I.
GENERAL DEVELOPMENT.
CHAPTER I.
THE GERM CELLS.
The vertebrate animal body is a complex of numerous types of cells.
The great majority of the cells are engaged in carrying on the various activi-
ties of daily life. Muscle cells contract and produce motion and locomotion;
red blood corpuscles carry oxygen from the lungs to all parts of the body;
epithelial cells synthesize and secrete substances which are used in some man-
ner or excrete waste products; nerve cells convey impulses from one region to
another and thus bring distant parts into communication. All these are
integral parts of the body, working in harmony in response to the demands
put upon them. They are usually spoken of as somatic cells (soma-body)
because they compose the bulk of the body and are concerned in its specific
activities which collectively constitute the general body economy. When
death occurs all these cells die and disintegrate without leaving any
descendants.
Within the body is another group of cells which differ in certain respects
from the somatic cells. They are confined to the genital or sex glands, to the
testis in the male and the ovary in the female. They probably play no part
in the general body economy; they are concerned in perpetuating the race.
During the life of an individual of a given generation they are discharged at
certain times from the glands that contain them, and under proper conditions
then develop into a new individual of the succeeding generation. For this
reason they are known as germ cells. While these cells contain the same
visible elements as the somatic cells, that is, nuclear and cytoplasmic com-
ponents, there are differences in internal organization which make these cells
alone capable of producing a new member of the species. Under ideal con-
ditions of reproduction, therefore, they do not die and disintegrate, as do the
somatic cells, but are carried along into and with successive generations,
always constituting the plasm from which new individuals arise. Each
sex has its own peculiar type of cell; the female carries the ovum (ovium,
female sex cell or germ cell), the male carries the spermatozoon (spermium,
sperm, male sex cell or germ cell).
THE OVUM.
The ovum is among the largest cells in the animal body, but varies in size
from a fraction of a millimeter in some of the invertebrates and in mammals
to several inches in the largest birds. The differences in size are due in large
1
^,NTE;XT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
measure to differences in the amounts of food or yolk stored within the egg.
Taking the human ovum as an example of ova containing a small amount of
yolk (deutoplasm) , it is not truly spherical in shape but ovoid, with an aver-
age diameter of slightly less than 0.2 mm. As seen in section in the ovary
it presents the appearance of the traditional typical cell (Fig. i). Surround-
ing the ovum is the zona pellucida, a thick, highly refractive membrane
which sometimes shows a faint radial striation. Immediately outside of this
Zona
pellucida
FIG.
. — From a section of the ovary of a 1 2-year old girl. The primary oocyte lies in a large
mature Graafian follicle and is surrounded by the cells of the " germ hill " (the inner edge of
which is shown in the upper left-hand corner of the figure). Photograph.
membrane one or two layers of the epithelial cells of the Graafian follicle
are arranged radially as the corona radiata. The zona pellucida is probably
composed of differentiated cytoplasm of the inner ends of these cells. Some
investigators have described a delicate mtelline membrane between the zona
pellucida and the ovum ; others have not observed it. If this is present it is
probably a true cell membrane, a product of the egg cytoplasm.
The egg cytoplasm (historically called the vitellus, whence the term
vitelline that is so frequently used in embryology) is more opaque and more
THE GERM CELLS. 3
coarsely granular than the cytoplasm of most cells, due to the presence of
granules or globules of yolk. These globules are suspended in the cytoplasm
and composed of fatty and albuminous substances that are later utilized in the
growth of the embryonic cells. It should be added that the composition of
the yolk in the human ovum is assumed, but analysis of the yolk of the hen's
egg has shown a large percentage of lipins including lecithin, with some pro-
teins also, and a similar composition of the yolk granules in other ova is a
reasonable assumption. Lecithin (lekythos), is a term that was used by the
ancients to designate the yolk of an egg. The yolk globules are congregated
near the center of the cell, surrounding the nucleus, while a zone of cytoplasm
nearly destitute of yolk forms the peripheral portion of the ovum. In his
recent study of the maturation of the human ovum Thomson describes and
illustrates a centrosphere which then disappears after the formation of the
second polar body.
The nucleus is situated near but not
quite in the center of the ovum amidst
the yolk granules. Its volume bears about
the same ratio - to the volume of the egg
cytoplasm as the nuclear volume of the
average somatic cell bears to its cyto-
plasmic mass. A distinct nuclear mem-
brane encompasses the usual nuclear
structures. The chromatin seems rather
scanty, the nucleus thus being conspic-
uously vesicular. The single nudeolus
(plasmosome) is intensely stainable, and FIG. 2.— Ovumof frog(Ranasylvatica).
in a fresh human ovum has been observed T1f <*ark shading represents the
cytoplasmic pole, the light shad-
to perform amoeboid movement. ing immediately below represents
The frog's egg will serve as an example sl^S^SS^^mm^e^
of an ovum with a moderate amount of f nts the gelatinous substance
11- (secondary egg membrane).
yolk suspended in the Cytoplasm, yet
enough yolk to produce a definite and visible effect upon the organization
of the cell and to influence strongly the future processes of development.
The female frog deposits the eggs in clusters in quiet water where they may
be observed resting on the bottom or sticking to leaves and twigs. The
eggs are enclosed in a jelly-like substance, each cell with its own gelatinous
capsule or membrane (Fig. 2). Each egg is spherical and measures from ij^
to 3 mm. in diameter, depending upon the species of frog. Externally some-
thing more than one-half of the cell is black owing to the presence of pig-
ment granules, and the remainder is nearly white. If the eggs have been
free in the water for a few minutes the dark sides are turned upward. A
4 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
delicate vitelline membrane, not easily seen, surrounds each ovum. This
is a true cell membrane, a product of the egg cytoplasm. Outside of this is a
tough membrane called the chorion and then the gelatinous capsule, both
being secondary egg membranes produced by the cells of the oviduct and
not by the cytoplasm of the ovum.
If the egg is bisected through the centers of the dark and light areas the
two halves are exactly alike. The cut surface of either half shows three
substances: pigment, cytoplasm and yolk. The pigment forms a superficial
layer which coincides with the dark superficial area. It is a product of
cytoplasmic activity without any known importance in future development.
The portion of the egg not covered by pigment contains a large amount of
yolk, in fact more yolk than cytoplasm, in the form of globules of different
sizes. The remainder of the egg contains some yolk but the cytoplasm is
excessive. Therefore we may speak of the cytoplasmic or animal pole and
the yolk or vegetal pole of the egg, the former approximately indicated on
the surface by the dark area and the latter by the light area. The yolk has
a slightly higher specific gravity than the cytoplasm, which accounts for the
fact that if the egg is left free in its natural medium the dark pole turns up-
ward. An egg like this in which more yolk is accumulated at one side than
at the other is known as a telolecithal ovum as distinguished from one of the
homolecithal type in which the yolk granules are distributed uniformly or
nearly so, as in the mammalian ovum.
The nucleus of the frog's ovum is proportionately smaller than in the
case of an egg with a small quantity of yolk. It is conspicuously eccentric,
situated nearer the animal than the vegetal pole. Being thus situated it
obviously tends to occupy the center of the cytoplasmic mass. The nuclear
membrane encloses the usual nuclear components; the chromatin is rather
scanty and numerous small nucleoli (plasmosomes) are present.
The freshly laid hen's egg may be chosen as an example of a large ovum
with a relatively great quantity of yolk (Fig. 3) . The shape is characteristic.
The outer covering is the shell, a calcareous substance. If the shell is broken
the tough shell-membrane appears; this is a double layer with a considerable
air space between the layers at the larger end of the egg. Enclosed by this
membrane is the thick layer of albuminous substance with a denser twisted
portion, the chalaza, at each end of the egg. All these structures are second-
ary egg membranes secreted around the ovum proper by the epithelium of
the oviduct during its passage through that organ.
The ovum proper consists of the large spherical mass of yolk, 25 mm.
or more in diameter, and a small disk of cytoplasm, 3 or 4 mm. in diameter,
which rests upon the yolk. If the unbroken egg is allowed to lie in one
position for a minute or two the disk will be found uppermost when the shell
THE GERM CELLS.
is opened owing to the slightly higher specific gravity of the yolk. At the
time of laying, however, development has proceeded for several hours, for
fertilization normally occurs in the oviduct before the secondary egg-mem-
branes are deposited. The ovum proper must be examined in the ovary or
immediately after its escape therefrom in order to see it before development
begins. At this time the yolk mass is quite similar to that of the egg after
laying, and the small disk of cytoplasm containing a single flat nucleus is
attached to one side of the yolk. While a few small yolk granules are sus-
pended in the cytoplasm, there is an abrupt transition from the cytoplasmic
disk to pure yolk. By far the greater part of the yolk contains no cytoplasm
but consists solely of nutritive substances which are later carried to and
assimilated by the growing embryo.
Germinal disk (cytoplasm)
White yolk
Albumen (" white
Vitelline membrane
White yolk
Shell
Shell membrane
(outer layer)
Chalaza
Shell membrane
(inner layer)
Yellow yolk (deutoplasm)
FIG. 3. — Diagram of a vertical section through an unfertilized hen's egg. Bonnet.
The presence of the large quantity of yolk in the ova of birds and reptiles
is correlated with the long period during which embryos of these animals
undergo development within their shells before hatching and attaining
ability to get their own food. In the case of the frog the moderate amount
of yolk in the egg serves as food for the growing embryo until it becomes a
free-swimming larva or tadpole. An embryo of a mammal develops for a
long period in the uterus of its mother from an ovum with scanty yolk, but
provision is made for drawing nourishment directly from the maternal blood
during this time.
A simple classification of ova is made on the basis of the amount and
distribution of the yolk content. The term meiolecithal is used, to designate
ova in which the yolk granules are few (many invertebrates, Amphioxus,
mammals). Mesolecithal ova are those which contain moderate quantities
of yolk (amphibians). Ova that possess large yolk content are classed as
6 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
polylecithal (certain fishes, reptiles, birds) . It has been stated earlier in the
chapter that in case the yolk is accumulated in greater quantity toward one
pole the ovum is telolecithal, while in case of nearly uniform distribution it is
homolecithal. The yolk has a slightly higher specific gravity than the
cytoplasm, in consequence of which the animal pole of the egg turns. upward,
except in most of the teleost ova where the yolk is composed of oil droplets
that are lighter than the cytoplasm. In many insect eggs the yolk is cen-
trally placed and the cytoplasm forms an outer layer; these are known as
centrolecithal ova.
THE SPERMATOZOON.
Compared with the ovum the spermatozoon is an exceedingly small cell
bearing little resemblance to the ordinary or typical cell. It is so small
in most animals that the ovum of the same species exceeds it in bulk several
hundred thousand times. Its peculiar shape and structure are correlated
with its high degree of motility, the cytoplasm being drawn out into a long
slender tail or flagellum which in the living cell is lashed about and thus
drives the whole cell along. All spermatozoa of vertebrates are of the
flagellate type, the human spermatozoon serving as an example.
With the usual preparation the human spermatozoon shows a head, a
middlepiece or body, and a tail, measuring in total length from 50 to 60 micra.
On side view the head is nearly oval, usually a little narrower at the front
end; on edge it appears pear-shaped. The nucleus is situated in the head,
nearer the attachment of the body, and a thin layer of cytoplasm, the galea
capitis, surrounds the nucleus and is continued forward as the acrosome. The
head is about 4.5 micra in length, 2 to 3 in width and i to 2 in thickness, being
much smaller than a red blood corpuscle. The body is attached to the
broader end of the head and is cylindrical, measuring about 6 micra in length.
Sometimes a narrower portion, the neck, is visible at the point of attachment.
Without sharp demarkation the body continues into the slender tail which
runs to a point and measures from 40 to 50 micra in length.
Special preparations of spermatozoa reveal other details of structure
(Fig. 4). The body contains a delicately fibrillated cord, the axial thread,
which is continued throughout the tail, narrowing to a point at its terminus.
Surrounding the axial thread is a capsule of cytoplasm which, however, does
not extend to the tip of the tail, thus leaving the axial thread naked for a
short distance. In the body the cytoplasm contains a spiral fiber, perhaps
of a mitochondrial nature, winding round the axial filament; other mitochon-
dria also are present. The body contains the centrosome which takes the
form of a double structure; one part, the anterior end knob, is attached to
the posterior surface of the head close to the nucleus, the other part, the
THE GERM CELLS.
Acrosome
X~\
Galea
capitis
Neck HHC Anterior end knob
Posterior end knob
Body
End ring
Spiral fibers
„ Sheath of
axial thread
posterior end knob, is situated a little farther back. A derivative of the centro-
some, as shown during development of the spermatozoon, is the end ring
which marks the boundary between body and tail.
Spermatozoa of other animals, both vertebrates and invertebrates, show a
great variety of forms. A few of these are
illustrated in Fig. 5. Some are simple in
form and structure, others are complex and
even bizarre. Almost throughout the
series, however, there is some structure Head*
that lends itself to the function of motility.
In the tubules of the mammalian testis,
where the spermatogenic cells develop into
the mature spermatozoa, the sperms are
not motile. They acquire some degree of
motility in the tubules of the epididymis
and the highest degree only after they are
mixed with the secretions of the prostate
gland and other accessory sex glands.
They are active in the fluid of the female
genital tract where they swim against the
current produced by the cilia of the epithe-
lium -lining the tract. Their rate of
progress has been variously estimated from
1.5 to 3.5 mm. per minute. It is not
known how long spermatozoa remain alive
in the female genital tract. They have
been found in the vagina seventeen days
and in the cervix of the uterus eight days
after cohabitation, and in one case where
the oviducts were removed more than
three weeks after cohabitation active
sperm cells were found but whether they
were capable of fertilizing an ovum could
not be determined. Spermatozoa can en-
dure considerable variation in tempera-
ture; they are most active in a slightly
alkaline medium but die quickly in an acid
medium. The number of spermatozoa
produced by an individual is almost incomparably greater than the num-
ber of ova. It has been estimated that only about 400 ova reach maturity
during the reproductive period of a little more than 30 years in a
Main segment
of tail
Axial thread
-Capsule
Terminal
filament
FIG. 4. — Diagram of a human
tozob'n. Meves, Bonnet.
^
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
N
FIG. 5. — Various types of spermatozoa. A, B, A teleost; C, D, bird; E, F, snail; G, Ascaris; H,
an annulate; /, bat; /, opossum; K, rat; L, salamander; M, N, O, P, crustaceans, k,
End knob; w, middle piece; u, undulatory membrane. From Kellicott, General Embry-
ology.
THE GERM CELLS. 9
woman, while a single ejaculation of semen may contain two hundred
million spermatozoa.
Significance of Germ Cell Organization.— One feature of this has already
been mentioned in connection with the morphological differences between the
male and female germ cells: The spermatozoon is adapted for locomotion
while the ovum is passive and frequently laden with yolk. This diversity in
structure is truly correlated with a physiological division of labor. The two
cells must unite before development of a new organism can proceed; the egg
is non-motile and contains nutriment for the future embryo, the sperm by
virtue of its motility approaches the egg and finally enters it.
Another feature of organization is embodied in the chromatin. The
chromatin is a visible substance and is regarded as the inheritance material.
Its constitution is such that it determines in large measure the course of
development of the embryo arising from the united germ cells and the quali-
ties or characters of the adult. Parts of the chromatin contain or comprise
factors which give rise to certain characters in the developed organism.
These factors, or genes as 'they are frequently called by students of heredity,
are not visible things but are probably expressed in the physico-chemical
nature of the chromatin. There is ample evidence for their presence, upon
which is based the modern theory of heredity or Mendelian inheritance. One
set of factors is present in the ovum and another in the sperm. Their rela-
tion to the chromosomes and their behavior will be considered in the two
succeeding chapters.
There are certain characters of the embryo that are derived directly from
the cytoplasm of the ovum ; so chromatin is not the only germ cell substance
that influences development. Since these characters come from the female
parent and not from the male, this is sometimes called maternal inheritance
as distinguished from Mendelian inheritance. The cytoplasm of the sperm
seems to be useful only as a temporary locomotor apparatus. The egg cyto-
plasm is so organized that it becomes potent in determining the course of
development. In the case of an ovum that contains a moderate amount of
yolk, as in the frog, or a large quantity, as in the bird, there is an obvious
polar differentiation or polarity which is visibly expressed in the distribution
of the cytoplasm and yolk. This polarity of the egg determines the polarity
of the future adult animal. It will be seen in a later chapter that the egg of
Amphioxus is bilaterally symmetrical, and that the bilateral character of
the developing animal follows upon that of the egg. This is true also of
the frogs and fishes. Other evidence of the internal organization of the
egg cytoplasm in certain invertebrates is seen in collections of various pig-
ments in the ova; and it is possible to predict accurately the part of the em-
bryo that will be derived from the portion of the cytoplasm containing a given
10 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
pigment. These few examples are sufficient to indicate that cytoplasmic
organization of the ovum determines in a measure the course of development
of the future embryo.
References for Further Study.
CONKLIN, E. G.: Heredity and Environment in the Development of Men. 1920.
KEIBEL, F. and MALL, F. P.: Manual of Human Embryology. Vol. I, Chap. I, 1910.
KELLICOTT, W. E.: Text-book of General Embryology. Chap. Ill, 1913.
WALDEYER, W.: In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergleichenden und experimentellen
Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere. Bd. I, Teil I, Kap. I, 1906. Contains extensive
bibliography.
WILSON, E. B.: The Cell in Development and Inheritance. 2d Ed., 1900.
CHAPTER II.
MATURATION.
It was stated in the preceding chapter that among the vertebrates the
essential condition for the production of a new individual was the union of
two sexually different cells. Since the number of chromosomes is constant
for all the cells of a species, such a union would cause a doubling of chromo-
somes unless the latter were reduced to one-half of their normal number.
Such a reduction actually takes place, .and forms the essential part of the
maturation processes of the germ cells.
SPERMATOGENESIS— MATURATION OF THE SPERM.
The spermatozoa arise from the germinal epithelium of the testis. In
the mammal this epithelium consists of two kinds of cells: (i) the supporting
cells (of Sertoli) and (2) the spermatogenic cells in various stages of develop-
ment (Fig. 6). Of the latter the basal layer consists of small round or oval
cells which are known as spermatogonia. Internal to these are the larger
spermatocytes having large vesicular nuclei with densely staining chromatin.
Between these and the lumen of the seminiferous tubule are several layers of
small round or oval cells, the spermatids. The spermatids have the reduced
number of chromosomes, and by direct transformation give rise to the mature
spermatozoa which may either lie free in the lumen of the tubule or have their
heads embedded in the supporting cells.
The way in which the maturation or reduction divisions take place in the
higher animals, such as mammals, is difficult to demonstrate on account of
the small size of the cells. The following account is based on data obtained
from the study of lower forms (amphibia, fishes, insects, Ascaris) whose
maturation processes have been demonstrated with great accuracy. Ascaris
and some of the insects show the later stages with remarkable clearness.
It is reasonable to suppose that the maturation processes of the mamma-
lian germ cells agree essentially with those of lower forms.
The spermatogonia divide by ordinary mitosis, each daughter cell receiv-
ing the full or diploid number of chromosomes. After several generations ^
some of the spermatogonia pass through a period of growth and are then
known as primary spermatocytes. During this period important changes
take place in the nucleus. The chromatin granules become concentrated
11
12
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
6.— Schematic outline of sper-
into a dense mass in which very little struc-
ture is made out. After the period of
growth the nucleus assumes again the reticu-
lar appearance. Then when the spireme is
formed and segmentation occurs, previous
to division, only the haploid or one-half the
normal number of chromosomes appears. This
seems to be due to an actual fusion of
chromosomes by pairs, such fusion occurring
during the period of growth and being known
as synapsis of chromosomes. In some cases
the double nature of the chromosomes is still
visible while in other cases the fusion is
complete.
The fused chromosomes now prepare for
division. However, instead of dividing
longitudinally into two parts, a double split-
ting occurs and each chromosome is divided
into four elements. Such a quadruple chro-
mosome is termed a tetrad. Since each tetrad
represents a double chromosome, the number
of tetrads in any species will be equal to one-
half its normal number of chromosomes (Fig.
7, D). The tetrads arrange themselves in the
equatorial plane of the spindle and cell division
begins (Fig. 7, E, F, G) . Each tetrad is sepa-
rated into two dyads, and then one dyad
from each tetrad goes to each of the two
resulting daughter cells or secondary sperma-
tocytes (Fig. 7, H)'. A new spindle is formed
in each of the secondary spermatocytes and
the cells divide again, without the return of
the nucleus to the resting stage. The dyads
go to the equatorial plane (Fig. 7, 7, /, K).
Each dyad is separated into two monads,
each daughter cell or spermatid receiving one
monad from each dyad (Fig. 7,L). Aprimary
lying close to the basement
membrane and multiplying by ordinary mitosis. 9-16, Spermatogonia during period
of growth, resulting in primary spermatocytes. 17, 18, 19, Primary spermatocytes divid-
ing. 20, Secondary spermatocytes. 21, Secondary spermatocytes dividing, resulting in
spermatids (22-25). 26-31, Transformation of spermatids into spermatozoa, a few of
which are seen fully formed (32).
MATURATION.
13
spermatocyte gives rise therefore to four spermatids in which the number of
chromosomes is reduced to one-half the normal.
After the last spermatocyte division and the resulting formation of the
spermatid, the nucleus of the latter acquires a membrane and intranuclear
network, thus passing into the resting condition. Without further division
FIG. 7. — Reduction of chromosomes in spermatogenesis in Ascaris megalocephala (bivalens).
Brauer, Wilson. — A — G, Successive stages in the division of the primary spermatocyte.
The original reticulum undergoes a very early division of the chromatin granules which
then form a doubly split spireme (B). This becomes shorter (C), and then breaks in two
to form the 2 tetrads (D, in profile, E, on end). F, G, H, First division to form 2 secondary
spermatocytes, each receiving 2 dyads. /, Secondary spermatocyte. /, K, The same
dividing. L, Two resulting spermatids, each containing 2 single chromosomes.
the spermatid now becomes transformed into a spermatozoon (Fig. 8). This
is accomplished by rearrangement and modification of its component struc-
tures. The centrosome either divides completely, forming two centrosomes, or
partially, forming a dumbbell-shaped body between the nucleus and the sur-
face of the cell. The nucleus passes to one end of the cell and becomes oval
14
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
in shape. Its chromatin becomes very compact and finally condensed in the
homogeneous chromatin mass which forms the greater part of the head of the
spermatozoon. Both centrosomes apparently take part in the formation of
the middle piece. The one lying nearer the center becomes disk-shaped and
attaches itself to the posterior surface of the bead. The more peripheral
centrosome also becomes disk-shaped and from the side directed away from
the head a long delicate thread grows out — the axial filament. The central
Head
Anterior end knob
Posterior end knob
Head
. Anterior end knob
Posterior end knob
"• End ring
Tail
Nucleus
Cytoplasm
Proximal centrosome
Distal centrosome
FIG. 8. — Transformation of a spermatid into a spermatozoon (human).
Meves, Bonnet.
Schematic.
portion of the outer centrosome next becomes detached and in mammals
forms a knob-like thickening — end knob — at the central end of the axial
filament. In amphibians this part of the outer centrosome appears tq pass
forward and to attach itself to the inner centrosome. In both cases the rest
of the outer centrosome in the shape of a ring passes to the posterior limit of
the cytoplasm. As the two parts of the posterior centrosome separate, the
cytoplasm between them becomes reduced in amount, at the same time giv-
ing rise to a delicate spiral thread — the spiral filament — which winds around
MATURATION.
15
the axial filament of the middle piece. Meanwhile the axial filament has
been growing in length and part of it projects beyond the limit of the cell.
The cytoplasm remaining attached to the anterior part of the filament sur-
rounds it as the sheath of the middle piece. In mammals there appears to be
more cytoplasm than is needed for the formation of the sheath of the middle
piece, and a large part of it degenerates and is cast aside. The sheath which
surrounds the main part of the axial filament appears in some cases at any
rate to develop from the filament itself. The galea capitis or delicate film
XY
.XY2
B C
FIG. 9. — Three stages in spermatogenesis in man (negro). Wieman.
In a is shown a nucleus of a primary spermatocyte during the growth period; p, plasmosome; x
and y, accessory chromosomes. In b is shown the metaphase in a primary spermatocyte
in which there are 1 2 bivalent chromosomes that have resulted from synapsis of the 24 in
the spermatogonium, the x and y uniting with each other. In c is shown a later stage of
spermatocyte division in which the xy pair has divided longitudinally, the daughter chro-
mosomes passing toward the poles of the spindle ahead of the main group.
of cytoplasm which covers the head is also a derivative of the cyto-
plasm of the spermatid.
The developing spermatozoa lie with their heads directed toward the
basement membrane, and attached, probably for purposes of nutrition, to
the free ends of the Sertoli cells (Fig. 6) . Their tails often extend out into
16 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the lumen of the tubule. When fully developed they become detached
from the Sertoli cells and lie free in the lumen of the tubule.
The work done within the past decade on spermatogenesis in the human
has established the relation of chromosome behavior here to that in the
lower animals, showing some interesting coincidences. In the last of several
studies by different investigators, Wieman has critically observed conditions
in both the white and the negro. In division of the spermatogonium 24
chromosomes appear, two of which are designated idiochromosomes (XY
pair). During the period of growth to a primary spermatocyte the XY pair
persists as a deeply staining bipartite body (Fig. 9, a). In the prophase of
primary spermatocyte division pairing or synapsis results in 12 bivalent
chromosomes, the XY pair retaining its identity (Fig. 9, V). When meta-
kinesis occurs the XY element divides lengthwise, but whether the other 1 1
divide lengthwise or transversely has not been determined (Fig. 9, c). In
division of the secondary spermatocyte the n chromosomes divide, each
giving one-half of itself to a spermatid; but the XY element gives X to one
spermatid and Y to the other. The result of this chromosomal behavior is,
therefore, that the usual reduction in number is accomplished but that the
spermatids, and hence the spermatozoa, are of two classes differing as to the
X and Y chromatin content.
MATURATION OF THE OVUM.
The female germ cell, before it is fertilized, goes through a process of
maturation similar to that of the male germ cell. The result is essentially
the same: the mature ovum contains a reduced number of chromosomes.
There is this difference, however, that while the chromatin elements are
distributed equally during the reduction divisions, one cell alone retains
practically all the cytoplasm and deutoplasm present in the primary oocyte.
This cell becomes the functional ovum while the other cells are pinched off as
minute bodies, containing but little of the cytoplasm, which are known as
polar bodies and eventually degenerate and disappear.
The early maturation stages of the female sex cell are very similar to
those of the male. The oogonia contain the diploid number of chromosomes
and divide by ordinary mitosis. After several generations they pass through
a period of growth and are then known as primary oocytes. During the
growth period there occurs a condensation of the chromatin, and synapsis
of the chromosomes probably takes place at this time. The nucleus then
resumes its reticular structure. Following this the spireme is formed,
preparatory to division, and segments into the haploid number of chromo-
somes. From this stage the process varies somewhat in different animals.
MATURATION,
17
In Ascaris, whose diploid number of chromosomes is four, both maturation
divisions occur after the sperm has entered the egg and lies embedded there
FIG. 10. — Maturation of the ovum of Ascaris megalocephala (bivalens). Boveri, Wilson. A,
The ovum with the spermatozoon just entering at x" ', the egg nucleus contains 2 tetrads
(one not clearly shown), the somatic number of chromosomes being 4. B, Tetrads in pro-
file. C, Tetrads on end. D, E, first spindle forming. F, Tetrads dividing. G, First polar
body formed, containing 2 dyads; 2 dyads left in the ovum. H, /, Dyads rotating in pre-
paration for next division. /, Dyads dividing. K, Each dyad divided into 2 single chro-
mosomes, thus completing the reduction.
as the male pronucleus. An achromatic spindle forms near the surface of
the ovum and the two tetrads go to the equatorial plane (Fig. 10, E). Each
18
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
tetrad separates into two dyads, and one dyad from each tetrad passes
into a small mass of cytoplasm which becomes detached from the egg cell as
the first polar body (Fig. 10, F, G). A new spindle forms without the return
of the nucleus to the resting stage, and each dyad divides into two monads.
The second polar body is now given off in the same manner as the first
(Fig. 10, H, 7, /, K). One monad from each dyad passes into a small mass
of cytoplasm and is separated from the egg cell. The maturation is now
complete. The nucleus of the mature ovum contains the haploid number
of chromosomes and is ready for union with the male pronucleus.
D 10 F
FIG. n. — From sections of ova of the mouse, showing stages in the maturation process. Sobotta.
A, Ovum showing prophase of maturation division. /, fat; z.p., zona pellucida.
B, Ovum showing maturation spindle with chromatin segments undivided.
C, Ovum showing diaster stage of maturation division, formation of ist polar body (p.b.),
and sperm nucleus (male pronucleus, m.pn.) just after its entrance.
D, Ovum showing polar body (p.b.) and male (m.pn.) and female (f.pn.) pronuclei.
E, Ovum showing both polar bodies (p.b.} and pronuclei.
F, Ovum showing pronuclei preparing to unite.
The maturation of the mouse ovum, described by Mark and Long, may
be taken as an example of mammalian maturation. The diploid number of
chromosomes is twenty, but when the growth of the primary oocyte is
completed and the cell prepares for division only ten chromosomes are
present. Each chromosome is V-shaped and shows the structure of a tetrad.
While still in the Graafian follicle the first polar body is given off and lies
as a small globule beneath the zona pellucida. The egg cell and the first
MATURATION. 19
polar body constitute secondary oocytes, comparable with the secondary
spermatocytes of the male. The egg now leaves the ovary and reaches the
oviduct. If a sperm enters the ovum, another spindle forms and a second
polar body is given off. The nucleus of the mature ovum or female pronu-
cleus, with the haploid number of chromosomes, is now ready for union
with the male pronucleus. (See Fig. 1 1 .)
Comparing maturation in the male and female sex cells, it is to be noted
that the spermatogonia and oogonia proliferate by ordinary mitosis, main-
taining the somatic or diploid number of chromosomes up to a certain period
in their life history. They then enter upon a period of growth in size, result-
ing in primary spermatocytes and primary oocytes. When these prepare
for division the nuclear reticulum in each case resolves itself into the haploid
number of chromosomes. During division this reduced number is given
to each resulting secondary spermatocyte or oocyte.
There is, however, this marked peculiarity about the division of the
primary oocyte, that while the division of the nuclear material is equal the
division of the cytoplasm is very unequal, most of the latter remaining in one
cell, the secondary oocyte proper. The other cell, very small owing to its
lack of cytoplasm, is extruded from the oocyte proper as the first polar body.
The same condition obtains in the next division. One cell, the mature ovum,
retains most of the cytoplasm, the other being detached as the second polar
body. In some cases the first polar body also divides. Thus the primary
oocyte gives rise to three or four cells, each of which has the reduced number
of chromosomes. One of them becomes the mature ovum, the others are
cast off as apparently useless cells and eventually disappear. The primary
spermatocyte, on the other hand, gives rise to four functioning cells which
are equal in cytoplasmic content. (See Fig. 12.)
The apparent difference between maturation of the male and female sex
cells — the single functional cell in the female as contrasted with four in the
male — loses some of its character when one notes that in some forms the
polar bodies are not so rudimentary as is generally the case. Thus in certain
forms one or more of the polar bodies may develop into cells very similar to
the mature egg cell, may be penetrated by spermatozoa, and may even be
fertilized and proceed a short distance in segmentation. There is perhaps
warrant for considering the polar bodies as rudimentary or abortive ova.
The time of formation of the polar bodies varies in different animals.
In a few (echinoderms) they are formed before the sperm enters the egg.
In Ascaris they are both formed after the entrance of the sperm. In other
forms, like the mouse, the first polar body is formed while the egg is still in
the Graafian follicle, the second one after the entrance of the sperm. The
only recorded observations on maturation of the human ovum are those of
20
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Thomson's. In an extensive series of ovaries he has observed both polar
bodies and the spindles preceding extrusion. Both maturation divisions
occur before the Graafian follicle ruptures and discharges the ovum, the
time of formation of the second polar body therefore differing from that in
other mammals.
From the data in the above description it is evident that the phenomena
of maturation are essentially similar in the male and female sex cells. In
the female two or three of the cells are indeed abortive, probably in order to
insure a large amount of food material to the functioning ovum; but the
result, the reduction of the number of chromosomes in the mature sex cell
Oogonia
Primary
oocyte
Secondary
oocyte
Spermatogonia
Proliferation
Primary
spermatocyte
Growth
Secondary
spermatoeyte
Spermatid
Maturation
Spermatozoon
j
[if!
Prolifera-
tion
Growth
Maturation
Trans-
formation
FIG. 12. — Diagram representing the histogenesis of (a) the female sex cells and (6) the male sex
cells. Modified from Boveri.
to one-half the number characteristic of other cells of the species, is always
the same.
Significance of Mitosis and Maturation.
The earlier investigators regarded maturation merely as a means of re-
ducing the number of chromosomes in the mature germ cells, so as to prevent
a doubling of chromatin material at the subsequent fertilization. This,
however, seems to be but a minor object of maturation. As a matter of
fact, the reduction of the chromatin mass is not one-half but three-quarters
and even more. It is also well known that the chromatin mass increases or
diminishes under certain conditions during the life history of a cell.
The chief significance of maturation is to be considered rather from the
standpoint of heredity. Modern biologists are convinced that the chromatin
particles constitute the inheritance substance of the cell. During mitosis
MATURATION. 21
the chromatin granules arrange themselves in a continuous thread, the
spireme, which differs qualitatively in different regions. The chromosomes,
which are only segments of the spireme, likewise differ from end to end. In
ordinary mitosis these chromosomes split longitudinally, half of each chromo-
some going to each of the resulting daughter cells. This is an equational
division in which the chromatin material is exactly halved.
In maturation, however, a synapsis of the chromosomes takes place, the
latter fusing in pairs. The chromosomes of each pair are probably separated
again in one of the subsequent maturation divisions, the reduction division.
If the chromosomes are qualitatively different, then the mature germ cells
resulting from this division will be of two different kinds, varying more or
less in their content of hereditary factors. Experimental evidence confirms
this interpretation of maturation.
There is another interesting point to be considered. The recent work of
cytologists leads to the assumption that the fusion of chromosomes during
synapsis is not a matter of chance, but takes place in a definite manner.
The chromosomes in the primordial germ cells seem to form a series of homol-
ogous pairs the members of which fuse during synapsis. The individual
pairs can often be distinguished from other pairs by differences in shape 01
size. There is much evidence to support the belief that each pair consists oi
one paternal and one maternal chromosome, which had been brought to-
gether at the antecedent fertilization. This seems to indicate also that the
chromosomes retain their identity even when resolved into the chromatic
reticulum of the resting nucleus. The reduction division will separate the
fused chromosomes, and the resulting mature germ cells will be either paternal
or maternal in their chromatic constitution. The maturation processes there-
fore produce a segregation of the paternal and maternal chromosomes.
The cytological data described above, which support and in turn are
supported by a great mass of experimental evidence, illustrate Mendel's law
of segregation. This law is that the units contributed by two parents sepa-
rate in the germ cells without having had any influence upon each other.
For instance, when a mouse with gray coat color is mated with a mouse with
black coat color, one parent contributes a unit for gray and the other a unit
for black. These units will separate during the maturation of the germ
cells, and the resulting spermatozoa and ova will again recover the pure
paternal or maternal units.
Sex Determination.
In the great bulk of cytological and experimental studies of recent years
there is abundant evidence for the belief that certain chromosomes play an
important part in the determination of sex. In the grasshopper (Steno-
22
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
bothrus viridulus) the somatic number of chromosomes in the male is seven-
teen and in the female eighteen. Owing to the odd number there is an
unusual complication in the maturation of the male germ cell. When
synapsis occurs eight pairs of chromosomes are formed but the odd chromo-
some, which can usually be distinguished by its appearance, is left without a
mate (Fig. 13, 4). At the first maturation division this univalent chromo-
FIG. 13. — Stages in the spermatogenesis of a grasshopper (Stenobothrus viridulus). Meek, i,
Spermatogonium in process of division, having 17 chromosomes (8 pairs and one odd).
2, Representing growth period of spermatogonium. 3-6, Division of the primary sperma-
tocytes — sixteen of the chromosomes are paired while the "accessory" has no mate and
passes as a whole to one of the two secondary spermatocytes. 7-8, Division of the second-
ary spermatocyte with the odd chromosome, the latter splitting and giving one-half to
each resulting spermatid. x, "Accessory" chromosome.
some does not divide but passes as a whole to one of the resulting cells, thus
giving two kinds of secondary spermatocytes (Fig. 13, 5). When the
secondary spermatocytes divide, however, the odd chromosome in one of
MATURATION. 23
them also divides like the other chromosomes, each of the resulting sperma-
tids receiving one-half (Fig. 13, #). Thus two kinds of sperms are formed
in equal numbers, containing respectively eight and nine chromosomes. The
odd chromosome is also known as the accessory or X-chromosome.
In the ovum no such complication arises, there being two accessory
chromosomes which unite in synapsis. All the mature ova will therefore
contain nine chromosomes. As a result, there are two combinations possible
when the male and female sex cells unite: an ovum may be fertilized by a
sperm containing either eight or nine chromosomes. In the first case the
somatic number in the fertilized egg will be seventeen and, the egg will develop
into a male. In the second case the somatic number will be eighteen and the
resulting individual will be a female. In the example given, therefore, the
presence or absence of the accessory or odd chromosome will determine
the sex.
The presence of accessory chromosomes has been demonstrated in many
invertebrates, especially insects. They have also been described in several
vertebrates such as the rat, fowl, guinea-pig, and even man. In many cases
the accessory chromosome of the male germ cell has a mate which differs,
however, in some way (size, appearance, etc.) and is designated the Y-
chromosome. An ovum fertilized by a spermatozoon containing the Y-
chromosome will give rise to a male; if fertilized by one containing the
X-chromosome the egg will develop into a female.
There are many cases, particularly among parthenogenetic forms, where
sex cycles arise, which cannot be explained by chromosomal behavior. In
these cases nutrition seems to play an important part in determining the
: sex of the individual. But as to the great majority of forms investigated, the
weight of evidence supports the view that the chromosomes are the chief
agents in sex determination.
Ovulation.
Ovulation is the discharge of the ovum from the ovary, whether in the
human female or any of the lower animals. Our attention will here be con-
fined to the phenomenon as it occurs in mammals.
Before the ovum escapes from the ovary it is contained in a structure
known as the Graafian follicle, which consists of a wall of epithelium, the
granular layer, enclosing a space filled with a viscid fluid, the follicular fluid.
Surrounding the follicle is a special layer of connective tissue, the theca fol-
liculi, which is a part of the ovarian stroma and contains many small blood
vessels. The egg cell is situated within a thickened portion of the epithelial
wall, the germ hill. The growth of the follicle itself will be described in the
chapter on the geni to-urinary system.
24 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
When the Graafian follicle is mature, having reached its maximum size,
it produces a bulge on the ovary; and there is only a thin membrane, com-
posed of the granular layer, the theca and the germinal epithelium of the
ovary, between the follicular cavity and the exterior of the ovary (Fig. 14).
At a certain time this membrane breaks and the follicular fluid gushes out,
carrying with it the ovum and some of the cells of the germ hill. The ovum
is then free in the abdominal cavity whence normally it passes into the
open end of the oviduct, or Fallopian tube. The cause of the rupture of the
follicle has not been ascertained; but there are certain facts which throw light
upon it. In the dog ovulation occurs during oestrus, or the period of "heat,"
independently of approach of the male. In the mouse, the rat and the
Germinal
epithelium
Germ hill Theca foUicui£
with ovum (vascular layer)
Theca folliculi (fibrous layer)
Stratum granulosum
FIG. 14. — From section of human ovary, showing mature Graafian follicle ready to rupture.
Kollmann's Atlas.
guinea-pig ovulation also occurs spontaneously during oestrus. In the
rabbit ovulation occurs about ten hours after coitus, and it has been shown
experimentally that the follicle does not rupture after any stimulus except
coitus. The sheep ovulates spontaneously during the earlier "heat "periods
of the breeding season, but in the later periods coitus seems necessary to
bring about the rupture of the follicle. In the bat, however, there are pecu-
liar circumstances: Copulation takes place in the autumn, the spermatozoa
remaining alive in the uterus until the following spring, and then ovulation
occurs apparently in response to seasonal temperature changes without even
a "heat" period. These are only a few instances out of a great number of
MATURATION. 25
observations, but they show that in general ovulation occurs during the
oestrus or period of "heat" in the female, sometimes coincident with copu-
lation. Just prior to the oestrus period there is a marked increase of blood
flow to the generative organs, during a pro-cestrual period or pro-cestrus.
During oestrus the increased blood flow is maintained and may be accen-
tuated at the approach of the male, and it has been suggested that an in-
crease in blood pressure in the ovary is at least one of the factors in causing
the rupture of the Graafian follicle. Another contributing factor may be
an increase in the quantity of fluid within the follicle thereby increasing
the intrafollicular pressure.
In monkeys there is a slight menstrual flow which may occur periodically
the year round, but there seems to be a limited season for ovulation and con-
ception. Menstruation and ovulation therefore do not necessarily coincide.
In the human the menstrual flow is a pronounced feature during the years of
reproductive activity of the female, recurring at average intervals of 28 days
except during pregnancy and usually during lactation. It is generally ad-
mitted that the time of menstrual flow corresponds to the pro-cestrual period
of the lower mammals, that is, the period immediately preceding the oestrus
or rutting time. It would be expected that in the human female the period
of sexual desire would follow menstruation. It seems, however, that condi-
tions of modern society have disturbed the natural cycle of physiological
activities, although there is reason to believe that in primitive man there was
at least an approximation to conditions in the lower mammals. In highly
civilized man there appears to be no particular period of sexual desire, and
there is considerable evidence that ovulatiqn is not always associated with
menstruation but may occur at any time during the intermenstrual period.
With the disappearance of a fixed oestrus in the human female the definite
relation between ovulation and the oestrus has broken down, although bio-
logically the most favorable condition for conception is ensemination just
after the menstrual flow.
Earlier in this chapter it was stated that the number of ova in the two
ovaries approximated 70,000. Allowing one ovum to each ovulation, not
more than about 400 of these attain maturity during the years of a woman's
reproductive activity, the others along with their follicles probably degener-
ating within the ovaries. The general concensus of opinion is that in the great
majority of cases only one ovum escapes at ovulation either from one ovary
or the other. One possible exception to this occurs in the case of twin off-
spring where the twins are not identical. There is good evidence that iden-
tical twins arise from a single ovum, and it is not impossible even that ordinary
twins develop from the same ovum.
26 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
References for Further Study.
BUCHNER, P.: Praktikum der Zellenlehre. Teil I. 1915.
CONKLIN, E. G.: Heredity and Environment in the Development of Men. 3d Ed.,
1920.
CRAGIN, E. B.: Text-book of Obstetrics. 1915.
HERTWIG, R.: Eireife und Befruchtung. In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergleichenden
und experimentellen Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere. Bd. I, Teil I, Kap. II, 1903.
Contains extensive bibliography.
KELLICOTT, W. E.: Text-book of General Embryology. Chap. IV, 1913.
MARSHALL, F. H. A.: The Physiology of Reproduction. 1910.
MORGAN, T. H.: Heredity and Sex. 1913.
MORGAN, T. H.: The Physical Basis of Heredity. 1919.
THOMSON, A.: The Maturation of the Human Ovum. Journal of Anatomy, Vol. 53,
1919.
WIEMAN, H. L.: The Chromosomes of Human Spermatocytes. American Journal
of Anatomy, Vol. 21, 1917.
WILSON, E. B.: The Cell in Development and Inheritance. 1900.
CHAPTER III.
FERTILIZATION.
When the complex maturation processes described in the preceding
chapter are completed, the spermatozoon is ready for union with the mature
ovum. This union, which forms the starting point of a new individual in all
sexual reproduction, is known as fertilization, and the resulting cell is the
fertilized ovum, or zygote.
The details of the process vary in different animals. Its essence is the
entrance of the spermatozoon into the ovum and the union of the nucleus of
the spermatozoon with the nucleus of the ovum. At the time of its entrance
into the egg, the sperm head is small and its chromatin extremely condensed.
Soon after entering the ovum, however, the sperm head undergoes develop-
ment into a typical nucleus, the male pronucleus. This male pronucleus is
to all appearances exactly similar in structure to the nucleus of the egg which
latter is now known as the female pronucleus. The chromatin networks in
both pronuclei next pass into the spireme stage, the spiremes segmenting
into chromosomes of which each pronucleus contains one-half the somatic
number. The nuclear membranes meanwhile disappear and the chromo-
somes lie free in the cytoplasm. During these changes in the pronuclei, the
amphiaster has formed and the male and the female chromosomes mingle in
its equatorial plane. At this stage no actual differentiation can be made
between male chromosomes and female chromosomes, the differentiation
shown in Fig. 15 being schematic. The picture is now that of the end of the
prophase of ordinary mitosis, the somatic number of chromsomes being
arranged in a plane midway between the two centrosomes. With the ming-
ling of male and female chromosomes fertilization proper comes to an end.
The further steps are also identical with those of ordinary mitosis. Each
chromosome splits longitudinally into two exactly similar parts, one of which
is contributed to each daughter nucleus, and the cell body divides into two
equal parts. There thus result from the first division of the fertilized ovum,
two cells which are apparently exactly alike and each of which contains
exactly the same amount of male and of female chromosome elements.
The amphiaster of the fertilized ovum appears to develop as in ordinary
mitosis. As to the origin of the centrosomes, however, much uncertainty
still exists. The middle piece of the spermatozoon always enters the ovum
with the head. It has already been shown that one or two spermatid centro-
27
28
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
somes take part in the formation of the middle piece. Male centrosome
elements are therefore undoubtedly carried into the ovum in the middle
piece. It is equally well known, for some forms at least, that the centrosome
of the ovum disappears just after the extrusion of the second polar body. In
a considerable number of forms the development of the egg centrosome from,
Female
x^ pronucleus
Head of
—spermatozoon
with centrosome
Female pronucleus
Male pronucleus
•gsr Centrosome
Male pronucleus
Female pronucleus
Chromosomes of
female pronucleus
Chromosomes of
male pronucleus
Centrosome
Chromosome from
female pronucleus
„ Chromosome from
male pronucleus
— - Centrosome
FIG. 15. — Diagram of fertilization of the ovum. (The somatic number of chromosomes is 4.)
Boveri, Bohm and von Damdoff.
or in close relation to the middle piece of the spermatozoon has been observed.
The details of fertilization as it occurs in the sea-urchin have been carefully
described by Wilson. In cases of this type (Fig. 16) the tail of the spermato-
zoon remains outside the egg while the head and middle piece, almost imme-
FERTILIZATION.
29
diately after entering, turn completely around so that the head points away
from the female pronucleus. An aster with its centrosomes next appears,
developing from, or in very close relation to the middle piece. The aster and
sperm nucleus now approach the female pronucleus, the aster leading and its
rays rapidly extending. On or before reaching the female pronucleus the
a
K
•^mm+-^:
FIG. 1 6. — Fertilization of the eggs of the star-fish and sea-urchin.
A, B, C, entrance of the sperm into the cytoplasm (star-fish). D, mature spermatozoon of the
sea-urchin; E-H, successive stages in the penetration of the sperm nucleus (c?AO and cen-
trosome (cf"C) into the cytoplasm; I-L, stages ;n the approach of the sperm nucleus (c?N)
to the egg nucleus (9./V), the division of the sperm centrosome (cfO) and the first
cleavage spindle. Fol, Wilson, from Conklin Heredity and Environment.
aster divides into two daughter asters which separate with the formation of
the usual central spindle, while the two pronuclei unite in the equatorial
30 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
plane and give rise to the chromosomes of the cleavage nucleus. In the sea-
urchin the polar bodies are extruded before the entrance of the spermato-
zoon. In cases where the polar bodies are not extruded until after the
entrance of the spermatozoon the amphiaster forms while waiting for their
extrusion, the nuclei joining subsequently. When the sperm head finds the
polar bodies already extruded, union of the two pronuclei may take place first,
followed by division of the centrosomes and the formation of the amphiaster.
The coming together of ovum and spermatozoon is apparently determined
in some cases by a definite attraction on the part of the ovum toward the
spermatozoon. This attraction seems to be of a chemical nature, but is
often not limited to the attraction of spermatozoa of the same species.
Foreign spermatozoa will be attracted and will enter the ovum if they are
physically able to do so. The entrance of these spermatozoa may even
start the process of cleavage, though such cleavage is usually abnormal and
does not progress very far. That this attraction is not dependent upon
the integrity of the ovum as an organism is shown by the fact that small
pieces of egg cytoplasm free from nuclear elements exert the same attractive
force, so that spermatozoa are not only attracted to them, but will actually
enter them. In other cases the stimulus for fertilization is obviously one of
contact. The spermatozoa of some fishes will swim around at random until
they touch any object when they become attached and are unable to escape.
Fertilization in these cases is therefore a matter of chance favored by the
enormous number of sperms produced, and by the special breeding habits
which insure a close proximity of sperms and eggs.
Of eggs which are enclosed by a distinct membrane, the vitelline mem-
brane, some (e.g., those of amphibians and of mammals) are permeable to
the spermatozoon at all points; others have a definite point at which the
spermatozoon must enter, this being of the nature of a channel through the
membrane — the micropyle. In some instances a little cone-shaped pro-
jection from the surface of the egg, the attraction cone, either precedes or
immediately follows the attachment of the spermatozoon to the egg (Fig.
15). Instead of a projection there may be a depression at the point of
entrance.
There seems to be no question that but one spermatozoon has to do with
the fertilization of a particular ovum. In mammals only one spermatozoon
normally pierces the vitelline membrane although several may penetrate
the zona pellucida to the perivitelline space. Should more than one sper-
matozoon enter such an egg — as, for example, in pathological polyspermy —
the result is an irregular formation of asters and polyasters (Fig. 17), and
the early death of the egg either before or soon after a few attempts at
cleavage. In some insects, and in selachians, reptiles and birds, a number of
FERTILIZATION.
31
spermatozoa normally enter an ovum, but only one goes on to form a male
pronucleus.
The ovum thus not only exerts an attractive influence toward spermato-
zoa, but it apparently exerts this influence only until the one requisite to its
fertilization has entered, after which it appears able to protect itself against
the further entrance of male elements. As to the means by which this is
accomplished little is known, although several theories have been advanced.
It may be that when the single spermatozoon necessary to accomplish
fertilization has entered the ovum, it sets up within the ovum such changes
as to destroy the attractive powers of the ovum toward other spermatozoa, or
as even to prevent their entrance. In the case of eggs where the spermato-
zoon enters through a micropyle, it has been suggested that the tail of the
FIG. 17. — Polyspermy in sea-urchin eggs treated with 0.005 per cent, nicotine solution. O. and R.
Hertwig, Wilson.
B, Showing ten sperm nuclei, three of which have conjugated with female pronucleus. C, Later
stage showing polyasters formed by union of sperm amphiasters.
first spermatozoon remaining in the opening might effectually block the
entrance to other spermatozoa; or the passage of the first spermatozoon
might set up such mechanical or chemical changes in the canal as would
prevent further access. In most cases of eggs which have no vitelline mem-
brane previous to fertilization, such a membrane is formed immediately after
the entrance of the first spermatozoon, a natural inference being that this
membrane may prevent the entrance of any more spermatozoa. Biologists,
however, are inclined to discredit the view that the fertilization membrane is
a protection against polyspermy.
The time and place of fertilization are matters of scientific interest and
practical importance. In the lower vertebrates, fishes and amphibians, the
female discharges the ova into the water at the breeding season and the male
likewise discharges the spermatozoa. The sperms swim about and come in
contact with and penetrate the ova shortly after they are discharged. If
fertilization does not occur both kinds of germ cells soon begin to disinte-
32 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
grate, neither kind remaining alive as a rule for more than a few hours.
Among these animals the medium in which fertilization occurs is necessarily
water, and since it takes place outside of the animal body it is called external
fertilization.
In reptiles, birds and mammals the spermatozoa enter the genital tract
of the female and there come in contact with and enter the ova. This is
internal fertilization, but the medium in which it occurs is fluid — the secre-
tions of the female genital tract. A fluid medium is essential because the
progress of the sperm depends upon its flagellate activity. In reptiles and
birds the spermatozoa move through the genital passages to the ovarian
portion of the oviduct where they enter the ova before the secondary egg-
membranes, the albumen and the shell, are deposited. After fertilization
development begins at once and, in birds at least, continues until the egg is
laid and exposed to the lower external temperature. If it has been fertil-
ized, the egg at the breakfast table has undergone a considerabled degree of
development, the small white disk on the surface of the yolk attesting this
phenomenon.
In mammals the bulk of evidence shows that fertilization occurs as a rule
in the upper third of the oviduct, that is, the third nearest the ovary, the
spermatozoa having advanced from the vagina through the uterus and lower
portion of the oviduct against the current created by the action of the cilia
on the epithelial lining of these structures. Development begins at once
and while it is in progress the ovum (as it is still named even after develop-
ment has set in) is carried down the oviduct and into the uterus where it
becomes attached to or embedded in the mucous membrane and continues
its transformation into an embryo. In the human also fertilization probably
takes place in the great majority of cases in the upper (outer) third of the
oviduct (Fallopian tube) . The time required by the spermatozoa to reach
this region after insemination has not been determined with accuracy. It is
supposed that they advance into the oviducts within a few hours after
insemination. If ovulation has occurred prior to this and a mature ovum is
moving through either oviduct, fertilization may take place soon after
cohabitation.
That fertilization in the human may and sometimes does occur elsewhere
than in the upper third of the oviduct is attested by the position of the grow-
ing embryo. Occasionally an embryo develops in the abdominal cavity,
which probably shows that spermatozoa have passed all the way through
either oviduct. In rarer instances development of the ovum sets in on the
surface of the ovary or even within a Graafian follicle. It has been stated
that fertilization may occur in the uterus, but there is little evidence to
support this conclusion.
FERTILIZATION. 33
Significance of Fertilization.
The meaning of such a widely occurring phenomenon as fertilization has
been interpreted differently by different scientists, and the question is still
far from definite solution. There are several views which may be briefly
mentioned.
The earlier belief that fertilization was a necessary antecedent to cleavage
of the ovum has been destroyed by the evidence of recent years. Loeb and
others have been able to induce artificial parthenogenesis in forms reproduc-
ing normally by sexual reproduction. Thus cleavage has been started by
chemical stimulation in the eggs of many molluscs, echinoderms, ccelenter-
ates, and even in some of the chordates (teleosts and amphibians). By
fertilizing pieces of egg cytoplasm containing no nuclear material, partheno-
genesis of the sperm has likewise been induced. While cleavage induced in
this manner progresses only a short way, the evidence points to the con-
clusion that fertilization is not an absolutely necessary factor in reproduction
although it normally occurs in the great majority of cases.
Another view is that fertilization rejuvenates protoplasm. According to
this view protoplasm tends gradually to pass into a state of senility in which
its activity is diminished. With the admixture of new protoplasm when
fertilization occurs a new period of vigor is initiated. The life cycles of
certain Protozoa are brought to the support of this hypothesis. In these
Protozoa a long period of reproduction by a series of cell divisions is followed
by some form of conjugation in which two individuals come together and
exchange a part of their nuclear material. After conjugation protoplasmic
activity is renewed and each of the conjugants starts again on a long period
of reproduction. It is probable that the admixture of new protoplasm in
fertilization among Metazoa produces a similar invigorating effect.
Another interpretation of fertilization is that this process, called amphi-
mixis in this connection, is important as a source of variation. Since the
chromatin of different individuals varies more or less, fertilization will pro-
duce new combinations and therefore tend to the production of new forms.
However, there is very little evidence that forms which reproduce sexually
show more variations than those reproducing by parthenogenesis.
In the opinion of most modern investigators the union of the two germ
cells, one from each parent, may result in rejuvenation of the protoplasm, it
may be a stimulus to reproduction, a controlling factor in variation; but
probably no one of these things expresses the whole significance of fertiliza-
tion, nor can any one of them necessarily be ruled out. The chief interest
of the process at the present time is centered around its relation to the phe-
nomena of heredity and is intimately associated with the interpretation of the
34 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
maturation processes of the germ cells. The fact of heredity is the resem-
blance between offspring and parents. From the standpoint of fertilization
in its relation to heredity the significant point is that the offspring may
develop qualities that were the individual possessions of either one parent or
the other. The chromatin, regarded as the heredity material, is the only
substance which is contributed in equal or approximately equal parts by the
two parents. The union of the germ cells brings the chromatin of the parents
together in the fertilized ovum or zygote which develops into a new individual.
Upon these facts rests the possibility that the offspring may inherit equally
from both parents.
References for Further Study.
BUCHNER, P.: Praktikum der Zellenlehre. Teil I, 1915.
CONKLIN, E. G.: Heredity and Environment in the Development of Men. 3d Ed.,
1920.
HERTWIG, R.: Befruchtung. In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergleichenden und experi-
mentellen Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere. Bd. I, Teil I, Kap. II, 1903. Contains
extensive bibliography.
KELLICOTT, W. E.: Text-book of General Embryology. Chap. V, 1913.
LOEB, J.: Die chemische Entwickelungserregung des thierischen Eies. 1909.
MARSHALL, F. H. A.: The Physiology of Reproduction. 1910.
MINOT, C. S.: The Problem of Age, Growth, Death. 1907.
MORGAN, T. H.: Heredity and Sex. 1913.
MORGAN, T. H.: The Physical Basis of Heredity. 1919.
WILSON, E. B.: The Cell in Development and Inheritance. 1900.
CHAPTER IV.
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF AMPfflOXUS.
Although the ova of Amphioxus are not used extensively for teaching
purposes in the laboratory, a study of the early developmental stages is a
valuable aid to the reasonable comprehension of certain embryological facts.
The simplicity of these first steps, whether it points to primitiveness or not,
affords a view of certain fundamental principles of development which makes
the study of higher vertebrate forms much easier and renders their formative
processes much more intelligible. This simplicity is probably correlated with
the freedom of the egg from a large amount of yolk; and it will be seen that
many of the modifications of the processes of development in the vertebrates
seem to be produced by the greater amount of yolk in their ova.
Cleavage. — The ovum of Amphioxus has certain peculiarities which are
important in their effect upon cleavage. While it contains only a small
PV
FIG. 1 8. — Diagram of a median sagittal section through an Amphioxus ovum. Cerfontaine,
from Kellicott.
The arrow indicates the direction of the polar axis. AD, antero-dorsal region; PV, postero-
ventral region; N, male and female pronuclei; p, yolk-free area; S, tail of sperm; y, yolk
area; II, second polar body.
quantity of yolk, being regarded as a meiolecithal ovum, this material is
situated slightly off center and the nucleus lies outside of the yolk (Fig. 18).
This condition really effects a polarity of the cell. The first polar body is
given off from the yolk-free portion of the egg. This marks the animal pole
and also the side which will be the anterior part of the embryo. The sperm
enters the egg at the vegetative pole and seems to stimulate the formation of
35
36
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the second polar body. The sperm nucleus and centrosome then traverse
the yolk area to meet the mature egg nucleus which in the meantime has
migrated toward, but not quite to, the center of the egg. The division of the
^perrn centrosome to form a disaster and the arrangement of the chromosomes
of the two pronuclei in the equatorial plane comprise the preparatory step
for the first cleavage. These phenomena are identical with the prophase of
mitosis (Fig. 19).
The position that the spindle assumes is determined by three factors:
the point where the first polar body is extruded, the point where the sperm
enters, and the location of the yolk-free
area. A plane bisecting this area and pass-
ing through the other two points will divide
the egg into symmetrical halves. The spindle
takes its position at right angles to this
plane. The first cleavage therefore will pro-
duce two equal and symmetrical daughter
cells, or blastomeres, the first cleavage plane
coinciding with the plane of symmetry of the
ovum. These two blastomeres will become
the right and left halves of the embryo, the
plane of symmetry of the ovum representing
FIG. 19.— Prophase of first cleavage the sagittal plane of the embryo. With the
anterior portion already indicated by the
point of extrusion of the first polar body, the
orientation of the first two blastomeres rela-
tive to the future embryo is now complete.
The second cleavage plane falls at a right angle to the first, cutting both
the animal and the vegetative pole. The division is slightly unequal, how-
ever, the result being two slightly smaller blastomeres and two slightly
larger blastomeres (Fig. 20, A ) . These are arranged symmetrically on the two
sides of the median plane. The third cleavage plane lies at right angles to
the other two, and division of the cells is again slightly unequal (a condition
often called subequal), the result being four pairs of cells of four different
sizes (Fig. 20, B) . The smallest cells are those derived from the portion of the
ovum which contained less yolk, the largest are those derived from the por-
tion which contained more yolk. All the cells have divided completely, a
circumstance which gives rise to the term total cleavage; and this condition
obtains throughout the later stages. All the cells at a given cleavage thus far
have divided at the same time, a fact which is expressed in the term regular
cleavage. If cleavage were to continue regularly the result at succeeding
divisions would be 16, 32, 64, 128 cells, and so on. Regularity is lost, how-
figure in ovum of Amphioxus.
The chromosomes of the male
and female pronuclei are ming-
led in the equatorial plane.
Sobotta, from Kellicott.
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF AMPHIOXUS.
37
ever, during the fourth cleavage, some of the cells dividing before others, with
the result that numbers other than those just given will be found. The
smallest cells, with the least amount of yolk are the first to divide and they
divide more rapidly than the large cells with a greater yolk content; the inert
non-protoplasmic substance retards the progress of division.
FIG. 20. — Cleavage in Amphioxus. Cerfontaine, from Kellicott.
A, four-cell stage seen from animal pole; B, eight-cell stage seen from animal pole, showing four
sizes of blastomeres; C, sixteen-cell stage seen from left side; A, thirty-two-cell stage seen
from vegetal pole; E, 32-64 cells seen from antero-dorsal region; F, half of early blastula
containing about 128 cells, a, Animal pole; ad, antero-dorsal; I, left; pv, postero-ventral;
r, right; v, vegetal pole.
Division succeeds division in the blastomeres, with the irregularity
noted in the preceding paragraph. The cleavage planes vary considerably in
direction in different individuals. At the i6-cell stage the micromere group
assumes a sort of dome form and the macromere group in similar form fits
into the hollow of the dome (Fig. 20, C) . The early blastomeres remain well
38 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
rounded so that even at the four-cell stage there is a small central cavity (Fig.
20, A). As cleavage progresses the cells become more closely arranged and
pushed away from the central cavity (Fig. 20, D, E, F). At the i28-cell
stage all the cells are arranged in a simple epithelial layer around a rela-
tively large central cavity, the segmentation cavity or Uastoccel. The entire
structure is now the bias tula. Other divisions occur until the blastula con-
tains about 256 cells. There is a gradual transition from the micromeres at
one pole of the hollow sphere to the macromeres at the opposite pole. It
should be recalled here that, on account of the position of the yolk-free por-
tion of the ovum, the micromeres lie where the anterior region of the embry-
onic body will arise and the macromeres where the posterior region will
develop. About four hours elapse between the time the first cleavage occurs
and the time the 256-cell blastula is formed.
Gastrulation. — This process comprises the conversion of the single
walled blastula into the double walled gastrula. The vegetative pole
becomes flattened, the macromeres assuming columnar form. The cells at
the dorsal margin of the flattened pole begin to proliferate more rapidly
than elsewhere, as shown by the increased number of mi to tic figures (Fig. 21,
A, B). This area of accelerated division then extends in both directions
around the margin of the flat pole, forming the germ ring. Beginning at the
dorsal margin the macromeres are folded, or invaginated, into the blastocoel
until the blastoccel is obliterated (Fig. 21, C, D, E, F, G). A rough analogy
is the pushing in of one side of a hollow rubber ball. The invagination, how-
ever, is more rapid along the dorsal margin of the plate of macromeres, and
as the infolding progresses there is formed a plate of small cells which arise
through the more rapid proliferation in the germ ring (Fig. 21, D, E). On
the ventral side the ingrowth is but slight, the whole plate of macromeres
behaving as if hinged at this point. By these processes the blastula, with a
single layer of cells, has been converted into the gastrula, with a double
layer of cells and a new cavity which opens to the exterior.
The outer layer of cells is the ectoderm which is in direct contact with
the environment of the developing organism. The inner layer is the ento-
derm which forms the lining of the new cavity, or archenteron, in the interior
of the organism. The entoderm consists of two types of cells, the larger
cells with considerable yolk content which lie on the ventral side or in the
floor of the archenteron and the smaller cells forming the dorsal lining of the
archenteron which were produced by the rapid divisions in the germ ring.
This latter group in part really had a brief existence as ectodermal cells and
then contributed to entoderm by being inflected round the rim of the opening
between the archenteron and the exterior. The inflection of the cells in
question, often called involution is therefore one of the factors in gastrula-
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF AMPHIOXUS.
39
tion. The circular opening between the archenteron and the exterior is the
blastopore. Its margins are its lips which can be differentiated into dorsal,
ventral and lateral lips. At these lips the entoderm and ectoderm are
continuous.
Another factor in gastrulation is a process known as epiboly. When
invagination is complete, that is, when the macromere pole of the blastula
has infolded until the blastoccel is obliterated, the gastrula approximates a
FIG. 21. — Gastrulation in Amphioxus. Cerfontaine, from Kellicott.
A, blastula with slightly flattened vegetal pole, showing rapid cell division in postero-dorsal
region (germ ring); 5, more pronounced flattening of the vegetal pole; C, beginning of
invagination in postero-dorsal region; D, further invagination, showing obliteration of the
blastocoel and formation of the archenteron as the result of invagination; E, invagination
almost complete; F, beginning elongation of gastrula and narrowing of blastopore; G,
continued elongation of gastrula and narrowing of blastopore. Observe the mitotic figures
in the germ ring in all stages. In D and E the inflection of cells (involution) around the
dorsal lip of the blastopore can be appreciated. In F and G the process of epiboly is
represented in the backward growth of the lip of the blastopore. a, Animal pole; ar,
archenteron; b, blastopore; dl, dorsal lip of blastopore; ec, ectoderm; en, entoderm; gr,
germ ring; s, blastocoel; v, vegetal pole; vl, ventral lip of blastopore; //, second polar body.
hemisphere and the form of the archenteron coincides. Then, along with
the rapid cell proliferation in the dorsal part or the germ ring and the forma-
tion of the plate of entodermal cells mentioned in the preceding paragraph,
40 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the dorsal lip of the blastopore extends backward. The lip protrudes, one
might say. The extension gradually affects also the lateral lips and finally
to a slight degree the ventral lip. This whole process of growth backward,
which is due to the rapid cell division in the germ ring — most rapid dorsally,
less rapid laterally, least rapid ventrally, effects a posterior elongation of
the gastrula and a diminution in the size of the blastopore (Fig. 21, E, F, G).
This is the first step in the lengthwise growth of the animal as a whole.
The whole process of gastrulation has occupied about three hours.
The account here given differs in one respect from that of the British
investigator, MacBride. It has been stated that inflection, or involution, is
one of the factors in gastrulation. MacBride maintains that involution
does not occur, but that the rapid cell division occurring in the lips of the
blastopore produces both ectoderm and entoderm in equal amounts. Cell
proliferation is the only process which adds to the number of entodermal as
well as of ectodermal components, and this at the same time produces the
backward extension of the lips of the blastopore which is recognized as epi-
boly. He bases his conclusion on nuclear characters. In the bias tula all
the nuclei are vesicular. Soon after gastrulation begins the nuclei of the
ectodermal cells become more intensely stainable while those of the
entodermal cells retain their vesicular nature, all the invaginated cells pos-
sessing the vesicular nuclei. This probably indicates a physiological dif-
ferentiation. In the germ ring two types of the rapidly dividing cells can be
distinguished, one with vesicular nuclei and the other with deeply staining
nuclei. The former are added to the entoderm, the latter to the ectoderm.
There is therefore a zone of growth in which cells are produced and added
directly to the two layers without inflection round the lip of the blastopore.
The gastrula is now somewhat elongated antero-posteriorly, somewhat
flattened on the dorsal side and is bilaterally symmetrical, with the archen-
teron opening to the exterior at the caudal end through the small blastopore
(Fig. 2 1 , G) . Even at this time it is not amiss to note a certain fundamental
arrangement of structure and anticipate in a measure its biological signifi-
cance when carried over into later stages. The ectoderm, the outer layer
of the gastrula, is in immediate contact with the environment, which fact
implies that response to external stimuli and protection are effected through
this layer. In Amphioxus, as well as in certain other lower forms, strong
cilia develop on the ectodermal cells by the motion of which the gastrula
changes its position. In later stages it will be seen that the nervous sytem,
that complex mechanism for transmitting stimuli from one part of the body
to another, is developed from ectoderm. The outer layer of the integu-
mentary system with certain of its derivatives, primarily protective in
nature, is also a product of ectoderm. The archenteron with its lining of
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF AMPHIOXUS.
entoderm constitutes the primitive gut, the only opening of which is the
blastopore, serving as both mouth and anus. Already the simple alimentary
system is confined to the interior of the organism, shut off from the outside
except through an opening for the intake of food and output of waste.
Among the invertebrates the sponges and corals never develop beyond the
two layered, or didermic, gastrula stage such as we here see in Amphioxus.
It is worth noting also that in Amphioxus the cells with yolk content are
members of the entoderm group; in other words, a temporary food supply,
Notochord
Neural
plate
— Ectoderm —
Neural plate
Ccelom —
Intestine
Entoderm.
Parietal
mesoderm
Visceral
mesoderm
Intestine
Entoderm
FIG. 22. — From transverse sections through Amphioxus embryos, showing successive stages in
formation of mesoderm, neural tube and notochord. Bonnet.
scanty as it is here, is stored in the lining of the gut. From this simple primi-
tive gut the whole alimentary system is elaborated, complex as it may
become. The mouth, however, is not a derivative of the blastopore, but
develops as a new opening into the cephalic end of the gut cavity. The
anal opening too in most vertebrates arises independently.
Before considering the formation of the middle germ layer, or mesoderm,
it is desirable to observe certain changes affecting the exterior of the gastrula
which are correlated with the development of the nervous system, because
they occur prior to the appearance of the mesoderm and produce a setting
for part of this layer. Along the flattened dorsal surface of the gastrula a
42
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
piate of ectodermal cells sinks slightly below the general surface level and
becomes demarkated from the surrounding ectoderm. The plate extends
from almost the cephalic (anterior) extremity of the gastrula to the dorsal
lip of the blastopore and even slightly affects the lateral lips. These cells
thus circumscribed constitute the neural plate; in this manner the rudiment
of the nervous system appears (Fig. 22, a). The ectoderm bordering the
margins of the neural plate becomes elevated above the general surface
level to form the neural ridges* These also form a rim around the blastopore.
The neural plate then sinks farther below the surface level and at the same
time the ridges slide across it toward the mid-dorsal line until they meet
and fuse with each other. Thus a roof is made over the neural plate, with a
small space between the two structures (Fig. 22, b, c). The median fusion
begins some distance in front of the blastopore and from there progresses
both forward and backward. The closure is not complete in front for some
Neuropore
Primitive segment —
Coelom (myocoel)
Intestine
Epidermis (ectoderm)
Neural tube
Anterior \ lip cf
Posterior / blastopore
Unsegmented
mesoderm
FIG. 23. — From vertical section through Amphioxus embryo with 5 primitive segments. Hatschek.
time, and the opening thus left is called the neuropore (Fig. 23). The neural
ridges close in over the blastopore as they do over the neural plate, so that the
blastopore no longer opens to the exterior but into the space between the
neural plate and its ectodermal roof (Fig. 23).
\J Mesoderm Formation. — Closely following the appearance of the neural
plate in the elongated gastrula, one may observe the rudiment of the middle
germ layer and the first indication of the axial structure, the notocord, that
gives the name Chordata to the great division of the animal kingdom which
includes not only the true vertebrates but also such forms as Amphioxus,
Balanoglossus and the Tunicata. In a transverse section of the gastrula,
in the roof of the archenteron the entoderm exhibits a change which produces
three distinguishable parts. An axial part, lying beneath the center of the
neural plate, is the rudiment of the notocord. Two dorso-lateral parts, bi-
laterally symmetrical, are the rudiments of the mesoderm (Fig. 22). The
notocord rudiment advances to the cephalic extremity of the gastrula, and
extends caudally to the blastopore. The mesoderm rudiment reaches from
the forward end of the archenteron to the blastoporal region where the two
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF AMPHIOXUS. 43
parts diverge in the lateral lips of theaperture\ The portion along the archen-
teron is the gastral mesoderm, that around me" blastopore the peristomaLj
The neural plate becomes depressed along its center and the edges turned^
upward, forming the neural groove. Depression and elevation continue
until the two edges meet dorsally in the median plane. Fusion of the
edges begins not far from the anterior end and progresses both forward and
backward until the entire structure becomes tubular. Thus the neural
tube with its central canal is formed (Fig. 22, d}. At the caudal end the cen-
tral canal remains in open communication with the archenteron owing to
the fact that when the ectoderm grew over the neural plate it also grew over
the blastopore. The opening thus left is the neurenteric canal (Fig. 23).
So long as the neuropore also persists at the cephalic end of the neural tube
there is direct communication between the exterior and the archenteron via
the central canal and the neurenteric canal. In Amphioxus the neuropore -
persists until the mouth is formed.
//The depression of the center of the neural pjate produces a depression
*also of the notocord rudiment and the mesial edges of the mesoderm bands.
One effect of this is an inverted groove, the enteroccel, along each side of the
notocord, so that the mesoderm appears to bulge outward (Fig. 22, a, b).
The grooves extend almost the entire length of the embryo and speedily
grow deeper, the mesoderm intruding between entoderm and ectoderm
and becoming clearly differentiated from the notocord and the remainder of
the entoderm (Fig. 22, c). Near the cephalic end of the embryo a trans-
verse fold drops from the dorsal part of the mesoderm on each side, which
closes the groove and delimits the most anterior portion from that imme-
diately behind it. The portion thus delimited, with its fellow of the opposite
side, constitutes the first pair of mesodermal somites. Another portion is
delimited in the same manner to form the second pair of somites. Then
the third pair is formed; and so on toward the caudal end of the embryo
(Figs. 23 and 24). The development of mesodermal somites therefore takes
place from before backward.
Each somite assumes a cuboidal form and is hollow, the cavity being a
portion of the original groove-like enteroccel, and the cells surrounding the
cavity comprise a simple cuboidal epithelium. For a short time an opening
between the enteroccel and gut cavity remains, but later this is closed as the
mesoderm becomes entirely cut off from the entoderm and the latter again
forms a continuous lining of the gut. These processes too occur from before
backward.
The fact that the formation of mesodermal somites progresses from before
backward, that is, from the cephalic end of the body toward the caudal end,
illustrates a fundamental principle of growth. The distinction between gas-
44
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
tral and peristomal mesoderm has already been stated, and since mesoderm
development is initiated shortly after the gastrula begins to elongate the
true gastral portion is relatively short. Whatever is added to this comes
from the region of the blastopore. In the germ ring cell proliferation con-
tinues rapidly and from the cells thus produced components of all three germ
layers are differentiated. In other words, the elongation of the embryo as a
whole, with its three germ layers, is due chiefly to this cell proliferation and
differentiation at its caudal end. Not only the mesoderm but also the gut,
the neural tube and other structures which will subsequently appear, in-
crease and develop from before backward.
Anterior (cephalic) end
Epidermis
(ectoderm)
Entoderm
— Mesoderm
Unsegmented
mesoderm
Archenteron
Posterior (caudal) end
FIG. 24. — From horizontal section through Amphioxus embryo with 5 primitive segments; seen
from dorsal side. Hatschek.
The communication between the cavities of the primitive segments (ccelom) and the archenteron
can be seen in the last 4 segments.
The original gastral mesoderm gives rise to perhaps not more than the
first two pairs of somites. The succeeding somites arise from mesoderm
that originates in the region around the blastopore. By the time about
fourteen pairs of somites have developed the mesoderm no longer arises as
outgrowths from the entoderm of the gut wall but directly from the proliferat-
ing cells in the region around the neurenteric canal. As a matter of fact
the formation of somites now does not quite keep pace with the differentia-
tion of the middle layer and just in front of the blastoporal region there is a
short band of undivided mesoderm (Figs. 23 and 24). As this band grows
at its caudal end it is gradually being cut up into somites from its anterior
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF AMPHIOXUS. 45
end. The somites appear as bilaterally symmetrical structures, but when
five or six pairs have arisen the symmetry is disturbed since each somite
on the right comes to lie a little behind its fellow on the left thus giving
an alternation which is carried on into the adult.
Only the first few somites develop with enteroccelic cavities, the remainder
originating as solid structures although the cells are arranged radially around
a central point. However, the solid ones subsequently acquire cavities.
The enteroccel has been regarded as an indication of a primitive character,
since in the higher animals the somites do not contain any cavities derived
from the gut cavity but arise as solid structures. On the other hand the
solid somites may indicate the primitive condition and the appearance of
enteroccelic cavities may be a secondary character in Amphioxus.
The rudiment of the notocord, mentioned previously, which is composed
of the entodermal cells immediately ventral to the neural tube and between
the two mesodermal outgrowths, extending from the cephalic extremity of
the embryo to the blastoporal region, requires brief attention. While the
mesodermal rudiments are being cut off from the parent entoderm the
notocordal cells become rearranged into a compact rod-like structure lying
between the somites of the two sides (Fig. 22, d). As the somites enlarge
this rod is constricted from the adjacent entoderm, which then closes across
the top of the gut cavity, and occupies its definitive position ventral to the
neural tube. Clearly the notocord in Amphioxusj)riginates from entoderm.
As the embryo continues to grow in length the notocord too is lengthened by
the addition of cells to its caudal end in the region of the neurenteric canal.
Continued development of the mesodermal somites comprises their
farther intrusion between ectoderm and entoderm and changes in their
component cells. When first formed, the somites are composed of columnar
or cuboidal epithelial cells in a single layer surrounding the central cavity if
present, or, if the enteroccel is absent, radiating from a common center (Figs.
23 and 24). The somites are block-like in shape and located lateral to the
developing notocord and neural tube. The changes to be described begin
in the anterior somites and, in accordance with the principle of growth
already mentioned, progress from there backward. The cavity in the
somite becomes larger and the surrounding cells become flatter. With the en-
largement of the cavity the ventral portion of the somite extends ventrally
between ectoderm and entoderm (Fig. 22, d). It seems that the whole
structure becomes dilated in the direction of least resistance. The outer por-
tion of the wall is apposed to ectoderm and is called the somatic or parietal
mesoderm; the inner layer is in contact with entoderm and is spoken of as
splanchnic or visceral mesoderm. The dilated cavity is the codomic space
^(Figs. 22 and 25). Continued ventral extension brings the dilating struc-
46
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
ture around the ventral aspect of the gut until it meets its fellow of the oppo-
site side in the sagittal plane, thus separating ectoderm from entoderm. The
sagittal partition between the ccelomic spaces of the two sides then breaks
down and each side is in free communication with the other ventral to the
gut. The cells of the entire dilated structure have become decidedly flat-
tened except those in contact with the notocord and neural tube which
become more elongated columns and comprise the muscle plate or myotome
(Fig. 25). The portion of the cavity contiguous to the myotome is now
known as the myocoel while the remainder of the coelomic space is the splanch-
nocoel. Subsequently a partition appearing between the myoccel and
splanchnocoel completely separates the two cavities. The myotomes, in the
sites of the original somites, retain their segmental character. The parti-
Neural tube
Epidermis (ectoderm)
Coelom
Primitive segment
Intestine
Entoderm
Notochord
Primitive segment
Muscle plate
Cutis plate
Myocoel
Coelom
Splanchnocc
Parietal mesoderm
Visceral mesoderm
\ lat. plate
Ventral Subintestinal
mesentery vein
FIG. 25. — Diagram to show differentiation of primitive segment into muscle plate (myotome) and
cutis plate and relation of myocoel and splanchnocoel. Bonnet, Compare with Fig. 22, d.
tions between adjacent splanchnoccelic cavities, on the other hand, break
down and the common cavity thus produced, which is now known as the
coelom, no longer bears the segmental character but is continuous on both
sides of and below the gut.
The biological significance of ectoderm and entoderm has been briefly
noted. Between these two layers the mesoderm appears and presently
begins to elaborate and to contribute to their support ; support in the broadest
sense of the term. As the organism continues to develop, the middle germ
layer becomes a framework within and around which the refinements of the
two primary layers are suspended. The whole series of connective tissues
is of mesodermal origin, and this applies even to the cartilaginous and bony
skeleton. The muscles, all three varieties, whose activities are associated
with motion and locomotion are derivatives of the mesoderm. The blood
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF AMPHIOXUS. 47
vessels and lymphatics, the tubes through which substances are carried
from one part of the body to another, the blood and lymph also which are
the vehicles for these substances, all are mesodermal in origin. The organs
of excretion too arise from this intermediate layer. The reproductive
organs, growth centers of the germ cells., originate here. It is not difficult
to see, therefore, that in the higher and more complex animal forms many of
the activities of the ectodermal and entodermal derivatives which are cor-
related with response to external stimuli and with alimentation are made
possible by structures elaborated from the mesoderm.
While Amphioxus is not a true vertebrate because it never acquires a
vertebral column, yet we may observe in it a relatively simple arrangement
of structure which foreshadows the fundamental vertebrate organization.
After the development of the mesoderm and ccelom the embryo as a whole
obviously comprises a tube within a tube; the gut, extending from mouth
to anus, is the inner tube, the body wall is the outer tube, and the two are
separated by the ccelom or body cavity. This is a typical vertebrate char-
acteristic. The neural tube or central nervous system, situated in the dorsal
body wall, is another feature which links Amphioxus with the vertebrates.
The notocord which is regarded as the axial supporting structure in Am-
phioxus appears also in higher animal forms. In the true vertebrates the
notocord is not transformed into the axial skeleton which is the chief longi-
tudinal supporting skeleton, but the axial mechanism is built around the
notocord. Another impressive attribute of the vertebrates is the series
of mesodermal somites, although it must be remembered that this is not
exclusively chordate property, for some of the invertebrates, for instance the
worms, possess it. This transverse segmentation, or metamerism, affects
not only the mesoderm and certain of its derivatives but involves also struc-
tures that arise from ectoderm. In the vertebrates the units of the spinal
column, arising from the somites, maintain their integrity throughout the life
of the animal. The ribs and intercostal muscles are expressions of metamer-
ism. Many of the blood vessels are arranged segmentally. Even the
primitive kidney arises as a segmental organ. Among the ectodermal
derivatives, the nervous system reflects the metameric quality in the develop-
ment of the spinal nerves. Obviously many features of vertebrate organiza-
tion depend upon the principle of metamerism.
References for Further Study.
CERFONTAINE, P.: Recherches sur le development de 1' Amphioxus. Archives de
Biologie, tome 22, 1907.
HATSCHEK, B.: Studien uber die Entwickelung des Amphioxus. Arbeiten aus dem
2007. Institut zu Wien, Bd. 4, 1881.
48 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
HERTWIG, R.: Furchungsprozess. In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergleichenden und
experimentellen Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere, Bd. I, Teil I, Kap. Ill, 1903. Contains
extensive bibliography.
KELLICOTT, W. E.: Chordate Development. Chap. I, 1913.
MACBRIDE, E. W.: Text-book of Embryology. Vol. I, 1914.
MORGAN, T. H. and HAZEN, A. P.: The Gastrulation of Amphioxus. Journal of
Morphology, Vol. 16, 1900.
WILLEY, A.: Amphioxus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates. 1894.
WILSON, E. B.: Amphioxus and the Mosaic Theory of Development. Journal oj
Morphology, Vol. 8, 1893.
CHAPTER V.
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE FROG.
Most students have seen the eggs of the frog either in the laboratory
or in a pond during the springtime. They probably have observed the little
objects embedded in the jelly-like mass, scores of them in a cluster, each
egg in its own gelatinous capsule, and all the capsules clinging to one another.
Each ovum is a sphere, a little more than a millimeter in diameter in the
common wood frog and as much as 3 mm. in some other species, with a
dark side and a light side; and if the ovum has been at rest in its natural
environment for a few minutes the dark side is uppermost (Fig. 2).
The dark color is due to the presence of brown pigment granules. The
portion of the egg where there is less pigment contains an abundance of yolk
globules suspended in the cytoplasm, while the darker part consists of
cytoplasm with fewer yolk globules. The nucleus of the cell is located in
the part containing the more cytoplasm
and is therefore eccentric. The distribu-
tion of cytoplasm, yolk and pigment is
apparently an expression of the internal
organization of the egg, yielding here a
visible polarity. The cytoplasmic or
,aiiimal pole contains the nucleus and
abundant pigment, the latter mostly near
the surface; the yolk or vegetal pole con-
tains less cytoplasm and pigment but
abundant deutoplasm (Fig. 26). As far
as determined, the egg is radially sym-
metrical around the axis extending from
the center of the animal pole to the center
of the vegetal pole; that is, assuming this
axis to be vertical, the egg possesses the
same organization in all radii drawn from
the axis in any given horizontal plane.
The polarity and symmetry _of the egg are
important factors in development.
The eggs are expelled by the female frog into the water and the sper-
matozoa discharged by the male mingle with the egg clusters. A sperm
4 49
FIG.
26. — Section through the fully
formed ovarian egg of a frog.
Morgan. The protoplasmic or
animal pole is toward the top of
the page. Note that the nucleus
is situated nearer the animal pole,
that is, in the center of the cyto-
plasmic mass. The yolk globules
can be seen in the lower part of
the figure.
50
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
burrows through the gelatinous capsule and thin vitelline membrane of an
egg and enters the cytoplasm usually about 40 degrees from the center of
the animal pole. There seems to be some determining factor in the entrance
of the sperm at or near that particular parallel, but the point of entrance may
lie in any meridian of the egg. The first sperm that enters the cytoplasm
seems to set up changes, probably of a physico-chemical nature, which bar
admittance to other sperms. The sperm head and the body containing the
centrosome move through the cytoplasm for some distance toward the
center of the egg, then rotate so that the body is in advance of the head and
change their course in the direction of the egg nucleus. The trail of the
sperm is marked by an extra amount of pigment, indicating probably some
B
FIG. 27. — A frog's egg before and after fertilization, showing the formation of the gray crescent.
A, Unfertilized egg seen from the side; B, unfertilized egg seen from the vegetal pole. C,
fertilized egg seen from the side; D, from the vegetal pole, c, Gray crescent; w, non-
pigmented vegetal pole. Kellicott.
increase in cytoplasmic activity. The course of the sperm toward the
center of the egg is the penetration path, the course toward the egg nucleus,
the copulation path.
The sperm nucleus, as soon as it enters the egg, appears to stimulate
the cytoplasm to activities leading to a rearrangement of the egg substances
and thus to a reorganization. Beginning at the point where the sperm
enters, the cytoplasm streams toward the animal pole and the yolk toward
the vegetal pole, a sharper polar differentiation thus resulting. On the
supposition that this influence of the sperm spreads like a wave from the
point of entrance, it follows that the original rotatory symmetry of the egg is
disturbed and a new symmetry established which is a bilateral one, with the
plane containing the penetration path as the median plane. In other words
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE FROG. 51
the egg has become bilaterally symmetrical, with the plane of symmetry
cutting the center of the animal pole, the center of the vegetal pole and the
point of entrance of the sperm. There is also a visible external change in
the distribution of pigment. On the side of the egg opposite the point where
the sperm entered, some of the pigment granules over a crescent-shaped area
at the lower border of the pigmented surface are carried from their original
position, leaving this area lighter in color. The name, gray crescent, is
given to the lighter area which extends more than half way round the egg
(Fig. 27).
The rearrangement of the egg substances disturbs the center of gravity of
the egg. The original axis, extending from the center of the animal pole to
the center of the vegetal pole, is inclined at an angle of about 30 degrees to
the vertical, the margin of the highly pigmented pole being tilted accordingly
out of the horizontal. The gray crescent lies on the higher side. The verti-
cal axis of the egg is now the gravitational axis, and, from the manner in
which the internal rearrangement of egg substances has presumably occurred,
a gravitational plane will bisect the egg into symmetrical halves, bisecting the
gray crescent and containing both the gravitational axis and the original
polar axis. All these changes have been caused or at least initiated by the
sperm.
Cleavage. — When the sperm nucleus reaches the egg nucleus via the copu-
lation path the two nuclei join to form the single nucleus of the fertilized
ovum. The sperm centrosome divides into two which take positions at
opposite poles of the single nucleus. A spindle develops between the cen-
trosomes, and the chromosomes assemble in the equatorial plane of the
spindle. The direction that the spindle assumes does not appear to be wholly
a matter of chance. In the first place it forms at right angles to the egg axis;
for it is generally true that the spindle of a cell in division lies in the direc-
tion of the greatest cytoplasmic mass. If the egg is not subjected to pres-
sure, the spindle tends to lie in the plane of egg symmetry or at right angles
to it, although there may be many variations. If there is pressure from
without, the spindle tends to lie at right angles to the direction of pressure.
The factors other than pressure which influence the direction of the spindle
have not been determined; but it appears that the spindle has a tendency at
least, to assume a position of symmetry relative to the structure or internal
organization of the egg. This means therefore that the first cleavage plane,
which of course cuts the spindle at right angles, tends to divide the egg in or
near the plane of symmetry or at right angles to it. In about 25 per cent,
of instances the first cleavage plane deviates but little from the plane of egg
symmetry; in about 10 per cent, it lies transversely to the plane of symme-
try. It is also true that the first cleavage plane tends to coincide with the
52 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
median plane of the future embryo. Summing up, it may be stated that
there is a tendency in the frog for the median plane of the egg, the first
cleavage plane and the median plane of the embryo to coincide; but, remem-
bering that all these planes contain the egg axis, any other relation may be
encountered.
On the surface the first cleavage furrow appears as a shallow groove on
the pigmented side of the egg and then gradually extends around to the yolk
pole. This is the surface indication of the division which separates the egg
into halves or blastomeres. If the cleavage plane coincides with the plane of
symmetry, the two blastomeres are symmetrical and the gray crescent is
divided symmetrically; otherwise the two blastomeres are asymmetrical in
internal structure. The division is total, but the two cells remain flattened
against each other in close contact. It should be noted also that the division
is retarded in the vegetal portion of the egg by the yolk globules in the cyto-
plasm. The retardation is so marked that the cleavage furrow of the second
division appears at the animal pole before the first furrow has reached the
vegetal pole. The second furrow crosses the first at right angles at the pig-
mented pole and extends around to the yolk pole in the same manner as the
first. The second cleavage plane, of which this second furrow is the surface
marking, intersects the first at right angles and thus divides each of the first
two blastomeres into equal parts. The direction of the plane is determined
by the position of the spindle in each primary blastomere, this lying in the
direction of the greatest cytoplasmic mass. The first four blastomeres are
approximately equal in size and contain equal amounts of cytoplasm and yolk.
They remain in close contact so that collectively they still form a sphere
which is marked on the surface by shallow grooves.
The third cleavage planes intersect the first two at right angles but lie
nearer the animal pole than the vegetal pole, the furrow on the surface
appearing about 60 degrees from the animal pole. In this manner the four
blastomeres are divided into eight (Fig. 28, A). The upper four members
are smaller and contain an excess of cytoplasm while the lower four are
larger and contain an excess of yolk. This condition gives rise to the terms
micromeres and macromeres. In some instances the third cleavage plane
deviates from the latitudinal, even to being meridional, in one or more blasto-
meres. Typically the fourth cleavages are meridional, producing eight
micromeres and the same number of macromeres. Here again the planes may
deviate from the meridional position and disturb the typical pattern. Not
all the blastomeres necessarily divide at the same time, as might be implied
from the description. The lack of synchronism is especially true between
micromeres and macromeres because in the latter the process of division is
retarded to a marked degree by the inert yolk. From the fifth cleavage on,
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE FROG.
53
the micromeres very noticeably divide more rapidly than the macromeres
with the result that the former become more numerous than the latter
(Fig. 28, B, C, D, E, F, G). It is often stated that the rate of cleavage is
directly proportional to the amount of cytoplasm and inversely proportional
to the amount of yolk.
B
H
FIG. 28.— Cleavage of the frog's egg. Morgan.
A, Eight-cell stage; B, beginning of sixteen-cell stage; C, thirty-two-cell stage; Z>, forty-eight-
cell stage (more regular than usual); E, F, G, later stages; H, I, formation of blastopore.
Returning for a moment to the first four blastomeres, the inner edge of
each does not quite make contact with its neighbor, and so a minute space
is left where the first two cleavage planes intersect. This rounding of the
corners is probably due to the tendency for each cell to assume spherical
form, which is the natural consequence of its semifluid nature and surface
tension. When the third cleavage planes cut the first two at right angles
somewhat above the equator, producing eight cells, the inner corners of
54 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
these are rounded off and the space here is somewhat augmented. In the
interior of the mass there is therefore a small cavity which, since the upper
four cells are smaller than the lower, is eccentric. As the blastomeres con-
tinue to divide around it, the cavity increases in size but remains eccentric.
During the first few divisions there is only a single layer of cells around the
cavity; then some of the cells divide parallel to the surface and a double
layer appears and then several layers. The multiplicity of layers is espe-
cially characteristic of the yolk cells. The entire structure is a hollow sphere
called the blastula and the eccentric cavity within, known as the blasto-
ccel or segmentation cavity, has a dome-shaped roof of micromeres and a
floor of macromeres (Fig. 29). The peripheral stratum of closely compacted
Micromeres
Macromeres
FIG. 29.— From a sagittal section through blastula of frog. Bonnet, mz., Marginal zone.
cells is the most highly pigmented while the cells beneath are less pig-
mented and somewhat more loosely arranged. The blastula is about the
same size as the egg before it began to divide. It is similar to Amphioxus
in that it is a hollow sphere, but is different in that the blastoccel is eccen-
tric and the cells form several layers instead of one. (Compare Figs. 20
and 29.) As the cells multiply, those in the highest part of the dome-like
roof of the blastoccel migrate toward the equator so that the roof becomes
thinner and the lateral wall becomes thicker. The thicker lateral wall,
which also exhibits rapid cell proliferation, is called the germ ring and prob-
ably corresponds to a similar zone of rapidly dividing cells in Amphioxus at
the beginning of gastrulation. On the side of the blastula where the gray
crescent is situated the germ ring migrates across the equator and down about
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE FROG. 55
halfway to the yolk pole. This downward migration displaces the yolk cells
in the interior upward, producing an elevation in the floor of the blastoccel.
As subsequent development proves, the side where the germ ring reaches the
lowest point marks the caudal end of the embryo. During the formation
and early migration of the germ ring the blastula increases about one-fifth
in size but remains spherical. Some water perhaps filters into the blastoccel,
although part of its contents is probably products of cell activities.
Gastrulation. — In the frog as in Amphioxus gastrulation comprises the
change of a single-layered structure, the blastula, into a double-layered
structure, the gastrula. The processes by which this change is effected are
more complex in the frog, the visible factor in the complexity being the
greater quantity of yolk. The inert yolk stored within an egg is always an
influence in development.
Viewing first the exterior of the blastula, a slight groove appears on the
posterior side across the median sagittal plane at the lowest part of the germ
ring, that is, about midway between the equator and the center of the yolk
pole. The small pigmented cells bound the groove above, the larger
yolk cells below (Fig. 28, H). As development proceeds the groove
becomes longer, following the boundary between the two types of cells,
which is of course the lower margin of the germ ring. It thus takes on
the from of a crescent. Continuing to elongate in the same directon, the
two horns of the crescent would eventually meet and the groove would thus
become a ring encircling the blastula at the boundary between the pigmented
and yolk areas. This actually occurs, but in the meantime the pigmented
area extends farther down owing to the descent of the germ ring and the down-
ward progress is more rapid on the posterior side where the groove first
appeared. The result of this is that by the time the horns of the crescent
meet to form a ring, the ring is much smaller than if there had been no down-
ward movement; and since the original groove was bounded above by pig-
mented cells it now follows that the ring is bounded all round on the outside
by pigmented cells. For the same reason the ring is bounded on the inside
by yolk cells. These are the only yolk cells now visible on the surface.
Subsequently the ring becomes still smaller and then flattened from side to
side and finally reduced to a small slit. (See Fig. 30.)
The changes on the surface are merely partial expressions of the com-
plicated processes in the interior. In a sagittal section of the blastula
at the time the superficial groove appears, the initial step in these
processes can be observed. The groove appears as a slight indentation above
which are the smaller cells of the germ ring and below, the larger yolk cells.
At this side is seen also the elevation of the floor of the blastoccel caused by
the rising of the yolk cells; and there is a slight separation of this elevation
56 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
from the smaller cells. The groove represents the beginning of a process of
invagination which, however, is much less conspicuous than that in Amphi-
oxus where the whole side of the blastula is invaginated. In the frog the
yolk cells, laden with inert substance, are much less yielding to such factors
as would produce invagination.
The successive stages of gastrulation as seen in sagittal section can be
followed clearly in Fig. 31. The pictures are more vivid than verbal des-
cription. The groove can be seen to grow deeper in successive stages, turn-
ing upward into the elevation of yolk cells, seeming to push that elevation
before it, and following the roof of the blastoccel across to the opposite side.
When well on its way, the groove expands into a broad space which finally
occupies the interior of the structure in much the same way as did the blasto-
FIG. 30. — Diagrams showing the position of the blastopore at successive stages of gastrulation
in the frog's egg. A, posterior view; B, lateral view. Figures 1-5 indicate the shape and
position of the blastopore during the internal changes; figure 5 indicates its position after
the rotation of the gastrula. Compare Figs. 31 and 35. Kellicott.
ccel. This broad space is the archenteron which opens to the exterior through
the annular groove which was described on surface view, the opening being
the blastopore. The yolk cells which are inside the ring can here be seen to
fill the blastopore like a plug; collectively they are called the yolk plug. It
should also be noted that the yolk cells form an elevation in the floor of the
blastoccel on the side opposite the invagination. As a matter of fact the
elevation occurs all the way round the blastoccel as does also the cleft between
the elevation and the smaller cells.
Invagination is probably not as important a factor here as it seems to be
although it plays a part; it certainly is not as important as in Amphioxus.
It must be remembered that the cells of the germ ring are multiplying rapidly
when the invagination groove appears. The rapid proliferation continues
during the processes thus far observed and many cells migrate inward around
the lip of the blastopore. This perhaps is comparable with a similar series
of rapid divisions and migration in the germ ring in Amphioxus. Conse-
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE FROG.
57
FIG. 31. — Median sagittal sections showing successive stages of gastrulation in the frog's egg.
Bracket, from Kellicott.
A, beginning of gastrulation; B, slight advance in invagination and beginning of epiboly; C,
invagination and epiboly progressing, inflection of cells (involution) occurring around dorsal
lip of blastopore which is now an obvious structure; D, epiboly has resulted in covering of a
large part of yolk by lip of blastopore; E, blastopore is now circular and filled with the yolk
plug (cf. Fig. 30, A, 4) and the archenteron appears as a small space; F, the blastoccel is
nearly obliterated; G, gastrulation completed.
a, Archenteron; b, blastopore; c, rudiment of notocord; ec, ectoderm; en, entoderm; gc, gastrular
cleavage, ge, entoderm (protentoderm) ; m, peristomal mesoderm; np, neural plate; w/,
transverse neural ridge; s, blastocoel.
58 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
quently many of the cells that form the roof of the archenteron are not
brought in by the invagination but by involution.
There is still another factor in gastrulation. It has already been
noted that on surface view the groove moves downward as the highly pig-
men ted cells along its upper or dorsal lip encroach upon the non-pigmented
area, so that when the groove becomes ring-shaped only a small yolk area is
visible. This downward growth over the yolk area, or epiboly, which is
more rapid on the side where the groove began, results in the enclosure of
more and more yolk cells so that only those comprising the yolk plug are
left exposed. It is this process (epiboly) therefore which causes the
lessening of the crescent and ring as seen on surface view. (Compare Fig.
30.)
These processes which are grouped under the term gastrulation have
converted the single-layered blastula into the double-layered gastrula. The
outer layer composed of several strata of pigmented cells is the ectoderm which
is in contact with the environment. The inner is the entoderm which lines
the archenteric cavity. Two types of entodermal cells are distinguishable:
those forming the roof and sides of the archenteron which contain a moderate
amount of pigment and those forming the floor which hold little pigment but
an abundance of yolk. The two primary germ layers are continuous at the
rim of the blastopore.
Two other features which are incidental to the processes of gastrulation
must be noted because of their bearing upon future development. Recalling
the migration of the crescentic groove, which eventually becomes the ring
around the yolk plug, it is obvious from the manner in which the migration
occurs that the cells along the horns of the crescent are drawn toward the
median region. The name given to this phenomenon is concrescence. The
result of it is that the cells are piled up in a median linear strand, from which
the rudiments of certain organs emerge. The outer feature is the
flattening of the ring from side to side, concomitant with the withdrawal
/inward and disappearance of the yolk plug, so that the two lateral margins
approximate, leaving only a narrow slit leading from the exterior into the
archenteric cavity. Subsequently the slit is closed by fusion of its walls,
but part of the depression in its site becomes the anal pit or proctodaeum.
At this stage the gastrula is still spherical and only slightly larger than
the blastula. It possesses the same fundamental arrangement of structure
as the gastrula of Amphioxus. The ectoderm forms contact with the envir-
onment, implying response to stimuli and protection; and the organs corre-
lated with these functions are derived from this layer. The archenteric
cavity with its lining of endoderm is confined to the interior of the developing
organism and comprises the primitive alimentary system. Within the
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE FROG. 59
cells of the entoderm is the food that must suffice until the animal reaches a
stage when it is able to obtain a supply from the outside; but the rudiment
of the future complex alimentary mechanism is already formed. The
blastopore is not a free opening, as in Amphioxus, but is obstructed by the
yolk plug. The latter is eventually withdrawn and the anus develops in
the site of a part of the blastopore. The mouth is a new opening which
develops at the forward end of the gut. A somewhat more detailed discus-
sion of the biological significance of the blastula is given on page 40, in the
chapter on Amphioxus.
Mesoderm Formation. — In order to detect the beginning of the middle
germ layer it is necessary to look back into the period of gastrulation. Gas-
trulation and mesoderm formation overlap each other. In a sagittal section
of the blastula just as gastrulation commences, the cells of the germ ring
are continuous with the yolk cells above the groove that indicates the begin-
ning of in vagina tion (Fig. 31, A). This transition zone, traced through the
subsequent stages of development, is composed of cells which occupy a posi-
tion always in the angle between ectoderm and entoderm and merge with
these layers (Fig. 31, B, C, D, E, F). The cells in question comprise the
early mesoderm. Appearing as it does in the angle between the other layers
in the lip of the blastopore, it is obvious that when the blastopore becomes
circular the mesoderm takes the form of a circular band. In Amphioxus it
was clear that the mesoderm originated from entoderm (see p. 42), but in
the frog the first mesodermal cells bear such relation to the other layers that
their origin is not so readily determined. In later stages, however, it will
be apparent that mesoderm arises from yolk entoderm.
In the description of gastrulation it was pointed out (p. 58) that during
the migration of the crescentic groove and its transformation into a ring
the cells along the horns of the crescent were drawn medially and piled up in
an axial strand which then extended upward and forward from the dorsal lip
of the blastopore. The mesodermal cells appear in the dorsal lip of the
crescentic groove and, as the migration of the groove goes on, they are
affected in the same way as the other cells in this region. Therefore the
band of mesodermal cells around the blastopore is broader at the dorsal side.
In other words, a band of mesodermal cells extends upward and forward
from the dorsal lip of the blastopore, forming a part of the axial strand.
And since the proliferation and involution of cells, which occur during gas-
trulation, tend to carry the mesodermal cells upward and forward and since
the mesodermal cells themselves are proliferating, the mesoderm soon
becomes almost as extensive dorsally as the entoderm.
In the dorsal axial strand of cells, which later will be considered more in
detail, the three layers are at first merged. Lateral to this the mesoderm
60
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
becomes clearly delimited from ectoderm, at least a potential cleft separating
the two layers. For a short distance laterally the mesoderm also becomes
Notocord
Mesoderm
Protentoderm
Ectoderm
Yolk entoderm
Remnant of
segmentation cavity
FIG. 32. — Transverse section of embryo of frog (Rana fusca). Bonnet. The section is taken in
front of (anterior to) the blastopore.
delimited from entoderm, but farther laterally it is fused with entoderm
(Fig. 32). Then as development proceeds the superficial cells of the yolk
Neural crest
Neural canal
Mesodermal somite =
Notocord
Ccelom _
Ventral mesoderm <
Yolk cells
Ectoderm
Parietal mesoderm
Visceral mesoderm
Entoderm
FIG. 33. — Transverse section through embryo of frog (Rana fusca). Bonnet.
entoderm, with which the mesoderm is merged, become differentiated and
split off or delaminated and added to the mesoderm. In this manner the
mesoderm becomes more extensive until finally it reaches all the way round
r *-v
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE FROG. 61
ventrally between the other layers, although it is not complete for some
time (Fig. 33). There is ample evidence here that this portion of the meso-
derm is a derivative of entoderm (yolk entoderm). The mesoderm that
develops along the crescentic groove and around the blastopore is often
called peristomal; that which arises elsewhere is known as gastral mesoderm.
v/^ The behavior of the mesoderm that is involved in the dorsal axial strand
above or anterior to the blastopore is rather complex because out of that
strand arises one of the early axial structures of the embryo, the notocord.
First a slight cleft between ectoderm and mesoderm gradually extends from
each side toward the mid-dorsal line, but
just before reaching the line abruptly
turns ventrally. This cleft as it bends :^^^5^^S^^^- ec
ventrally leaves a group of cells in the
axial line which is still continuous with
ectoderm above and entoderm below.
The axial group of cells is the rudiment
of the notocord. (Fig. 34.) Just above
or anterior to the blastopore, in the re-
gion where entoderm and mesoderm are , .
FIG. 34. — Portion of a transverse section
still continuous at the lower lateral angles Of the larva of a frog (Rana
c,i IT • £ fusca). Hertwie. a, Archenteron;
of the notocord rudiment, a pair of grooves c ind••>••%**•*• I7* Ills
^/^A.V*.« •*!•••• •* l^'^l
•v. / >-?v-: ••-.• •••* -._• 5? '* o -a
72
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
blastoderm. Concomitant with involution there is a considerable thick-
ening of the lip of the blastopore where the ectoderm and entoderm are
continuous.
•^ It has been noted that the germ wall is interrupted along the posterior
margin of the sector after the disk has here been reduced to one layer of cells.
The margin of the sector is obviously a crescent, so that the blastopore also
is originally crescent-shaped (Fig. 43, A). Then as gastrulation proceeds
the horns of the crescent are withdrawn toward the median line, and concomi-
FIG. 43. — Diagrammatic reconstructions showing surface views of blastoderms of the pigeon.
Patterson, from Lillie. A , from same blastoderm as shown in Fig. 41 , the line CD indicating
the plane of section of Fig. 41; the numbers 1-7 indicate the thickness of the blastoderm in
numbers of cells; the broken line around i includes the sector which is one cell thick, at the
posterior margin of which invagination begins; GW, germ wall. B, from same blastoderm
as shown in Fig. 42; the arrows at the posterior margin indicate the advance and approach
of the two halves of the margin; E, indicates extent of entoderm; O, extension of disk mar-
gin beyond germ wall; PA, outer margin of area pellucida; R, margin where invagination is
progressing (lip of blastopore) ; Y and Z together indicate region of germ wall. C, from a
blastoderm of pigeon 38 hours after fertilization; E indicates extent of entoderm; R, mass
of cells where blastopore closed; SG, portion of blastoccel not yet crossed by migrating
entodermal cells; other abbreviations as in B.
tantly the two free ends of the germ wall approach each other (Fig. 43, B).
Eventually the ends of the germ wall meet and the blastopore is closed ; and
since the germ wall lies behind the closed blastopore, the latter is no longer
situated on the edge of the disk but is included within it (Fig. 43, C).
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHICK.
73
The processes of development thus far described go on while the egg
is traversing the oviduct. Development ceases when the egg is laid and cools;
it begins again only if the temperature is raised. If the temperature remains
below about 25° (Centigrade) there is no appreciable development, but if
brought up to about 38°, which is the optimum, development progresses
normally. And from now on, the ages of embryos are reckoned from the
Area opaca
— Area pellucida
— Primitive streak
~ Area pellucida
f- Area opaca
T~ Primitive streak
— Blastopore
(crescentic groove)
FIG. 44. — Surface views of blastoderms of Haliplana, showing formation of primitive streak.
Schauinsland.
beginning of incubation; not from the time the egg is laid nor from the time
cleavage begins.
Gastrulation in the bird seems to be a simple process as compared with
that in the frog; in some respects it is even simpler than in Amphioxus.
Rapid cell proliferation is of course a common incident in all three cases,
particularly along the lip of the blastopore. In Amphioxus invagination
plays the important part; involution and epiboly are less prominent. In the
Area opaca
Area pellucida
Head process
Hensen's node
Primitive streak
Primitive groove
Post, lip of
blastopore
FIG. 45. — Surface view of embryonic disk of chick. Bonnet.
fro'g invagination is greatly reduced, while involution and epiboly are the
most conspicuous features. In the bird invagination and epiboly can scarcely
be said to occur at all; involution appears to be the essential process, and
with it a specially marked migration of entodermal cells beneath
the ectoderm. If an immediate cause for the differences in the three forms
is sought, the yolk content of the egg offers itself as a mechanical influence
which must be accepted as a most important factor.
74 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
A When incubation commences certain changes in the appearance of the
Wastoderm can be seen on the surface.'»Lpurmg the first day a narrow band,
which is slightly more opaque than the Surrounding area, appears in front of
the closed blastopore and extends forward more than half way across the
area pellucida. It seems to grow from the blastopore; as a matter of fact,
however, the blastopore recedes and leaves the band in its trail. This is the
primitive streak (Figs. 44 and 45). While the streak grows the area pellucida
elongates in the same direction and becomes oval, the broader end being
anterior. Then a transparent line appears along the center of the streak
and terminates in front in a slight enlargement. In front of this enlargement
the streak is a little more opaque than elsewhere. The transparent line
indicates the primitive groove, which is flanked by the primitive folds, and its
• Area opaca
Area pellucida-
M^^^Br
• Head process
•Medullary folds
Hensen's node"
Primitive streak
FIG. 46. — Surface view of chick blastoderm. Bonnet.
broadened terminus is the primitive pit; the denser portion of the streak in
front of the pit is the primitive knot (Hensen's knot). Following the
development of the primitive streak there appears in front of it a narrow
band, less conspicuous than the streak but continuous with and extending
forward from the primitive knot. This is known as the primitive axis or
head process (Fig. 46). During these changes in appearance the blastoderm
also increases in total area.
The primitive streak and the structures associated with it can be inter-
preted properly only in terms of sections. A transverse section through
the streak near its center shows both ectoderm and entoderm merged with an
intermediate layer which is obviously mesoderm (Fig. 47, A ) . It is the thick-
ness of mass resulting from the fusion of the three layers which gives the
opaque appearance of the primitive streak when seen from the surface.
The primitive groove is a linear depression in the dorsal side of the streak, and
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHICK.
75
the primitive folds are the elevations flanking the depression. The ectoderm
is thickened perceptibly for some distance on both sides of the groove, thus
forming the early neural plate. Beyond the neural plate the non-neural
ectoderm extends laterally to the edge of the blastoderm, in fact forming its
margin. The entoderm is a thin layer which extends laterally until it merges
with the yolk to form the germ wall. The cavity beneath is the archenteron,
extending from the germ wall on one side to that on the opposite side. The
mesoderm at this time is not an extensive layer, for it constitutes only a por-
tion of the mass of the primitive streak and extends laterally only a short
distance between the other two layers as scattered irregular cells.
Primitive groove and folds
Ectoderm
— Ectoderm
Mesoderm
— • Entoderm
FIG. 47. — Transverse sections of blastoderm of chick (21 hours' incubation). Hertwig.
a, Section through primitive groove, posterior to Hensen's node.
b, Section through Hensen's node.
\/A transverse section through the primitive pit shows essentially the same
structural arrangement as in the streak farther caudally (Fig. 47, B). In
some birds the pit opens into the archenteron, but not in the chick. The
region of the primitive knot also shows the same arrangement, the knot
itself being an elevation just in front of the pit. Caudally the primitive
groove becomes more shallow and finally disappears, the caudal end of the
streak broadening out as the primitive plate.
The morphological significance of the primitive streak is a question
which has not yet been unequivocally answered. It is generally agreed, but
not universally, that the streak is the homologue of the blastopore in the
lower animals on the ground that all three germ layers are fused as
they are in the lip of the blastopore, that it marks the caudal end of the
76 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
embryo as does the blastopore, and that in some birds the primitive pit
opens into the archenteron in the same manner as the blastopore. It has
already been pointed out that the caudal margin of the sector where the blas-
toderm has been reduced to the thickness of one layer of cells was rolled or
tucked under when gastrulation began, and that the germ wall was lacking
along this margin. It was also stated that as gastrulation proceeded the
two ends of the germ wall approached each other and eventually met behind
the margin of the sector, and that the two horns of the crescentic groove
were withdrawn toward the median line and finally closed (Fig. 43). Imme-
diately after these phenomena the primitive streak appears, extending for-
ward from the center where the horns of the crescent were drawn in and closed.
It would seem therefore that the formation of the primitive streak is a con-
tinuation of the gastrulation process.
Head process Neural plate
Ectoderm
Mesoderm
^l— Entoderm
Yolk cell
FIG. 48. — Transverse section of blastoderm of chick (21 hours' incubation). Hertwig. Section
through head process, anterior to Hensen's node.
In Fig. 46 there can be seen the slightly opaque band extending for-
ward from the primitive streak which has been designated the primitive axis
or head process. In cross section (Fig. 48) it is obvious that the opacity is
due to the fused mass of entoderm and mesoderm, while the ectoderm here is a
separate layer. In a longitudinal section which includes both axis and streak
(Fig. 49) the ectoderm is observed to fuse with the other two layers at the
anterior end of the streak. It is probable that the primitive axis is not the
result of a forward growth from the end of the streak, but is the result of
the separation of the ectoderm from the other two layers from before back-
ward. That is, if one imagines the primitive streak at its full development
before the axis has appeared, and then imagines a wedge started just beneath
the ectoderm and driven backward, one can readily see that the ectoderm
will be separated from the underlying and still fused mesoderm and entoderm.
As this continues the axis thus becomes longer. The streak does not become
correspondingly shorter, however, because it increases at the caudal end;
in other words, as the primitive axis increases in length the primitive streak
recedes or is carried backward by additions to its own organization. This
EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHICK.
77
exemplifies again the general principle that growth and differentiation in the
early stages proceed from before backward.
x| Origin of the Mesoderm.— The
presence of the mesoderm between
the other two layers in and lateral
to the primitive streak has already
been noted (Fig. 47). The cells
composing the mesoderm appear to
arise in the streak and migrate lat-
erally as irregular elements which are
so scattered that they do not at first
form a complete layer. Whether
they originate from ectoderm or
entoderm is difficult to determine.
The interpretation by those who
have studied the problem most care-
fully is that the early mesoderm cells
originate and differentiate from the
thickened ectoderm along the prim-
itive groove. The migrating cells
multiply rapidly and soon a complete
layer is formed which extends across
the pellucid area until its margin
overlaps the opaque area. The
growth of the mesoderm is at first
most rapid around the caudal end of
the primitive streak, then it extends
across the clear area laterally, and
finally reaches forward on the two
sides as horns which meet in front of
the developing embryo but leave an
area (the proamnion) in the head
region unoccupied by mesoderm until
much later.
When the mesoderm overlaps the
opaque area this area thus becomes
three-layered, comprising ectoderm,
mesoderm and germ wall. The meso-
derm, if it does not actually merge
with the germ wall, at least establishes intimate contact with it. While the
mesodermal cells that arose in the primitive streak continue to proliferate,
11 =
IP
. .
tl ° SS
75- — Section through human chorion, amnion, embryonic disk, and yolk sac. Peters.
Compare with Fig. 74.
Yolk sac
Amnion
Neural groove — "^EE
Chorion
FIG. 76.— Dorsal view of human embryo, two millimeters in length, with yolk sac.
von Spee, Kollmann.
The amnion is opened dorsally.
\ -TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Chorionic villi
Chorion
Mesoderm
of chorion
Blood vessel
FIG. 77. — Medial section of human embryo shown in Fig. 76. von Spee, Kollmann.
Ecto-
Mesoderm derm Primitive groove
Ectoderm
Parietal mesoderm
Visceral mesoderm
Entoderm
FIG. ?&. — Transverse section through primitive streak of embryo shown in Fig. 76. von Spee.
Parietal mesoderm Primitive groove
Visceral mesoderm Primitive fold
Entoderm
FIG. 79. — Transverse section through primitive groove of rabbit embryo, van Beneden.
EARLY MAMMALIAN DEVELOPMENT.
103
peared within the mesoderm, so that one portion remains as a lining for the
trophodermal wall and the remainder closely invests the yolk sac and amnion
and also forms a layer between ectoderm and entoderm in the embryonic
disk (Fig. 75). The disk is therefore composed of all three germ layers, but
there is still no indication of a primitive streak. It would seem that in the
highest primate the mesoderm develops independently of the primitive
streak; but whether it arises from ectoderm or entoderm it is not possible in
the present state of our knowledge to determine.
D
FIG. 80. — Diagrams representing hypothetical stages in the development of the human embryo.
A, Morula; compare with Fig. 55, a. B, Morula with differentiated superficial cells; compare with
Fig- 55) b. C, Central cells have become vacuolized to form the yolk cavity, leaving a small
group (the inner cell mass) attached to the enveloping layer (trophoderm) ; compare with
Fig- 5 5 , d. D, Cells of the inner cell mass which are adjacent to the yolk cavity have become
differentiated and have begun to grow around the cavity, forming the entoderm; compare
with Fig. 59, a.
In a somewhat older human embryo described by von Spee a dorsal view
of the embryonic disk shows close resemblances to conditions in the lower
mammals (Fig. 76). The position of the primitive streak is indicated by the
conspicuous primitive groove. Anterior to this the neural groove extends
almost the full length of the disk which has become considerably elongated.
The yolk sac is now suspended from the ventral side of the disk.
104
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
A longitudinal section in the medial sagittal plane shows the embryonic
disk separating the yolk cavity from the amniotic cavity (Fig. 77). The
mesoderm is an extensive layer investing both amnion and yolk sac and
forming a strong band which attaches the embryonic body to the outer wall
of the vesicle (now the chorion). A cross section through the primitive
streak shows a striking resemblance to a corresponding section of the em-
bryonic disk of a rabbit. (Compare Figs. 78 and 79.) The three germ layers
are fused in the streak, and the mesoderm extends laterally on both sides
between the other two layers.
Parietal_
Mesoder
FIG. 81. — Diagrams representing hypothetical stages in the development of the
human embryo (to follow Fig. 80).
A, Entoderm surrounds the yolk cavity; part of the cells of the inner cell mass have become
vacuolated, thus forming the amniotic cavity, while the remainder constitute the embryonic
ectoderm; compare with Fig. 59. B, Mesoderm (represented by dotted portion) has ap-
peared between the entoderm and trophoderm, between the entoderm and ectoderm of the
embryonic disk, and in the roof of the amnion. C, The mesoderm around the yolk cavity
has split into a parietal and a visceral layer, the cleft between being the rudiment of the ex-
traembryonic body cavity (exoccelom).
In further development the behavior of the germ layers during the forma-
tion of the neural tube, the origin of the mesodermal somites, the appearance
of the ccelom in the lateral portion of the mesoderm, and the formation of
EARLY MAMMALIAN DEVELOPMENT.
105
the.notocord corresponds in main outline to their behavior in the lower
mammals and in birds.
The series of diagrams in Figs. 80, 81 and 82 has been constructed to give
the student a general idea of the changes that occur in the early stages of
human development. It must be recognized, however, that the diagrams
represent purely hypothetical stages up to the conditions shown in diagram
B in Fig. 81 which corresponds roughly to the Bryce-Teacher embryo (Fig.
73) ; even in this diagram the extent of the mesoderm is much less than in the
JeUfSbtt
Belly Stalk
AlUjtois
D
FIG. 82. — Diagrams representing stages of development of the human embryo (to follow Fig. 81).
A, A stage that corresponds approximately to those of Peters' and Bryce-Teacher's embryos (Figs.
74 and 73). Owing to the rapid enlargement of the chorionic vesicle, the extraembryonic
body cavity has become much larger than in Fig. 81 , C. B,A stage (in longitudinal section)
corresponding to that of von Spec's embryo (Fig. 77) . Only a part of the chorion is shown;
the embryonic disk is slightly constricted from the yolk sac; note the belly stalk, comparing
with A . C, Transverse section, same stage as B. D, Longitudinal section, stage somewhat
later than B. Note the greater degree of constriction between the embryo and yolk sac,
and the larger amnion.
known human embryo. In Fig. 82 diagram A approximates the Peters
embryo (Fig. 74), diagram D the von Spee embryo (Fig. 77). The history
of the accessory structures which are shown in part will be considered in the
chapter on "Fcetal Membranes."
106 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
References for Further Study.
VAN BENEDEN, E.: Recherches sur les premiers stades du developpement du Murin
(Vespertiliomurinus). Anat. Anzeiger, Bd. 16, 1899.
BONNET, R.: Lehrbuch der Entwicklungsgechichte. 1907.
BRYCE, T. H.: Embryology. Vol. I of Quain's Anatomy, 1908.
BRYCE, T. H. and TEACHER, J. H.: Early Development and Imbedding of the Human
Ovum. 1908.
\J HARTMAN, G.: Studies in the Development of the Opossum. Jour, of Morph.,
Vol. 27, 1916.
HERTWIG, O.: Die Lehre von den Keimblattern. In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergl.
u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere, Bd. I, Teil I, 1903.
HERZOG, M.: A Contribution to our Knowledge of the earliest known Stages of Pla-
centation and Embryonic Development in Man. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. 9, 1909.
v HUBER, G. C.: The Development of the Albino Rat, Mus norvegicus albinus.
Memoirs of the Wistar Institute, No. 5, 1915.
HUBRECHT, A. A. W.: Furchung und Keimblattbildung bei Tarsius spectrum.
V ' erhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappente Amsterdam, Bd. 7, 1902.
KEIBEL, F. and MALL, F. P.: Manual of Human Embryology. Chap. IV, 1910.
MELISSINOS, K.: Die Entwicklung des Eies der Mause von der ersten Furchungs-
phanomenen bis zur Festsetzung der Allantois an der Ectoplacentarplatte. Arch. f.
mikr. Anat., Bd. 70, 1907.
PETERS, H.: Ueber die Embettung des menschlichen Eies und das bisher bekannte
menschliche Placentationstadium. Leipzig, 1899.
SOBOTTA, J.: Die Befruchtung und Furchung des Eies der Maus. Arch. /. mikr.
Anat., Bd. 45, 1895.
SOBOTTA, J.: Die Entwickelung des Eies der Maus vom Schlusse der Furchung-
periode bis zum Auftreten der Amnionfalte. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bd. 61, 1903.
THOMSON, A.: The Maturation of the Human Ovum. Journal of Anatomy. . Vol.
53, 1919-
VON SPEE, G. : Beobachtungen an einer menschlichen Keimscheibe mit offener Med-
ullarrinne und Canalis neurentericus. Arch.f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1889.
CHAPTER VIII.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE EXTERNAL FORM OF THE BODY.
General Form.
The vertebrate body is fundamentally cylindrical. The trunk is con-
tinued forward into the neck which in turn supports the head. The extremi-
ties are appendages of the trunk. This form arises during the development of
the organism as a whole from the spherical egg cell. In Amphioxus the
spherical form is retained until the gastrula begins to elongate; in the frog
the same is true. In both these animals the simple elongation of the gastrula
is the first step in the change to the cylindrical shape. In the bird the egg is
spherical, but the cytoplasmic portion of the egg is a disk and out of this
disk the early cylindrical body is established by a process of folding. The
mammalian ovum also is spherical, but the part of the structure resulting
from the early processes of development which gives rise to the body is a disk;
and out of this disk the cylindrical body arises by folding in much the same
manner as in the bird.
Since cleavage and the formation of the blastodermic vesicle in man has
not been observed, it is necessary to take some other mammalian form for
the early stages. In most mammals cleavage results in a solid mass of cells
called the morula (Fig. 55, a). In certain forms, like the bat, the superficial
cells of the mass become differentiated from those in the interior, the result
being an enveloping layer and a central mass (Fig. 55, b). In the opossum
during cleavage the blastomeres arrange themselves around a central cavity
so that no definite morula is formed (Fig. 57) . In the case of the solid sphere,
vacuoles appear within the central cells and then coalesce to establish a large
cavity which occupies the greater part of the interior of the sphere. There
remain then the enveloping layer and a few of the central cells which are
attached to the enveloping layer over a small area and which comprise the
inner cell mass (Fig. 55, c, d) . The cavity of the sphere in the mammal is prob-
ably not homologous with the blastocoel in the lower forms. The vacuoliza-
tion of the central cells has been interpreted as an attempt at yolk formation.
Whether the interpretation is correct or not, the cells surrounding the cavity
behave in many respects as if yolk were present; and the cavity subsequently
becomes the cavity of the yolk sac of the embryo.
Following the formation of the yolk cavity, the contiguous cells of the
inner cell mass proliferate and migrate to form a complete lining for the
107
108 TEXT-BOOK OP EMBRYOLOGY.
cavity. These cells comprise the primitive entoderm. Meanwhile the cen-
tral cells of the inner cell mass undergo vacuolization, leaving now only the
enveloping layer and a single layer of cells applied to the entoderm. This
single layer is the embryonic ectoderm and the newly formed space the amniotic
cavity (Fig. 59, c). The entire structure is known as the blastodermic vesicle
or blastocyst; the interior contains two cavities separated from each other by
a plate or disk composed of ectoderm and entoderm and called the embryonic
disk. At this point it must suffice to say, without entering into details, that
the mesoderm appears as a third layer between ectoderm and entoderm in
the embryonic disk and between entoderm and enveloping layer. The meso-
derm increases rapidly and soon forms an extensive but loosely arranged tissue
between the entoderm and the enveloping layer in the wall of the vesicle.
The enveloping layer becomes known as the trophoderm because it comes in
direct contact in the mammal with the uterine mucosa and through it must
pass all the nutritive materials from the uterus to the interior of the vesicle.
Up to the time and stage when the mesoderm becomes a loosely arranged
tissue filling much of the interior of the blastodermic vesicle, nothing is
known of the development of the human ovum. What is probably the
youngest human embryo, described by Bryce and Teacher, is shown in sec-
tion in Fig. 73. The trophoderm is. the outer layer of the vesicle and has
sent out numerous irregular projections into the uterine mucosa in which the
vesicle is already embedded. The interior of the vesicle is occupied for the
most part by the loose mesoderm. Embedded in the mesoderm are two cav-
ities, the smaller being the yolk cavity lined by entoderm and the larger the
amniotic cavity lined by ectoderm ; the cavities are separated from each other
by the embryonic disk. This embryo was reckoned to be 13 or 14 days old.
A slightly older human embryo has been described by Peters (Fig. 74).
It is now reckoned to be about 15 days old, although Peters regarded it at
the time as being much younger. The trophoderm exhibits about the same
characters as in the Bryce-Teacher embryo. The mesoderm shows a great
cleft or space within it; a rather thin layer is applied to the trophoderm and
also surrounds the yolk and amniotic cavities and forms the middle layer of
the disk between the two cavities. The space within the mesoderm is the
exoccelom or extraembryonic body cavity. The layer applied to the tropho-
derm is the somatic or parietal mesoderm which with the trophoderm itself
comprises the chorion. The wall of the yolk sac is composed of entoderm
and visceral or splanchnic mesoderm. The amniotic cavity is surrounded
by ectoderm and parietal mesoderm. The embryonic disk is attached to
the chorion at one side by a strand of mesoderm known as the belly stalk.
The chief difference between this and the Bryce-Teacher embryo is the great
cleft in the mesoderm.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE EXTERNAL FORM OF THE BODY. 109
Disregarding now the chorion and exoccelom, which are no longer in-
volved in the form of the embryonic body, certain advances in development
are seen in an embryo described by von Spee. In Fig. 77 a sagittal section
shows the large yolk sac separated from the amniotic cavity by the embryonic
disk. The anterior margin of the disk is bent ventrally by a fold of the germ
layers. Figure 76 shows a dorsal surface view of the embryo; the amnion
has been cut away. The embryonic disk is considerably elongated cephalo-
caudally. A gutter or groove surrounds the disk, and if compared with the
sagittal section which has the fold at the cephalic end it can readily be seen
that this groove is an early step in the constriction or pinching off of the
disk from the yolk sac. The margins of the disc are being bent ventrally
and tucked beneath the central portion; and since the disk is elongated
the folding process will result in a cylindrical body form. Even now the
impression is obtained that the yolk sac is suspended from the ventral side
of the embryo by a narrower structure, the early yolk stalk. The dorsal
surface of the disk is indented by the neural groove which extends nearly
the whole length of the developing body.
Somewhat more advanced than the von Spee embryo is one described by
Eternod (Fig. 83). Eternod's embryo is 2.11 mm. in length and possesess
eight primitive segments. The figure shows the amnion cut away on the
dorsal side and the yolk sac on the ventral side. The body is more markedly
cylindrical than the preceding stage, and more elongated. The constriction
between the embryo and the yolk sac is well marked, and the narrower yolk
stalk can be better appreciated. At the caudal end the belly stalk forms the
attachment to the chorion. The neural folds are partly fused to form the
neural tube. The cephalic end of the neural plate is notably larger, a
character which already indicates the beginning of the head. One might
say that the yolk stalk is becoming smaller; but as a matter of fact the
diminution is more apparent than real. The apparent diminution is caused
by the relatively more rapid increase in size of the embryonic body and yolk
sac. At this point it should be mentioned that the bending and tucking
under the body of the lateral body walls naturally results in the contact
and eventual fusion of the two sides in the mid- ventral line. In this manner
the ventral body wall is formed. The line of fusion is significant in its rela-
tion to certain malformation : For instance, the fusion is sometimes defective
or incomplete, allowing some of the viscera to protrude. (See Chap. XX on
"Teratogenesis.") If the fusion is normal the ventral body wall is complete
and closed except at the attachment of the umbilical cord through which
pass the blood vessels that carry nutriment to the embryo and waste products
away from it.
The changes that occur in the simple cylindrical body after the ventral
110
TEXT-BOOK OP EMBRYOLOGY.
body wall is closed comprise the differentiation of the head, neck and trunk
regions and the development of the extremities as appendages of the trunk.
Even in Eternod's embryo (Fig. 83) the region where the brain is developing
is greater in diameter than the other part of the embryo. Thus the begin-
ning of the head is indicated by an increase in size due primarily to the growth
of the brain. The end of the head region is bent ventrally almost at a right
angle to the long axis of the embryo, the bend occurring in the mid-brain
and being known as the cephalic flexure. This is the first of the flexures
Heart
Ant. entrance to
prim, gut (Ant.
intest. portal)
Post, entrance to
prim, gut (Post,
intest. portal)
Cerebral plate
Amnion
Yolk sac
(cut edgej
Yolk sac
— Neural tube
Primiti\ e
segment
Neural fold
Neural groove
Belly stalk -
a b
FIG. 83. — (a) Ventral view; (b) dorsal view of human embryo with 8 pairs of mesodermal somites
(2.11 mm.). Eternod. From models by Ziegler.
In b the amnion has been removed, merely the cut edge showing; in a the yolk sac has
been removed.
that appear as development proceeds. On the cephalic side of the yolk sac
attachment is a protrusion which indicates the position of the heart in what
now may be called the cervical region or neck. Between the protrusion
caused by the heart and the fore-brain there is~a depression which fore-
shadows the oral and nasal cavities and is now called the oral fossa .
In Fig. 84, showing the dorso-lateral aspect of an embryo 2.5 mm. long
and possessing 14 primitive segments, the beginning of the head, the cephalic
DEVELOPMENT OF THE EXTERNAL FORM OF THE BODY.
Ill
flexure, the oral fossa, the protrusion in the cervical region caused by the
heart, the belly stalk, and the constriction between body and yolk sac are all
Fore-brain —
Mid-brain
Hind-brain
Omphalornesenteric
- Yolk sac
**. — Amnion
Belly stalk
FIG. 84. — Dorso-lateral view of human embryo with fourteen pairs of mesodermal
somites (2.5 mm.). Kollmann.
clearly indicated. It is worthy of note that the heart appears in the cervical
region; during later development it recedes into thorax.
— Second branchial arch
Third branchial groove
Heart
FIG. 85. — Human embryo of 2.6 mm. His, from Keibel and Mall.
One of the early human embryos described by His is shown in Fig. 85.
The veil-like structure around the embryo is the amnion. This embryo
measures 2.6 mm. and was estimated to be 18-21 days old (the estimate in
112
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the light of more recent studies probably being too low). The body is more
robust than in the preceding stage. In addition to the cephalic flexure the
dorsum in profile is a curve, with three rather prominent regions of curvature;
a cervical flexure, a dorsal flexure and a sacral flexure. The whole embryo is
slightly twisted around its long axis, the head turned toward the left and the
caudal end toward the right. In the cervical region are three vertical de-
pressions which diminish in size from before backward. Alternating with
these are prominences which also diminish from before backward. These
alternating depressions and prominences are the branchial grooves and arches
Mid-brain flexure
Eye
Maxillary process
Heart
Hind limb bud
Fore limb bud Umbilical cord
FIG. 86. — Human embryo of 4 mm. Rabl, from Kollfnan's Atlas.
which are homologues of the gill slits and gill bars in fishes. The first arch
lies in front of the first groove and bounds the oral fossa laterally; its two
subdivisions, the mandibular process and maxillary process, with the notch
between representing the future angle of the mouth, are already differentiated.
Through the development of the first arch the depth of the oral fossa is
considerably increased. The heart causes a conspicuous protrusion on the
ventral side of the cervical region. The constriction between the body of
the embryo and the yolk sac is marked, and this attenuated portion of the
yolk sac is from now on spoken of as the yolk stalk. The structure attached
caudal the yolk stalk and turned over the right side of the embryo is the belly
stalk which later will be included in the umbilical cord.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE EXTERNAL FORM OF THE BODY.
113
An embryo of 4 mm. is shown in Fig. 86. All the flexures are accen-
tuated, so that the head and tail are close together. The fourth branchial
arch has appeared behind the third groove and a fourth groove behind the
fourth arch. The small structure behind the fourth groove may be the
rudimentary fifth arch. The arches diminish rather uniformly from the
first to the last. The rudiment of the eye is visible on the side of the fore-
brain region as a circular eminence surrounded by a slight groove. The heart
Cervical Cervical
depression flexure
Dorsal flexure
Branchial arch IV
Branchial groove III
'Branchial arch III
Branchial groove II
Branchial arch II
Branchial groove I
Branchial arch I
Mandibular process
•- Maxillary process
•-Eye
Nasal pit
Heart
Yolk stalk
Lower limb bud
Primitive segments
Upper limb bud Liver Sacral flexure
FIG. 87. — Human embryo with twenty-seven primitive segments (7 mm., 26 days).
Mall.
protuberance is strikingly prominent. Certain new features have appeared
at 'this stage, the limb buds. The fore-limb bud is a rounded eminence
opposite the anterior part of the dorsal flexure; the hind-limb a similar
structure opposite the sacral flexure. The limb buds, as tar as surface
appearance goes, are Simply outgrowths from the body wall starting as small
rounded eminences which, as development proceeds, become larger and finally
differentiated into the various parts of the extremities.
In a 7-mm. embryo described by Mall (Fig. 87), the flexures are slightly
more accentuated than in the 4-mm. stage. The branchial arches and
114
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
grooves are still prominent. The first groove, of which the dorsal part
marks the site of the external auditory meatus, is at this time particularly
well developed. The eye is a stronger feature than in the preceding stage.
The distinct depression in front of the first arch is the nasal fossa. The
limb buds are larger than in the 4-mm. embryo. The general curvature of
the embryo is so sharp at this stage that the rudimentary tail is almost in
contact with the head.
In Fig. 88, showing an embryo of 7.5 mm. with 27 primitive segments,
the head is somewhat larger in proportion to the body. This character
Branchial groove III
Branchial arch III;
Branchial groove II
Branchial arch II
Branchial groove I
Mandibular process
Maxillary process
Eye
Naso-optic furrow
Nasal pit
Yolk sac
Heart
Lower
limb bud
Liver
limb bud
FIG. 88. — Human embryo with 28 primitive segments (7.5 mm.). Photograph.
Umbilical
cord
Yolk stalk
becomes accentuated as development proceeds and is especially noticeable
up to the time of birth. The cervical and sacral flexures are still sharp, but
the dorsal flexure is not quite so prominent. From now on, the body becomes
more nearly straight. The rotundity of the ventral side of body is due to
the heart and liver, the two organs now lying close together. The branchial
arches are not actually smaller but appear less prominent. The second
arch has enlarged and grown back over the third and fourth, partially hiding
them. The limb buds' are larger; and the fore-limb bud now shows a trans-
verse constriction dividing it into a proximal and a distal portion, the latter
being the rudiment of the hand.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE EXTERNAL FORM OF THE BODY. 115
Figure 89 shows an embryo of n mm. All the flexures are slightly
reduced except the cephalic. The cephalic flexure, which primarily affects
the embryonic brain, persists as the mid-brain flexure of the adult. Two
slight concavities have appeared in the dorsal profile, the occipital depres-
sion and the cervical depression. The latter becomes more conspicuous
as development proceeds and persists as the depression at the back of the
neck in the adult. The first branchial arch is a strong feature of the head,
the maxillary process being especially prominent. This process has grown
forward to form intimate contact with the nasal region. The second arch
now hides the third and fourth arches, and the depression behind the second
Cervical flexure
Occipital depression
Cervical depression
Dorsal flexure
Umbilical cord
X/f
Sacral flexure
FIG. 89. — Human embryo n mm. long (31-34 days). His.
is known as the precermcal sinus. The first groove can be more readily
appreciated as the site of the external auditory meatus, as can also the
surrounding parts of the first and second arches be better appreciated as
rudiments of the concha. The distal part of the fore-limb bud is flattened
like a paddle, and the radial depressions in it mark the boundaries between
the digits. In the proximal portion the fore-arm and arm are faintly in-
dicated. The hind-limb bud is divided by a constriction into a proximal and
distal portion; the latter is the beginning of the foot. During development
the fore-limb is always at a slightly more advanced stage than the hind-limb.
The ventral rotundity of the body is pronounced.
In an embryo measuring 15.5 mm. (Fig. 90) the dorsal flexure is much
reduced and the axis of the body is approaching the definitive line. The
116
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
\
FIG. 90. — Human embryo of 15.5 mm. (39-40 days). His.
FIG. 91. FIG. 92. FIG. 93.
FIG. 91. — Human embryo of 17.5 mm. (47-51 days). His.
FIG. 92. — Human embryo of 18.5 mm. (52-54 days). His.
FIG. 93. — Human embryo of 23 mm. (2 months). His.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE EXTERNAL FORM OF THE BODY.
117
cervical flexure is still prominent, as is also the ventral rotundity of the
body. The neck is now clearly differentiated. The external auditory
meatus and the surrounding rudiments of the concha are plainly indicated.
The limb buds are turned more nearly at right angles to the long axis of the
body. The leg and thigh show early differentiation; the fingers are beginning
to elongate and radial grooves on the foot indicate the boundaries between
the toes. The tail, which was a prominent feature in the earlier stages, is
proportionately small; in the human it is at most a rudimentary structure
represented by the coccyx, and while in the early embryo it is fairly large
it does not keep pace with the body during development.
FIG. 94. — Human embryo of 78 mm.
(3 months). Minot.
FIG. 95. — Human embryo of 4 months
Natural size. Kollmann.
After the stage shown in Fig. 90 the cervical flexure continues to dimin-
ish and the head comes to lie more nearly in line with the long axis of the
body. The rotundity of the abdomen gradually becomes less as the heart
and liver approach the proportions of the adult. The tail as an external
structure disappears altogether, the buttocks increasing markedly. During
the second month the external genitalia develop and the sex of the embryo
can be distinguished. The general changes in form can be followed by com-
paring Figs. 91, 92, 93, 94 and 95.
In the early stages of human development, say during the first month,
118
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
it is not uncommon to speak of all the membranes with the enclosed embryo
as the ovum. During the first two months the developing organism itself
is usually called an embryo. By the end of the second month when the
embryo has reached the length of about an inch (25 mm.) it has acquired a
form (Fig. 93) which in general resembles that of the adult and is henceforth
referred to as afcetus.
The Face
When the fore-brain bends ventrally and the heart appears on the ventral
side of the embryo in what will be the cervical region, there is thus produced
between the two structures a depression or pit called the oral fossa (Fig. 84).
This fossa is the rudiment of the oral and nasal cavities and around it the
Cerebral hemisphere
Lat. nasal process
Nasal pit
Med. nasal process
Angle of mouth
Eye
Naso-optic furrow
Maxillary process
Mandibular process
FIG. 96. — Ventral view of head of 8 mm. human embryo. His.
structures develop which- give rise to the face. Behind the fore-brain and
dorsal to the heart, as the embryo develops, a series of slit-like depressions
appear at right angles to the long axis of the body. Between the depressions
are elevations. These structures are in the lateral wall of the embryonic
pharynx, and are known as branchial grooves and arches (Figs. 85 and 86).
It has been previously stated that they are homologous with the gill slits
and gill bars of fishes. The first two arches and the first groove are involved
in the formation of the face.
The first branchial arch becomes the largest of the series and, on ac-
count of its position, bounds the oral fossa laterally (Fig, 85). Its presence
serves to deepen the fossa. Growing from the cephalic side of the arch, a
strong process insinuates itself between the arch and the fore-brain region.
This is called the maxillary process, while the original part of the arch is the
mandibular process. The latter grows rapidly, extends ventrally and finally
DEVELOPMENT OF THE EXTERNAL FORM OF THE BODY.
119
meets and fuses with its fellow of the opposite side in the midventral . line
caudal to the oral fossa (Fig. 96). The maxillary process still bounds the
oral fossa laterally. Meanwhile a broad downward projection from the
front of the fore-brain region — the naso-frontal process — comes in contact
laterally with the maxillary process (Fig. 96). Along the line of contact a
furrow is left, which extends obliquely upward to the eye rudiment and is
known as the naso-optic furrow.
The various structures that have been mentioned bound the oral fossa
which has now become a deep quadrilateral pit. Cranially (above) the fossa
Mid-brai
Cerebral hemisphere
Lat. nasal process
Nasal pit
Med. nasal process
Angle of mouth
Eye
Naso-optic furrow
Maxillary process
Mandibular process
Branchial grooves
Otic (auditory) capsule
Synotic tectum
FIG. 134. — Primordial cranium of Salmo salar (salmon) embryo of 25 mm. Dorsal view. Gaupp
Compare with Fig. 133 and note further elaboration of parts surrounding the sense organs.
first its more simple arrangement in the lower Vertebrates. In these there ap-
pear in the embryonic connective tissue around the cephalic end of the notochord
two bilaterally symmetrical pieces of cartilage, which extend as far as the
hypophysis. Then two other bilaterally symmetrical pieces appear, extending
from the hypophysis to the nasal region. Subsequently all these pieces fuse
into a single mass which extends from the cephalic end of the vertebral column
to the tip of the nose, enclosing the end of the notochord and, to a certain ex-
tent, the ear, eye and olfactory apparatus. There is left, however, an opening
for the hypophysis. From this mass of cartilage, chondrification extends into
the embryonic connective tissue along the sides and roof of the cranial
156
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
cavity, so that the brain and sense organs are practically enclosed. To this
capsule the term cartilaginous primordial cranium has been applied. (See
Figs. 132, 133, 134.)
In the higher Vertebrates, chondrification is limited to the basal region of the
skull, while the side walls and roof are formed later by intramembranous bone.
Crista galli
Lamina cribrosa
Meckel's cartilage
Malleus
Incus
Int. acoustic pore
Jugular foramen
Subarcuate fossa
Ala magna (sphenoid)
Optic foramen
Ala parva (sphenoid]
Setla turcica
Dorsum sellae
Foramina
(VII Nerve)
Auditory
capsule
Foramen
Foramen (XII Nerve)
Large occipital foramen Occipital
(foramen magnum) (synotic tectum)
FIG. 135. — Dorsal view of primordial cranium of human embryo of 80 mm.
(3rd month). Gaupp. Hertwig.
The membrane bones of the roof of the skull have been removed. Through the large occipital
foramen can be seen the first three cervical vertebrae.
In the human embryo chondrification occurs first in the occipital and sphenoidal
regions, and then gradually extends into the nasal (ethmoidal) region. A little
later it spreads somewhat dorsally in the occipital and sphenoidal regions to form
part of the squamous portion of the occipital and the wings of the sphenoid. At
the same time cartilage develops in the embryonic connective tissue surround-
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM.
157
ing the internal ear to form the periotic capsule whicn subsequent!} unites with
the occipital and sphenoidal cartilages. The pieces of cartilage thus formed con-
stitute the chondrocranium.
In connection with the development of the caudal part of the occipital cartilage there is
an interesting feature which is at least indicative of a segmental character. In some of the
lower Mammals there are four fairly distinct condensations of embryonic connective tissue
just cranial to the first cervical vertebra, corresponding to the first cervical nerve and the
three roots of the hypo glossal. These condensations bear a general resemblance to the
primitive segments and indicate the existence of four vertebrae which are later taken up into
the chondrocranium. In the human embryo the condensations are less distinct, but the
existence of a first cervical and a three-rooted hypoglossal nerve in this region suggests an
original segmental character. If this is true, then the base of the human skull is formed
from the unsegmented chondrocranium plus four vertebrae which become incorporated in
the occipital region.
Optic foramen
Ala magna (sphenoid)
\ ^^ Ala parva (sphenoid)
Nasal capsule
Nasal septum
Maxilla
Vomer
Palate bone
Mandible
Meckel's cartilage
Cricoid cartilage
\ Styloid process
Malleus \ Cochlear fenestra
Foramen (XII Nerve)
Thyreoid cartilage
FIG. 136. — Lateral view of primordial cranium of human embryo of 80 mm.
(3rd month). Gaupp, Hertwig.
The membrane bones of the roof of the skull have been removed. Compare with FIG. 135. The
maxilla, vomer, palate, and mandible are membrane bones.
In addition to the chondrocranium, other cartilaginous elements enter into
the formation of the skull, all of which are derived from the visceral arches.
Not all the arches, however, produce cartilage; for in the maxillary process of
the first arch, which forms the upper boundary of the mouth, cartilage does not
appear, and the bones which later develop in it are of the membranous type.
The mandibular process of the first arch produces a rod of cartilage— Meckel's
cartilage. This gives rise, at its proximal end, to a part of the auditory ossicles,
but the cartilage in the jaw proper soon wholly or almost wholly disappears.
The cartilage of the second arch becomes connected with the skull in the region
158
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
of the periotic capsule. The cartilages of the other three arches are only
indirectly connected with the skull and will be considered later.
Figs. 135 and 136 show the condition of the chondrocranium in a human
embryo of 80 mm. (third month) . Although at first glance it seems exceedingly
complicated, a careful study and comparison of the various parts will aid the
student in his comprehension of the cartilaginous foundation upon which the
skull is built.
OSSIFICATION OF THE CHONDROCRANIUM.
In the human fcetus ossification begins in the occipital region during the
third month. Four centers appear which correspond to the four parts of the
adult occipital bone (Fig. 137). (i) An unpaired center situated ventral to the
foramen magnum. From this center ossification proceeds in all directions to
Interparietal
(of lower forms)
Squamous part
(intramemb.)
Squamous
part
Kerkringius' bone
Squamous part
'(intracartilag.)
•Lateral part
•Basilar part
FlG. 137. — Occipital bone of human embryo of 21.5 cm. Kollmann's Atlas.
form the pars basilaris (basioccipital). (2 and 3) Two lateral centers, one
on each side. From these, ossification proceeds to produce the partes laterales
(exoccipital) which bear the condyles. (4) A center dorsal to the foramen
magnum. This produces the pars squamosa (supraoccipital) as far as the supe-
rior nuchal line. Beyond this line the pars squamosa is of intramembranous
origin. (See p. 160.) At birth the four parts are still separated by plates of
cartilage. During the first or second year after birth the partes laterales
unite with the pars squamosa, and about the seventh year the pars basilaris
unites with the rest of the bone.
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM. 159
In the sphenoidal region ossification begins at a number of centers which,
as in the occipital region, correspond generally to the parts of the adult sphenoid
bone (Fig. 138). (i and 2) About the ninth week an ossification center
appears on each side in the cartilage which corresponds to the ala magna
(alisphenoid). (3 and 4) About the twelfth week a center appears on each
side which corresponds to the ala parva (orbitosphenoid) . (5 and 6) A
short time after this a center appears on each side of the medial line in the
basal part of the cartilage, and the two centers subsequently fuse to produce the
corpus (basisphenoid) . (7 and 8) Lateral to each basal center, another center
appears which represents the beginning of the lingula. (9 and 10) Finally
two centers appear in the basal part of the cartilage, in front of the other
basal centers, and then fuse to form the presphenoid. As in the case of the oc-
cipital bone, not all of the adult sphenoid is of intracartilaginous origin; for the
Ala parva-
Ala magna
Lingula- ~^m mtimzM m^ Lingula
Pterygoid
process
"^ ^/\ \ \ / 7V 7
Corpus
' (basisphenoid)
FIG. 138. — Sphenoid bone of embryo of 3^-4 months. Sappey.
The parts that are still cartilaginous are represented in black.
upper anterior angle of each ala magna is of intramembranous origin, as are also
the medial and lateral laminae of the pterygoid process. The pterygoid hamulus,
however, is formed by the ossification of a small piece of cartilage which de-
velops on the tip of the medial lamina. The fusion of these various parts oc-
curs at different times. The lateral pterygoid lamina unites with the alisphe-
noid before the sixth month of fcetal life; about the sixth month the lingula fuses
with the basisphenoid, and the presphenoid with the orbitosphenoid. The
alisphenoid and medial pterygoid lamina fuse with the rest of the bone during
the first year after birth. The union of the basisphenoid and basioccipital
usually occurs when the growth of the individual ceases, though the two bones
may remain separate throughout life.
In the region of the periotic capsule, several centers of ossification appear in
the cartilage during the fifth month. During the sixth month these centers
unite to form a single center which then gradually increases to form the pars
petrosa and pars mastoidea of the adult temporal bone. The mastoid process is
160 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
formed after birth by an evagination from the pars petrosa, and is lined by an
evaginated portion of the mucosa of the middle ear. The other parts of the
temporal bone are of intramembranous origin, except the styloid process which
represents the proximal end of the second branchial arch.
In the ethmoidal region, conditions become more complicated on account of
the peculiarities of the nasal cavities, and on account of the fact that the cartilage
is never entirely replaced by bone, and that "membrane" bones also enter into
more intimate relations with the "cartilage" bones. The ethmoidal cartilage
at first consists of a medial mass, which extends from the presphenoid region to
the end of the nasal process, and of a lateral mass on each side, which is situated
lateral to the nasal pit (Fig. 136). Ossification in the lateral mass on each side
produces the ethmoidal labyrinth (lateral mass of ethmoid). It is perhaps not
quite correct to say that ossification produces the ethmoidal labyrinth, for at
first there is only a mass of spongy bone with no indication of the honey-combed
structure characteristic of the adult. The latter condition is produced by at
certain amount of dissolution of the bone and the growth of the nasal mucosa
into the cavities so formed. By the same process of dissolution and ingrowth of
nasal mucosa the superior, middle and inferior concha (turbinated bones) are
formed. The medial mass of cartilage begins to ossify after birth and then only
in its upper (superior) edge. It forms the lamina perpendicular is and crista
galli and extends into the nose as the nasal septum. The lower (inferior) edge
remains as cartilage until the vomer, which is a membrane bone (p. 194),
develops, after which it is partly dissolved. The lamina cribrosa (cribriform
plate) is formed by bony trabeculae which extend across between the medial
mass and the lateral masses and surround the bundles of fibers of the olfactory
nerve.
MEMBRANE 'BONES OF THE SKULL.
Under this head we shall consider only those bones which develop a
from the visceral arches, those which involve the arches being considered later.
It has been seen that by far the greater parts of the bones forming the base of th
skull are of intracartilaginous origin. On the other hand, those forming the
sides and roof of the skull are largely of intramembranous origin. In the case
of the occipital bone, two centers of ossification appear in the membrane dorsal
to the supraoccipital, and the bone so formed begins to unite with the supra-
occipital during the third month of fcetal life. At birth the union is usually
complete, though for a time an open suture may persist on each side. The bone
derived from the two centers forms that part of the occipital squama which is
situated above the superior nuchal line; the part below the line is of intracarti-
laginous origin (p. 190). The adult occipital is thus a composite bone, partly
of intramembranous, partly of intracartilaginous origin.
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM.
161
The temporal is also a composite bone, the petrous and mastoid parts
and the styloid process being of intracartilaginous origin, while the temporal
squama and the tympanic part are of intramembranous origin. During the
eighth week of foetal life a center of ossification appears in the membrane in the
temporal region, and the bone formed from this center subsequently unites
with the petrous part and becomes the temporal squama. Another center ap-
pears in the membrane to the outer side of the periotic capsule and produces a
ring of bone around the external auditory meatus, which fuses with the petrous
"Parietal
Frontal
fontanell^
Occipital
xontanelle
Occipital -f
Mastoid -
fontanelle
Ocdipital
Petrous
Occipital
Tympanic
Styloid process
Stylohyoid lig
Hyoid (greater horn)
Cricoid
Frontal
Sphenoidal
fontanelle
— f\- Alisphenoid
Zygomatic
v~- Maxilla
Mandible
Meckel's cartilage
Hyoid (lesser horn)
Thyreoid
FIG. 139. — Diagram of skull of new-born child. Combined from McMurrich and Kollmann.
White areas represent bones of intramembranous origin; dotted areas represent bones (not derived
from branchial arches) of intracartilaginous origin; black areas represent derivatives of
branchial arches.
part and forms the tympanic part of the adult bone. It gives attachment at its
inner border to the tympanic membrane. While the union of the different
parts begins during fcetal life, it is usually completed after birth.
The sphenoid bone is also composed of parts which have different
origins. The body, small wings and large wings are of intracartilaginous
origin, the pterygoid process of intramembranous origin. About the eighth
week of development a center of ossification appears in the mesenchyme in the
lateral wall of the posterior part of the nasal cavity and gives rise to the medial
pterygoid lamina. On the tip of the latter a small piece of cartilage appears in
162 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
which ossification later takes place to form the pterygoid hamulus (p. 159).
The lateral pterygoid lamina is also of intramembranous origin and fuses with
the medial lamina, the two laminae forming the pterygoid process which subse-
quently unites with the body of the sphenoid. (See Fig. 138.)
In the ethmoidal region, only the vomer is of intramembranous origin. An
ossification center appears in the embryonic connective tissue on each side of
the perpendicular plate (lamina perpendicularis) and these two centers produce
two thin plates of bone which unite at their lower borders and invest the lower
part of the perpendicular plate. The portion of the latter thus invested
undergoes resorption.
The frontal and parietal bones are purely of intramembranous origin. About
the eighth week two centers of ossification, one on each side, appear for the
frontal. The bones produced by these centers unite in the medial line to form
the single adult bone. In the event of an incomplete union an open suture
remains — the metopic suture. A single center of ossification appears for each
parietal bone at about the same time as those for the frontal. The union of
the bones which form the roof and the greater part of the sides of the skull does
not occur till after birth. The spaces between them constitute the sutures and
fontanelles so obvious in new-born children (Fig. 139).
A single center of ossification appears in the embryonic connective tissue
for each zygomatic, lachrymal and nasal bone, all of which are of intramem-
branous origin.
BONES DERIVED FROM THE BRANCHIAL ARCHES.
The first branchial arch becomes divided into two portions. One of these,
the maxillary process, is destined to give rise to the upper jaw and much of the
upper lip and face region. The other, the mandibular process, is destined to
give rise to the lower jaw, the lower lip and chin region, and two of the auditory
ossicles. The angle between the two processes corresponds to the angle of the
mouth, and the cavity enclosed by the processes is the forerunner of the mouth
and nasal cavities. (See Fig. 96, also p. 119.) So far as the skeletal elements
are concerned, cartilage develops only in the mandibular process where it
forms a slender bar or rod known as MeckeVs cartilage. Only a small part of
this becomes ossified, the greater portion of the mandible being of intramem-
branous origin. No cartilage develops in the maxillary process. This
probably indicates a condensation of development in man and the higher
animals, for among the lower animals cartilage precedes the bone. In man the
maxilla and palate bone also are of intramembranous origin.
The palate bone develops from a single center of ossification which appears
at the side of the nasal cavity in embryos of about 18 mm. This center
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM. 163
represents the perpendicular part, the horizontal part appearing in embryos of
about 24 mm. as an outgrowth from the perpendicular and not as a separate
center of ossification. The orbital and sphenoidal processes also represent out-
growths from the primary center and appear much later.
Opinions regarding the development of the maxilla are at variance. One
view is that it arises from five centers of ossification. One of these centers gives
rise to that part of the alveolar border which bears the molar and premolar
teeth; a second center forms the nasal process and that part of the alveolar bor-
der which bears the canine tooth; a third produces the part which bears the
incisor teeth; and the two remaining centers give rise to the rest of the bone.
All these parts effect a firm union at an early stage, with the exception of the
part bearing the incisor teeth which remains more or less distinct as the incisive
bone (premaxilla, intermaxilla) . Another view arising from recent work on
Incisive bone Upper lip
(intermaxillary)
I
Primitive choan* ^S^M •T^ Lip groovc
Cut surface Palatine processes
FIG. 140. — Head of human embryo of 7 weeks. His.
Ventral aspect of upper jaw region. Lower jaw and tongue have been removed.
human embryos is that there are primarily only two ossification centers; one of
these gives rise to the incisive bone, the other to the rest of the maxilla (Mall).
These centers appear at the end of the sixth week (embryos of 18 mm.);
A very important feature in the development of the maxilla is its agency in
separating the nasal cavity from the mouth cavity. The palatine process of the
bone grows medially and meets and fuses with its fellow of the opposite side in
the medial line, the two processes together thus constituting about the an-
terior three-fourths of the bony part of the hard palate. It should be observed,
however, that the palatine processes do not meet at their anterior borders, for
the incisive bone is insinuated between them (see Figs. 140, 141).
164 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
The incisive bone is probably not derived from the maxillary process of the first visceral
arch, but from the fronto-nasal process. The question thus arises as to whether it is derived
from both the middle and lateral nasal processes or only from the middle. According to
Kolliker's view, the lateral nasal process takes no part in the formation of the incisive bone.
It is derived from the middle process, hence genetically it is a single bone on each side.
According to Albrecht's view the incisive bone is genetically composed of two parts, one
derived from the lateral, the other from the middle nasal process. While the matter is not
one of great importance merely from the standpoint of development, it has an important
bearing on the question of certain congenital malformations, e.g., hare lip, and will be
discussed further under that head (p. 180).
In the mandibular process of the first visceral arch, the mandible develops as
a bone which is partly of intramembranous and partly of intracartilaginous
origin. In the first place a rod of cartilage, known as MeckePs cartilage,
forms the core of the mandibular process and extends from the distal end of the
process to the temporal region of the skull, where it passes between the tympanic
Medial line
^^ . ^-^ Incisive bone
Canine alveolus m_ _™_™^™,,, „„_.,,„„„.„
Incisive suture
Molar alveolus f timsigm y8%"J^rm//w/i//'f?Mytf> •KVT» n ~ Palatine process
Palate bone
(horizontal part)
FIG. 141. — Ventral aspect of hard palate of human embryo of 80 mm. Kollmann's Atlas.
bone and the periotic capsule and ends in the tympanic cavity of the ear (Fig.
136). During the sixth week of foetal life, intramembranous bone begins to
develop in the mandibular process. In the region of the body of the mandible
the bone encloses the cartilage, but in the region of the ramus and coronoid
process the cartilage lies to the inner side of the bone. Development is further
complicated by the appearance of cartilage in the region of the middle incisor
teeth and on the coronoid and condyloid processes. These pieces of cartilage
form independently of Meckel's cartilage and subsequently are replaced by the
bone which constitutes the corresponding parts of the mandible. The part of
Meckel's cartilage enclosed in the bone disappears; the part to the inner side of
the ramus is transformed into the sphenomandibular ligament. (See Fig. 142.)
In each half of the second branchial arch a rod of cartilage develops, which
extends from the ventro-medial line to the region of the periotic capsule. The
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM. 165
proximal end of this rod is then replaced by bone which fuses with the temporal
bone and forms the styloid process. The distal (ventral) end is replaced by
bone which forms the lesser horn of the hyoid bone. Between the styloid proc-
ess and the lesser horn, the cartilage is transformed into the stylohyoid liga-
ment (see Figs. 139 and 142).
In each half of the third branchial arch a piece of cartilage develops and
subsequently is replaced by bone to form the greater horn of the hyoid bone.
The two horns become connected at their ventral ends by the body of the hyoid
bone which is also a derivative of the third arch. Later the lesser horn fuses
with the greater horn to bring about the adult condition (Fig. 142).
In the ventral parts of the fourth and fifth arches pieces of cartilage develop
Incus Malleus
Tympanic ring
Stylohyoid lig.
Cricoid cartilage
Thyreoid cartilage | Meckel's cartilage
Hyoid cartilage (greater horn)
FIG. 142. — Lateral dissection of head of human fcetus, showing derivatives of branchial
arches in natural position. Kollmann's Atlas.
and form the skeletal elements, of the larynx. A more detailed account of these
will be found under the head of the larynx.
The auditory ossicles are also derived largely from the branchial arches, the
incus and malleus being derived from the proximal end of Meckel's cartilage (first
arch) , the stapes having a double origin from the second arch and the embryonic
connective tissue surrounding the periotic capsule. But since they form inte-
gral parts of the organ of hearing, a discussion of their formation is best in-
cluded in the development of the ear.
The accompanying table indicates the types of development in the different
bones of the head skeleton.
166
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Bones
Of Intracartilaginous
Origin
Of Intramembranous
Origin
Derived from Visceral
Arches
Occipitale.
Pars basilaris.
Pars lateralis.
Squama occipitalis below
sup. nuchal line.
Squama occipitalis above
sup. nuchal line.
Temporale.
Pars mastoidea.
Pars petrosa, with
essus sty oideus.
proc-
Pars tympanica.
Squama tempo ralis.
Processus styloideus (sea
arch).
Sphenoidale.
Corpus.
Ala parva.
Ala magna.
Hamulus pterygoideus.
Processus pterygoideus, ex-
cept hamulus pterygoi-
deus.
Ethmoidale.
Crista galli.
Lamina cribrosa.
Lamina perpendicularis.
Labyrinthus ethmoidalis.
Vomer.
Vomer.
Parietale.
Parietale.
Frontale.
Frontale.
Lacrimale.
Lacrimale.
Nasale.
Nasale.
Zygoma.
Zygoma.
Maxilla.
Maxilla, with incisivum.
Maxilla,except incisivum( ?)
(first arch).
Palatinum.
Palatinum.
Palatinum.
Mandibula.
Processus condyloideus,
tip of.
Processus coronoideus,
tip of.
Corpus, distal end of.
Processus condyloideus, ex-
cept tip.
Processus coronoideus, ex-
cept tip.
Corpus, except distal end.
Ramus.
Mandibula (first arch).
Hyoideum.
Hvoideum
Cornu majus (third arch).
Cornu minus (second arch).
Corpus (third arch).
Ossicula
auditus.
Incus.
Malleus.
Stapes, except basis (?).
Basis stapedis.
Incus (first arch).
Malleus (first arch).
Stapes, except basis
(second arch).
The Appendicular Skeleton.
The growth of the limb buds and their differentiation into arm, forearm
and hand, thigh, leg and foot, along with the rotation which they undergo during
development, have been discussed in the chapter on the external form of the
body (p. 121). The metameric origin of the muscles of the extremities is
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM.
167
discussed in the chapter on the muscular system (Chap. XI). It has been
seen that the greater part of the axial skeleton is derived from the sclerotomes,
is preformed in cartilage, and maintains its segmental character throughout life.
It has also been seen that the head skeleton is in part preformed in cartilage, is in
part of intramembranous origin, and shows but a trace of segmental character,
and that only in the occipital region at a very early stage. The appendicular
skeleton is derived wholly from the embryonic connective tissue which forms the
cores of the developing extremities, and shows no trace of a segmental character.
Here also, as in the axial skeleton, three stages may be recognized — a blastemal,
a cartilaginous (Fig. 143), and a final osseous,
Acromion Coracoid process
Scapula
Humerus
Radius
Metacarpal I
Large multangular
(trapezium)
Navicular (scaphoid)
Lunate (semilunar)
Small multangular
(trapezoid)
Metacarpal IV
Capitate (os magnum)
Triquetral (cuneiform)
Hamatate (unciform)
Ulna
FIG. 143. — Cartilages of left upper extremity of a human embryo of 17 mm. Hagen.
In the region of the shoulder girdle a plate of cartilage appears in the em-
bryonic connective tissue which lies among the developing muscles dorso-lateral
to the thorax. This plate of cartilage is the forerunner of the scapula, and in
general resembles it in shape. During the eighth week of fcetal life a single
center of ossification appears and gives rise to the body and spine of the scapula.
After birth certain accessory centers appear and produce the coracoid process, the
supraglenoidal tuberosity, the acromion process, and the inferior angle and verte-
bral margin (Fig. 144). Later the supraglenoidal fuses with the coracoid and
forms part of the wall of the glenoid cavity. About the seventeenth year the
single center formed by the union of these two fuses with the rest of the scapula.
168 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
At the age of twenty to twenty-five years all the other accessory centers unite
with the rest of the scapula to form the adult bone.
There are two views concerning the development of the clavicle: one that it
is of intracartilaginous origin, the other that it is of intramembranous origin.
Ossification begins during the sixth week, possibly from two centers. It is true
that the cartilage that appears around the centers is of a looser character than
the ordinary embryonic cartilage, but whether the centers appear in cartilage
seems not to have been determined. At the age of fifteen to twenty years a
sort of secondary center appears at the sternal end of clavicle and fuses with
the body about the twenty-fifth year.
The humerus, radius and ulna are preformed in cartilage (Fig. 143) and
develop as typical long bones. Ossification begins in each during the seventh
Bone
Cartilage
FiGc 144. — Scapula of new-born child, showing primary center of ossification, and cartilage
(lighter shading) in which secondary centers appear. Bonnet.
week at a single center and proceeds in both directions to form the shaft.
During the first four years after birth epiphyseal centers appear for the head,
greater and smaller tubercles, trochlea and epicondyles. All these secondary
centers unite with the shaft of the humerus when the growth of the individual
ceases. In the case of the radius and ulna a secondary center appears at each
end of each bone to form the epiphysis; and in the ulna another secondary
center appears to form the olecranon. (For the growth of bones, see page 144) .
The carpal bones are all preformed in cartilage (Fig. 143) but their develop-
ment is somewhat complicated owing to the fact that pieces of cartilage appear
which subsequently may disappear, or ossify and become incorporated in other
bones. Primarily seven distinct pieces of cartilage develop and become ar-
ranged transversely in two rows; these represent seven of the carpal bones.
The proximal row consists of three large pieces which are the forerunners of the
navicular (radial, scaphoid), lunate (intermediate, semilunar) and triquetral
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM.
169
(ulnar, pyramidal, cuneiform) . The distal row is composed of four elements
which are the forerunners of the large multangular (trapezium), small multangu-
lar (trapezoid), capitate (os magnum), and hamatate or hooked (unciform). In
addition to the cartilages mentioned, several others also appear in an inconstant
way in different individuals. Two of these are important. One appears on
the ulnar side of the proximal row and is the forerunner of the pisiform; the
other is situated between the two rows and may either disappear entirely or fuse
with the navicular. Ossification does not begin in the carpal cartilages until
after birth; it begins in the hamatate and capitate during the third year, in the
Metacarpals
Large
multangular
Capitate
Navicular
Radius
FIG. 145. — Skiagram of right hand of 5 year old girl. (Courtesy of Dr. Edward Learning).
The ossification centers are indicated by the darker areas.
others at later periods, and is completed only when the growth of the individ-
ual ceases. The fact that the hamatate ossifies from two centers indicates
that it is probably derived phylogenetically from two bones. Comparative
anatomy teaches that the accessory cartilages in the human wrist are repre-
sentatives of structures which are normally present in the lower forms.
The metacarpals and phalanges are preformed in cartilages which correspond
in shape to the adult bones. A center of ossification appears in each cartilage
and produces the shaft of the bone. Only one epiphysis develops on each
metacarpal and phalanx. In each metacarpal it develops at the distal end,
170
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Dium
Crural nerve
Pubic bone (cartilage)
Obturator nerve
Ischium
Ischiadic nerve
FIG. 146. — Cartilage of right side of pelvic girdle of a human embryo of 13.6 mm.
(5 weeks). Peter sen.
The numerals indicate the vertebrae; the first sacral being opposite the ilium.
Ilium
Crural nerve
Pubic bone (cartilage)
Obturator nerve
Ischium
Ischiadic nerve
FIG. 147.— Cartilage of right side of pelvic girdle of a human embryo of 18.5 mm.
(8 weeks). Peter sen.
The numerals indicate the vertebras; the first and second sacral being opposite the ilium
Compare with Fig. 146.
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM. 171
except in the thumb where it appears at the proximal end. In each phalanx it
develops at the proximal end (Fig. 145).
The skeletal elements of the lower extremities, including the pelvic girdle, are
of intracartilaginous origin. Each hip bone (os coxae, innominate bone) is pre-
formed in cartilage which, in a general way, resembles in shape the adult bone.
The ventral part of the pubic cartilage does not at first join the ischial; but by the
eighth week the junction is complete, leaving dorsal to it the obturator foramen.
In the earliest stages the long axis of the cartilage is nearly at right angles to the
; vertebral column, and the ilium lies close to the fifth lumbar and first sacral
| vertebrae; later (eighth week) the long axis lies nearly parallel with the vertebral
l column and the whole cartilage has shifted so that the ilium is associated with
I the first three sacral vertebrae (Figs. 146 and 147).
-Ischium
Pubic bone ^ _ ,^^^^
•Acetabulum
Ilium
Cartilage
FIG* 148 — Right os coxae (innominate bone) of new-born child. Bonnet.
Bone is indicated by darker areas/ cartilage by lighter areas.
Ossification begins at three centers which correspond to the ilium, ischium
and pubis; the center for the ilium appears during the eighth week, the centers
j for the ischium and pubis several weeks later (Fig. 148). The process of ossifi-
: cation is slow, and is far from complete at the time of birth, for at that time the
entire crest of the ilium, the bottom of the acetabulum and all the region ventral
to the obturator foramen are cartilaginous. During the eighth or ninth year
the ventral parts of the pubis and ischium become partly ossified, but up to the
time of puberty the pubis, ischium and ilium remain separated by plates of car-
tilage which radiate from a common center at the bottom of the acetabulum.
Soon after this, the three bones unite to form the single os coxae, leaving only the
crest of the ilium, the pubic tubercle and the sciatic tuber (tuberosity of the
; ischium) cartilaginous. In each of these regions an accessory ossification cen-
172
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
ter appears and finally fuses with the corresponding bone about the twenty-
fourth year.
The femur, tibia and fibula are preformed in cartilage. In the femur a center
of ossification appears about the end of the sixth week and gives rise to the
shaft; similar centers appear in the tibia and fibula during the seventh and
eighth week, respectively. In the femur a distal epiphyseal center appears
shortly before birth, and during the first year after birth a proximal center
appears for the head. These centers do not unite with the shaft until the individ-
ual ceases to grow. The great and lesser trochanters also have accessory ossifica-
tion centers. In the tibia the center of ossification for the proximal epiphysis
appears about the time of birth, the one for the distal during the second year. In
Fibula
Calcane
Cuboid
Cuneiform III
Tibia
Talus
Navicular
Cuneiform I
'Cuneiform II
Metatarsals £-- /---'---- '- '
FIG. 149. — Diagram of cartilages of left leg and foot of human embryo of 17 mm. Hagen.
the fibula the epiphyseal centers appear during the second and sixth years after
birth. The cartilage of the patella appears during the third or fourth month
of foetal life, and ossification begins two or three years after birth.
The bones of the tarsus, like those of the carpus, are preformed in pieces of
cartilage which are arranged in two transverse rows. The proximal row con-
sists of three pieces, one at the end of the tibia (tibial), one at the end of the
fibula (fibular), and the third between the two (intermedial) . At an early stage
the tibial and intermedial fuse to form a single piece of cartilage which corre-
sponds to the talus (astragalus) bone. The fibular cartilage corresponds to the
calcaneus (os calcis). The distal row is composed of four pieces of cartilage
which correspond to the first cuneiform (internal), second cuneiform (middle),
third cuneiform (external), and cuboid (Fig. 149). Between the two rows is a
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM.
173
piece of cartilage which corresponds to the navicular (scaphoid). Ossification
begins relatively late in the metatarsals. A center for the calcaneus appears
during the sixth month of fcetal life, and one for the talus shortly before birth.
Centers appear in the cuboid and third cuneiform during the first year after
birth, and in the first cuneiform, navicular and second cuneiform in order during
the third and fourth years (Figs. 150 and 151). At the age of puberty ossifica-
tion is nearly complete in all the metatarsals. In the talus two centers, cor-
responding to the tibial and intermedial, appear, but soon fuse into a single
center. Occasionally the intermedial remains separate and forms the trigonum.
Calcaneus ~
FIG. 150. — Ossification centers in foot of a child 9 months old. Hasselwander.
An accessory center appears in the calcaneus at the insertion of the tendon of
Achilles.
; The metatarsals and phalanges develop in a manner corresponding to the
metacarpals and phalanges (of fingers). Ossification begins in the metatarsals
about the ninth week, in the first row of (proximal) phalanges about the
thirteenth week, in the second row about the sixteenth week and in the third
row (distal) about the beginning of the ninth week. Epiphyseal centers ap-
pear from the second to the eighth year after birth.
Development of Joints.
The embryonic connective tissue from which the connective tissues, includ-
ing cartilage and bone, are developed, at first forms a continuous mass. When
cartilage appears it may form a continuous mass, as in the chondrocranium, or
174
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
it may form a number of distinct and separate pieces, as in the vertebral column,
the pieces being united by a certain amount of the undifferentiated embryonic
connective tissue.
SYNARTHROSIS. Syndesmosis. — When ossification begins at one or more
centers, either in cartilage or in embryonic connective tissue, the centers grad-
ually enlarge and approach each other, and the bone so formed comes in contact
with the bone formed in neighboring centers, (a) In a case where more than one
center appears for any single adult bone, they may come in contact and fuse so
completely that the line of fusion becomes indistinguishable, (b) In the case of
Calcaneus
(os calcis)
cuboid — -;-"€'*
Metatarsal V
Epiphysis of
metatarsal V
Phalanx
Talus (astragalus)
Cuneiform II
Cuneiform I
Epiphysis of
metatarsal I
. Metatarsal I
Epiphyses of
phalanges
FIG. 151. — Skeleton of right foot of a boy 3 years old, showing ossification centers. Toldt.
adjacent bones the fusion may not be so complete; that is, the two bones may
simply articulate, leaving a visible line of junction or suture. Such joints are
immovable and are represented in the sutures of the skull.
Synchondrosis. — In some cases a small amount of embryonic connective
tissue remains between adjacent bones, (a) In time, this embryonic connective
tissue gives rise to cartilage which unites the bones quite firmly, thus producing
a practically immovable joint, as in the case of the sacro-iliac joint, (b) Or the
cells in the center of the cartilage disintegrate or become liquefied so that a small
cavity is produced (articular cavity). This type of joint makes possible a slight
degree of mobility and is exemplified by the symphysis of the pubic bones. Such
a type is also represented by the joints of the vertebral column. In place of
cavities, however, are the pulpy nuclei which are remnants of the notochord.
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM.
175
DIARTHROSIS. — Where a great degree of mobility is necessary, the arrange-
ment of the joint is different. The cells in the central part of the embryonic
connective tissue between the ends of adjacent bones (or cartilages) (Fig. 152)
liquefy so that a relatively large cavity, the joint cavity, is formed (Fig. 153).
The liquefaction of the connective tissue cells may also extend for a short dis-
tance along the sides of the bones so that the joint cavity surrounds the ends
of the bones (Figs. 154 and 155). The origin of the synovial fluid is not known
Humerus
Radius
FIG. 152. — Section through axilla and arm of a human embryo of 26 mm. (2 months). Photograph.
Note the mesenchymal tissue between the humerus and the radius — the site of the elbow joint.
with certainty, but it is probably in part the product of liquefaction of the con-
nective tissue cells. The more peripheral part of the connective tissue which
encloses the joint cavity is transformed into a dense fibrous tissue, the joint
capsule. The cells lining the cavity become differentiated into oval or irregular
cells, among which is a considerable amount of intercellular substance. By
some it is held that these cells form a continuous single layer like endothelium,
but the most recent researches tend to disprove this. The cells lining the
176
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Joint cavity
m%^-$^'&&m
* c *• .- - - ' - • ** V««i 44k, . f ' » * •-*
FlG. 153. — Longitudinal section of finger of human embryo of 26 mm. (2 months), showing beginning
of joint cavity between adjacent ends of phalanges. (Photograph from preparation by
Dr. W. C. Clarke.)
FlG 154. — From longitudinal section of finger of child at birth, showing developing joint cavit^
between adjacent ends of phalanges. The darker portion at each end of the figure indicates
the ossification center in the phalanx, the end of the latter (lighter area) being yet cartilagi-
nous. The dark bands at each side of the joint indicate developing ligaments. Photograph.
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM.
177
cavity are the most highly differentiated, the cell bodies being large and ap-
parently swollen, and there is gradually less differentiation as the distance from
the surface increases, until finally they merge with the ordinary type of con-
nective tissue cells of the joint capsule (Clarke). The more mobile joints of
the body are all representatives of this type.
Joint cavity
Synovial membrane
FIG. 155. — From longitudinal section of finger of child at birth, showing joint cavity and synovial
membrane between adjacent ends of the first metacarpal and proximal phalanx. Other
description same as in Fig. 154. Photograph.
Anomalies.
THE AXIAL SKELETON.
THE VERTEBRAE. — The number of cervical vertebrae in man is remarkably
constant. Cases where the number is but six are extremely rare. The
thoracic vertebrae may vary in number in different individuals from eleven to
thirteen, twelve being the usual number. The lumbar vertebrae may vary
from four to six, five being the usual number. The sacral vertebrae, fused in the
adult to form the sacrum, are usually five in number, sometimes four, sometimes
178 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGV.
six. Occasionally a vertebra between the lumbar region and sacral region —
lumbo-sacral vertebra — possesses both lumbar and sacral characters, one
side being fused with the sacrum, the other side having a free transverse process.
Variation occurs frequently in the coccygeal vertebrae; four and five are present
with about equal frequency, more rarely there are only three.
The total number of true (presacral) vertebrae may be diminished by one or
increased by one. In the former case the first sacral is the twenty-fourth ver-
tebra, and, if the number of ribs remains normal, there are only four lumbar
vertebrae. In case the total number is increased by one, the first sacral is the
twenty-sixth vertebra, and there are twelve thoracic and six lumbar or thirteen
thoracic and five lumbar.
From these facts it is seen that variation occurs most frequently in the more
caudal portion of the vertebral column — in the lumbar, sacral and coccygeal
regions. According to a hypothesis advanced by Rosenberg, the sacrum in the
earlier embryonic stages is composed of a more caudal set of vertebrae than those
which belong to it in the adult, and during development lumbar vertebrae are
converted into sacral and sacral vertebrae into coccygeal. In other words, the
hip bone moves headward during development and finally becomes attached to
vertebrae which are situated more cranially than those with which it was pri-
marily associated. This change in the position of the pelvic attachment, and the
corresponding reduction in the total number of vertebrae, during the develop-
ment of the individual (i.e., during ontogenetic development) is believed to
correspond to a similar change in position during the evolution of the race (i.e.,
during phylogenetic development).
According to Rosenberg, variation in the adult is due largely to a failure
during ontogeny to carry the processes of reduction in the number of vertebrae
as far as they are usually carried in the race, or to their being carried beyond this
point.
The coccygeal vertebrae apparently represent remnants of the more exten-
sively developed caudal vertebrae in lower forms. In human embryos of 8 to
16 mm., when the caudal appendage is at the height of its development, there
are usually seven anlagen of coccygeal vertebrae. During later development this
number becomes reduced by fusion of the more distally situated anlagen to the
smaller number in the adult. This process of reduction varies in different in-
dividuals, so that five or four, rarely three, coccygeal vertebrae may be the result.
In cases where children are born with distinct caudal appendages there is no
good evidence that the number of coccygeal vertebrae is increased, although the
coccyx may extend into the appendage.
THE RIBS. — Occasionally in the adult a rib is present on one side or on
each side in connection with the seventh cervical vertebra (cervical rib), or in
connection with the first lumbar vertebra (lumbar rib) . There seems to be no
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM. 179
case on record where cervical and lumbar ribs are present in the same individual.
The cervical rib may vary between a small piece of bone connected with the
transverse process of the vertebra and a well developed structure long enough to
reach the sternum. There are also great variations in the size of the lumbar rib.
In case the number of ribs is normal, the last (twelfth) may be rudimentary.
The eighth costal cartilage not infrequently unites with the sternum. Oc-
casionally the seventh costal cartilage fails to fuse with the sternum, owing to
the shortening of the latter, but meets and fuses with its fellow of the opposite
side in the midventral line.
The above mentioned anomalies can be referred back to aberrant develop-
ment. Primarily costal processes appear in connection with the cervical, lum-
bar and sacral vertebrae. Normally these processes fuse with and finally form
parts of the vertebrae (p. 153). In some cases, however, the seventh cervical or
the first lumbar processes develop more fully and form more or less distinct ribs.
As an explanation of these variations in the number of ribs, it has been sug-
gested that there is a tendency toward reduction in the total number of ribs, and
that supernumerary ribs represent the result of a failure to carry the reduction as
far as the normal number. In case the twelfth rib is rudimentary, the reduction
has been carried beyond the normal limit. This hypothesis is a corollary to the
hypothesis regarding the variations in the number of vertebrae. (See under
"The Vertebrae.")
THE STERNUM.— Certain anomalous conditions of the sternum can also be
explained by reference to development. The condition known as cleft sternum,
in which the sternum is partially or wholly divided into two longitudinal bars
by a medial fissure, represents the result of a failure of the two bars to unite in
the midventral line (p. 153, see also Fig. 130). This is sometimes associated
with ectopia cordis (p. 255). The xyphoid process may also be bifurcated or
perforated, according to the degree of fusion between the two primary bars
(P- I54)-
Suprasternal bones may be present. They represent the ossified episternal
cartilages which have failed to unite with the manubrium (p. 154). Morpho-
logically the suprasternal bones possibly represent the omosternum, a bone
situated cranially to the manubrium in some of the lower Mammals.
THE HEAD SKELETON. — The skull is sometimes decidedly asymmetrical.
Probably no skull is perfectly symmetrical. The condition which most fre-
quently accompanies the irregular forms of skulls is premature synosteosis or
premature closure of certain sutures. The cranial bones increase in size prin-
cipally at their margins, and when a suture is prematurely closed the growth of
the skull in a direction at right angles to the line of suture is interfered with.
Consequently compensatory growth must take place in other directions. Thus
if the sagittal suture is prematurely closed and transverse growth prevented,
180 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
increase occurs in the vertical and longitudinal directions. This results in the
vault of the skull becoming heightened and elongated, like an inverted skiff, a
condition known as scaphocephaly. After premature closure of the coronal
suture, growth takes place principally upward and gives rise to acrocephaly. In
case only one-half the coronal or lambdoidal suture is closed, the growth is
oblique and results in plagiocephaly.
A suture — the metopic suture — sometimes exists in the medial line between
the two halves of the frontal bone, a condition known as metopism. This is due
to an imperfect union of the two plates of bone produced by the two centers of
ossification in the frontal region (p. 162).
Certain malformations in the face region and in the roof of the mouth are
brought about by defective fusion or complete absence of fusion between certain
structures during the earlier embryonic stages. The maxillary process of the
first branchial arch sometimes fails to unite with the middle nasal process
(Kolliker's view, p. 164; see also Fig. 98). The result is a fissure in the
upper lip, a condition known as hare lip, which may or may not be accompanied
by a cleft in the alveolar process of the maxilla, extending as far as the incisive
(palatine) foramen. The same result may be produced by a defective fusion
between the middle nasal process and the lateral nasal process (Albrecht's view,
p. 164; see also Fig. 98). Hare lip may be either unilateral (single) or bilateral
(double), accordingly as defective fusion occurs on one or both sides, but never
medial.
Occasionally the palatine process of the maxillary process fails to meet not
only its fellow of the opposite side, but also the vomer (see Fig. 141) . The result
is a cleft in the hard palate, a condition known as cleft palate. This malforma-
tion may be unilateral or bilateral, but not medial. Sometimes the cleft extends
into the soft palate where it occupies, however, a medial position.
Cleft palate may accompany hare lip, or either may exist without the other,
depending upon the degree of fusion between the processes mentioned above.
In bilateral hare lip, with or without cleft palate, the incisive (intermaxillary)
bone is sometimes pushed forward by the vomer and projects beyond the surface
of the face, a condition known as "wolf's snout."
The causes underlying the origin of harelip and cleft palate are obscure.
THE APPENDICULAR SKELETON.
THE HUMERUS. — On the medial side of the humerus, just proximal to the
medial condyle, there is not infrequently a small hook-like process directed
distally — the supracondyloid process. This process represents a portion of bone
which in some of the lower mammals (cat, for example) joins the internal
condyle and completes the supracondyloid foramen, through which the median
nerve and brachial artery pass.
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM. 181
THE CARPAL BONES. — Occasionally an os centrale is present in addition to
the usual carpal bones. It is situated on the dorsal side of the wrist between the
navicular, capitate and small multangulum. In the embryo an additional piece
of cartilage is of constant occurrence in this location, but usually disappears
during later development; in cases where it persists, ossification takes place
to form the os centrale. In some of the apes the os centrale is of constant
occurrence in the adult.
THE FEMUR. — The gluteal tuberosity (ridge) sometimes projects like a
comb, forming the so-called third trochanter, a structure homologous with the
third trochanter in the horse and some other mammals.
THE TARSAL BONES. — Cases have been recorded in which the total number
of tarsal bones was reduced, owing to congenital synosteosis (fusion) of the
calcaneus (os calcis) and scaphoid (navicular), of the talus (astragalus) and
calcaneus, or of the talus and scaphoid. Occasionally an additional bone — the
trigonum — is present at the back of the talus. In the embryo, the talus ossifies
from two centers which normally fuse at an early stage into a single center.
The trigonum probably represents a bone produced by one of the centers which
has remained separate.
POLYDACTYLY. — This anomaly consists of an increase in the number of
fingers or toes, or both. Any degree of variation may exist from a supernum-
erary finger or toe to a double complement of fingers or toes. The causes under-
lying the origin of such anomalies are not clear. Some assign the supernumer-
ary digits to the category of pathological growths or neoplasms, linking them
with partial duplicate formations. Others explain the extra digits on the ground
of atavism or reversion to an ancestral type. The latter explanation assumes
an ancestral type with more than five digits. But neither zoology nor paleon-
tology has found any vertebrate form, above the Fishes, which normally pos-
sesses more than five digits on each extremity. Consequently one must refer to
the Fishes for some ancestral type to explain the existence of more than five
digits. Going back so far in phylogenetic history, no certainty whatever can be
attached to the origin of supernumerary digits, for it is not even known from
what fins the extremities of the higher forms are derived. Still another view
regarding the origin of supernumerary digits is that they are due to certain ex-
ternal influences among which the most important is the mechanical impression
of amniotic folds or bands. This, however, could not be the sole cause of
polydactylism, since such malformations are common in amphibian embryos
where no amnion is present.
References for Further Study.
ADOLPHI, H. : Ueber die Variationen des Brustkorbes und der Wirbelsaule des Menschen.
Morph. Jahrbuch, Bd. XXIII, 1905.
182 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
BADE, P. : Die Entwickelung des menschlichen Skeletts bis zur Geburt. Arch. f. mik.
Anat., Bd. LV, 1900.
AREY, LESLIE B.: The Origin, Growth and Fate of Osteoclasts and their Relation to
Bone Resorption. American Jour, of Anat., Vol. XXVI, No. 3, 1920.
BARDEEN, C. R.: Numerical Vertebral Variations in the Human Adult and Embryo.
Anat. Anz., Bd. XXV, 1904.
BARDEEN, C. R.: Studies of the Development of the Human Skeleton. American
Jour, of Anat., Vol. IV, 1905.
BARDEEN, C. R.: The Development of the Thoracic Vertebrae in Man. American
Jour, of Anat., Vol. IV, 1905.
BARTELS, M.: Ueber Menschenschwanze. Arch. f. Anthropol., Bd. XII.
BELL, E. T.: II. On the Histogenesis of the Adipose Tissue of the Ox. American
Jour. of. Anat., Vol. IX, 1909.
BOLL, F.: Die Entwickelung des fibrillaren Bindegewebes. Arch. /. mik. Anat.,
Bd. VIII, 1872.
BOLK, L. : Beziehungen zwischen Skelett, Muskulatur und Nerven der Extremitaten,
etc. Morph. Jahrbuch, Bd. XXI, 1894.
BONNET, R.rLehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte. Berlin, 1907.
BRAUS, H.: Die Entwickelung der Form der Extremitaten und des Extremitaten-
skeletts. In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der
Wirbeltiere, Bd. Ill, Teil II, 1904.
BROWN, ALFRED J.: The Development of the Vertebral Column in the Domestic
Cat. Anat. Record, Vol. X, No. 3, 1916.
CAREY, EBEN J.: Studies in the Dynamics of Histogenesis. American Jour, of Anat.,
Vol. XXIX, No. i, 1921.
FAWCETT E.: On the Early Stages in the Ossification of the Pterygoid Plates of the
Sphenoid Bone of Man. Anat. Anz., Bd. XXVI, 1905.
FAWCETT, E.: Ossification of the Lower Jaw in Man. Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc., Bd.
XLV, 1905.
FAWCETT, E.: On the Development, Ossification and Growth of the Palate Bone.
Jour, of Anat. and Physiol., Bd. XL, 1906.
FERGUSON, JEREMIAH S.: The Behavior and Relations of Living Connective Tissue
Cells in the Fins of Fish Embryos with Special Reference, to the Histogenesis of the Col-
laginous or White Fibers. American Jour, of Anat., Vol. XIII, No. 2, 1912.
FLEMMING, W.: Die Histogenese der Stiitzsubstanzen der Bindesubstanzgruppe. In
Hertwig's Handbuch der vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere, Bd.
Ill, Teil II, 1901.
FLEMMING, W.: Morphologic der Zelle. Ergebnisse der Anat. u. Entwick., Bd. VII,
1897.
GAUPP, E.: Alte Probleme und neuere Arbeiten iiber den Wirbeltierschadel. Ergeb-
nisse der Anat. u. Entwick., Bd. X, 1901.
GAUPP, E.: Die Entwickelung des Kopfskeletts. In Hertwig's Handbuch der ver-
gleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere, Bd. Ill, Teil II, 1905.
GEGENBAUR, C.: Die Metamerie des Kopfes und die Wirbeltheorie des Kopfskeletts.
Morph. Jahrbuch, Bd. XIII, 1887.
GR^FENBERG, E.: Die Entwickelung der Knochen, Muskeln und Nerven der Hand
und der fur die Bewegungen der Hand bestimmten Muskeln des Unterarms. Anat.
Hefte, Heft XC, 1905.
THE CONNECTIVE TISSUES AND THE SKELETAL SYSTEM. 183
HAGEN, W. : Die Bildung des Knorpelskeletts beim menschlichen Embryonen. Arch.
f. Anat. u. PhysioL, Anal. Abth., 1900.
HANSEN, C.: Ueber die Genese einiger Bindegewebsgrundsubstanzen. Anat. Anz.,
Ed. XVI, 1899.
HANSON, FRANK BLAIR: The Ontogeny and Phylogeny of the Sternum. American
Jour, of Anat., Vol. XXVI, No. i, 1919.
HASSELWANDER, A.: Untersuchungen iiber die Ossification des menschlichen Fuss-
skeletts. Zeitschr. f. Morphol. u. AnthropoL, Bd. V, 1903.
HERTWIG, O.:Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen u. der Wirbeltiere.
Jena, 1906.
HUNTINGTON, G. S.: Modern Problems of Evolution, Variation, and Inheritance in
the Anatomical Part of the Medical Curriculum. Anat. Record, Vol. XIV, No. 6, 1918.
JAKOBY, M.: Beitrag zur Kenntniss des menschlichen Primordialcraniums. Arch. f.
mik. Anat., Ed. XLIV, 1894.
JORDAN, H. E.: A Contribution to the Problems Concerning the Origin, Genetic
Relationship and Function of the Giant-cells of Hemopoietic and Osteolytic Foci. Ameri-
can Jour, of Anat., Vol. XXIV, No. 2, 1918.
KEIBEL, F. : Ueber den Schwanz des menschlichen Embryo. Arch.f. Anat. u. PhysioL,
Anat. Abth., 1891.
KEIBEL, F.: Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Chorda bei Saugern. Arch.f. Anat.
u. PhysioL, Anat. Abth., 1889.
KEIBEL, F., and MALL, F. P.: Manual of Human Embryology, Vol. I, 1910. Chap.
XI.
KJELLBERG, K.: Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Kiefergelenks. Morph.
Jahrbuch, Bd. XXXII, 1904.
KOCH, JOHN C.: The Laws of Bone Architecture. American Jour, of Anat., Vol. XXI,
No. 2, 1917.
KOLLMANN, J.: Entwickelung der Chorda dorsalis bei dem Menschen. Anat. Anz.,
Bd. V, 1890.
KOLLMANN, J.: Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Jena, 1898.
KOLLMANN, J.: Handatlas der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Jena, 1907.
MALL, F. P.: The Development of the Connective Tissues from the Connective-
tissue Syncytium. American Jour, of Anat., Bd. I, 1902.
MALL, F. P. : On Ossification Centers in Human Embryos less than One Hundred Days
Old. American Jour, of Anat., Bd V, 1906.
McMuRRiCH, J. P.: The Development of the Human Body. Philadelphia, 1919.
PATERSON, A.: The Sternum: Its Early Development and Ossification in Man and
Mammals. Jour, of Anat. and PhysioL, Vol. XXXV, 1901.
PETERSEN, H.: Untersuchungen zur Entwickelung des menschlichen Beckens. Arch,
f. Anat. u. PhysioL, Anat. Abth., 1893.
RABL, C.: Theorie des Mesoderms. Morph. Jahrbuch, Bd. XV, 1889.
ROSENBERG, E.: Ueber die Entwickelung der Wirbelsaule und das Centrale carpi des
Menschen. Morph. Jahrbuch, Bd. I, 1876.
SCHAUINSLAND, H.: Die Entwickelung der Wirbelsaule nebst Rippen und Brustbein.
In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere,
Bd. Ill, Teil II, 1905.
SPULER, A.: Beitrage zur Histologie und Histogenese der Binde- und Stutzsubstanz.
Anat. Hefte, Heft XXI, 1896.
184 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
THILENIUS, G.: Untersuchungen iiber die morphologische Bedeutung accessorischer
Elemente am menschlichen Carpus (und Tarsus). Morph. Arbeiten, Bd. V, 1896.
THOMSON, A.: The Sexual Differences of the Foetal Pelvis. Jour, of Anat. and
PhysioL, Vol. XXXIII, 1899.
TORNIER, G.: Das Entstehen der Gelenkformen. Arch. f. Entw.-Mechanik, Bd. I,
1895.
WALDEYER, W.: Kittsubstanz und Grundsubstanz, Epithel und.Endothel. Arch. f.
mik. Anat., Bd. LVII, 1900.
WEISS, A.: Die Entwickelung der Wirbelsaule der weissen Ratte, besonders der vorder-
sten Halswirbel. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Bd. LXIX, 1901.
ZIMMERMANN, K.: Ueber Kopfhohlenrudimente beim Menschen. Arch./, mik. Anat.,
Bd. LIII, 1899.
CHAPTER X.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
THE BLOOD VASCULAR SYSTEM.
The blood vessels constitute such an extensive and complex system that
it is obviously beyond the scope of this book to consider the entire system in
detail. Consequently attention must be directed only to the develop-
ment of the main channels, including the heart, and to the principles of
vessel formation.
FIG. 156. — Surface views of chick blastoderms. Ruckert, Her twig.
a, Blastoderm with primitive streak and head process; showing blood islands (dark spots in
crescent-shaped area in lower part of figure).
b, Blastoderm with 6 pairs of primitive segments. Reticulated appearance is due to blood
islands (dark spots) and to developing vessels, the entire reticulated area being the area
vasculosa.
The formation of blood vessels in all the higher vertebrates including
mammals begins in the opaque area of the blastoderm (area opaca) while
the germ layers still lie flat. Toward the end of the first day of incubation
in the chick, about the time the primitive streak reaches the height of its
185
186
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
development, the peripheral part of the area opaca caudal and lateral to the
primitive streak presents a mottled appearance (Fig. 1560). This indicates
the beginning of the area vasculosa, which subsequently extends forward in
the peripheral portion of the opaque area, lateral to the developing body,
and becomes reticulated in appearance (Fig. 156^).
Sections of the blastoderm show that the mottled surface appearance is
due to clusters of cells amidst the mesoderm, known as blood islands (Fig.
157). These are composed of rounded cells which have developed from the
branched mesodermal (mesenchymal) cells, and are situated in close apposi-
tion to the entoderm. Subsequently, when the coelom appears in this region,
they lie in the visceral, or splanchnic, layer of mesoderm (Fig. 158).
Ectoderm
Mesoderm
Entoderm
(yolk cells)
Blood island
FIG. 157. — Section of blastoderm (area opaca) of chick of 27 hours' incubation. Photograph.
The early changes that occur in the blood islands are important as re-
gards both developing vessels and blood cells. The superficial cells of an
island are transformed into flat cells placed edge to edge which surround
the remaining rounded cells. The flat cells constitute the endothelium of a
primitive blood space, while the cells within the space comprise primitive
blood cells (Fig. 158). These early spaces in the area vasculosa join one
another and become continuous to form a net-work, or plexus, of channels
to which is due the reticulated appearance referred to above (Fig. 1566).
This is known as the vitelline plexus. The groups of primitive blood cells
within the channels will be considered in detail in a subsequent section
(page 236).
During the second day of incubation in the chick the peripheral
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
187
channels of the vascular area unite to form a vessel — the sinus terminalis —
which is continuous around the border except at the head end of the embryo
(Fig. 159). At the same time the vascularization of the visceral layer of
mesoderm gradually extends through the clear area of the blastoderm
(area pellucida) toward and finally into the embryonic body. Reaching
the region just lateral to the notocord, the vessels unite longitudinally in the
embryo to form a continuous channel, the primitive aorta, which thus con-
stitutes a natural selvage to the vascular area on each side of the blastoderm
(Fig. 159). Some of the channels of the vitelline plexus increase in size
and coalesce to form a large trunk which is a branch of the primitive aorta
Ccelom
Parietal mesoderm
Ectoderm
Visceral mesoderm
Blood islands
IG. 158. — Section of blastoderm of chick of 42 hours' incubation. Photograph. The cells of
the blood islands are differentiated into primitive blood cells and the endothelium of
the vessels.
on each side and leads off into the smaller vessels in the peripheral part of
the vascular area. This trunk is known as the vitelline, or omphalomesenteric,
artery and is at first located near the caudal end of the embryo. When cir-
culation is established through contractions of the heart it carries blood
from the aorta to the surface of the yolk sac (Fig. 159). Other channels of
the vitelline plexus nearer the head end of the embryo likewise form a large
trunk, the vitelline, or omphalomesenteric, vein which collects the blood from
the surface of the yolk sac and conveys it to the heart (Fig. 159).
So long as the germ layers lie flat the two primitive aortae remain separate,
but with the ventral flexion and fusion of the germ layers to form the tubular
body the aortae fuse into a single medial vessel, the dorsal aorta, except in
the cervical region where the two original vessels persist as the dorsal aortic
roots. The proximal ends of the vitelline arteries also fuse into a single
188
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
trunk, the two vitelline veins, however, remaining separate. In each
branchial arch on each side a vessel develops which joins with the corre-
sponding dorsal aortic root. These vessels— the aortic arches — arise from
single vessel on each side ventral to the pharynx which is known as the
ventral aortic root. The two ventral aortic roots arise from a single medial
Vitelline
plexus
FIG. 159. — Dorsal surface view of chick embryo with 18 segments, including the area vascuk
Photograph, X 15. The blood vessels were injected with India ink, the dark blotch ii
the upper left corner indicating some ink which escaped during the injection.
"t-essel, the aortic trunk, or truncus arteriosus, which in turn is a continuatioi
of the early tubular heart.
The heart, having developed and become a contractile organ in the
meantime, receives the blood in its caudal end through the vitelline veins
and ejects it from its cephalic end through the aortic trunk. The blood
then passes through the aortic arches to the dorsal aorta whence it is dis-
tributed to the vitelline plexus by the vitelline arteries. The blood is
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
189
collected by tributaries of the vitelline veins and carried to the heart. Thus
the vitelline (yolk) circulation is completed (Fig. 160). From this time on,
the area vasculosa gradually enlarges, as the germ layers extend farther and
farther around the yolk, until it eventually surrounds the whole yolk mass.
In mammals, as in the chick, the vascular rudiments develop first in the
extraembryonic portion of the mesoderm as clusters of cells which give the
area opaca a mottled appearance on surface view. This soon changes to a
reticulated appearance as the cell clusters give rise to primitive blood spaces
which join one another to form a plexus of channels. This plexus gradually
Aortic arches
Heart
Sinus terminalis
Ant. cardinal
vein
Aorta
Sinus
venosus
Right vitelline vein
Right vitelline artery
Duct of Cuviev
Post, cardinal vein
Left vitelline artery
Left vitelline vein
FIG. 1 60. — Diagram of the vitelline (yolk) circulation of a chick embryo at the end of
the third day of incubation. Ventral view. Balfour.
extends across the area pellucida toward the embryo and terminates in a
natural selvage as the primitive aorta on each side of the median line. The
vitelline arteries and veins are formed out of the plexus and, with the heart,
aortic arches and dorsal aorta as in the chick, constitute the vitelline cir-
culatory system (Fig. 161). The vascular area in some mammals gradually
enlarges until it embraces the "entire yolk sac (Fig. 162).
It is seen from the foregoing account that the earliest circulation is asso-
ciated with the yolk sac. In animals below the mammals, where a large
amount of yolk is present in the sac, the vitelline circulation is of prime
190
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
FIG. 161 . — Surface view of area vasculosa of a rabbit embryo of 1 1 days, van Beneden and Jidin.
The vessel around the border is the sinus terminalis; the two large vessels above the embryo are
the vitelline (omphalomesenteric) veins ; the two large vessels converging below the
embryo are the vitelline (omphalomesenteric) arteries.
Dors, aortic root
and aortic arches
Ant. cardinal vein
Chorionic villi
FIG. 162. — Human embryo of 3.2 mm. His. The arrows indicate the direction
of the blood current.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
191
importance in supplying the growing embryo with nutritive materials. In
mammals the vitelline circulatory system develops as extensively as in the
lower forms but, since little yolk is present, does not assume the same impor-
tant role of carrying food supply; yet the portions of the vessels inside the em-
bryo, viz. : the heart, aortic arches, aorta, the proximal part of the vitelline
artery, and the vitelline veins, form parts of the permanent vascular system.
In reptiles and birds a second set olyessels develops in connection with
the allantois and serves to carry away the waste products of the body and
deposit them in that sac-like structure. Two arteries, one on each side,
Yolk stalk
Allantois
Umbilical artery
Umbilical vein
Amnion
Chorionic villi
FIG. 163, — Diagram of the umbilical vessels in the belly stalk and chorion. Kollmann's Atlas.
arise as branches of the dorsal aorta near its caudal end and pass out of the
body along with the allantoic duct to ramify upon the surface of the allantois.
These are the umbilical, or allantoic, arteries. The blood is collected and
carried back by the umbilical veins which pass along the 'allantoic duct to the
body and then forward, one on each side, through the somatic layer of
mesoderm to join the ducts of Cuvier. The duct of Cuvier, formed on each
side by the junction of the anterior and posterior cardinal veins, which will
be considered in a subsequent section, pour their blood into the sinus venosus.
This venous trunk is formed by the junction of the ducts of Cuvier with -the
vitelline veins and empties directly into the heart.
192
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
In mammals in general the allantois is a rudimentary structure incapable
of receiving the total waste of the embryo. The umbilical (allantoic)
vessels develop, however, as in reptiles and birds but become associatec
through the belly stalk with the placenta which establishes communication
between the embryo and the mother (Fig. 163). The vessels within the
embryo are at first disposed in the same manner as in the lower forms,
Int. carotid artery
Vertebral artery
Vitelline vein
Vitelline artery
Umbilical vein
Umbilical
arteries
Duct of Cuvier
Post, cardinal
vein
Aorta
Post, cardinal vein
FIG. 164. — Reconstruction of a human embryo of 7 mm. Mall.
Arteries represented in black. A.V., Auditory vesicle; B, bronchus; L, liver; K, anlage o
kidney; T, thyreoid gland; III-XII, cranial nerve roots; i, 2, 3, 4, branchial grooves; i,
8, 12, 5 (on spinal nerve roots), ist and 8th cervical, i2th dorsal, 5th lumbar spinal nerv
respectively. Dotted outlines represent limb buds.
the umbilical arteries arising from the caudal portion of the aorta and the
umbilical veins passing forward in the ventro-lateral body wall to join the
ducts of Cuvier. With the formation of the umbilical cord the two umbilical
veins within this structure fuse into a single vessel (Fig. 164). The later
changes in the umbilical veins are most conveniently considered subsequently.
In mammals in general the umbilical (allantoic) circulatory system
performs a two-fold function. The blood carries to the placenta the waste
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 193
products of the embryo for deposition in the maternal circulation, the waste
in the lower forms (reptiles and birds) being deposited in the allantois.
The blood carries from the placenta the food materials derived from the
maternal circulation, the food in the lower forms being taken from the yolk
sac and conveyed to the embryo by the vitelline vessels.
Principles of Vasculogenesis. — Upon the thesis that tissues in general
must receive materials which they build up into their own substances and
must discharge the products of their activities, the vascular channels of
the body can be considered as structural expressions of this functional
necessity. For instance, a muscle which acts must receive materials to
compensate it for its loss and must discharge the waste products that result
from its action, and the blood vessels are peculiarly adapted to these func-
tions. The lymph vessels, too, similar in structure to the blood vessels,
although efferent relative to the tissues, play their part in conveying the
products of metabolism.
Much controversy has arisen over the actual genesis, or origin, of blood
vessels and lymphatics, and as yet the opposing views have not been recon-
ciled. In brief there are two views: One that with a few exceptions every
vessel in the body develops as a sprout from another vessel, that is, the
endothelium arises from preexisting endothelium by proliferation of its own
cells; the other that vessels in general arise in situ, that is, the lumen of a
vessel represents an intercellular tissue space^or several such spaces, whose
bordering cells have been transformed into the characteristic endothelial
cells, and as a corollary, the continuity of a given vessel results from the
union of such spaces. According to the latter view, the whole vascular
system represents intercellular tissue spaces which, with their lining of
flattened cells, have united to form a set of continuous channels.
In the case of either view it is recognized that the first vessels appear
in the opaque area of the blastoderm. Here the blood islands originate as
clusters of cells amidst the mesoderm, differentiating from mesenchymal
elements in close approximation to the entoderm (Fig. 157). The superficial
cells of the clusters are then transformed into flat cells placed edge to edge
to form the endothelial wall of a primitive blood space. These blood
spaces join one another and thus form a net-work of channels. From this
point in development the two views diverge.
The evidence adduced in favor of either theory is too great in volume
to set down here. The advocates of the theory of sprouting of the endo-
thelium lay stress upon the evidence of injected specimens. By injecting
developing blood vessels at successive stages it is found that the vascular
field gradually becomes larger, and the inference is that the individual
channels are extending farther and farther from the focus of origin through
194 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
proliferation and migration of the endothelial elements. This method, of
course, would demonstrate vessels only so far as the lumina are continuous.
Solid cords of cells which extend beyond the field of injection are interpreted
as cords of endothelial cells which subsequently acquire lumina and become
capillary tubes. If this theory is correct then the vascularization of the
area pellucida and of the embryonic body would be effected through true
outgrowths of the original endothelium of the opaque area. Possible
exceptions to this, as noted above, are the rudiments of the heart, the aorta
and the cardinal veins which arise in situ as do the first vascular rudiments.
Observations upon growing vessels in living embryos, in which strands
of cells were seen to extend from the endothelium already present, have
also been accepted as evidence in favor of this view.
The evidence afforded by injected specimens has been attacked by those
who believe in the in situ origin of vessels, on the ground that the injection
shows only vessels with continuous lumina and does not prove the non-
existence of isolated vascular rudiments beyond the field of injection. It is
claimed that the vascular field becomes more extensive through the gradual
addition of such isolated spaces to the channels already continuous, in the
same manner that the primitive blood spaces unite to form a network, and
the claim is supported by demonstration of these spaces in the mesenchymal
tissue with every gradation between the bordering flattened cells (endo-
thelium) and the branching irregular mesenchymal cells. The actual
formation of intercellular spaces with flat bordering cells and their union
with vascular channels have been observed in the living chick blastoderm.
Experimental evidence has also been brought to bear in favor of the view
that vessels arise in situ. The area opaca was entirely removed from the
chick blastoderm before any vascular rudiments had appeared in the area
pellucida and the blastoderm was then allowed to develop further; it was
found that vascular rudiments appeared both in the area pellucida and
embryonic body with practically the same disposition as in the normal
embryo.
The concept that the vascular channels are structural expressions of the
functional necessity of carrying nutritive materials to the tissues and waste
products away from them leads to consideration of such factors as may be
involved in the formation of vessels; that is, factors that would cause plastic
cells, like those of the mesenchyme in which the earliest and simplest vessels
appear, to change in character and rearrange themselves to form capillary
tubes. In a mass of mesenchymal tissue, in which there is a resemblance
to a sponge with the cellular elements representing the parenchyma of the
sponge and the intercellular tissue spaces the interstices, the products of
cell activity naturally accumulate in the intercellular spaces. Incident
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 195
to this accumulation, pressure would be exerted upon the cells bordering
the spaces. Seeking outlet from the confines of the spaces, the waste
products would move, or flow, and cause friction against the cells past
which they flow. Similarly, pressure and friction would result from the
movement of nutritive materials to and through the tissue. The plastic
mesenchymal cells, reacting to these mechanical influences, would tend to
become flat, and the continued operatic of the factors would result in a
smooth- walled tube in which the movement of fluid is greatly facilitated.
The reaction of the irregular mesenchymal cells to the mechanical in-
fluences of pressure and friction is, of course, the crux of the question. It
has been shown experimentally that cells of this type do react to mechanical
stimuli. Smooth non-irritating foreign bodies have been imbedded in the
loose connective tissue of an animal and the cells in contact therewith be-
came flat and formed a mosaic apparently identical with simple squamous
epithelium or endothelium. In the growth of mesenchymal tissue outside
of the body (in vitro) it has been observed that the cells flatten against
foreign substances which may be present.
In the embryo it has been observed that where blood vessels disappear,
which they do in certain regions, the endothelium does not degenerate but
that the cells assume irregular branching forms. This would indicate that
endothelium comprises merely modified mesenchymal cells and that upon
removal of the factors incident to the pressure and friction of blood flow
the cells reassume the indifferent character of mesenchyme, thus reverting
to the mesenchymal type. It militates, therefore, against the view that
endothelium is a specific tissue.
It is generally recognized, whether or not the endothelium originates
in situ, that a capillary network precedes the formation of larger vessels.
For instance, the vitelline plexus of capillaries (p. 186) antedates any of the
larger vitelline vessels which later carry blood to and from the embryo.
The establishment of vascular trunks in this plexus of small vessels seems to
be dependent upon the same mechanical factors that were considered as
operative in the origin of vessels; viz.: pressure and friction. If the volume
of blood that flows through a given capillary network at a given rate is in-
creased the flow will naturally follow the channels that offer the least re-
sistance, and these channels will increase in size sufficiently to accommodate
the greater volume. A few channels, or perhaps even only one, will form the
most direct course, and the angles in the course will be still further reduced
as the blood stream impinges upon the walls of the vessels. In this manner
a large vessel, or main vascular trunk, is established and the remaining
smaller vessels constitute its branches or tributaries. A rather crude analogy
would be the draining of a swamp in which a small rivulet, once gaming
196 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
slight supremacy over its fellows, would gradually cut its way deeper into
the soil and pursue a straighter course, with the result that the other rivulets
would flow into it as the main channel.
The concept that the main vascular trunks are preceded by a capillary
plexus, out of which they develop in response to certain mechanical stimuli,
offers a simple explanation of the numerous variations found in the vascular
system. In the incipient stages of the larger vessels but slight influences,
due to variations in the development of surrounding structures, would be
sufficient to deflect their courses and cause them to occupy positions which
do not accord with the normal. So far as the thickened walls of the larger
vascular channels are concerned, they may be regarded as structural adapta-
tions to the functions they perform. For example, the large amount of
elastic tissue in the wall of the aorta and other large arteries tends to main-
tain a uniform diameter in these vessels against the force exerted by the
blood expelled from the heart at each contraction.
The Heart. — The heart has a peculiar origin in that it arises as two sep-
arate parts or anlagen which unite secondarily. In the chick, for example,
it appears during the first day of incubation, at a time when the germ layers
are still flat. The ccelom in the cephalic region becomes dilated to form the
so-called primitive pericardial cavity (parietal cavity), and at the same time
a space appears on each side, not far from the medial line, in the mesodermal
layer of the splanchnopleure (Fig. 165). These spaces at first are filled with
a gelatinous substance in which lie a few isolated cells. These cells then
take on the appearance of endothelium and line the cavities, and the meso-
thelium in this vicinity is changed into a distinct, thickened layer of cells.
Now by a bending ventrally of the splanchnopleure the cavities or vessels
are carried toward the mid ventral line (Fig. 165). The bending continues
until the entoderm of each side meets and fuses with that of the opposite
side, thus closing in a flat cavity — the fore-gut. The entoderm ventral
to the cavity breaks away and allows the medial walls of the two endothelial
tubes to come in contact. These walls then break away and the tubes are
united in the midventral line to form a single tube (Fig. 165), which extends
longitudinally for some distance in the cervical region of the embryo. The
mesothelial layers of opposite sides meet dorsal and ventral to the endo-
thelial tube, forming the dorsal and ventral mesocardium (Fig. 165). In
the meantime the cephalic end of the tube has united with the arterial system,
and the caudal end with the venous system ; and in a short time the dorsal
and ventral mesocardia disappear and leave the heart suspended by its
two ends in the primitive pericardial cavity. The conditions at this point
may be summarized thus: The heart is a double-walled tube— the inner wall
composed of endothelium and destined to become the endocardium, the
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
197
outer wall of a thicker mesothelial layer and destined to become the myo-
cardium— the two walls separated by a considerable space. The organ
hangs, as it were, in the primitive pericardial cavity (ccelom), connected
V
Dors, tnesocardivm
card cum
t hell urn)
fieri ca. ret.
Cavity
'EqdocardLury
(Eydotfyetiury)
FIG. 165. — Diagrams showing the two anlagen of the heart and their union to form a single
structure; made from camera lucida tracings of transverse sections of chick embryos.
In C the ventral mesocardium has disappeared (see text).
at its cephalic end with the ventral aortic trunk and at its caudal end with
the omphalomesenteric veins.
In all U.ammals thus far studied the principle of development in the
earlier stages is essentially the same as in the chick. The double origin
of the heart is even more marked because of the relatively late closure, of
198
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the fore-gut. There are no observations on the origin of the heart in human
embryos, but it is reasonable to assume that it has the same double origin
Dorsal aortic root
Gut (pharynx)
'ericardial
cavity (coelom)
Endocardium
(endothelium)
Myocardium
FIG. 166. — Transverse section of a human embryo of 2.69 mm. von Spee, Kollmann's Atlas.
Oral fossa
Ventral aortic
trunk
Ventricle
Ant. cardinal vein
Duct of Cuvier
Umbilical vein
Ventricle
Atrium
Diaphragm
Duct of Cuvier
— -Liver
" -»Duct of liver
FIG. 167. — Ventral view of reconstruction of human embryo of 2.15 mm. His.
The ventral body wall has been removed. The vessels (in black) at the sides of the duct
of the liver are the omphalomesenteric veins.
as in other Mammals, although in embryos of 2 to 3 mm. the organ has
already become a single tube (Figs. 166 and 167). At this stage the tube is
somewhat coiled.
THE DEVP:LOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
199
While the double origin of the heart is characteristic of all amniotic Vertebrates
(Reptiles, Birds, Mammals), in all the lower forms the organ arises as a single anlage. In
the region of the fore-gut the two halves of the ccelom are separated by a ventral mesentery
which extends from the gut to the ventral body wall, and which is composed of two layers
of mesothelium with a small amount of mesenchyme between them. In the mesenchyme
a cavity appears and is lined by a single layer of flat (endothelial) cells. This cavity
extends longitudinally for some distance in the cervical region and with its endothelial
and mesothelial walls constitutes the simple cylindrical heart. On the dorsal side it is
connected with the gut by a portion of the mesentery which is called the dorsal meso-
cardium; on the ventral side it is connected with the ventral body wall by the ventral
mesocardium (Fig. 168). Thus the heart is primarily a single structure. The difference
between the two types of development is not a fundamental one but simply depends upon
the difference in the germ layers. In the lower forms the germ layers are closed in ven-
Entoderm
Mesoderm (visceral)
Heart
Pericard. cavity
(coelom)
Dorsal mesocardium
Endothelium
'Mesoderm (parietal)
Ventral mesocardium
Ectoderm
FIG. 1 68. — Ventral part of transverse section through the heart region of Salamandra
maculosa embryo with 4 branchial arches. Rabl.
trally from the beginning, and the heart appears in a medial position. In the higher
forms the germ layers for a time remain spread out upon the surface of the yolk or yolk
sac, and the heart begins to develop before they close in on the ventral side of the embryo.
Consequently the heart arises in two parts which are carried ventrally by the germ layers
and unite secondarily.
The further development of the heart consists of various changes in the
shape of the tube and in the structure of its walls. At the same time the dila-
tation of the ccelom (primitive pericardial cavity) in the cervical region is of
importance in affording room for the heart to grow. In the chick, for ex-
ample, the tube begins, toward the end of the first day of incubation, to
bend to the right; during the second day it continues to bend and assumes
an irregular S-shape. This bending process has not been observed in
human embryos, but other Mammals show the same process as the chick.
In a human embryo of 2.15 mm. the S-shaped heart is present (Fig. 167).
The venous end, into which the omphalomesenteric veins open, is situated
somewhat to the left, extends cranially a snort distance and then passes
over into the ventricular portion. The latter turns ventrally and extends
obliquely across to the right side, then bends dorsally and cranially to join
the aortic bjulb which in turn joins the ventral aortic trunk in the medial
-
200 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
line. The endothelial tube, which is still separated from the muscular wall
by a considerable space, becomes somewhat constricted at its junction with
the aortic bulb to form the so-called f return Halleri. During these changes
the heart as a whole increases in diameter, especially the ventricular portion.
Gradually the venous end of the heart moves cranially and in embryos of
Vent, aortic trunk
Ventricular
portion
FIG. 169. — Ventral view heart of human embryo of 4.2 mm. His.
The atria are hidden behind the ventricular portion.
4.2 mm. lies in the same transverse plane as the ventricular portion. The
latter lies transversely across the body (Fig. 169). At the same time two
e vagina tions appear on the venous end, which represent the anlagen of the
atria. In embryos of about 5 mm. further changes have occurred, which are
represented in Fig. 170. The two atrial anlagen are larger than in the
Right atrium 1 1; j> fflSML'' til , Left atrium
Right ventricle if './«• Left ventricle
Interventricular furrow
FIG. 170. — Ventral view of heart of human embryo of 5 mm. His.
preceding stage and surround, to a certain extent, the proximal end of the
aortic trunk. As they enlarge still more in later stages, they come in con-
tact, their medial walls almost entirely disappear, and they form a single
chamber. The ventricular portion of the heart becomes separated into a
right and a left part by the interventricular furrow (Fig. 1 70) ; the right part
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
201
is the anlage of the right ventricle, the left part, of the left ventricle. At the
same time the atrial portion has moved still farther cranially so that it lies
to the cranial side of the ventricular portion. The venous and arterial
ends of the heart have thus reversed their original relative positions. At
this point it should be noted that the atrial end of the heart is connected
with the large venous trunk formed by the union of the omphalomesenteric
veins and the ducts of Cuvier — the sinus venosus.
During the changes in the heart as a whole, certain changes also occur in
the endothelial and muscular walls. The walls of the atria are composed
of compact plates of muscle with the endothelium closely investing the inner
surface. The walls of the ventricular portion, on the other hand, become
thicker and are composed of an outer compact layer of muscle and an inner
layer made up of trabeculae which are closely invested by the endothelium.
Septum spurium
Atrial septum
(septum superius)
Opening of sinus venosus
Right atrium
Left atrium
Atrio-ventricular canal
Right ventricle
Ventricular septum
Left ventricle
FIG. 171. — Dorsal half of heart (seen from ventral side) of a human embryo of 10 mm. His.
Everywhere the endothelium is closely applied to the inner surface of the
myocardium, the space which originally existed between the endothelium
and mesothelium being obliterated.
The embryonic heart in Mammals in the earlier stages resembles that of the adult in
the lower Vertebrates (Fishes). The atrial portion receives the blood from the body veins
and conveys it to the ventricular portion which in turn sends it out through the arteries
to the body. The circulation is a single one. This condition changes during the foetal
life of Mammals with the development of the lungs. The same transition occurs in the
ascending scale of development in the vertebrate series in those forms in which gill breath-
ing is replaced by lung breathing. The change consists of a division of the heart and
circulation, so that the single circulation becomes a double circulation. In other words,
the heart, is so divided that the lung (pulmonary) circulation is separated from the
general circulation of the body. This division first appears in the Dipnoi (Lung Fishes)
and Amphibians in which gill breathing stops and lung breathing begins, although here
202
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the division is not complete. In Reptiles the division is complete except for a small
direct communication between the ventricles.
Fig. 171 represents the dorsal half of the heart at a stage when all the
chambers are in open communication, and shows the conditions in a single
circulation but with the beginning of a separation. The atria are rather
thin-walled chambers, the ventricles have relatively thick walls. Between
the atrial and ventricular portion is a canal — the atrio-ventricular canal—
which affords a free passage for the blood. From the cephalic side of the
atrial portion a ridge projects into the cavity. This ridge represents a
remnant of the original medial walls of the two atria and marks the begin-
ning of the future atrial septum. The opening of the sinus venosus is seen
on the dorsal wall of the right atrium. Primarily both atria communicated
Septum superius :"
Sinus venosus —
Valvulae venosae ...
Right atrium --
Right ventricle •
Ventricular septum ,.
Foramen ovale
• Atrial septum
; — Left atrium
Atrio-ventricular valves
. _ Atrio-ventricular canals
— Left ventricle
FIG. 172. — Dorsal half of heart showing chambers and septa. (Semidiagrammatic.)
Modified from Born.
directly with the sinus venosus,but in the course of development the open-
ing of the latter migrated to the right and at this stage is found in the wall
of the right atrium. The opening is guarded, as it were, by a lateral and a
medial fold the significance of which will be described later. The vetricular
portion also shows a ridge projecting from the caudal side, which corresponds
to the interventricular groove and represents the beginning of the ventricular
septum.
The Septa. — The further changes are largely concerned with the separa-
tion of the heart into right and left sides, and with the development of the
valves. The atria become separated by the further growth on the cephalic
side, of the ridge which has already been mentioned and which is known as
the septum superius (Figs. 171 and 172). This septum grows across the
cavity of the atria until it almost reaches the atrio-ventricular canal, form-
ing the septum atriorum. A portion of the septum then breaks away, leav-
ing the two atria still in communication. This secondary opening is the
THE DEVELOPMEN1 OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
203
foramen ovale which persists throughout foetal life, but closes soon after
birth. The atrio-ventricular canal also becomes divided into two passages
Sinus venosus
Left valvula venosa
Right valvula venosa
Right ventricle
Right atrio- 5
ventricular canal
Right ventricle
Atrial septum
Pulmonary vein
— Left atrium
Left atrio-
ventricular canal
Left ventricle
I \
Interventricular furrow Ventricular septum
FIG. 173. — Dorsal half of heart (ventral view) of rabbit embryo of 5.8 mm. Born.
by a ridge from the dorsal wall and one from the ventral wall uniting with
each other and finally with the septum atriorum (Fig. 172). Thus the two
atria would be completely separated if it were not for the foramen ovale.
Aortic septum
Interventricular opening /_
Right atrio-ventricu- (.
lar orifice " ~~i
Right ventricle - ~c
.•*?;/-. \
']
Ventricular septum *--
Pulmonary artery
- Aorta
_. Left atrio-ventricular orifice
*>•»- - Left ventricle
FIG. 174. — Ventricles and proximal ends of aorta and pulmonary artery of a 7.5 mm. human
embryo. Lower walls of ventricles have been removed. Kollmann's Atlas.
During the separation of the atria, a division of the ventricular portion
of the heart also occurs. On the caudal side of the ventricular portion a
204 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
septum appears and gradually grows across the cavity forming the septum
ventriculorum (Figs. 171 and 172). This septum is situated nearer the right
side and is indicated on the outer surface by a groove which becomes the
sulcus longitudinalis anterior and posterior. The dorsal edge of this septum
finally fuses with the septum dividing the atrio-ventricular canal, but for a
time its ventral edge remains free, leaving an opening between the two
ventricles (Figs. 173 and 174).
This opening then becomes closed in connection with the division of the
aortic bulb and ventral aortic trunk. On the inner surface of the aortic
trunk, at a point where the branches which form the pulmonary arteries
arise, two ridges appear, grow across the lumen and fuse with each other,
thus dividing the vessel into two channels. This partition — the septum
aorticum (Fig. 175) — gradually grows toward the heart through the aortic
bulb and finally unites with the ventral edge of the ventricular septum, thus
closing the opening between the two ventricles. Corresponding with the
FIG. 175. — Diagrams representing the division of the ventral aortic trunk into aorta and
pulmonary artery and the development of the semilunar valves. Hochsietter.
edges of the septum aorticum, a groove appears on each side of the aortic
trunk and gradually grows deeper and extends toward the heart, until finally
the trunk and aortic bulb are split longitudinally into two distinct vessels,
one of which is connected with the right ventricle and becomes the pulmonary
artery, the other with the left ventricle and becomes the proximal part of the
aortic arch (Fig. 174). The result of the formation of these various septa is
the division of the entire heart into two sides. The atrium and ventricle
of each side are in communication through the atrio- ventricular foramen, the
two sides are in communication only by the foramen ovale which is but a
temporary opening.
After the opening of the sinus venosus is shifted to the right atrium, the
left atrium for a short period has no vessels opening into it. As soon, how-
ever, as the pulmonary veins develop, they form a permanent union with the
left atrium (Fig. 173). At first two veins arise from each lung, which unite
to form a single vessel on each side; the two single vessels then unite to form
a common trunk which opens into the left atrium on the cephalic side. As
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 205
development proceeds, the wall of the single trunk is gradually absorbed in
the wall of the atrium, until the single vessel from each side opens separately.
Absorption continuing, all four veins, two from each lung finally open
separately. This is the condition usually found in the adult. A partial
failure in the absorption may leave one, two, or three vessels opening into
the atrium. Such variations are not infrequently met with in the pulmonary
veins.
The Valves. — If all the passageways between the different chambers of
the heart and the large vascular trunks were to remain free and clear, there
would be nothing to prevent the blood from flowing contrary to its proper
course. Consequently five sets of valves develop in relation to these orifices,
and are so arranged that they direct the blood in a certain definite direction.
These appear (a) at the openings of the large venous trunks into the right
atrium, (b) at the opening between the right atrium and right ventricle,
(c) at the opening between the left atrium and left ventricle, (d) at the
opening between right ventricle and pulmonary artery and (e) at the open-
ing between the left ventricle and aorta. No valves develop at the openings
of the pulmonary veins into the left atrium.
(a) The sinus venosus (which is formed by the union of the large body
veins) opens into the right atrium on its cranial side, as has already been
mentioned (p. 201). By a process of absorption, similar to that in the case
of the pulmonary veins, the wall of the sinus is taken up into the wall of the
atrium. The result is that the vena cava superior, vena cava inferior, and
sinus coronarius (a remnant of the left duct of Cuvier) open separately into
the atrium. As the sinus is absorbed, its wall forms two ridges on the
inner surface of the atrium, one situated at the right of the opening and one
at the left (Figs. 172 and 173). These two ridges — valvulce venosce — are
united at their cranial ends with the septum spurium (Fig. 171), a ridge
projecting from the cephalic wall of the atrium. The septum spurium
probably has a tendency to draw the two valves together and prevent the
blood from flowing back into the veins. The left valve and the septum
spurium later atrophy to a certain extent and probably unite with the septum
atriorum to form part of the limbus fossce ovalis (Vieussenii) . The right
valve is the larger and in addition to its assistance in preventing a backward
flow of blood into the veins, it also serves to direct the flow toward the
foramen o\;ale. As the veins come to open separately, the cephalic part
of the right valve disappears; the greater part of the remainder becomes
the valvula Deuce cavce inferioris (Eustachii) and during fcetal life directs the
blood toward the foramen ovale. In the adult it becomes a structure of
variable size. A small part of the remainder of the right valve forms the val-
vula sinus coronarii (Thebesii) which guards the opening of the coronary sinus.
206 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
(b) and (c) The valves between the atrium and ventricle on each side
develop for the most part from the walls of the triangular atrio-ventricular
opening (ostium atrio-ventriculare) . Elevations or folds appear on the rims
of the openings and project into the cavities of the ventricles where they
become attached to the muscle trabeculae of the ventricle walls (Figs. 176
and 177). On the right side three of these folds appear, and develop into the
valvula tricuspidalis which guards the right atrio-ventricular orifice. On
the left side only two folds appear, and these become the valvula biscuspidalis
(mitralis) which guards the left atrio-ventricular orifice. These valves,
which are at first muscular, soon change into dense connective tissue. The
muscle trabeculae to which they are attached also undergo marked changes.
Some become condensed at the ends which are attached to the valves into
slender tendinous cords — the chorda tendinece, while at their opposite ends
Muscle trabeculae ,
Trab6co!0 carneae
FIG. 176. — Diagrams representing the development of the atrio-ventricular valves, chordae,
tendineas, and papillary muscles. Gegenbaur.
they remain muscular as the Mm. papillares; others remain muscular and
lie in transverse planes in the ventricles, or fuse with the more compact
part of the muscular wall, or form irregular, anastomosing bands and con-
stitute the Irabecula carnea (Fig. 176).
(d) and (e) The valves of the pulmonary artery and aorta develop at the
point where originally the endothelial tube was constricted to form the
f return Halleri (p. 200) where the ventricular portion of the heart joined
the aortic bulb. Before the aortic trunk and bulb are divided into the aortic
arch and pulmonary artery, four protuberances appear in the lumen (Fig.
213). The septum aorticum then divides the two which are opposite so that
each vessel receives three (Fig. 175). These then become concave on the
side away from the heart, in a manner which has not been fully determined,
and at the same time enlarge so that they close the lumen. Those in the
pulmonary artery are known as the valvula semilunares arteria pulmonalis,
those in the aorta as the valvula semilunares aorta.
Changes after Birth. — The migratory changes of the heart from its origi-
nal position in the cervical region to its final position in the thorax will be con-
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
207
sidered in connection with the development of the pericardium (Chap. XIV).
With the exception of the septum atriorum, the heart acquires during fcetal
life practically the form and structure characteristic of the adult (Fig.
178). So long as the individual continues to grow, the heart, generally
speaking, increases in size accordingly. This increase takes place by in-
tussusception in the endocardium and myocardium. At the time of birth
the two atria are in communication through the foramen ovale which is
Atrial septum
Right atrium
Right atrio-
ventricular
(tricuspid) valves
Right ventricle
Ventricular
septum
Pericardial cavity
Dorsal aortic roots
Amnioo
Upper limb bud
Left atrium
Left atrio-
ventricular
(bicuspid) valves
Left ventricle
FIG. 177. — Transverse section of pig embryo of 14 mm. Photograph.
simply an orifice in the atrial septum (Fig. 179). Thus the blood which is
brought to the right atrium by the body veins is allowed to pass directly
into the left atrium, thence to the left ventricle, and thence is forced out to
the body again through the aorta. A certain amount of blood also passes
from the right atrium into the right ventricle and thence into the pulmonary
artery; but this blood does not enter the lungs but passes directly into the
aorta through the ductus arteriosus (Fig. 178). After birth the lungs begin
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Innominate artery
Branches of right_ j
pulmonary artery" ~
Arch of aorta
Pulmonary artery- -
Right auricular appendage —
Left carotid artery
Left subclavian artery
Ductus arteriosus
__ Branches of left
2 7 pulmonary artery
-"- Left auricular appendage
— Left ventricle
Right ventricle •. — --S^i^.- -4~;
Descending aorta
FIG. 178. — Ventral view of heart of foetus at term. Kollmann's Atlas.
Sup. vena cava-
Right atrium- •Bj
Inf. vena cava
Right ventricle A; -ffe V\'jU
Inf. vena cava
Pulmonary veins
Left atrium
Left ventricle
FIG. 179. — Dorsal half of foetal heart. Bumm, Kollmann's Atlas.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
209
to function and the placental blood is cut off, so that the right atrium receives
venous blood only and the left arterial blood only. If the foramen ovale were
to persist it would allow a mingling of venous and arterial blood. Con-
sequently the foramen ovale closes soon after birth and the two currents of
blood are completely separated. At the same time the ductus arteriosus
atrophies and becomes the ligamentum arteriosum. Consequently there is
no direct communication between the pulmonary artery and aorta.
Certain features of development have an important bearing on the theories regarding
the physiology of the heart, particularly on the theory that the heart is an automatic
organ. Whether the theory that the heart beats automatically, i.e., independently of
stimuli from the nervous system, is true or not, it is a fact that in the embryo it begins to
beat before any nerve cells appear in it and before any nerve fibers are connected with it.
At least no technic has yet been devised by which it is possible to demonstrate nerve cells
in, or fibers connected with it, at the time when it begins to perform its characteristic
function. And, furthermore, at the time when the heart begins to beat, no heart muscle
cells are developed. This last fact seems to indicate an inherent contractility in the
mesothelial cells which form the anlage of the myocardium.
The Arteries. — The simplest condition of the arterial system, following
the establishment of the vitelline and allantoic circulation (p. 189 and p.
Dors, aortic root
Vent, aortic root
Vent, aortic trunk
Dors, aortic root
— • — (Esophagus
Trachea
Pulmonary artery
FIG. 180. — From reconstruction of aortic arches (i, 2, 3, 4, 6) of left side and pharynx
ot a 5 mm. human embryo. Tandler.
I-IV, Inner branchial grooves.
191), is as follows: The single ventral aortic trunk is given off from the
cephalic end of the heart. This is a short vessel, soon dividing into the
two vejntral aortic roots which pass forward beneath the pharynx (Fig. 180).
Each ventral aortic root gives rise to branches which pass dorsally, one in
each branchial arch, as the aortic arches to unite in a common stem along
the dorsal wall of the pharynx. This common stem is the dorsal aortic
root (Fig. 1 80) which fuses with its fellow of the opposite side in the mid-
dorsal line to form the dorsal aorta. The single dorsal aorta, situated
ventral to the notochord, extends from the cervical region to the caudal
end of the embryo. Somewhat caudal to the middle of the embryo a branch
to-
210
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
of the aorta passes ventrally through the mesentery as the vitelline artery
which enters the umbilical cord (Fig. 164). Still farther caudally the
paired umbilical (allantoic) arteries are given off from the aorta and pass
out into the umbilical cord (Fig. 164).
The conditions which exist at this stage in the region of the aortic arches
in mammalian embryos are indicative of the conditions which persist as a
whole or in part throughout life in the lowest Vertebrates. The changes
which occur in Mammals, however, are profound and the adult condition
bears no resemblance to the embryonic. Yet certain features in the adult
are intelligible only from a knowledge of their development. In the human
Vent, aortic roots
Subclavian arteries
Aorta
FIG. 181. — Diagram of the aortic arches of a Mammal. Modified from Hochstetter.
embryo ,§ix aortic arches appear on each side. The first, second, third, and
fourth pass through the corresponding branchial arches. The fifth arch,
which is merely a loop from the fourth, seems to pass through the fourth
branchial arch. The sixth aortic arch passes through the region behind
the fourth branchial. All these arches are present in embryos of 5 mm.
(Fig. 180). In Fishes and larval Amphibians, where the branchial arches
develop into the gills, the aortic arches are broken up into capillary net-
works which ramify in the gills, and the ventral aortic root becomes the
afferent vessel, the dorsal aortic roots the efferent vessels. In the higher
Vertebrates and in man the aortic arches begin, at a very early period, to
ef-
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
211
undergo changes; some disappear and others become portions of the large
arterial trunks which leave the heart. In connection with the following
description, constant reference to Figs. 181 and 182 will assist the student in
understanding ' V'''V
iH K|rMarginalsi
mmm-A
•i*.'.:,V*:&v' •.•;»;— Capsule
S&W&fi? ''i'>
P^S :'V{
^^,x-^a
rtv ,; v*
' '. / 'I \ **~ ," ' fV
Afferent ^.,1. r •..;/'"'<"- ,r ?'^^
lymph, ves. is, »j ,*; • ;j ,\vW'l
U . j >. , ,
FIG. 218. — From a section through the axilla of a human embryo of 125 mm. (4-5 months),
showing an early stage of a lymph gland. Kling.
have reached a length of 30 mm. While it is definitely settled that lymph
glands originate in very close relation with the lymphatic vessels, certain
points in their later development need further study. In the axilla and
groin, for example, the lymphatic vessels form a dense network in the meshes
of which are masses of connective tissue. These masses become more
cellular and with the surrounding vessels constitute the anlagen of lymph
glands (Fig. 218). The new cells which appear in the masses are lympho-
cytes which may pass through the walls of the neighboring blood vessels and
lodge here or may be derived directly from connective tissue (mesenchymal)
cells in situ. Whatever the origin of the lymphocytes may be, they have the
opportunity here to divide freely. The mass becomes still more cellular and
enlarges at the expense of the lymphatic vessels which then come to form a
250
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
network around the mass. This network is the marginal plexus, and it
communicates freely with the neighboring lymphatic channels. Within
the mass of cells blood vessels are present from the beginning, and these
are destined to be the blood vessels of the lymph gland, and the point of their
entrance and exit marks the hilus. Outside of the marginal plexus the con-
nective tissue condenses to form the capsule. The gland at this stage thus
consists of a central compact cellular mass, made up of connective tissue
and lymphocytes, in which blood vessels ramify; a plexus of lymphatic
channels around the mass which communicate with the neighboring channels;
and around the whole structure a capsule of connective tissue (Fig. 218).
Further development consists of the breaking up of the cell mass by
Afferent lymphatic vessels
Marginal sinus
Dense lymph.
tissue
•Marginal sinus (plexus)
Capsule
Trabecula
.Reticular tissue
Intermediary
plexus
Efferent lymph, vessel
Blood vessels
FlG. 219.— Diagram illustrating a stage (later than Fig. 218) in the development
of a lymph gland. Stohr.
iymj hatic channels and the formation of the follicles. It seems probable
that branches from the marginal plexus invade the cell mass principally
from an area around the hilus, thus breaking it up into smaller irregular
masses or cords. At the side opposite the hilus the invading channels are less
numerous, leaving larger parts of the mass which become the follicles (nodules)
of the cortex. On all sides the invading channels communicate with the
marginal plexus and form the so-called intermediary plexus. The gland as
a whole enlarges and its peripheral part pushes outward into the surrounding
tissue. Over the follicles the capsule is pushed outward, while between them
it remains in place and comes to dip into the gland as the trabeculcz. The
blood vessels tend to lie in the trabeculae, but a small branch probably
passes to each follicle. In the follicles themselves the lymphocytes pro-
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
251
liferate and the central part of each follicle becomes a germinal center. The
connective tissue among the lymphatic vessels composing the marginal plexus
becomes proportionately less as the vessels enlarge and finally exists only as
strands of reticular tissue which, naturally, are covered by the endothelium ;
thus the marginal plexus becomes the marginal sinus. The intermediary
sinus is formed by the channels which originally invaded the cell mass. The
reticular tissue is probably composed of remnants of the original connective
tissue. All the channels converge at the hilus to form the efferent lymphatic
vessels (Figs. 219 and 220).
The haemolymph glands are probably developed in much the same
Afferent lymph, vessels
Lymph follicle
Marginal
plexus
Intermediary,
plexus
Medullary cord
Trabecula
Capsule r.^s«^
Efferent lymph, vessels
FIG. 220. — Diagram illustrating a late stage in the development of a lymph gland.
Compare with Fig. 219. Stohr.
manner as the lymph glands except that in the former the sinuses are filled
with red blood cells.
The first lymph glands to develop are those in the axilla, in the inguinal
region, in the neck, and in the base of the mesentery. These are the so-called
primary glands and develop during fcetal life. They are of constant occur-
rence in these regions, but vary in number in different individuals. The
secondary lymph glands are those in the bend of the elbow, in the popliteal
space, in the mesentery, and around the aorta. Some of these develop during
foetal life and some later. While lymph glands are of constant occurrence in
some regions throughout life, the number may vary at different times in any
region; and there may also be variations in different individuals. Glands
may be called into existence at any time during life, in almost any region,
as the result of exceptional activity of some organ, or in pathological con-
ditions. Such structures are known as tertiary lymph glands.
252 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
The origin of the lymph (plasma) itself is probably extremely complex.
At one time it was considered as the result of nitration from the blood plasma
through the capillary walls. If lymph originates in this way the nitration
is selective, for the chemical composition of the lymph differs from that of
the blood plasma. In all probability the lymph plasma consists of blood
plasma which has escaped through the vessel walls plus the products of cell
activity in the tissues.
The Spleen.
Since the spleen is generally considered as a lymphatic organ and since
recent researches have shown that its structure is quite comparable to that
of the lymph glands, it seems advisable to consider it under the head of lym-
phatic organs. Its ultimate origin is not yet settled and the details of its
later development are still obscure. The same difficulties are met with as in
the case of the origin and development of blood cells, for it is known that the
spleen plays a part in the formation of the blood cells. Its structure differs
from that of the lymph glands chiefly in that it possesses no distinct lym-
phatic sinuses; but it does possess lymph follicles (splenic corpuscles) and
densely cellular cords (pulp cords) which are separated by cavernous blood
vessels (cavernous veins).
For some time the spleen was considered as a derivative primarily of the
mesenchyme in the region of the dorsal mesogastrium. More recently,
however, investigators have taken the view that it arises partly, or possibly
entirely, from the mesothelium (coelomic epithelium) of the dorsal mesogas-
trium. In human embryos during the fifth week the anlage of the spleen
appears as an elevation on the left (dorsal) side of the mesogastrium (Fig.
221). This elevation is produced by a local thickening and vascularization
of the mesenchyme, accompanied by a thickening of the mesothelium
which covers it; and, furthermore, the mesothelium is not so distinctly
marked off from the mesenchyme as in other regions. Cells from the
mesothelium then migrate into the subjacent mesenchyme and the latter
becomes much more cellular (Fig. 222). The migration is brief, and in
embryos of about forty-two days has ceased, and the mesothelium is again 1
reduced to a single layer of cells. The elevation becomes larger and projects ;
into the body cavity. At first it is attached to the mesentery (mesogas-
trium) by a broad, thick base, but as development proceeds the attachment if
becomes relatively smaller and finally forms only a narrow band of tissue 'j
through which the blood vessels (splenic artery and vein) pass.
Further development of the substance of the spleen consists of the break-
ing up of the cellular mesenchymal tissue by blood vessels and the formation
of the splenic corpuscles. The connective tissue trabeculce, as well as the jfj
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.
253
capsule of the spleen are derived from the original mesenchymal tissue. The
blood vessels become dilated in parts of their course to form the cavernous
vessels (cavernous veins) which are separated by the pulp cords. The con-
nective (reticular) tissue of the pulp cords is a derivative of the mesenchyme,
as are also the various types of cells in the cords. The adventitia of the
walls of some of the small arteries becomes infiltrated with lymphocytes to
form the splenic corpuscles (lymph follicles).
It is generally recognized that during foetal life the spleen is a hemato-
Aorta
Omental
bursa
Right side
Mesonephros
Spleen
Dorsal
mesogastrium
(greater omentum)
Abdominal cavity
(coelom)
Stomach
Left side
Bile duct Ventral mesoRastrium
(lesser omentum)
FIG. 221. — From transverse section through stomach region of a 14
pig embryo. Photograph.
poietic organ, that is, both leucocytes and nucleated red blood cells ai.e pro-
duced within it. Normally, the formation of erythrocytes stops at or soon
after birth. In severe anaemia or in pernicious anaemia in postnatal life,
however, the presence of dividing nucleated red blood cells suggests a return
to embryonic conditions. The reticular tissue constitutes the source of these
nucleated forms (erythroblasts) . It has also been suggested that the spleen
acts as a destroyer of worn-out erythrocytes, for in many cases apparent
remnants of the latter have been observed within the cytoplasm of the
254 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
" spleen cells." The lymphocytes proliferate to a certain extent in the splenic
corpuscles, and in that way, at least, the spleen serves as a base of supply for
leucocytes. There is a possible suggestion that the first leucocytes of the
spleen have their origin in the mesenchymal cells of the spleen anlage. This
would be in accord with the observations which indicate that leucocytes are
derived from indifferent mesenchyme cells.
Mesothelium Anlage of spleen
Mesenchyme
FIG. 2 2 2. — From section through dorsal mesogastrium (anlage of spleen) of a chick embryo
of 3 days and 21 hours incubation. Tonkofl.
Glomus Coccygeum.
The coccygeal skein (coccygeal gland) was originally considered as belong-
ing to the same category as the suprarenal glands, but the latest researches
have indicated that its cells do not possess the characteristic chromamn
reaction and that it belongs rather to the category of lymph glands. It
develops ventral to the apex of the coccyx in relation with branches of the
middle sacral artery.
Although the thymus gland becomes a lymphatic structure it is primarily
derived from the epithelium (entoderm) of the branchial grooves and will be
considered in connection with the development of the alimentary tract (Chap.
XII). The tonsils also will be considered in the same connection.
Anomalies.
ANOMALIES OF THE HEART.
ACARDIA. — The malformation known as acardia occurs in the case of twins
that have but one chorion. The so-called acardiac condition does not
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 255
necessarily imply the absence of the heart in the affected twin, for the latter
may develop to a considerable degree and possess a functionating heart.
On the other hand, the affected twin may be only an amorphous mass of
tissue which derives its total blood supply through the agency of the stronger
twin's heart. Or there may be any intermediate form between these two
extremes. The point is that the acardiac monster (acardiacus) derives its
blood wholly or in part through the agency of the stronger heart. A further
discussion of acardiac monsters and their possible explanation will be found
in Chap. XX.
DOUBLE HEART. — But one or two Ceases of a double heart in a single
human foetus have been recorded. In some of the lower forms (chick) it
occurs more frequently. The explanation is probably to be found in the
double origin of the heart in Amniotes (p. 196).
ANOMALOUS POSITION OF THE HEART. — Congenital anomalies in the posi-
tion of the heart are rare. Dextrocardia (heart on the right side) is almost
invariably associated with changes in the position of the viscera (see trans-
position of the viscera, page 304) . In the condition known as ectopia cordis,
the heart, with the pericardium, protrudes through a cleft in the ventral
wall of the thorax, the cleft being probably due to an imperfect fusion of the
two sides of the body wall in that particular region.
ANOMALIES OF THE SEPTA. — The most frequent anomaly in the atrial
septum is the persistence of the foramen ovale. The entire foramen may
remain patent, or, as is more frequently the case, a smaller opening may
persist between the ventral (anterior) border of the foramen and the valve of
the latter (p. 203).
The atrial septum may be wholly lacking, but this always occurs in con-
junction with other defects. It sometimes happens that the primary atrial
septum (septum superius), which grows from the cephalic side of the common
chamber, fails to fuse with the septum of the atrio-ventricular aperture (p.
203 and Fig. 171).
Defects in the ventricular septum occur less frequently than in the atrial
septum. It may happen that the cephalic (upper) border of the ventricular
septum fails to fuse with the septum which divides the aortic trunk and bulb
into the aorta and pulmonary artery. This affects the cephalic (upper) part
of the septum sometimes called the pars membranacea (p. 204 and Fig. 174);
and since the defect is situated near the opening of the aorta it brings about
the so-called "origin of the aorta from both ventricles." Stenosis of the
pulmonary artery usually accompanies this condition. Rarely is there a
deficiency in the caudal (lower) part of the ventricular septum. Complete
absence of the ventricular septum may occur, and along with it also an
absence of the atrial septum, so that the heart is simply two-chambered; or
256 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the single ventricle may open into two atria. The causes of these defects ]
are obscure.
ANOMALIES OF THE VALVES. — There may be congenital variations in the j
size and number of the atrio-ventricular valves, depending upon abnormal
position, fusion, or division of the pad-like masses from which the valves !
develop (p. 206).
There may be also a greater or lesser number of semilunar valves in the |
aorta and pulmonary artery. This irregularity can probably be referred
back to an atypical division of the aortic trunk and bulb, and a corresponding \
atypical division of the protuberances which give rise to the valves (p.. 206).
Variations in the valves may or may not be accompanied by functional dis- i
turbances. The congenital diminution in the number of valves should be
distinguished from the acquired, where chronic endocarditis may cause a
fusion.
ANOMALIES or THE LARGE VASCULAR TRUNKS.
ANOMALIES or THE ARTERIES. — There may be a transposition of the aorta \
and pulmonary artery. This results from an anomalous division of the aortic
trunk and bulb. The partition develops in such a way as to put the aorta in
communication with the right ventricle, and the pulmonary artery with1 the j
left ventricle (p. 204). Or the aorta and pulmonary artery may remain in \
direct communication on account of an imperfect development of the
partition. Rarely the two vessels remain as a common stem.
Congenital stenosis (constriction) of the pulmonary artery may occur, j
accompanied by an increase in the size of the aorta, possibly due to an unequal j
division of the aortic trunk and bulb. After birth little or no blood can pass \
to the lungs, and the result is a general damming (stasis) of the venous blood !
with marked cyanosis. This is at least one explanation of the so-called "blue
babies." Less frequently there is a stenosis of the proximal end of the aorta,
with excessive size of the pulmonary artery, also due to an unequal division
of the aortic trunk and bulb (p. 204) . These stenoses are usually, though not
always, accompanied by defects in the ventricular septum.
Persistence of the ductus arteriosus may occur without any other defect; ;i
but usually the persistence is associated with anomalous conditions of the
aorta and pulmonary artery.
Occasionally the arch of the aorta is found on the right side. This condi-
tion is due to the persistence of the fourth aortic arch on the right side instead
of the corresponding arch on the left side; this is the normal condition in
Birds. Rarely both fourth aortic arches persist, which results in a double
arch of the aorta — the normal condition in Reptiles. (Compare Figs. 181
and 182.)
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 257
The dorsal aorta, particularly the abdominal part, is occasionally found to
consist of two parallel, imperfectly separated vessels — a condition known as
double aorta. This anomaly is due to an imperfect fusion of the two primitive
aortae (p. 187 and Fig. 165).
Numerous variations are met with in the larger branches of the aorta,,
many of which are explained by referring them to embryonic conditions.
Especially noteworthy are the branches from the arch of the aorta, since their
development is so closely associated with the changes in the aortic arches.
The normal arrangement passing from the heart, is innominate artery, left
common carotid artery, left subclavin artery (see Fig. 182).
1. All these branches may be collected into a single trunk a condition
characteristic of the horse.
2. Two branches may arise from the arch, (a) The left common carotid
unites with the innominate, and the left subclavian arises separately. This is
the normal arrangement among the apes, and is probably the most common
variation in man. (b) Very rarely there are two innominate arteries, each
formed by the union of a common carotid and subclavian — a condition char-
acteristic of Birds.
3. Three branches may arise from the arch but in a manner differing from
the normal. Each subclavian arises separately and the two common carotids
are united into a single vessel. This arrangement is found in some of the
Cetacea.
4. Four vessels may arise from the arch, (a) These are, in order, in-
nominate, left common carotid, left vertebral, left subclavian. (b) Or
the order may be right common carotid, left common carotid, left subclavian,
right subclavian. In this case the proximal part of the right subclavian rep-
resents the portion of the right dorsal aortic root just cranial to the bifurca-
tion; the fourth arch on the right side disappears, (c) Or very rarely the
order may be right subclavian, right common carotid, left common carotid,
left subclavian.
5. Five branches of the arch are rare. In order they are right sub-
clavian, right vertebral, right common carotid, left common carotid, left
subclavian.
6. Very rarely there are six branches of the arch; right subclavian, right
vertebral, right .common carotid, left common carotid, left vertebral, left
subclavian.
ANOMALIES OF THE VEINS. — The two pulmonary veins on each side, more
frequently those on the left side, many unite into a common trunk before
opening into the atrium. This variation is probably due to the fact that the
absorption of the originally single pulmonary trunk into the wall of the
258 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
atrium does not proceed far enough to cause all four of the pulmonary veins
to open separately (see p. 205) . The upper (more cephalic) vein on the right
side may open into the superior vena cava; or the upper vein on the left side
may open into the left innominate vein. A possible explanation for this is
that the pulmonary veins are formed after the heart and other vessels have
developed to a considerable degree, and some of them may unite with the
other vessels instead of with the atrium.
Occasionally two superior vena cava are met with. In this case the right
opens into the right atrium in the normal position; the left opens into the
right atrium through the coronary sinus which naturally is much enlarged.
This condition represents a persistence of the proximal end of the left
anterior cardinal vein and the left duct of Cuvier, and is the normal arrange-
ment in many of the lower Vertebrates. Even with two venae cavae there
may be a small anastomosing branch in the position of the left innominate
vein, which represents the normal structure in the Marsupials (see Figs.
194 and 195 and p. 223). There are a few cases on record of a single left
superior vena cava.
The inferior vena cava is also subject to variations which represent the
abnormal persistence of certain embryonic vessels. Perhaps the most
striking of these variations is the condition known as double inferior vena
cava. There may be two parallel vessels, of equal or unequal size, which
unite at or above the level of the renal veins. This condition is to be ex-
plained by the persistence of parts of both posterior cardinal veins. It is
met with not infrequently among the lower Mammals, especially the Mar-
supials (see Figs. 195 and 198).
Rarely the inferior vena cava opens into the superior, and in this case the
hepatic veins open directly into the right atrium. This anomaly probably
represents a failure of the absorption of the sinus venosus into the wall of the
atrium (p. 205).
A left renal vein may open into the left common iliac, which condition
represents a persistence of the more caudal part of the left posterior cardinal
(Fig. 198). This anomaly is rare.
The azygos vein occasionally presents variations which are due to anoma-
lous development. All the intercostal veins on the left side may be collected
into a vessel which opens into the left innominate vein. There may be a
single median azygos vein; or there may be a transposition of the azygos vein.
It may be on the left side and open into the coronary sinus (normal condi-
tions in the sheep and a few other Mammals). The latter condition repre-
sents a persistence of the more cephalic part of the left posterior cardinal
vein (see Figs. 195 and 106).
,
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 259
Space does not permit a discussion of the great number of congenital
variations that occur in the smaller blood vessels, both arteries and veins.
The student is referred, however, to the more extensive text-books of
anatomy.
References for Further Study.
BORN, G.: Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Saugetierherzens. Archiv f.
mik. Anat. Bd. XXXIII, 1899.
BREMER, J. L.: The Origin of the Renal Artery in Mammals and Its Anomalies.
Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XVIII, 1915.
CLARK, E. R.: Further Observations on Living Growing Lymphatics; their Relation
to Mesenchymal Cells. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XIII 1911.
CLARKE, W. C.: Experimental Mesothelium. Anat. Record, Vol. VIII, 1914.
DANTSCHAKOFF, W.: Untersuchungen iiber die Entwicklung des Blutes und Bindege-
webes bei den Vogeln. Anat. Hefte, Bd. XXXVII, 1908.
DANCHAKOFF, V.: Origin of the Blood Cells. Development of the Haematopoietic
Organs and Regeneration of the Blood Cells from the Standpoint of the Monophyletic
School. Anat. Record, Vol. X, No. 5, 1916.
DANCHAKOFF, VERA: Cell Potentialities and Differential Factors in Relation to
Erythropoiesis. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XXIV, 1918.
ETERNOD, A. C. F.: Premiers stades de la circulation sanguine dans 1'ceuf et embryon
humain. Anat. Anz., Bd. XV, 1899.
EVANS, H. M.: On the Earliest Blood Vessels in the Anterior Limb Buds of Birds and
their Relation to the Primary Subclavian Artery. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. IX, 1909.
His, W.: Anatomic menschlicher Embryonen. Leipzig, 1880-1885. With Atlas.
HOCHSTETTER, F.: Die Entwickelung des Blutgefasssystems. In Hertwig's Handbuch
der vergleich. und experiment. Entwickelungslehre. Bd. Ill, Teil II, 1901. Contains also
extensive bibliography.
HOWELL, W. H.: The Life History of the Formed Elements of the Blood, Especially
the Red Blood-corpuscles. Journal of Morph., Vol. IV, 1890.
HUNTINGTON, G. S., and McCLURE, C. F. W.: Development of Postcava and Tribu-
taries in the Domestic Cat. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. VI, 1907.
J HUNTINGTON, G. S.: The Phylogenetic Relations of the Lymphatic and Blood Vas-
cular Systems in Vetebrates. Anat. Record, Vol. IV, 1910.
HUNTINGTON, G. S.: The Genetic Principles of the Development of the Systemic
Lymphatic Vessels in the Mammalian Embryo. Anat. Record, Vol. IV, 1910.
HUNTINGTON, G. S.: The Development of the Lymphatic System in Reptiles. Anat.
Record, Vol. V, 1911.
HUNTINGTON, G. S.: The Anatomy and Development of the Systemic Lymphatic
Vessels in the Domestic Cat. Memoirs of the Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology,
No. i, 1911.
HUNTINGTON, G. S.: The Development of the Mammalian Jugular Lymph Sac, of the
Tributary Primitive Ulnar Lymphatic and the Thoracic Ducts from the Viewpoint of
recent Investigations of Lymphatic Ontogeny, Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XVI,
No. 3, 1914.
HUNTINGTON, GEORGE S.: The Morphology of the Pulmonary Artery in the
Mammalia. Anat. Record, Vol. XVII, 1919.
260 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
- KLING, C. A.: Studien iiber die Entwicklung der Lymphdriisen beim Menschen.
Archvo f. mik. Anat., Ed. LXIII, 1904.
KOLLMANN, J.: Handatlas der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen, Bd. II, 1907.
LEHMAN, H.: On the Embryonic History of the Aortic Arches in Mammals. Anat.
Am., Bd. XXVI, 1905.
LEWIS, F. T.: The Development of the Vena Cava Inferior. Am. Jour, of Anat.,
Vol. I, 1902.
\J LEWIS, F. T.: The Development of the Veins in the Limbs of Rabbit Embryos. Am.
Jour, of Anat. Vol. V, 1906.
»/ MALL, F. P.: Development of the Internal Mammary and Deep Epigastric Arteries
in Man. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 1898.
MALL, F. P.: On the Development of the Blood Vessels of the Brain in the Human
Embryo. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. IV, 1905.
MALL, F. P.: On the Development of the Human Heart. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol.
XIII, 1912.
MAXIMOW, A.: Die Friihesten Entwicklungsstadien der Blut- und Bindegewebszellen
beim Saugetierembryo, bis zum Anfang der Blutbildung in der Leber. Arch. f. mik.
Anat., Bd. LXXIII, 1909.
MAXIMOW, A.: Lymphozyt als gemeinsame Stammzelle der verschiedenen Blutele-
mente in der embryonalen Entwicklung und im postfetalen Leber der Saugetiere. Folia
Hdmatolog., Bd. VIII, 1909.
MAXIMOW, A.: Die embryonale Histogenese des Knochenmarks der Saugetiere.
Arch.f. mik. Anat., Bd. LXXVI, 1910.
McCLURE, C. F. W.: The Development of the Lymphatic System in Fishes with
Especial Reference to its Development in the Trout. Memoirs of the Wistar Institute of
Anatomy and Biology, No. 4, 1915.
McCLURE, C. F. W., and SILVESTER, C. F.: A Comparative Study of theLymphati-
co- Venous Communications in Adult Mammals. Anat. Record, Vol. Ill, 1909.
MILLER, A. M.: Histogenesis and Morphogenesis of the Thoracic Duct in the Chick;
Development of Blood Cells and their Passage to the Blood Stream via the Thoracic
Duct. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XV, 1913.
MINOT, C. S.: On a Hitherto Unrecognized Form of Blood Circulation without
Capillaries in the Organs of Vertebrata. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIX, 1900.
REAGAN, F. P.: Experimental Studies on the Origin of Vascular Endothelium and of
Erythrocytes. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XXI, 1917.
ROSE, C.: Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Saugetierherzens. Morph. Jahrbuch, Bd.
XV, 1889.
RUCKERT, J., and MOLLIER, S.: Die erste Entstehung der Gefasse und des Blutes bei
Wirbeltiere. In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergleich und experiment. Entwickelungslehre,
Bd. I, Teil I, 1906. Contains also extensive bibliography.
SABIN, F. R. : On the Origin of the Lymphatic System from the Veins and the Develop-
ment of the Lymph Hearts and Thoracic Duct in the Pig. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol.
I, 1902.
SABIN, F. R.: The Origin and Development of the Lymphatic System. The Johns
Hopkins Hospital Reports Monographs, New Series, No. 5, 1913.
SALA, L.: Svilluppo dei cuori linfatici e dei dotti toracici nelP embrione di polio.
Ricerche fatte nel laboratorio de anatomia normale della R. Universita di Roma, Vol. VII,
1900.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 261
SCAMMON, R. E., and NORRIS, E. H.: On the Time of the Post-natal Obliteration- of
the Foetal Blood-passages (Foramen ovale, Ductus arteriosus, Ductus Venosus). Anat.
Record, Vol. XV, 1918.
SCHULTE, H. VON W.: Early Stages of Vasculogenesis in the Cat (Felis domestica)
with Especial Reference to the Mesenchymal Origin of Endothelium. Memoirs of the
Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology, No. 3, 1914.
SCHULTE, H. VON W.: The Fusion of the Cardiac Anlages and the Formation of the
Cardiac Loop in the Cat (Felis domestica). Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XX, 1916.
SENIOR, H. D.: The Development of the Arteries of the Human Lower Extremity.
Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XXV, 1919.
STOCKARD, CHAS. R.: The Origin of Blood and Vascular Endothelium in Embryos
without a Circulation of the Blood and in the Normal Embryo. Am. Jour.] of Anat.t
Vol. XVIII, No. 2, 1915.
STOERK, O.: Uber die Chromreaktion der Glandula coccygea und die Beziehung
dieser Druse zum Nervus sympthathicus. Arch. f. mik. Anat., Bd. LXIX, 1906.
STOHR, P.: Uber die Entwicklung der Darmlymphknotchen und uber die Riickbildung
von Darmdriisen. Arch. f. mik. Anat., Bd. LI, 1898.
STREETER, GEORGE L.: The Development of the Venous Sinuses of the Dura Mater in
the Human Embryo. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XVIII, 1915.
TANDLER, J.: Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der menschlichen Darmarterien. Anat.
Heft, Bd. XXIII, 1903.
TONKOFF, W.: Die Entwickelung der Milz bei den Amnioten. Archil), f. mik. Anat.,
Bd. LVI, 1900.
WEIDENREICH, F.: Die Morphologic der Blutzellen und ihre Beziehungen zu einander.
Anat. Record, Vol. IV, 1910.
WEST, R.: The Origin and Early Development of the Posterior Lymph Heart in the
Chick. Am. Jour, of Anpt., Vol. XVII, 1915.
WRIGHT, J. H.: The Origin and Nature of the Blood Plates. Boston Med. and Surg.
Jour., Vol. CLIV, 1906.
CHAPTER XI
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
Anatomy and Histology show that there are, in a sense, two muscular
systems in the body, and Embryology teaches that the two systems have dif-
ferent origins.
1. The skeletal musculature. — This, as the name indicates, is closely associated
with the skeletal system. It is made up of striated muscle fibers arranged to
form definite bundles or muscles. The skeletal musculature is under the
voluntary control of the central nervous system.
2. The visceral musculature. — This is. found in connection with and forms
integral parts of certain organs. It is made up of two different kinds of fibers — •
smooth muscle fibers or cells and striated fibers or cells (heart-muscle cells).
The latter are found only in the wall of the heart. The visceral musculature is
involuntary, being under the control of the sympathetic nervous system.
Both systems are derived from mesoderm but from distinct parts of the
mesoderm. Furthermore, their developmental histories are quite different, as
will be seen in the following paragraphs.
THE SKELETAL MUSCULATURE.
In the chapters on the development of the germ layers it was said that
throughout the length of the body region of the embryo the mesoderm on
each side of the neural tube and notochord becomes divided into a definite
number of segments — the primitive segments or mesodermic somites (Figs. 24,
52, 51). These indicate the segmentation of the body, and the history of the
greater part of the skeletal musculature dates from their differentiation from
the axial mesoderm. Thus the skeletal musculature is, for the most part,
primarily segmental in character.
At first the primitive segments are composed of closely packed, epithelial-
like cells, and each segment contains a small cavity which represents a portion
of the coelom (Fig. 103). The ventro-medial parts of the segments become
differentiated to form the sclerotomes which are composed of more loosely ar-
ranged cells (Fig. 223), and which are destined to give rise to the vertebrae and
to the various kinds of connective tissue in their neighborhood. The lateral
parts of the segments become differentiated to form the cutis plates which are
destined to give rise to a part of the corium of the skin. The remaining portions
262
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
263
of the segments form the muscle plates or myotomes (Fig. 223), from which
develop by far the greater part, at least, of the voluntary striated muscles.
The differentiation of the parts of the primitive segments begins in the cervi-
cal region by the end of the second week, and then gradually proceeds toward
the tail. Three myotomes are also probably formed in the occipital region.
The cells of the myotomes are at first of an epithelial character (Fig. 105).
Contractile fibrils appear in the cells and the latter are transformed directly
into muscle fibers. (For histogenesis see p. 276). The fibers later alter their
direction in accordance with the particular muscle to which they belong. The
muscle tissue first formed is thus segmented, being derived from the segmen-
Neural crest
Pronephros ---
Parietal mesoderm
Intestine
limb bud
— - Amnion
Umbilical
veio
Visceral mesoderm
FIG. 223^— Transverse section of human embryo of the 3rd week. Scl.1, Break in myotome at
point where sclerotome is closely attached. Kottmann.
tally arranged myotomes, but as development proceeds the myotomes undergo
extensive changes by which the segmental character is lost in the majority of
cases. It is retained, however, in a few instances, such for example as the
intercostal muscles. The course of the changes which obliterate the segmental
character of the myotomes and give rise to the various muscles has not been
observed in all cases. But since a nerve belonging to any particular segment
and innervating the myotome of that segment always innervates the muscles
derived from that myotome, it is possible to learn something of the history of
the myotomes by studying the innervation of the muscles.
From a consideration of what is known concerning the individual histories
264 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
of the muscles and concerning the innervation of the muscles, certain factors
can be recognized, to one or more of which the changes in the myotomes may
be referred. These factors are as follows:
1. Migration.- — The myotomes may migrate in whole or in part, and the
muscles derived from them may be situated far beyond their limits. For
example, the latissimus dorsi is derived from cervical myotomes but ultimately
becomes attached to the lumbar vertebrae and to the crest of the ilium. To this
factor, possibly more than to any other, is due the loss of the segmental character
in the musculature.
2. Fusion. — Portions of two or more myotomes may fuse to form one muscle.
For example, each oblique abdominal muscle is derived from several thoracic
myotomes.
3. Longitudinal Splitting. — Very frequently a myotome or a developing
muscle splits longitudinally into two or more portions. The sternohyoid and
the omohyoid, for example, are formed in this manner.
4. Tangential Splitting. — A developing muscle may split tangentially into
two or more plates or layers. The two oblique and the transverse abdominal
muscles, for example, are formed in this way.
5. Degeneration. — Myotomes may degenerate as a whole or in part and be
converted into some form of connective tissue, such as fascia, ligament or
aponeurosis. The aponeuroses of the transverse and oblique abdominal
muscles are probably due to a degeneration of portions of the myotomes from
which the muscles are derived.
6. Change of Direction. — The muscle fibers may change their direction.
As a matter of fact, the fibers of very few muscles retain their original direction.
Muscles of the Trunk.
The myotomes are at first arranged serially along each side of the notochord and
spinal cord (compare Fig. 2 24 with Figs. 105 and 223). By the end of the second
week fourteen myotomes are differentiated in the human embryo. Differen-
tiation continues until, by the end of the fourth week, the total number— thirty-
eight — is present. Of the thirty-eight, three are occipital, eight cervical, twelve
thoracic, five lumbar, five sacral, and five (or six) coccygeal. The occipital
myotomes are transient structures that appear in relation with the hypoglossal
(XII) nerve. The cervical, thoracic, lumbar, sacral and coccygeal myotomes
correspond individually to the spinal nerves (Fig. 224). As stated on page 148,
the myotomes alternate with the anlagen of the vertebrae. Consequently in the
cervical region there are eight myotomes, corresponding to the eight cervical
spinal nerves, and only seven vertebrae. The myotomes in the neck and body
regions are destined to give rise to the dorsal musculature, to the thoraco-
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
265
abdominal musculature, to a part of the muscles of the neck, and to the
muscles of the tail region. There is a possibility that they give rise also to the
muscles of the tongue.
As the myotomes continue to develop, they become elongated in a ventral
FIG. 224. — Lateral view of human embryo of 9 mm. (4! weeks). Bardeen and Lewis.
The area from which the skin has been removed is drawn from reconstructions. The myotomes
have fused to a certain extent, so that segmentation is becoming less distinct. Note that the
myotomes correspond to the spinal nerves. The developing muscle mass (the myotomes
collectively) extends ventrally in the body wall in the thoracic region, and is divided by a
longitudinal groove into two parts — a dorsal and a ventro-lateral (see text).
In the region of the upper extremity, dense masses of " premuscle " tissue are represented which
later form the muscles. In the region of the forearm and hand the " premuscle " tissue has
been removed to disclose the anlagen of the skeletal elements (radius, ulna, and hand plate).
In the region of the lower extremity the superficial tissue has been removed to disclose the
border vien, the anlagen of the os coxae, and the lumbo-sacral nerve plexus.
direction. Those of the thoracic region extend into the connective tissue of
the somatopleure, or in other words, into the lateral body walls (compare
Figs. 224 and 225). During the fifth week the myotomes give rise to a dorso-
ventral mass of developing muscle tissue, in which the segmental character
266
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Spinal ganglion .../'.';
Dorsal musculature
Ventro-laterai
musculature vfcv
Vertebral arch
Dorsal ramus of
spinal nerve
Segmental artery
Costal process
Lat. branch of
spinal nerve
Vent, branch of
spinal nerve
FlG. 225.— Diagrammatic cross section through the sth-6th thoracic segments of a human embryo
of 9 mm. (4! weeks). Bardeen and Lewis.
FIG. 226. — Drawing from a reconstruction of the region of the lower extremity of a human embryo
of 9 mm. (4^ weeks). Bardeen and Lewis.
The visceral organs and the greater part of the left body wall have been removed. The 8th thoracic
to the 5th sacral segments are shown. On the right side of the body the costal processes,
the spinal nerves (including the lumbo-sacral plexus), and the lower extremity are shown.
On the left side the costal processes, the spinal nerves, and the nth and i2th thoracic myo-
tomes are represented. Note the dorsal, lateral, and sympathetic branches of the spinal
nerves.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
267
largely disappears. The muscle mass then becomes divided longitudinally
into two parts, (i) a dorsal and (2) a ventro-lateral (Figs. 224, 225 and 226).
1. The dorsal part is destined to give rise to those dorsal muscles of the
trunk that are not associated with the extremities, and is innervated by the
dorsal rami of the spinal nerves (Fig. 225).
2. The ventro-lateral part again divides longitudinally into (a) a lateral
" • » External oblique
- * External intercostal
}&'rS-' •' >^ '.*"-... v Internal intercostal
'*•»... "* Internal oblique
. .-„, , •** Transversalis
ft '. , / "" Rectus
Ventro-lateral
musculature
FIG. 227. — Diagrammatic cross section through the 6th~7th thoracic segments of a human embryo
of 17 rnm. (5^ weeks). Bardeen and Lewis.
and (b)
between
(a)
a ventral part, although the line of division is not so distinct as
the original (i) dorsal and (2) ventro-lateral parts (Fig. 227).
The lateral part subdivides tangentially and gives rise in the cervical
region to the longus capitis, longus colli, rectus capitis anterior, to the
scaleni, and to parts of the trapezius and sternomastoideus (Figs. 228
and 229). In the thoracic region it gives rise to the intercostaks
and to the transversus thoracis (Figs. 227 and 230); in the abdominal
region to the psoas, quadratus lumborum, and to the obliqui and
transversus abdominis (Figs. 229 and 230).
268 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
(b) The ventral part gives rise in the cervical region to the sternohyoideus,
omohyoidem, sternothyreoideus and geniohyoideus. In the abdominal
region the ventral part gives rise to the r edits abdominis and to the
pyramidalis (Figs. 227 and 229). In the thoracic region there are no
muscles derived from the ventral part, corresponding to those in the
abdominal region. This is probably due to the development of the
sternum.
FIG. 228. — Lateral view of a human embryo of n mm. (about 5 weeks). Bardeen and Lewis.
The area from which the skin has been removed is drawn from reconstructions. The dorsal mus-
culature has been removed from the region of the upper extremity, exposing the 4th to the
8th cervical and the ist to the 3d thoracic vertebrae. The dorsal musculature has likewise
been removed from the 5th lumbar and first three sacral segments. Segmentation is practi-
cally lost in the dorsal musculature in the thoracic region, but is still evident in the lumbar,
sacral and coccygeal regions. The ventro-lateral musculature is distinctly separated from the
dorsal, and is beginning to differentiate into the muscles of the thorax and abdomen.
The ventro-lateral portions of the lumbar myotomes and of the first two
sacral myotomes, corresponding to the ventro-lateral portions of the thoracic
myotomes, apparently do not take part in the production of muscles which be-
long to the body wall proper. It is even questionable whether they give rise to
any muscles of the lower extremities. The ventro-lateral portions of the third
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
269
and fourth sacral myotomes give rise to the levator ani, the coccygeus, the
sphincter ani externus and the perineal muscles. The dorsal parts of the myo-
tomes as far as the fifth sacral probably give rise to the sacrospinalis (Fig. 228).
THE DIAPHRAGM. — In addition to certain structures which are considered
in connection with the pericardium (parietal mesoderm, mesocardium and
common mesentery — Chapter XIV), two myotomes on each side enter into
FIG. 229. — Drawing from a reconstruction of a human embryo of 20 mm. (about 7 weeks).
Bardeen and Lewis.
The superficial tissues have been removed from the extremities, the body wall, and the back.
the formation of the diaphragm. These are the third and fourth cervical myo-
tomes, parts of which grow into the developing diaphragm in the earlier stages
when it is situated far forward in the cervical region (p. 346 and Fig. 298), and
give rise to its muscular elements.
Muscles of the Head.
Primitive segments (mesodermic somites) are not clearly demonstrable in
the heads of human embryos, nor, in fact, in the heads of any of the higher
Vertebrates. In some of the lower forms, however, they are very distinct. It
seems possible, even probable, that their indistinctness in the higher animals
270 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
is due to an abbreviation or condensation in the development of the head
region. Such condensations are known to occur in the development of other
structures. In a human embryo 3.5 mm. long, three structures, resembling
segments have been seen somewhat caudal to the region .of the ootic vesicle on
FIG. 230. — Drawing from a reconstruction of the right side of a human embryo of 20 mm. (about
7 weeks). Bardeen and Lewis.
The left body wall and viscera have been removed. Note especially the following muscles: The
deltoid and biceps, just to the left of the brachial plexus and below the clavicle; the internal
intercostals; the diaphragm, attached to the body wall; the transverse abdominal and the
rectus abdominis; the quadratus lumborum, just to the right of the transverse abdominal;
the psoas, cut just above the lumbo-sacral plexus; the levator ani, running obliquely upward
from the coccygeal region.
one side. On the other side there were seven similar but smaller structures.
All were composed of epithelial-like cells surrounding small cavities.
Whether these segment-like structures bear any relation to the mesenchymal
condensations which appear regularly in the occipital region (p. 157). seems
not to have been determined.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
271
Although the transformation of head segments into muscles has not been
followed in detail in mammalian embryos, it may be inferred from the study of
lower forms that three segments are involved in the formation of the eye muscles.
The most cephalic (anterior) segment gives rise to the recti superior, inferior
and medialis (internus) and to the obliquus inferior, all of which are innervated
by the occulomotor (III) nerve. The next segment gives rise to the obliquus
superior which is innervated by the pathetic (IV) nerve. The most caudal
segment gives rise to the rectus lateralis (externus) which is innervated by the
abducens (VI) nerve.
The development and innervation of the other muscles of the head and" of
the hyoid musculature present certain peculiarities which have caused these
muscles to be considered as more closely related to the visceral musculature
than to the myotomic musculature. In the first place they are derived from.
Eighth cervical
myotome
Upper limb
bud
Somatopleure
Mesonephric
duct
FIG. 231. — Transverse section through the eighth cervical segment of a human
embryo of 2.1 mm. Lewis*
the branchial arches (hence are often called branchiomeric muscles), and not
directly from the myotomes of the neck region. This places them in closer
relation to the visceral muscles, although they are structurally and functionally
different from the latter. In the second place the nerves which supply them
are fundamentally different from those which supply the myotomic muscles
(Chap. XVII).
The first branchial arch on each side gives rise to the temporalis, masseter
and pterygoidei, to the mylohyoideus and digastricus (venter anterior) and to the
tensor tympani and tensor veli palatini. All these muscles are innervated by the
trigeminal (V) nerve.
The second arch, which is often called the hyoid arch, gives rise to a large
sheet of myogenic tissue which produces many of the facial muscles, such as the
272 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
platysma and epicranius, the muscles of expression — quadratus labii superiority
risorius, triangularis , mentalis, etc.; also two muscles connected with the hyoid
bone — digastricus (venter posterior) and stylohyoideus — and the stapedius of the
middle ear. The facial (VII) nerve corresponds to the second arch and sup-
plies all these muscles.
The glossopharyngeal (IX) nerve corresponds to the third branchial arch,
and this fact indicates the muscles derived from that arch. Some, at least, of
the constrictor muscles of the pharynx are derived from the third arch. The
stylo-pharyngeus is also a derivative of the same arch.
The vagus (X) nerve is associated with the fourth and fifth arches and con-
sequently innervates the muscles derived from these arches, viz., the rest of the
constrictors of the pharynx (see above), the laryngeal muscles and the muscles
of the soft palate (except the tensor veli palatini which is derived from the first
arch (p. 271). The glossopalatinus and chondroglossus are also derived from
the fourth and fifth arches, while the rest of the extrinsic muscles of the tongue
are of myotomic origin.
Two other muscles are probably derived in part from the branchial arches,
for fibers of the spinal accessory (XI) nerve afford a part of their innervation.
These are the trapezius and the sternomastoideus , the remaining parts of which
are of myotomic origin (p. 267).
Muscles of the Extremities.
The question as to whether the muscles of the extremities are derivatives of
the myotomes or of the mesenchymal tissue in the limb buds has not been
settled. In some of the lower Vertebrates, especially in some of the Fishes, it
seems to have been pretty clearly demonstrated that bud-like processes from
the myotomes grow into the anlagen of the extremities (fins), and there give
rise to muscles. In other lower forms no such buds from the myotomes have
been demonstrated, but the muscles are apparently derived directly from
the mesenchymal tissue in the anlagen of the extremities. In the higher verte-
brates, especially in Mammals, no distinct myotome buds have been traced into
the extremities. Some investigators hold, however, that instead of myotome
buds some cells from the myotomes — myoblasts — wander into the limb buds
and give rise to muscles. Other investigators are inclined to the view that the
musculature of the extremities is not of myotomic origin, but that it is derived
from the mesenchymal tissue of the limb buds.
A most striking feature of the musculature of the extremities is its distinctly
segmental nerve supply. This, of course, is in favor of, although it does not
prove, its myotomic origin. If the muscles of the extremities are of myotomic
origin, it is very probable that several myotomes take part in their formation.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
273
In the first place among the lower Vertebrates the muscles of each extremity are
derived from several myotomes and are innervated by segmental nerves cor-
responding to these myotomes. In the second place among the higher Verte-
brates, although the myotomic origin of the muscles has not been clearly demon-
strated, the nerve supply in each extremity comes through several segmental
spinal nerves.
Knowledge concerning the development of the individual muscles of the ex-
tremities in the human embryo is incomplete. Especially is this true of the
muscles of the lower extremities.
The upper limb bud first appears in embryos of 2-3 mm. (during the third
week) as a slight swelling ventro-lateral to the myotomes in the lower cervical
Upper limb bud
Border vein
M& Somatopleure
FIG. 232. — Transverse section through the eighth cervical segment of a human
embryo of 4.5 mm. Lewis.
region (Fig. 231; see also Fig. 87). The swelling gradually enlarges and by
the time the embryo has reached a length of 4-5 mm. lies opposite the last four
cervical and the first thoracic myotomes. At this time it is filled with closely
packed mesenchymal cells. No buds from the myotomes can be seen extending
into the mesenchyme (Fig. 232).
In succeeding stages the limb bud enlarges still more, and the mesenchymal
tissue becomes denser (Figs. 233 and 234). During these stages no growths,
either of buds or of individual cells, from the myotomes are apparent. Some
of the cervical nerves, however, enter the limb buds (Fig. 234).
Apparently the tissue from which the muscles, as well as the skeletal ele-
ments, are to develop, is the condensed mesenchymal tissue. The first indica-
tion of differentiation occurs during the fourth week (embryo of about 8 mm.).
The central portion or core of the mesenchymal mass becomes still denser to
form the anlage of the skeletal elements of the extremity. The tissue of the
274
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
core shades off into the surrounding tissue of a lesser density, which is destined
to give rise to the muscles and which is known as the premuscle sheath.
During these processes of differentiation in the limb bud proper, masses of
premuscle tissue have also become differentiated around the base of the limb
bud. These are the forerunners of certain extrinsic muscles of the upper ex-
tremity, such as the pectoralisj levator scapula, trapezius, latissimus dorsi, ser-
ratus, etc. (Fig. 235; compare with Fig. 236).
Spinal ganglion
Intervertebral disk
Upper
limb bud
- Border vein
FIG. 233.
-Transverse section through the 8th cervical segment of a human
embryo of 5 mm. Lewis.
By the end of the fifth week the premuscle sheath in the limb bud proper be-
comes more or less differentiated into muscles or groups of muscles. The
differentiation is most complete at the proximal end. From this the transition
is gradual to the distal end where the premuscle sheath is intact
By the end of the sixth week most of the muscles of the upper extremity are
recognizable (Figs. 236 and 237).
By the end of the seventh week practically all the muscles can be recognized
and are composed of muscle fibers.
During the differentiation of the muscles, the limb bud and certain ex-
trinsic muscles migrate a considerable distance caudally. For example, the
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
275
pectoralis and latissimus dorsi migrate from the base of the arm to the thoracic
wall. Their nerves are naturally pulled with them. The trapezius muscle,
which originates well forward in the cervical region, migrates so that it finally
reaches as far as the last thoracic vertebra. The sternomastoideus also origi-
nates well forward in the cervical region, but finally extends to the clavicle and
sternum. The migration of the upper extremity causes the brachial plexus to
have a caudal inclination.
The lower limb buds arise very soon after the upper. As stated on page 115,
the upper limbs always maintain a slight advance over the lower in develop-
Spinal ganglion
Vertebral arch
8th cerv. myotome
8th cerv. nerve
6th, 7th cerv. nerves
Condensed
mesenchyme
Intervertebral disk
Border
Somatopleure
FiG. 234. — Transverse section through the 8th cervical segment of a human
embryo of 7 mm. (about 4 weeks). Lewis.
ment. As in the case of the upper, the lower limb buds appear as swellings on
the ventro-lateral surface of the body, opposite the fifth lumbar and first sacral
myotomes. The interior of each swelling is at first composed of closely packed
mesenchymal tissue, but whether any part of the myotomes enters it is question-
able. At all events several spinal nerves do enter the tissue and supply the
nro.3cles. The differentiation of a central core as the anlage of the skeleton, and
the differentiation of the surrounding tissue as the premuscle sheath, take place
in the same manner as in the upper extremity (p. 274). From this premuscle
sheath all the muscles of the lower extremity are developed.
276
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Histogenesis of Striated Voluntary Muscle Tissue.
The majority of the striated voluntary muscles of the body are derived from
the myotomes. Some are derived from the mesenchymal tissue in the branchial
arches, some possibly from the mesenchymal tissue in the limb buds. Thf
primitive segments are at first composed of closely arranged, epithelial-like cells
that radiate from a small centrally placed cavity (Fig. 103). The cavity repre-
sents part of the ccelom and from this point of view it can be said that the muscle
is a derivative of the epithelial lining of the ccelom. A part of each primitive
t r
o> a
K> CO
Scapular
Pectoral
'Premuscle "
Border vein
5th nerve
renic nerve
Brachial plexus
Sympathetic
Diaphragm
Vertebra
Hand plate
Lateral
musculature
4th rib
FIG. 235. — Drawing from a reconstruction of the upper limb region of a human
embryo of 9 mm. (4^ weeks) ; ventral view. Lewis.
Inf. hy., infrahyoid; Lev. scap., levator scapulae; My., myotome mass; Rhom.,
rhomboid; Trap., trapezius.
segment becomes the sclerotome and cutis plate. The remaining part be-
comes the myotome or muscle plate (Fig. $ 23).
The cells of the myotome are at first not essentially different from those of
the rest of the primitive segment. Soon, however, changes take place in them
and they become the so-called myoblasts or muscle-forming cells, which are
destined to give rise to the muscle fibers. Opinions differ as to the manner in
which the myoblasts produce the muscle fibers. It was once thought that each
myoblast gave rise to a single muscle fiber in which there were several nuclei, all
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
277
derived from the original myoblast nucleus by mitotic division. It was also
thought that the muscle fibrillae represented highly modified and specialized
parts of the cytoplasm, which arranged themselves longitudinally in the cell.
Some of the later researches indicate that a muscle fiber represents a number of
myoblasts fused together. This explanation is not, however, accepted by all
investigators.
In contrast with the above, there is a quite general consensus of opinion in
regard to the development of the internal structure of the muscle fiber. In the
FlG. 236. — Lateral view of a reconstruction of the muscles of the upper extremity of a human
embryo of 16 mm. (about 6 weeks). Lewis.
The trapezius is the large muscle arising from the transverse processes of the vertebrae (at the right
of the figure) and converging to its insertion on the clavicle. Just below the insertion of the
trapezius is the deltoid, which partly hides the subscapular (on the right) and the pectoralis
major (on the left). Arising beneath the deltoid and running downward to the elbow is the
triceps. To the right of the triceps is the teres major (composed of two parts). The large
sheet of muscle extending down the forearm and sending divisions to the ad, 3d, 4th and 5th
digits is the extensor communis digitorum.
cytoplasm of the myoblasts there appear granules which soon arrange them-
selves in parallel rows and unite to form slender thread-like fibrils (Fig. 238).
These fibrils are at first confined to one myoblast area. If several myoblasts
fuse, the fibrils probably extend in a short time from one myoblast area to
another. If one myoblast produces a fiber, the fibrils naturally are confined to
a single myoblast area throughout development. The fibrils are usually
formed first at the periphery of the cell and later in the interior (Figs. 239
278
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
and 240.) At the same time they increase in number by longitudinal splitting.
The cytoplasm among the fibrils becomes the sarcoplasm.
After the granules which first appear unite to form the fibrils, the latter
FIG. 237. — Medial view of a reconstruction of the muscles of the upper extremity of a human
embryo of 16 mm. (about 6 weeks). Lewis.
The muscle arising on the scapula (at the left of the figure) and passing toward the right is the
subscapular. The small muscle just below the subscapular is the teres major; below the
latter and hanging downward is the latissimus dorsi. Note the cut end of the pectoralis
minor just to the right of the narrow portion of the subscapular. Running from this cut end
toward the right is the biceps. The muscle at the lower edge of the figure in the arm region
is the triceps. In the forearm region, the muscle crossing the end of the biceps is the pro-
nator teres. Below the pronator teres, extending from the elbow to the thumb region is the
flexor carpi radialis. Below the latter and extending to a point opposite the thumb, is the
palmaris longus. Beneath the palmaris longus and dividing into branches which pass to the
2d, ad, 4th, and 5th digits is the flexor sublimis digitorum. The muscle passing to the
thumb is the flexor longus pollicis. The muscle at the lower border of the figure in the fore-
arm region is the flexor carpi ulnaris.
FIG. 238. — Myoblasts in different stages of development. Godleivski.
The upper cell represents a myoblast with granular cytoplasm (from sheep embryo of 13 mm) ; the
middle, a myoblast with fibrils in process of formation (from guinea-pig embryo of 10 mm.);
the lower, a myoblast with still further differentiated, segmented fibrils (from a rabbit
embryo of 8.5 mm.).
are apparently quite homogeneous. Later they become differentiated into two
distinct substances which alternate throughout their length and produce the
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
279
characteristic cross striation. The nature of this differentiation is not known.
One investigator holds that both substances are derived from the original
granules that unite to form the fibrils, alternate granules being composed of like
substance and united by delicate strands of the other substance.
While the fibrils are being formed, the nuclei of the myoblasts undergo rapid
mitotic division. When the cells are about filled with fibrils, the nuclei migrate
to the periphery where they are situated in the fully formed fiber (Fig. 278).
Each fiber thus possesses a number of nuclei, whether it is derived from one
myoblast or from several.
»2Sfes \\^^^<, // / P'U^e^y •v*3*£»-vl
FIG. 240
FIG. 239. — From a cross section of developing voluntary striated muscle in the leg of a pig embryo
of 45 mm., showing fibril bundles at the periphery of the cells. MacCallum.
FIG. 240. — From a cross section of developing voluntary striated muscle in the leg of a pig embryo
of 75 mm., showing fibril bundles more numerous than in Fig. 239. A, Central vesicular
nucleus; B, peripheral more compact nucleus. MacCallum.
For some time at least, the number of fibers in a developing muscle increases
by division of those already formed. This process would produce a certain
degree of enlargement of the muscle as a whole. Later the increase in the
number of fibers ceases, and the muscle grows by enlargement of the individual
fibers. It is not certain at what period in development the increase in the num-
ber of fibers ceases.
In many muscles development is further complicated by a retrograde proc-
ess—a degeneration of some of the fibers. This occurs quite regularly in the
extremities. A well fibrillated fiber first presents a homogeneous appearance,
then becomes vacuolated, the nuclei disintegrate, and finally the whole
structure disappears. Mesenchymal (or connective) tissue takes its place, and
the remaining fibers are thus grouped into bundles and the bundles into
muscles. This would account to a certain extent for the intermuscular con-
280
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
nective tissue, the perimysium and endomysium, the epimysium being derived
from the mesenchymal tissue which originally surrounded the muscle.
THE VISCERAL MUSCULATURE.
The visceral musculature is derived wholly from the mesoderm, but not
from the myotomes. The striated involuntary muscle or heart muscle is de-
rived from the mesothelial lining of the coelom, the smooth muscle from the
mesenchymal tissue in various regions of the body. The heart muscle develops
only in connection with the heart and consequently occurs in the adult only in
that organ. Smooth muscle develops to form integral parts of certain structures
such, for example, as the alimentary tube, glands, blood vessels, and skin.
Histogenesis of Heart Muscle.
When the simple tubular heart is first formed, the splanchnopleure projects
into the ccelom (primitive pericardial cavity) along each side (Fig. 165; also p.
196). The mesothelium covering these projections is destined to give rise to
FIG. 24*r. — From a section of developing heart muscle from a rabbit embryo of 9 mm. Godlewski,
a, Cell body with granules arranged in series; b, cell body with centrosome and attraction sphere;
c, branching fibril; d, fibrils extending through several cells.
the myocardium. The mesothelial cells which are at first closely packed to-
gether with but little intercellular substance, assume irregular branching forms
and the branches anastomose freely (Fig. 241). After the cells become loosely
arranged, they again become closely packed to form a compact syncytium, in-
dividual cells apparently assuming the shape of heavy bands (Fig. 242). Ir-
regular transverse bands next appear, dividing the syncytium into the so-called
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
281
heart muscle cells. These may or may not represent the original cells or
myoblasts. At all events the muscle fibrils are continuous across the lines.
The nuclei proliferate in the syncytium but remain in the central part of the
bands or cells, instead of migrating to the periphery as in striated voluntary
muscle.
While the cells are still loosely arranged, rows of granules appear in the
cytoplasm, and the granules in each row unite to form a fibril (Fig. 241). The
fibrils are at first confined to individual
cell areas, but as the cells come closer
together to form the compact syncytium,
they extend through several cell areas
and run in different directions (Fig. 242).
As development proceeds the fibrils be-
come more nearly parallel (Fig. 243).
They are first formed in the peripheries
of the cells, but later also in the interior,
except in a small area immediately sur-
rounding the nucleus, where a small
amount of undifferentiated cytoplasm
remains. The latter is continuous
with the cytoplasm or sarcoplasm
among the fibrils. As in voluntary
seriated muscle the fibrils become differ-
entiated into two distinct substances
which alternate with each other, thus
producing the transverse striation.
IG. 242. — From a section of developing
heart muscle in a rabbit embryo of 9 mm.
Godlewski.
The cells form a compact syncytium.
Histogenesis of Smooth Muscle.
The mesenchymal cells which are destined to produce smooth muscle cells
are not grouped into any particular primitive structures like the mesodermic
somites. They are simply scattered through the general mass of mesenchymal
tissue and, like other mesenchymal cells, possess irregular branching forms and
distinct spherical nuclei. The internal changes by which these cells are con-
verted into muscle cells are not well known. The contractile elements —
the fibrillae — probably represent highly modified portions of the original cyto-
plasm but the manner in which the cytoplasm is transformed into fibrillae has
not been determined. The external changes consist essentially in an elonga-
tion of the irregular mesenchymal cells. The result of this elongation is usually
a spindle-shaped cell, but exceptionally cells forked at one or both ends are
produced. The original spherical nucleus also shares in the elongation and
becomes rod-shaped.
282 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
In some cases, for example in the muscular layers of the gastrointestinal
tract, distinct bands or sheets of smooth muscle are formed in which the cells
are closely packed and lie approximately parallel. In other cases, such as the
mucosa of the intestine and the capsules of certain glands, the muscle cells
develop in little groups or as isolated cells.
Anomalies.
More or less of the muscular system is involved in some of the gross anoma-
lies or malformations of the body. For example, congenital defects in the cen-
tral nervous system (anencephaly, rachichisis, etc.) are necessarily accompanied
by atrophy or faulty development of certain parts of the muscular system. In
the case of ventral median fissure of the abdominal wall (gastroschisis) , the
FIG. 243. — From a section of developing heart muscle in a rabbit embryo of 10 mm. Godlewski.
The fibrils are segmented, indicating the beginning of the cross striation characteristic of heart muscle.
abdominal muscles are naturally involved. Such anomalies in the muscles are,
however, secondary to the other malformations and are not due to primary
defects in the muscles themselves.
Many of the minor variations in the muscular system occur in the same
form or in similar forms in different individuals, thus indicating their relation to
a fundamental type. Many of these are more or less accurate repetitions of
normal structures found in lower animals. Such variations are probably
rightly attributed to hereditary influences. On the other hand, there are varia-
tions which cannot be referred to conditions found in any of the lower animals.
These constitute a class of variations which must be accounted for upon some
other basis than that of heredity. As pointed out in the chapter on Teratogene-
sis (Chap. XX), external influences undoubtedly play an important part in the
production of anomalies and it is probable that similar influences act upon the
development of the muscular system.
The scope of this book does not permit a description, or even mention, of the
great number of variations in the muscles. A few are described here as ex-
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM. 283
amples; for others the student is referred to the more extensive text-books of
anatomy.
EXTRINSIC MUSCLES OF THE UPPER EXTREMITY. — The trapezius is some-
times attached to less than the normal number of thoracic vertebrae. Its
occipital attachment may be wanting. Occasionally the cervical and thoracic
portions are more or less separated as in some of the lower animals.
The latissimus dorsi sometimes arises from less than the usual number of
thoracic vertebrae, and from less than the normal number of ribs. The iliac
origin may be wanting.
The rhomboidei vary in their vertebral and scapular attachments.
The number of the vertebral attachments of the levator scapulae may vary.
A small part of the muscle is sometimes attached to the occipital bone.
The pectoralis major not infrequently varies in the extent of its attachment
to the ribs and sternum.
The serrati vary in their attachment to the ribs.
The above mentioned extrinsic muscles of the upper extremity vary prin-
cipally in their attachments. Since they all appear well forward in the cervical
region in the embryo, and, along with the extremity, gradually migrate caudally
before acquiring their final attachments, it is not unlikely that the variations in
their attachments are due to variations in the extent of migration.
This serves to illustrate a factor which is probably important in producing
variations in the attachments of many other muscles. As stated in paragraph
i, on page 264, the myo tomes frequently migrate very extensively during
their transformation into muscles, before the muscles have acquired their per-
manent attachment. Variations in the extent of this migration would naturally
produce variations in the final attachments of these muscles.
Other factors related to the changes in the myo tomes, such as fusion, longi-
tudinal and tangential splitting (paragraphs 2, 3 and 4, p. 264) probably also
play a part in the production of variations.
A greater than normal degree of fusion between two or more myotomes
might result in the union of muscles which are usually separate; a less than
normal degree of fusion might result in the separation of parts usually united.
Variations in the splitting of myotomes might produce similar results.
At the same time, however, heredity may be the active factor in some cases
where abnormal fusions or separations between muscles or parts of muscles
produce results resembling conditions found in lower animals.
Reference for Further Study.
V BARDEEN, C. R. : The Development of the Musculature of the Body Wall in the Pig,
Including its Histogenesis and its Relation to the Myotomes and to the Skeleton and to the
Nervous Apparatus. Johns Hopkins Hospital Reports, Vol. XI.
284
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
BARDEEN, C. R., and LEWIS, W. H.: Development of the Limbs, Body Wall and Back
in Man. American Jour, of Anat., Vol. I, 1901.
BOLK, L.: Die Segmentaldifferenzierung des menschlichen Rumpfes und seiner Extremi-
taten. Morph. Jahrbuch, Bd. XXV, 1898.
FUTAMURA, R.: Ueber die Entwickelung der Facialismuskulatur des Menschen.
Anat. Hefte, XXX, 1906.
GODLEWSKI, E.: Die Entwickelung des Skelet- und Herzmuskelgewebes der Saugetiere.
Arch. f. mik. Anat., Bd. LX, 1902.
GRAFENBERG, E.: Die Entwickelung der menschlichen Beckenmuskulatur. Anat.
Hefte, 1904.
HEIDENHAIN, M.: Structur der contractilen Materie. Ergebnisse der Anat. u. Entwick.,
Bd. VIII, 1898.
HEIDENHAIN, M.: Ueber die Structur des menschlichen Herzmuskels. Anal. Anz.,
Bd. XX, 1901.
KASTNER, S.: Ueber die Bildung von animalen Muskelfasern aus dem Urwirbel.
Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., Suppl., 1890.
KEIBEL, F., and MALL, F. P.: Manual of Human Embryology, Vol. I, 1910.
KOLLMANN, J.: Die Rumpfsegmente menschlicher Embryonen von 13-35 Urwirbeln.
Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1891.
LEWIS, W. H.: The Development of the Arm in Man. American Jour, of Anat.y Vol. I,
1902.
MAURER, F.: Die Entwickelung des Muskelsystems und der elektrischen Organe. Also
Bibliography. In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergl. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der
Wirbeltiere, Bd. Ill, Teil I, 1904.
MACCALLUM, J. B.: On the Histology and Histogenesis of the Heart-muscle Cell.
Anat. Anz., Bd. XIII, 1897.
MACCALLUM, J. B.: On the Histogenesis of the Striated Muscle Fiber and the Growth of
the Human Sartorius Muscle. Johns Hopkins Hospital Bulletin, Vol. IX, 1898.
MALL, F. P. : Development of the Ventral Abdominal Walls in Man. Jour, of Mor-
phology, Vol. XIV, 1898.
McGiLL, CAROLINE: The Histogenesis of Smooth Muscle in the Alimentary Canal and
Respiratory Tract of the Pig. Internal. Monatsch. Anat. u. Phys., Bd. XXIV, 1907.
McMuRRicn, J. P. : The Phylogeny of the Forearm Flexors. American Jour, of Anat.,
Vol. II, 1903.
McMuRRiCH, J. P.: The Phylogeny of the Palmar Musculature. American Jour, oj
Anat., Vol. II, 1903.
MCMURRICH, J. P.: The Phylogeny of the Crural Flexors. American Jour, of Anat.,
Vol. IV, 1904.
MCMURRICH, J. P.: The Phylogeny of the Plantar Musculature. American Jour, oj
Anat., Vol. VI, 1907.
POPOWSKY, I.: Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Dammmuskulatur beim Menschen.
Anat. Hefte, 1899.
SUTTON, J. B.: Ligaments, Their Nature and Morphology. London, 1897.
ZIMMERMANN: Ueber die Metamerie des Wirbeltierkopfes. Verhandl. d. Anat. Gesettsch.
Jena, 1891.
CHAPTER XII.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND
APPENDED ORGANS.
The embryonic disk, composed of the three germ layers, primarily lies flat
upon the yolk sac (see p. 107; also Fig. 75). A little later the axial portion of
the embryo is indicated by the primitive streak, the neural groove (subsequently
the neural tube), the notochord, and the primitive segments (Fig. 71). Then
along each side of the axial portion and at the cephalic and caudal ends, the
Neural tube
Oral fossa
_ Yolk sac
Hind-gut _
Allantoic duct
Belly stalk
FIG. 244 . — Lateral view of human embryo with 14 pairs of primitive segments (2.5 mm.) . Kollntann.
The yolk sac has been cut off. The fore-gut, mid-gut and hind-gut, as indicated in the figure,
together constitute the primitive gut. Compare with Fig. 245.
germ layers bend ventrally and medially and finally meet and fuse in the mid-
ventral line (p. 109) . The portion of the entoderm ventral to the notochord is
bent into a tube which, for the most part, becomes pinched off from the parent
entoderm and is suspended in the embryonic coelom by the common mesentery
(Figs. 103 and 104). This entodermal tube is the primitive gut. At first it ir>
but slightly elongated and is closed at both ends. On the ventral side, however^
285
286
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
it opens widely into the yolk sac (Figs. 244 and 245). The primitive gut, there-
fore, has no communication with the exterior. It communicates at its caudal
end with the central canal of the spinal cord through the neurenteric canal (Fig. 76;
compare with 77).
As development proceeds, this simple tube elongates rapidly and becomes
differentiated into distinct regions. The cephalic end, in connection with the
branchial arches and grooves, becomes the dilated pharyngeal region. Caudal
m .
|_ Oral fossa
jr — "Branchial arch I
a— Branchial arch II
— " Body wall
Ccelom
Coelom
Hind-gut
Belly stalk
FlG. 245. — Ventral view of human embryo of 2.4 mm. His, Kollmann.
Note the opening in the ventral wall of the gut. This indicates the communication between the
gut and the yolk sac. The latter has been removed. Compare with Fig. 244.
to and continuous with this, is the short, narrow cesophageal region which in
turn passes over into the slightly dilated stomach region. The portion of the
gut caudal to the stomach is the intestinal region. During the differential
changes, the communication with the yolk sac becomes relatively smaller, form-
ing the yolk stalk which joins the intestinal portion a short distance caudal to the
stomach (Figs. 246 and 247).
The Mouth.
At a very early period the primary fore-brain region bends ventrally almost
at a right angle to the long axis of the body to form the naso-frontal process.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 287
As the first branchial arch develops, it grows ventrally until it meets and fuses
with its fellow of the opposite side in the midventral line, thus forming the
mandibular process. From the cephalic side of the first arch a secondary proc-
ess— maxillary process— develops and fills in the space between the arch itself
and the naso-frontal process. These various structures thus bound a distinct
depression on the ventral side of the head. This depression is the oral pit, the
forerunner of the oral and nasal cavities (Fig. 245; compare with Figs. 244
and 85). The groove in the midventral line between the mandibular pro-
cesses marks the symphysis of the lower jaws. The groove on each side
Epiglottis
Tongue
Hypophysis
Larynx
Lung
... — Stornaeh
— Pancreas
/ — ; - ~— -^ I-, | / l
Caudal gut
- Mesonephric duct
Kidney bud
FIG. 246. — Alimentary tube of a human embryo of 4.1 mm. His Kollmann.
between the maxillary process and the mandibular process marks the angle of
the mouth. The groove between the maxillary process and the naso-frontal
process is the naso-optic furrow, at the dorsal end of which the eye develops.
The bottom of the oral pit is formed by a portion of the ventral body wall,
which separates the oral cavity from the cephalic end of the gut, and which is
composed of ectoderm and entoderm, with a small amount of mesoderm be-
tween. This closing plate, the pharyngeal membrane, which is still present in
I embryos of 2.15 mm., soon becomes thinner and finally breaks away, leaving
I the oral pit and the gut in direct communication (Fig. 247). Since the oral pit
, is lined with ectoderm, the epithelial lining of the mouth or oral cavity is largely of
288
TP:XT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
,
l
ectodermal origin. In the medial line of the roof of the oral cavity, near the
pharyngeal membrane, the epithelium (ectoderm) evaginates to form Rathke's
pocket. This comes in contact with an evagination from the floor of the brain
and with it forms the pituitary body.
The further development of the mouth consists of an elaboration of the
structures which primarily bound the oral pit and the growth of certain new
structures such as the teeth and the tongue. The first branchial arch fuses with
its fellow of the opposite side in the midventral line to form the symphysis of
the lower jaws, giving rise also to the lower lip and chin region. As the naso-
frontal process continues to grow, two depressions appear on its ventral border,
Pharynx
Hypophysis
Branchial arches
(pharynx)
Lung
Liver
H| Stomach
t-""BH Pancreas
Common
mesentery
Mesonephros
Allantoic duct
Hind-gut
^- x^sp^v
Kidney bud
FIG. 247. — Sagittal section of reconstruction of a human embryo of 5 mm. His, Kollmann.
one on each side, a short distance from the medial line. These depressions are
the nasal pits which indicate the beginning of the external openings of the nasal
passages. The part between the nasal pits is destined to give rise to the nasal
septum and the medial part of the upper lip (Fig. 98). The primary oral
cavity is divided into the oral cavity proper and the nasal cavity by outgrowths
from the maxillary processes. From the medial side of each maxillary process
a plate-like structure grows across the primary oral cavity toward the medial
line (Fig. 140). These two plates, or palatine processes, meet and fuse with the
lower part of the nasal septum (Fig. 248) . (For further details of this fusion, see
page 121 and page 163). The palatine processes thus form the palate, or the
roof of the mouth, which separates the mouth cavity from the nasal cavity. The
palate does not extend far enough backward, however, to separate the posterior
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGAN?. 289
part of the nasal cavity from the pharynx. Thus the posterior nares and
pharynx are left in communication. Externally the maxillary processes extend
medially, separate the nasal pits from the oral cavity, and form the lateral
portions of the upper lip (Fig. 99).
Jacobson's organ
Inferior concha
Jacobson's cartilage
Palatine process
Nasal septum
Nasal cavity
Oral cavity
FIG. 248. — From a section through the head of a human embryo of 28 mm., showing the nasal
septum, the nasal cavities, the oral cavity, and the palatine processes. Peter.
The Tongue. — The tongue develops from three separate anlagen which
unite secondarily. In embryos of about 3 mm. a slight elevation appears on the
floor of the pharynx in the region of the first branchial arch. This is the
Tuberculum impar
Root of tongue
Inner branchial
groove IV
Crista terminalis
Lung
FIG. 249. — Floor of the pharyngeal region of a human embryo of about 3 weeks. His.
tuberculum impar , being, as the name indicates, unpaired, and is destined to give
rise to the tip and body of the tongue (Fig. 249) . Soon afterward two bilaterally
symmetrical elevations appear on the floor of the pharynx, which are destined to
give rise to the root of the tongue (Fig. 250). These paired elevations, arising
290 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
in, the region of the second and third branchial arches, gradually enlarge and
unite with each other and with the tuberculum impar, leaving between the
latter and themselves, however, a V-shaped groove (Fig. -251). At the apex of
the groove there is a depression — the foramen c&cum lingua — which is the ex-
ternal opening of the thyreoglossal duct (see p. 301). The groove later disap-
pears, but its position is indicated in the adult by the vallate papillae.
According to Hammar, the tuberculum impar is a transitory structure and does not
give rise to the tip and body of the tongue. The tip and body are derived from a much
more extensive elevation in the floor of the pharynx.
The tongue as a whole enlarges and grows from its place of origin toward
the entrance to the primary oral cavity. For a time it practically fills the cavity.
When the palate develops it recedes and finally comes to lie on the floor of the
oral cavity proper, as in the adult. The growth of the tongue involves the
Tuberculum impar
Root of tongue
Epiglottis
FlG, 250. —Floor of pharyngeal region of a human embryo of 12.5 mm. His.
epithelial lining of the pharynx and oral cavity and also the underlying mesen-
chymal tissue. The latter produces the connective tissue and at least a part of
the intrinsic muscle fibers of the tongue. The papillae involve the epithelium
and connective tissue, while the glands and taste buds are derived from the
epithelium alone.
The portion of the lingualis muscle innervated by the facial (VII) nerve is probably
derived from the mesenchymal tissue in the tongue anlage. The rest of the muscle is
innervated by fibers from the hypoglossal (XII) nerve, indicating a possible derivation from
certain rudimentary segments in the occipital region which correspond to the three roots of
the nerve. This would make it appear that during phylogenesis a part of the lingualis
muscle has grown into the tongue from a region caudal to the last branchial arch.
The lingual papilla begin to develop during the third month. Their
development is limited to the dorsum of the tongue and to the portion derived
from the tuberculum impar. In other regions slight elevations may appear, but
not in the form of distinct papillae. The fungijorm and filiform papillae appear
as pointed elevations in the connective tissue, which push their way into the
epithelium, the latter at the same time being raised above the surface over these
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 291
points. Gradually the little masses of connective tissue assume the shapes
characteristic of fungiform or filiform papillae. During the fifth month
the epithelium between the papillae apparently degenerates to some extent,
thus leaving them projecting still farther above the surface. The forma-
tion of papillae probably goes on for some time after birth, since at birth their
form, size, number and arrangement are not the same as at later periods. It is
an interesting fact that the filiform papillae lose many of their taste buds after
the child is weaned.
The anlage of the vallate papillae appears as a ridge along the V-shaped line
of fusion between the paired and unpaired portions of the tongue. The ridge is
apparently formed by the ingrowth of a solid mass of epithelium along each
side, although the connective tissue between the masses may grow toward the
surface to some extent. Later the ridge is broken up into the individual papillae
Tuberculum impar
Root of tongue
FIG. 251. — Dorsal view of the tongue of a human embryo of 20 mm. His, Bonnet.
by the ingrowth of the epithelium at certain points. The more superficial cells
of the masses then degenerate, thus leaving each papilla surrounded by a trench
and wall.
The development of the lingual glands is confined for the most part to the
root and inferior surface and to the region of the vallate papillae. The glands
begin to develop during the fourth month as solid ingrowths of epithelium, the
mucous glands appearing first, the serous somewhat later. The epithelial
masses acquire lumina and grow deeper into the tongue, where they usually
branch and coil to form the secreting portions. The latter open to the surface
through the original ingrowths which become the ducts. Ebner's glands
develop from the bottoms of the trenches around the vallate papillae.
The Teeth. — The development of the teeth involves the ectoderm and
mesoderm, the former giving rise to the enamel, the latter to the dentine and
pulp. In human embryos of 12-15 mm. (thirty-four to forty days), before
the lip groove is formed, a thickening of the epithelium (ectoderm) takes place
292
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
along the edges of the processes that bound the slit-like entrance to the mouth.
When the lip groove appears (Fig. 140), the epithelial thickening comes to lie
along the edge of the jaw, or in other words, along the edge of the gums. It
then grows into the mesenchymal tissue (mesoderm) of the jaw obliquely toward
the lingual surface to form the dental shelf. A little later the dental groove
appears on the edge of the jaw, along the line where the ingrowth of epithelium
took place.
-•— Epithelium of mouth cavity
Outer 8
enamel cells
Enamel pulp -
Inner
enamel cells
Dental papilla
Neck of
enamel organ
Germ of
permanent tooth
FlG. 252. — Section of developing tooth from a 3! months human fetus. Szymonowicz.
Note the portion of the original dental shelf connecting the developing tooth with the
epithelium of the mouth cavity.
The dental shelf is at first of uniform thickness, but in a short time five
enlargements appear in it in each upper and lower jaw, indicating the begin-
nings of the milk teeth. When the embryo reaches a length of 40 mm. (an age of
eleven to twelve weeks) the mesenchymal tissue on one side of these enlargements
(above and to the inner side in the upper jaw, below and to the inner side in the
lower jaw) becomes condensed and pushes its way into the epithelium. Each of
these mesenchymal ingrowths is a dental papilla. Thus at this stage the anlage
of each tooth is a mass of epithelium fitting cap-like over a mesenchymal papilla.
The epithelium is the forerunner of the enamel organ; the papilla is destined to
give rise to the dentine and pulp. The anlagen are connected with one another
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 293
by intermediate portions of the dental shelf, and with the surface by the
original ingrowth of epithelium. • ^
THE ENAMEL. — The epithelial cells nearest the dental papilla become high
columnar in shape, forming a single layer. Those in the interior of the mass
become separated and changed into irregular, stellate, anastomosing cells, with
a fluid intercellular substance, constituting the enamel pulp. Those farthest
from the papilla become flattened (Fig. 252 ; compare with Fig. 253). Calcifi-
cation begins in the basal ends of the columnar cells, or in the ends next the
Enamel
Dentine I Enamel prisms
Odontoblasts
7 wsww^l* •'§ & ^t% )
iil^ y '^
S.:'SV' '>•' .V,
••*-. ^ ' *v '
Outer }
I enarnei
f cells
— Inner J
Enamel pulp
. , - ;«•
, ,4' li
7-«i.V* ^
i/*.*v * «•'
•• ^. ' * *fe
»' ' i *, *"*-:
-.0*^*
tf\*i*3jK
•4L
^
m.
Cuticle ]
I of enamel
f cells
Basal memb. J
FIG. 253. — Section through the border of a developing tooth of a new-born puppy. Bonnet.
papilla, and in the intercellular substance, and gradually progresses throughout
the cells, the latter at the same time becoming much more elongated. Thus the
cells are transformed into enamel prisms which are held together by the calci-
ned intercellular substance (Fig. 253).
The formation of enamel begins in the milk teeth toward the end of the
fourth month and probably continues until the teeth break through the gums.
The enamel organ at first surrounds the entire developing tooth except where
the papilla joins he underlying mesenchymal tissue (Fig. 252). Later the
deeper part of the organ disappears as such, and the enamel is formed only on
that part of the tooth which eventually becomes the crown. The enamel pulp
increases in amount for a time, but subsequently disappears as the tooth grows
into it (Fig. 254). Its function is not fully understood. It may serve as a. line
294
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
of least resistance in which the tooth grows, and it may convey nourishment
to the enamel cells, the enamel organ being non-vascular.
The Dentine and Pulp. — At first the dental papilla is simply a condensation
of mesenchyme, but later it is converted into a sort of connective tissue pene-
trated by blood vessels and nerves (Fig. 254). The cells nearest the enamel
organ become columnar and arranged in a single layer, with the nuclei
toward their inner ends. The outer ends are blunt, while the inner ends are
Epith. of mouth cavi+v
Dental sac
Bone of jaw
Blood vessel
Outer]
f- enamel cells
Inner )
Enamel.
Dentine
Odontoblasts
Enamel pulp
(remnant)
Papilla
FIG. 254. — Longitudinal section of a developing tooth of a new-born puppy. Bonnet.
continued as slender processes that extend into the pulp and probably
with other cell processes. These columnar cells are the odontoblasts , under tl
influence of which the lime salts of the dentine are deposited, and which are coi
parable with the osteoblasts in developing bone.
Toward the end of the fourth month the odontoblasts form a membrane
like structure, the membrana preformativa, between themselves and the enamel.
This membrane is first converted into dentine by the deposition of lime salts,
after which the process of calcification progresses from the enamel toward the
DEVELOPMENT. OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 295
pulp. During calcification slender processes of the odontoblasts remain in minute
channels, or dentinal canals, forming the dentinal fibers which anastomose with
one another (Fig. 253). In the peripheral part of the dentine certain areas
apparently fail to become calcified and form the inter globular spaces. The same
cells that are originally differentiated from the mesenchyme probably persist
throughout development as the odontoblasts and produce the entire amount of
dentine in a tooth. Even in the fully formed tooth there is a layer of odonto-
blasts bearing the same relation to the dentine and pulp as in the developing
tooth. The chief difference between dentine formation and bone formation is
that in the latter the osteoblasts become enclosed to form bone cells, while in
the former the odontoblasts merely leave processes enclosed as the cell bodies
recede.
The pulp of the tooth is of course derived from the mesenchymal tissue in
the interior of the dental papilla (compare Figs. 252 and 254). The blood
vessels and nerves grow in from the underlying connective (mesenchymal) tissue.
At an early stage the mesenchymal tissue around the anlage of the tooth, in-
cluding the enamel organ, condenses to form a sort of sheath, the dental sac,
which is later ruptured when the tooth breaks through the gum (Fig. 254).
The cement is formed around the root of the tooth from the tissue of the dental
sac in the same manner as subperiosteal bone is formed from osteogenetic tissue
(p. 142). In fact, cement is true bone without Haversian systems.
The milk teeth, which are the first to develop and the first to appear above
the surface, are represented by the medial incisors, lateral incisors, canines, and
molars, to the number of ten in the upper and ten in the lower jaw. They may
be indicated graphically thus:
M. C. L.I. M.I. M.I. L.I. C. M.
10
211 I
I
I
I
2
211 I
I
I
I
2
— 20
10
M. C. L.I. M.I. M.I. L.I. C. M.
In describing the formation of the dental shelf, it was noted that the papillae
of the milk teeth grow into corresponding thickenings of the epithelium (p. 292).
The growth takes place from the side, thus leaving the edge of the shelf free to
grow farther toward the lingual side of the jaw. In this free edge other tooth
germs arise, which mark the beginnings of the permanent teeth (Fig. 252). In
addition to the germs that correspond in position to the milk teeth, three others
arise in each jaw, representing the true molars of the adult. The latter arise in a
part of the dental shelf which has grown toward the articulation of the jaws
without coming in contact with the surface epithelium. The first papilla of
the permanent dentition to appear is that of the first molar. It appears im-
mediately behind the second milk molar at a time when the milk teeth are well
296
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
advanced (embryos of 180 mm., about seventeen weeks). The permanent
incisors and canines appear about the twenty-fourth week; the premolars, which
correspond to the milk molars, about the twenty-ninth week. The second
molar does not appear till after birth (six months), and the third molar, or
wisdom tooth, begins to develop about the fifth year.
The formation of the anlagen of the permanent teeth and the development of
the enamel, dentine and pulp take place in precisely the same manner as in the
milk teeth. The true molars grow out through the gums in the same way as
the milk teeth. Those permanent teeth which correspond in position to milk
teeth grow under the latter, exert pressure on their roots and thus loosen and
finally replace them. The two sets of teeth may be graphically represented
thus:
Upper Jaw — Permanent,
Upper jaw — Milk,
16
S1 *-•*•-•. -i. j. j- j. ^ ^
Lower Jaw — Milk,
Lower Jaw — Permanent,
Normally all the epithelium of the dental shelf, except the parts directly con-
cerned in the development of the teeth, disappears at times which vary in differ-
ent individuals. Occasionally, however, remnants of this epithelium give rise
to cystic structures (developmental tooth tumors) .
M.
Pm.
M
C.
L.L
II
M.
II
I.
M.I.
L.I.
II
c.
Pm.
M.
M
II
M.
C.
II
L.I.
%
I."
M.I.
II
L.I.
C.
1!
M.
3
2
i
i
i
i
i
I
2
3
3
2
i
i
i
i
i
I
2
3
M.
C.
L.I.
M.
I.
M.I.
L.I.
c.
M.
M.
II
Pm.
II
C.
A
J.
I.
M11!.
£
II
c.
r
r
n.
I
Subling. gland
Submax. gland
.Vi . Tongue
te
Palatine process
Submax. gland
Lingual nerve
FIG. 255. — From a transverse section through the tongue and oral cavity of a mouse embryo. Goppert.
The Salivary Glands. — The anlage of the submaxillary gland appears, in
embryos of 10 to 12 mm., as a flange of epithelium directed ventrally from
the portion of the lingual sulcus just caudal to the crossing of the lingual
nerve. The flange grows into the mesenchyme of the lower jaw, and at an
early period becomes triangular with its longest side free and a free vertical
caudal border. Cell proliferation begins at the angle of union of the two
borders and gradually progresses cephalad along the longest border, thus
producing a solid ridge-like thickening of the latter.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 297
The main portion of the gland is produced by a sprouting of the epithelium
from the angle of union of the two free borders of the flange and grows deep
into the mesenchyme along the mesial side of the ramus of the mandible.
The sprouts branch repeatedly in the course of their development, thus laying
the foundation for the division of the gland into lobes and lobules.
The distal end of the duct of the submaxillary (Wharton's) is formed from
the ridge-like thickening of the free margin of the flange through a dissolu-
tion of the greater part of the flange between the lingual sulcus and the
thickened margin itself, thus freeing this portion of the duct from the sulcus.
By a continuation of the growth which produced the ridge along the free
border of the original flange an extension of this same ridge is produced along
the bottom of the lingual sulcus forward toward the chin region. This portion
of the ridge is progressively constricted off from the sulcus from cehind
forward, until finally the attachment of the duct reaches its definitive position
at the side of the frenulum linguae.
The anlage of the Bartolinian element of the suUingual gland appears as
a smaller flange attached to the lateral border of the submaxillary flange near
the crossing of the lingual nerve and prolonged forward by an interrupted
crest along the lingual sulcus. Its later development is similar to that of the
submaxillary.
A small medial flange also on the submaxillary flange gives rise to a sprout
in much the same manner as the other anlagen. While the history of this
anlage is not complete in the human embryo, it probably gives rise to the
anterior lingual gland (gland of Bland in and Nuhn). The alveolingual ele-
ments arise from a keel attached to the alveolingual sulcus (the groove
between the floor of the mouth and the alveolar process of the lower jaw).
The parotid gland originates from the buccal sulcus in essentially the same
way as the submaxillary arises from the lingual sulcus. The anlage then
continues to grow through the mesenchyme of the cheek across the masseter
muscle, the distal end branching freely to form the secreting portion of the
gland. The outgrowths are at first solid, but later become hollow, the
proximal portion of the original outgrowth forming the parotid (Steno's)
duct, the more distal portions forming the smaller ducts and terminal tvbales.
The histogenetic changes in the salivary glands probably continue until the
child takes solid food, when the glands become of greater functional importance.
In the parotid gland, which is serous in man, the original, undifferentiated
epithelial cells undergo changes in form and arrangement so that by the
twenty-second week the larger ducts are lined with a two-layered epithelium,
the smaller ducts with a simple cuboidal epithelium, and the terminal tubules with
a single layer of high columnar cells. The two-layered epithelium in the larger
ducts persists. The ducts lined with the cuboidal epithelium become the
298
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
socalled intermediate tubules, the cells changing to a flat type. The high
columnar cells of the terminal tubules become the serous secreting cells.
Quite similar changes also occur in the submaxillary, but in foetuses of
eight to nine months the crescents of Gianuzzi appear as masses of darkly
staining cells forming the ends or sides of the terminal tubules. The crescents
at first border on the lumina, but later, probably by a process of evagination,
come to lie on the surface of the tubules.
The beginning of the secretory function may be detected by a diminution in
the affinity of the cells for stains.
The Pharynx.
The pharynx develops from the cephalic end of the primitive gut. This
part of the gut is primarily of uniform diameter, is broadly attached by meso- 1
derm to the dorsal body wall, and ends blindly (Fig. 247). When the branchial
arches and grooves develop in this (the cervical) region, they affect the gut as
Neural tube
(brain)
Maxillary process
Mandibular process
-— Notochord
Bi Branchial arches and
» ' grooves (pharynx)
Heart - —
Lung groove
FIG. 256.— Sagittal section through the head of a human embryo of 4.2 mm. (31-34 days). Hi
I
well as the periphery of the body. The arches form ridges on the surface of tl
body (Fig. 85) and at the same time form ridges on the wall of the gut. Th<
grooves form pockets which alternate with the arches (Fig. 256). The pock<
in the pharyngeal cavity, or inner branchial grooves, are directed outwai
toward corresponding outer branchial grooves (Fig. 249). The arches ai
covered externally with ectoderm, internally with entoderm, and are filled wit
mesoderrih Between the arches, or in the grooves, the ectoderm and entoden
are in contact or nearly so. Thus the pharynx is not surrounded by a coeloi
cavity.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 299
Since the branchial arches develop in such a way that they are successively
smaller from the first to the fourth, the pharyngeal cavity becomes funnel-
shaped (Fig. 256). It also becomes somewhat flattened in the dorso- ventral
direction, and in the earlier stages when the arches and grooves are fully formed,
-the pharynx constitutes approximately one-third the entire gut (Fig. 247).
Primarily the pharyngeal cavity is separated from the oral cavity by the pharyn-
geal membrane (see p. 287 ; also Fig. 244). When this ruptures and disappears
(during the fourth week ?) the two cavities are in open communication. What
point in the adult represents the attachment of the pharyngeal membrane is
not known; but the glosso- and pharyngopalatine arches (pillars of the fauces)
are usually considered as the boundary between the mouth and pharynx. The
caudal limit of the pharynx is the opening of the larynx (Figs. 247 and 256).
Thus in the early stages the general adult character of the pharynx is es-
tablished. While the branchial arches and grooves undergo profound changes,
the pharyngeal cavity retains the same relation to the mouth and to the oeso-
phagus and respiratory tract. The cavity becomes relatively shorter, however,
and the alternating ridges and pockets in its walls are lost as the arches and
grooves are transformed into other structures. The metamorphosis ojf the
arches and grooves is considered elsewhere (p. 118). ^Lo^^"" ^-vJ^ f}~^
THE TONSILS. — The tonsils arise in the region of the ventral part of the L-
second inner branchial groove. During the third month the epithelium
(entoderm) grows into the underlying connective (mesenchymal) tissue in the
form of a hollow bud. From this, secondary buds develop, which are at first
solid, but later (during the fourth or fifth month) become hollow by a disappear-
ance of the central cells and open into the cavity of the primary bud, thus form-
ing the crypts. Lymphoid cells wander from the neighboring blood vessels, or
are derived directly from the' epithelium- (Retterer), and with the connective
tissue form a diffuse lymphatic tissue under the epithelium (Fig. 257). By the
eighth month the cells become more numerous in places, and by the third
month after birth form distinct lymph follicles with germinal centers. The
formation of follicles goes on slowly and is probably not complete until
some time after birth.
The Lingual Tonsils. — The lymphatic tissue of the tongue develops in rela-
tion to the lingual glands. During the eighth month lymphoid infiltration
occurs around the ducts of the glands, and the connective tissue acquires the
reticular character. True follicles probably do not appear until the child is at
least five years old.
The Pharyngeal Tonsils. — During the sixth month small folds appear in the
mucous membrane of the roof of the pharynx and become diffusely infiltrated
with lymphoid cells. This occurs first in the posterior part of the roof, but later
(seventh or eighth month) it extends forward and along the sides of the naso-
300
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
pharygeal cavity. By the end of foetal life the ridges become quite large.
Follicles may appear before birth or not until one or two years later. After
puberty the ridges almost completely disappear, but the adenoid tissue remains
wholly or in part.
The bursa pharyngea is an evagination from the roof of the pharynx about
the upper border of the superior constrictor muscle, and is apparent in em-
bryos of eleven weeks. It probably has no genetic relation to the hypophysis.
Its significance is not known.
b'
FlG. 257. — Section through the middle of the developing tonsil of a human
embryo of 5 months. Stohr.
6, Epithelial buds (secondary outgrowths) from the epithelium lining the primary crypt (c) ;
L, lymphoid infiltration of the connective (mesodermal) tissue.
THE BRANCHIAL EPITHELIAL BODIES.
THE THYREOID GLAND. — The thyreoid arises, after the manner of ordinary
glands, as an evagination from the epithelium of the pharynx. It appears in
embryos of 3 to 5 mm. as a ventral outgrowth of epithelium in the floor of the
pharynx, at the point where the tuberculum impar and the two paired anlagen
of the tongue join (Fig. 258). This point is the foramen caecum linguae which
has already been mentioned in connection with the development of the tongue
(p. 290) . The evagination grows into the mesodermal tissue in the ventral wall
of the neck, and forms a transverse mass of epithelium. The latter breaks up
into irregular cords of cells which, by a further process of budding, grow cau •
dally along the ventral surface of the larynx. The cords of cells are from the
first surrounded by connective tissue and later also become surrounded by net-
works of capillaries (Fig. 259). They ultimately break up into smaller masses
which become hollow and form the alveoli. Colloid secretion begins toward
the end of fcetal life or soon after birth.
As the gland grows toward its final position it becomes enlarged laterally into
the two lateral lobes, which remain connected by the isthmus (Fig. 260). The
Pyramidal process represents either a secondary outgrowth from the isthmus or
one of the lobes, or a remnant of the original connection with the tongue, that is,
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 301
of the thyreoglossal duct. The duct usually disappears for the most part, but
certain structures sometimes found in the adult in the line of the duct are
possibly remnants of it. They have been variously named, according to their
position, accessory thyreoid , suprahyoid, and prehyoid glands (Fig. 260).
A pair of structures, appearing first in embryos of 8 to 10 mm., arise as
evaginations from the ventral ends of the fourth inner branchial grooves. They
grow into the mesodermal tissue and then caudally along the ventro-lateral side
Notochord
Thymus
Thyreoid
Jugular vein
Vagus nerve
Carotid artery
Parathyreoid (epith. body)
Thymus (in. br. groove III)
Heart
FIG. 258. — Transverse section through the region of the 3d branchial groove
of an Echidna embryo. Maurer.
i.= Pharynx, below which are the paired anlagen of the tongue.
of the larynx, where they come into close relation with the lateral lobes of the
thyreoid (Fig. 260). They have been called the lateral thyreoids, and acquire
the thyreoid structure.
Considerable confusion has arisen in regard to the lateral thyreoids. The earlier investi-
gators held that they were derived from the fourth groove and united with the medial portion,
which appeared at the foramen caecum, to become integral parts of the thyreoid. Further
researches among the lower Vertebrates led others to deny that the thyreoid arose other
than as a medial anlage, and that the so-called lateral thyreoids in the embryo were the
postbranchial bodies which never assumed the thyreoid structure, but atrophied and dis-
appeared. More recently it has been thought that, although the postbranchial bodies do
not function in the lower Vertebrates, they may in the higher Mammals and man unite with
the medial thyreoid and secrete colloid.
The parathyreoids or epithelial bodies also come into close relation with the
thyreoid. They arise as paired evaginations from the cephalic sides of the third v
302
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
and fourth grooves, dorsal to the thymus and the lateral thyreoid evaginations
(Figs. 258 and 261). As the thyreoid grows caudally from its point of origin,
these bodies come to lie close to it or may even become embedded in it (Fig. 260).
They acquire a structure which resembles that of the suprarenal gland and not
Trachea
Lateral lobe
Capillaries
Isthmus
FlG. 259. — Section of the right half of the thyreoid gland of a pig embryo of 22.5 mm. Born.
yn
)gl
I
Accessory thyroeids
(thyreoglossal duct)
Carotid artery
P.-th.
Lat. thyreoid
(postbr. body)
Rignt subclavian artery
Thymus
Pyramidal process
Carotid artery
Lateral thyreoid
Isthmus
Lumen in thymus
»
Left subclavian artery
Arch of aorta
FIG. 260. — Branchial groove derivatives of a rabbit embryo of 16 mm. P.-th., parathyreoid
or epithelial body. Verdun, Bonnet.
that of the thyreoid. Their relation to the latter organ seems to be purely
topographical.
THE THYMUS. — The thymus appears in embryos of about 6 mm. as an
entodermal evagination from the ventral part of the third branchial groove on
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 303
each side (Fig 258) . The outgrowths are at first hollow and communicate with
the pharyngeal cavity; later they become solid and (in embryos of 14 mm.) lose
their connection with the parent epithelium. They elongate and grow caudally
in the mesodermal tissue until (in embryos of 16 mm.) their caudal ends lie
ventral to the carotid arteries (Fig. 260). In embryos of 29 mm. their caudal
ends rest upon the cephalic surface of the pericardium, their cephalic ends
reaching to the isthmus of the thyreoid. The two parts eventually fuse to a
considerable extent, but the gland as a whole always consists of two distinct
lobes.
The gland continues to enlarge, at the same time becoming lobulated by the
ingrowth of connective tissue, until the child is two or three years old. At this
time it is situated in the anterior mediastinum, usually in the medial line. After
this it begins to atrophy and becomes a mass of fibrous and fatty tissue through
the growth of the interlobular septa and their encroachment upon the lobules.
The classical view that the thymus begins to atrophy after the second or third
year and is quite degenerated in the adult has recently been somewhat offset
Parathyreoid 1
(epith. bodies) \ TV _JJWW'' X'» ^5} $~ Thymus
Lat. thyreoid
(postbr. body)
FIG 261. — Diagram of the branchial groove derivatives in man. Verdun.
by the view that comparatively slight changes take place in it until puberty.
According to the latter view, degeneration goes on after puberty at a rate which
varies widely in different individuals, and the thymus may persist as a functional
organ up to the age of sixty years.
The histo genesis of the thymus has been a subject of much study and con-
troversy, not only in regard to its origin, but also in regard to its change from
an epithelial to a lymphoid structure and the regressive changes in the latter.
It has almost certainly been proven to be of entodermal origin. It is at first an
epithelial mass which later becomes broken up into lobules by the ingrowth of
connective tissue. In regard to the histological changes which it undergoes,
the older views are in general that a " pseudomorphosis " takes place; that is,
the epithelial elements are replaced by lymphoid cells which wander in from
the neighboring blood vessels, HassalFs corpuscles being remnants of the
epithelium. Later other investigators looked upon the changes as a " transf or-
304 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
mation," asserting that the epithelial cells were transformed into lymphoid
cells in situ, and that Hassall's corpuscles were remnants of epithelium and
disintegrating blood vessels. Some went even so far as to assert that
the thymus was the first place of origin of
the leucocytes. More recent researches
furnish very strong evidence that no lymph-
oid cells are derived from the epithelial
cells (Maximow), but that the epithelium is
transformed into the reticular tissue of the
thymus, in which the lymphoid cells undergo
mitotic division, Hassall's corpuscles possibly
representing compressed parts of the reticu-
lum (Hammar) (Fig. 262).
THE GLOMUS CAROTICUM. — The early
formation of the glomus caroticum (carotid
FIG. 262.— Hassall's corpuscle from gland) has not been observed in the human
ZftfO^Z** embryo. From observations on lower
animals it has not been made clear whether
it is derived from the entoderm of a branchial groove or from the adventitia
of the carotid artery.
The (Esophagus and Stomach.
THE (ESOPHAGUS. — When the primitive gut becomes differentiated into*
distinct regions (p. 286), the cesophageal region forms a comparatively short:
tube, of uniform diameter, extending from the pharynx to the stomach (Fig..
247). In embryos of about 3 to 4 mm. the anlage of the respiratory system
arises from the cephalic end of the tube (see p. 330). The latter is lined with
entoderm and broadly attached to the dorsal body wall by mesoderm (Fig. 247).
During later stages it becomes relatively longer as the heart recedes into the1
thorax (p. 214), but maintains its uniform diameter.
Further development produces no marked changes in the relative position;
of the oesophagus. It remains broadly attached to the dorsal body wall!
throughout the life of the individual. In other words, there is never a distinct!
mesentery. The entoderm gives rise to the epithelial lining and the glands, the:
surrounding mesoderm to the connective tissue and muscular coats.
THE STOMACH. — The anlage of the stomach can br recognized in embryos
of about 5 mm. as a slight spindle-shaped enlargement of the primitive gut ai
short distance cranial to the yolk stalk (Fig. 246). The dilatation goes on more;-
rapidly on the dorsal than on the ventral side, thus producing the greater and^
lesser curvature respectively. The greater curvature is attached to the dorsaU
body wall by the dorsal mesogastrium which is a part of the common mesentery..
EVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 305
The lesser curvature is connected with the ventral body wall by the ventral
mesogastrium (Fig. 263).
In further development, apart from histogenesis, the greater curvature
becomes much more prominent and the organ as a whole changes its position,
the latter process beginning in embryos of 12 to 14 mm. The cephalic (car-
diac) end moves toward the left side of the body, the pyloric end toward the
right At the same time the stomach rotates, the greater curvature turning
Aorta
j— • Spleen
I
"" Dorsal mesogastrium
'" Coeliac artery
•- Pancreas
Sup. mesenteric artery
Ventral mesogastrium — —
gK — , Cbmmon mesentery
f
&^y-- — Inf. mesenteric artery
"""-• Hind-gut (rectum)
FIG. 263. — Gastrointestinal tract and mesenteries of a human embryo of 6 weeks. Toldt.
Caecum
caudally from its dorsal position and the lesser curvature cranially from its
ventral position. The result is that the organ comes to lie in an approximately
transverse position in the body, with the cardiac end to the left, the pyloric end
to the right, the greater curvature directed caudally, and the lesser curvature
directed cranially (compare Figs. 247 and 263 with Figs. 276 and 304).*
* These changes may be more easily understood if the student will hold a closed book in the
sagittal plane in front of him, with the back of the book toward, and the open edge away from him.
The back represents the greater curvature, the open edge the lesser curvature. The upper end of
the book represents the cardiac end of the stomach, the lower end the pylorus. Turn the upper
(cardiac) end to the left, the lower (pyloric) end to the right, at the same time allowing the back of
the book (the greater curvature) to drop downward on the side toward the body. The changes in
the position of the book represent the changes in the position of the developing stomach.
306 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
It is obvious that the lower end of the oesophagus is carried toward the left
side of the body with the cardiac end of the stomach, and at the same time
twisted so that the side which originally faced the left comes to face ventrally.
The changes in the mesentery which accompany the changes in the stomach
are described elsewhere (p. 348) .
The torsion of the stomach also produces an asymmetrical condition of the
vagi nerves. The latter reach the stomach before it changes its position. As
the changes take place, the left nerve is carried around to the left and ventrally
so that in the adult it passes through the diaphragm ventral to the oesophagus
and extends over the ventral surface of the stomach. The right nerve passes
over the dorsal surface of the stomach.
The Intestine.
When the primitive gut is differentiated into recognizable regions (p. 286)
the intestinal region forms a simple tube, of uniform diameter, extending from
the stomach to the caudal end of the embryo where it ends blindly. The yolk
stalk is attached to the intestine a short distance from the stomach. Near the
caudal end the allantoic duct arises (p. 582). The lumen of the yolk stalk and
of the allantoic duct is continuous with that of the intestine (Fig. 247). In
embryos of 2 to 3 mm. the liver anlage arises from the ventral side of the
intestine near the stomach, that is, from that part of the intestine which is to
\\ become the duodenum. In embryos of 3 to 4 mm. the pancreas anlage arises
in the same region, in part from the liver evagination and in part from the dorsal
side of the intestine (Fig. 247).
The intestine as a whole is suspended in the abdominal cavity by the dorsal
mesentery which is attached to the dorsal body wall and which is continuous
with the dorsal mesogastrium. A ventral mesentery, continuous with the
ventral mesogastrium, is present only at the cephalic end of the duodenum
(Fig. 263).
The further development of the intestine, apart from histogenesis, consists
very largely of the formation of loops and coils, due to an enormous increase in
the length of the tube. The abdominal cavity at the same time enlarges to
accommodate the increased bulk. As the stomach changes its position (p. 305) ,
the duodenum comes to lie obliquely across the body and forms a curve with the
concavity directed dorsally (Fig. 263). The rest of the intestine forms a loop
which extends ventrally and caudally as far as the umbilicus. The arms of the
loop are almost parallel and the cephalic arm lies a little to the left of the caudal.
The apex of the loop extends into the umbilical ccelom and is attached to the yolk
stalk. From the dorsal end of the caudal arm the intestine extends directly
to the caudal end of the body (Fig. 263).
Soon after the loop is formed a small evagination appears on its caudal arm,
not far from the apex. This is the anlage of the c&cum and marks the bound-
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 307
ary between the small and large intestine (Fig. 263). At this stage, therefore,
all the great divisions of the intestinal tract are distinguishable, viz. : the duodenum
with the ducts of the liver and pancreas; the mesenterial small intestine with the
yolk stalk; and the colon extending from the caecum to the caudal end. There
are, however, practically no differences between the regions, either in structure
or in size.
In further development the duodenum comes to lie more nearly transversely
across the body, thus assuming its adult position. Its mesentery fuses with the
peritoneum of the dorsal body wall and the duodenum thus becomes a fixed
portion of the intestinal tract (p. 350; also Fig. 301). It enlarges a little more
FIG. 2 64. — Reconstruction of the liver and intestine of a human embryo of 17 mm. Mall.
G.B., gall bladder; H. V., hepatic vein; U.V., umbilical vein; i -6, primary bends in the long
intestinal loop; i represents the duodenum.
rapidly than the rest of the small intestine and acquires a greater diameter. In
embryos of 12 to 13 mm. the lumen becomes obliterated by an overgrowth of the
mucous membrane caudal to the ducts of the liver and pancreas. In embryos
of about 15 mm., however, the lumen reappears. It seems difficult to find a
cause for this peculiar growth of the mucosa.
Very shortly after the formation of the long loop in the intestine, six bends
become recognizable in the portion between the stomach and the apex of the
loop (Fig. 264). These bends later form distinct loops which are destined to
become definite parts of the small intestine. The first loop is the duodenum,
the development of which has already been considered, and which maintains
practically its original position. The other five loops continue to elongate and
form secondary loops, all of which push their way into the umbilical coelom
308
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
where they remain until the embryo reaches a length of 40 mm. (compare Figs,
265 and 266). Then they return very quickly to the abdominal cavity proper.
After their return, the primary loops, with the secondary loops derived from
them, come to occupy fairly constant positions. The second and third move
to the left upper part of the abdominal cavity; the fourth crosses the medial
line and occupies the right upper part. The fifth crosses back and lies in the
left iliac fossa; the sixth lies in the pelvis and lower part of the abdominal
cavity (Fig. 267).
Certain variations may occur but are usually not considered as abnormal.
The most frequent variation is one in which the fourth coil, along with the
FIG. 265.— Reconstruction of the stomach and intestine of a human embryo of 28 mm. Matt.
The numbers are placed on the coils derived from the primary bends as shown in
Fig. 302; i represents the duodenum.
second and third, lies on the left side, its usual position on the right being oc-
cupied by the ascending colon. Not uncommonly the positions of the fourth
and the second and third are reversed. Less commonly extra loops are formed.
Usually the proximal part of the yolk stalk disappears during foetal life. In
a few cases, however, it persists as a blind sac of variable length, known as
Meckel's diverticulum (see also p. 581).
Even before the loops return to the abdominal cavity the colon or large
intestine increases in diameter more rapidly than the small intestine. After
the return, the caecum is carried across to the right side and comes to lie just
caudal to the liver. From the caecum the colon extends across the abdominal
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 309
cavity, ventral to the duodenum, forming the transverse colon. It then de-
scends on the left side as the descending colon which passes over into the sigmoid
colon (Fig. 299). The transverse, the descending and the sigmoid portions of
the colon are recognizable in the third month. Up to the time of birth the
sigmoid portion is disproportionately long; after birth the other portions
FIG. 266. — Drawing from a reconstruction of a human embryo of 24 mm. Matt.
The intestinal coils lie for the most part in the umbilical coelom. C, caecum; K, kidney; L, liven
S, stomach; S. C., suprarenal gland; W, mesonephros; 12, twelfth thoracic nerve; 5, fifth
lumbar nerve.
grow relatively faster. After the fourth month the portion to which the caecum
is attached grows downward in the right side of the abdominal cavity, thus form-
ing the ascending colon (Fig. 304).
The caecum, which appears in very early stages as an evagination at the
junction of the small and large intestines, for a time continues to increase uni-
formly in size. Then the proximal end increases more rapidly than the distal,
and forms the caecum of adult anatomy. The distal end, failing to keep pace
310 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
in development, remains more slender and forms the 'vermiform appendix
(Fig. 267).
As has already been mentioned, the primitive gut ends blindly in the caudal
end of the embryo (Fig. 246). The anal opening is a secondary formation,
On the ventral side of the caudal end of the body there is formed a depression
known as the anal pit. The mesoderm at the bottom of the pit becomes thin-
ner until the ectoderm comes in contact with the entoderm on the ventral side
of the gut, thus forming the anal membrane. The area of contact is not at the
FIG. 267. — Drawing from a model of the small intestine in the adult. Ventral view. Mall.
The intestinal coils are shown in the usual relative position. The numbers indicate the coils derived
from the primary bends in the foetus as shown in Figs. 264 and 265.
extreme end of the gut, but a short distance toward the allantoic duct. In the
meantime, the urogenital ducts come to open into that portion of the gut which
lies just cranial to the anal membrane. The gut enlarges in this region to
i/form the cloaca. The latter becomes separated by the urorectal fold into a
portion, the rectum, and a ventral portion, the urogenital sinus (Figs. 323
and 325). At about the time of separation (embryos of about 14 mm. or
thirty-six to thirty-eight days) the anal membrane ruptures and the anal open-
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 311
ing is formed. The portion of the gut caudal to the anus, known as the caudal
gut, normally disappears.
Histogenesis of the Gastrointestinal Tract.
The wall of the primitive gut is composed of two layers — the entoderm which
lines the lumen, and the splanchnic mesoderm which borders on the ccelom or body
cavity. While the germ layers are still flat, the entoderm is a single layer of flat
cells with bulging nuclei, but after the closure of the gut the cells become col-
umnar. The splanchnic mesoderm is composed of two layers — the mesothe-
lium bordering on the ccelom, the cells of which gradually change from flat
Mesentery
Epithelium
Stroma
Mesothelium
Long. 1
^muscle
Trans. J
FlG. 268. — Transverse section of the small intestine of a pig embryo of 32 mm. Bonnet.
to rather high, and a number of indifferent, branching mesenchymal cells
lying between the mesothelium and entoderm. The entoderm is destined to
give rise to the general epithelial lining of the gastrointestinal tract and to all
the glands connected with it. The mesothelium around the gut forms a part of
the general mesothelial lining of the ccelom, its cells apparently changing back
to a flat type. The mesenchymal tissue is destined to give rise to all the con-
nective tissue and smooth muscle of the tract. The circular layer of muscle
appears first, the longitudinal next, both appearing during the third and fourth
months, and last of all the muscularis mucosae (Fig. 268).
THE Mucous MEMBRANE. — The mucous membrane is formed by the
epithelium (entoderm) and the subjacent mesenchymal tissue. In its develop-
312 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
ment there are two factors to be considered: (i) The formation of folds to in-
crease the absorbing surface and (2) the formation of secreting organs or glands.
As to the relation between these two factors there is a difference of opinion.
Some hold that both kinds of structures are the result of the same formative
process, that is, that the glands are simply the depressions or pits formed by the
intersection of folds at various angles, and that the folds are produced primarily
by the growth of the epithelium and mesenchymal tissue into the lumen of the
gut. Others maintain that although the folds may be produced by the growth
of the epithelium and mesenchymal tissue into the lumen, the glands arise as
independent growths of the epithelium into the subjacent tissue. The latter
view is supported by the fact that in
some Amphibia the glands appear before
the folds (Fig. 269). Recent work on
Mammals also favors this view.
r~ Subm.
\ The development of the folds and
glands begins in the different parts of the
gastrointestinal tract at different times.
It begins first in the stomach, then in the
FIG. 260. — Section through the wall of the , , ,. . . . A.
stomach of a frog embryo. Ep.t Epi- duodenum, then in the colon, and then
thelium, with glands; s«fo». submucosa; in the jejunum whence it progresses
Muse., muscle layer. Ratner. J J
slowly into the ileum. In the stomach
it is uncertain whether the crypts and glands are depressions left among
projections of the mucous membrane, or the glands represent evaginations of
the epithelium into the underlying tissue. In the case of the large intestine
the same uncertainty exists. If the so-called glands are depressions among
villous projections that grow-in to the lumen of the intestine, they are not true
glands from an embryological point of view.
Studies of the development of the villi in the human small intestine have led
to the conclusion that they are formed primarily as growths of the mucosa into
the lumen. In embryos of 19 mm. the mucosa of the cephalic end is thrown
into a number of longitudinal folds (Fig. 270). These then develop pro-
gressively toward the caudal end. Beginning in embryos of 50 to 60 mm. the
longitudinal folds become broken transversely into conical structures, the
villi. The intestinal crypts (of Lieberkiihn) possibly represent outgrowths of
the epithelium from the bottoms of the intervillous spaces.' The duodenal
(B runner's) glands are possibly to be considered as a continuation of the pyloric
glands of the stomach. They apparently grow as evaginations from the
intervillous crypts.
The epithelial lining of the gastrointestinal tract is from the beginning a
single layer of cells, although the individual cells are altered in shape and
structure and acquire different functions in different regions. There is still
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 313
some dispute as to whether the mucous cells are continuously being derived
from the other epithelial cells or, when once formed, reproduce themselves by
mitosis. As a matter of fact, mitosis has been observed in the mucous cells of
the stomach.
FlG. 270. — From a reconstruction of the small intestine of a human embryo of 28 mm., showing the
longitudinal ridges which eventually become broken transversely to form the villi. Berry.
THE LYMPH FOLLICLES. — In the development of the lymph follicles in the
gastrointestinal tract the same question arises as in the case of the tonsils and
thymus. Are the lymphoid cells of mesodermal or of entodermal (epithelial)
a
FIG. 271. — Sections through the wall of the caecum of (a) a rabbit 2^ days and (b) 5 days after
birth, showing the development of the lymph follicles. /. Lymphoid infiltration in the stroma;
r, wandering cells in the epithelium; 2, lymphoid cells in the core of a villus. Stohr.
origin? Evidence at present favors the mesodermal origin. In the case of
Peyer's patches, collections of lymphoid cells appear near the blood vessels in
the stroma and neighboring parts of the submucosa. These increase in extent,
314
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the lymphoid cells dividing actively, and grow into the bases of some of the
villi and deeper into the submucosa (Fig. 271). Germinal centers appear in
many of the follicles, and the surrounding stroma becomes densely infiltrated
with the lymphoid cells. Individual follicles may develop, in the manner
described, in any part of the gastrointestinal tract. The appendix especially is
the seat of extensive lymphatic tissue formation. It is stated in the section on
the lymphatic system that lymph glands may arise at any time in any region as
the result of unusual conditions (p. 251), and this also holds true in the case of
lymph follicles in the digestive tract.
The Development of the Liver.
The liver is the first gland of the digestive tract to appear. In embryos of
about 3 mm. a longitudinal ridge-like evagination develops from the entoderm
on the ventral side of the gut a short distance caudal to the stomach, that is, in
Myotome
Aorta
Post, cardinal vein
Upper limb bud
Dorsal mesentery
Duodenum
Liver
Ccelom
Omphalomesenteric vein
Umbilical vein
Heart
FIG. 272. — Transverse section of a human embryo of 5 mm., showing the liver evagination and the
breaking up of the omphalomesenteric veins by the hepatic cylinders. Photograph.
the duodenal portion of the gut (Figs. 247, 272, 273). The cephalic part of the
evagination is solid and, being destined to give rise to the liver proper, is called the
pars hepatica. The caudal part is hollow, its cavity being continuous with the
lumen of the gut, and is destined to give rise to the gall bladder, whence it is
called the pars cystica. Beginning at both the cephalic and caudal ends, the
evagination as a whole becomes constricted from the gut until (in embryos of
about 8 mm.) its only connection with the latter is a narrow cord of cells which
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 315
is the anlage of the ductus choledochus. The pars hepatica by this time has
enlarged considerably and remains attached to the ductus choledochus by a
short cord of cells, the anlage of the hepatic duct. The pars cystica has also
become larger, its distal portion being somewhat dilated, and is connected with
the ductus choledochus by the anlage of the cystic duct (Figs. 274 and 275).
The pars cystica grows into the ventral mesentery and thus becomes sur-
rounded by mesodermal tissue. The proximal portion continues to elongate to
form the cystic duct and the distal portion becomes larger and more dilated to
form the gall bladder.
D. pan.
,Du.
V. pan.
D.ch.
H.du.
G.bl.
FIG. 273. — From a model of the duodenum and the primary evaginations of the
liver and pancreas in a 5 mm. sheep embryo. Stoss.
D.pan., Dorsal pancreas; Du., duodenum; D. ch., ductus choledochus; G. bl., gall
bladder; H. du., hepatic duct.
The pars hepatica, or anlage of the liver proper, also grows into the ventral
lesentery, thus becoming surrounded by mesodermal tissue. As stated in
connection with the development of the diaphragm, the portion of the mesen-
tery into which the liver grows is involved in the formation of the septum
trans versum (p. 344). Thus the developing liver becomes enclosed in the
septum (Fig. 292). The mesodermal tissue gives rise to the fibrous capsule of
Glisson and to the small amount of connective tissue within the gland.
Although the liver develops as a series of outgrowths from the original
evagination, there are certain features in its development which distinguish it
from glands in general. The outgrowths come in contact with the omphalomes-
enteric veins which are situated in the ventral mesentery (p. 229). They push
their way into and through the veins, breaking them up into smaller channels
(Fig. 272). They anastomose freely with one another, and the veins send off
316
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
branches which circumvent them. Thus there is formed a network of trabec
ulse of liver cells, called hepatic cylinders, the meshes of which are filled with blood
vessels. Therefore the liver is distinguished from other glands in general in
Stomach
Left hep.
duct
Right hep.
duct
Gall _J
bladder
Dors, pancreas
Vent, pancreas
Duodenum
FIG. 274. — From a reconstruction of the anlagen of the liver and pancreas and a part of the
stomach and duodenum of a human embryo of 4 weeks. Felix.
that the hepatic cylinders, which are comparable with the smaller ducts and
terminal tubules of other glands, anastomose, and in that the blood vessels are
broken up by the growth of these cylinders.
Du.
FIG. 275. — From a reconstruction of the anlagen of the liver and pancreas and the stomach
of a human embryo of 8 mm. Hammar.
D.P., Dorsal pancreas; Du., duodenum; D. F., ductus venosus; G.B., gall bladder;
R.I., right lobe of liver; S.t stomach; V. P., ventral pancreas.
This mode of development establishes what is known as a sinusoidal circulation, which
differs from the ordinary capillary circulation. The sinusoids are produced by the growth
of the trabeculae of the developing organ into large vessels and the breaking up of the latter
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 317
into smaller vessels. It is obvious that a sinusoidal circulation is purely venous or purely
arterial. Furthermore, development of this nature leaves comparatively little connective
tissue within the gland, another feature characteristic of the liver.
All the blood carried to the liver by the omphalomesenteric veins must
follow the tortuous course of the sinusoids before being collected again and
passed on to the heart. When the umbilical veins come into connection with
the liver they also join in the sinusoidal circulation. Subsequently, however, a
more direct channel — the ductus venosus — is established and persists for a
Aorta
tnf. vena cava
Coelom
Ductus
choledochus
Right side
Suprarenal glands
Mesonephros
Dorsal mesogastrium
(greater omentum)
Stomach
Ventral mesogastrium
(lesser omentum )
Liver
Left side
FIG. 276. — Tranverse section of a 14 mm. pig embryo, through the region of the stomach.
Photograph. The arrow points into the bursa omentalis.
short time. This is probably due to the large volume of blood brought in by
the umbilical veins. Finally the ductus venosus disappears and the sinusoidal
circulation remains as the permanent form. (For the development of the veins
in the liver see p. 228.)
The lobes of the liver develop in a general way in relation to the great
venous trunks which at one time or another pass into or through the gland.
The anlage of the organ grows into the ventral mesentery, subsequently be-
coming enclosed in the septum transversum. In so doing it encounters the
omphalomesenteric veins, and forms, in relation to the latter, two Incompletely
separated parts which have been called the dorso-lateral lobes. When the
umbilical veins enter the liver a more ventral, medial mass is formed. This
becomes incompletely separated into two parts which give rise to the permanent
318 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
right and left lobes. The right becomes the larger. The right umbilical vein
loses its connection with the liver (p. 230). After birth the left, which lies be-
tween the right and left lobes, degenerates into the round ligament of the liver.
The other lobes arise secondarily as outgrowths from the right primary dorso-
lateral lobe, the caudate (lobe of Spigelius) from its inner (medial) surface,
the quadrate from its dorsal surface.
The liver as a whole grows rapidly and by the second month is relatively
large. During the third month it fills the greater part of the abdominal cavity.
After the fifth month it grows less rapidly and the other intraabdominal organs
overtake it, so to speak, although at birth it forms one-eighteenth the total
weight of the body. After birth it actually diminishes in size. The right lobe
is from the beginning larger than the left, and after birth the predominance
increases.
Histogenesis of the Liver. — The hepatic part (pars hepatica) of the
liver anlage is derived from the entodermal lining of the gut and constitutes a
mass of cells with no lumen. From this mass, solid bud-like evaginations grow
into the mesentery, break up the omphalomesenteric veins into smaller channels
and form trabeculae, or hepatic cylinders (p. 316). The latter anastomose
freely with one another and are composed of polyhedral, darkly staining cells
with vesicular nuclei (Fig. 277, A). Lumina begin to appear in the cylinders
about the fourth week as small cavities which communicate with the cavity of
the gut.
The hepatic cylinders are the forerunners of the hepatic cords or cords of
liver cells. There are two views as to the manner of transformation. The
older view is that the cylinders gradually become stretched, the number of cells
in cross-section becoming less until it is reduced to two. Between these two
lies the lumen of the cord or the so-called "bile capillary" (Fig. 277, B). The
other view is that branches from the sinusoids grow into the cylinders and sub-
divide them into hepatic cords.
As stated above, the hepatic cylinders are at first composed of darkly stain-
ing, polyhedral cells with vesicular nuclei. These are the liver cells proper.
Later other small spherical cells, with dense nuclei, appear and during the
fourth month become very numerous (Fig. 277, A). From this time on, they
grow less in number and at birth have practically disappeared. Earlier investi-
gators considered them as developing liver cells. Further study on the develop-
ment of the blood, however, has led others to consider them as erythroblasts
(p. 239). Since they are inside of the hepatic cylinders, they either wander in
from the intertrabecular blood vessels or lie in intratrabecular vessels. The
latter supposition accords with the view that the cylinders are broken up into
hepatic cords by the ingrowth of branches from the sinusoids.
The development of the lobules of the liver, producing the peculiar relations
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 319
between the parenchyma of the gland and the blood vessels, has not been
clearly and completely demonstrated. In young embryos the branches of the
hepatic veins are surrounded by comparatively little connective tissue. The
branches of the portal vein are surrounded by a considerable amount which
subdivides the liver into lobules but not in the same manner as in the adult.
The trabeculae possess no radial character and there are several so-called central
•veins in each lobule. The changes by which these primary lobules are sub-
divided into the permanent ones do not take place until after birth. The
branches of the portal vein, with the surrounding connective tissue, invade the
FIG. 277. — Sections of the liver of (^4) a human foetus of 6 months and (B) a child of 4 years.
Toldt and Zuckerhandl. McMurrich.
be, Bile "capillary"; e, erythroblast; he, hepatic cylinder (in A), cord of liver cells (in B).
primary lobules and divide them into a number of secondary lobules, corre-
sponding to the original number of central veins. At the same time the hepatic
cords (which have been formed meanwhile) become arranged radially around
the central veins in the characteristic manner. The hepatic artery grows into
the liver secondarily and its branches follow the course of the branches of the
portal vein.
Degeneration of the liver cells occurs in the region of the left triangular liga-
ment, the gall bladder and the inferior vena cava. The bile ducts may, how-
ever, withstand the degenerative processes and persist as the vasa aberrantia of
the liver. The cause of the degeneration is possibly the pressure brought to
bear by other organs.
The Development of the Pancreas.
The epithelium of the pancreas, like that of the liver, is a derivative of the
entoderm. It arises from two (or three) separate anlagen, one dorsal and one
320
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
(or two) ventral. The dorsal anlage appears first as a ridge-like evagination
from the dorsal wall of the gut, slightly cranial to the level of the liver (Figs. 273
and 274). It appears about the same time as the liver or a little later. The
mass of cells grows into the dorsal mesentery and becomes constricted from
the parent epithelium except for a thin neck which becomes the duct of
Santorini (Fig. 278). A little later two other diverticula appear, one from each
side of the common bile duct. It is uncertain whether only one or both of these
Stomach
Liver
Cystic duct
Dorsal pancreas
Acces. pancr.
duct (Santorini)
Dorsal pancreas
Gall bladder
Ductus choledochus
Ventral pancreas
Dorsal pancreas
Acces. pancr. duct
(Santorini)
Duodenum
Ductus choledochos
Liver
Cystic duct
Gall bladder
Ventral pancreas with
pancr. duct (Wirsung)
FIG. 279.
FIGS. 278 and 279. — From models" of the developing liver and pancreas of rabbit embryos of
8 mm. and 10 mm.,, respectively,, Both seen from the right side. Hammar, Bonnet.
take part in the formation of the pancreas, but it seems most probable that th<
left one disappears entirely. The right diverticulum continues to develop and
becomes constricted from the parent epithelium, leaving only a thin neck which
becomes the duct of Wirsung.
The smaller ventral pancreas grows to the right and then dorsally in the
mesentery (Fig. 260), passing over the right surface of the portal vein, until it
meets and fuses with the proximal part of the larger dorsal pancreas. The
fusion takes place in the sixth week, and the two anlagen then form a single
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 321
mass. A communication is established between the two ducts, and the dorsal
duct (Santorini) usually disappears, leaving the ventral (Wirsung) as the per-
manent duct opening into the ductus choledochus. In a general way it may be
said that the ventral anlage gives rise to the head, the dorsal anlage to the body
and tail of the pancreas (compare Figs. 278 and 279).
As the pancreas grows into the dorsal mesentery it comes to lie in the
dorsal mesogastrium between the greater curvature of the stomach and the
vertebral column, and since the dorsal mesogastrium at first lies in the medial
sagittal plane, the pancreas is similarly situated. After the sixth week, how-
ever, as the stomach changes its position (p. 305) , the pancreas is carried along
Inf. vena cava
Coelom
Dorsal pancreas
Portal vein
Ventral 'pancreas
Ductus choledochus
Right side
Mesonephros
Greater omentum
(dorsal mesentery)
Duodenum
Liver
Left side
FIG. 280. — From a transverse section through the region of the duodenum of a pig
embryo of 14 mm. Photograph.
with the mesogastrium and comes to lie in a transverse plane, with its head to
the right and embedded in the bend of the duodenum, and its tail reaching to
the spleen on the left. The organ as a whole is at first movable along with the
mesentery, but when it assumes its transverse position it lies close to the dorsal
abdominal wall. The mesentery then fuses with the adjacent peritoneum
(see p. 350), and the pancreas is firmly fixed.
The connective tissue of the pancreas is derived from the mesodermal tissue
of the mesentery. As the processes or buds which form the ducts and terminal
tubules grow out from the primary masses, they penetrate the mesodermal
tissue and are surrounded by it. Groups of tubules form lobes and lobules,
and the entire gland is surrounded by a capsule of connective tissue.
322
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Histogenesis of the Pancreas. — The masses of entodermal cells forming
the anlagen of the pancreas develop further by a process of budding, which
goes on until finally a compound tubular gland is produced. According to
FIG. 281. — Sections of the developing pancreas of a guinea-pig embryo of 12 mm. (a);
of 33 mm. (&) ; of Torpedo marmorata (c) . Hetty.
ct Capillaries; Dg, ducts; Gz, duct cells; Lz, Langhans' cells. The cells in c show-
distinct zymogen granules
some investigators the primary evaginations are hollow, their lumina beinj
continuous with the lumen of the gut. According to others they are solid al
first and acquire their lumina secondarily. The same uncertainty exists
regard to the later outgrowths or buds.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 323
The early entodermal cells proliferate, and the resulting cells change ac-
cording to their position in the gland. Those lining the larger ducts become
high columnar, with more or less homogeneous cytoplasm; those lining the
intermediate (intercalated) ducts become low; those lining the terminal secret-
ing tubules become pyramidal and more highly specialized, and also acquire
certain constituents — the zymogen granules (Fig. 281, c) — which vary with the
functional activities of the gland. The centro-tubular cells in the terminal
tubules are probably to be explained on a developmental basis. While a few
maintain that they are "wandering" cells, it is quite generally accepted
that they are simply continuations of the flat cells lining the intermediate
ducts, the result being that the cells of the terminal tubules seem to
spread out over the ends of the intermediate ducts in the form of cap-like
structures.
It was once thought that the islands of Langerhans were derived from the
mesodermal tissue. Recently it has been pretty clearly demonstrated that they
are derived from entoderm. In guinea-pig embryos of 5 to 6 mm., at a time
when the dorsal pancreas has merely begun its constriction from the gut, certain
cells in the mass appear darker and slightly larger than the others. They show
darker areas of cytoplasm around the nuclei, and later the darker areas extend
throughout the cells and the nuclei become larger and more vesicular. When
lumina appear in the outgrowths or buds, these cells occupy a position on or near
the surface of the buds (Fig. 281, a). In further development they tend to sepa-
rate themselves from the buds and collect in clumps (Fig. 281, b). Capillaries
then penetrate the clumps and break them up into the trabeculae of cells char-
acteristic of the islands of Langerhans (Fig. 281, c). Studies on the development
of the islands in the human pancreas indicate a similar origin and mode of
development.
Anomalies.
One of the most striking anomalies of the organs of alimentation is found
in connection with a more general anomalous condition known as transposition
of the viscera (situs viscerum inversus) . The transposition may be so complete
that the minor asymmetries normally present on the two sides are all repeated
in reverse order, the functions of the organs being unimpaired. As regards the
alimentary tract, this means that the position of the stomach is reversed in the
abdominal cavity; that the duodenum crosses from left to right; that the various
coils of the jejunum and ileum occupy positions opposite to the normal; that the
caecum and ascending colon are situated on the left side and the descending
colon on the right; and that the larger lobe of the liver lies on the left side. The
other visceral organs are transposed accordingly, the heart being inclined to-
ward the right side, the left lung consisting of three lobes and the right of two,
324 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the left kidney being lower than the right, etc. Such cases are not uncommon,
two hundred being on record.
Various theories as to the causes of transposition of the organs have been
advanced. In the most plausible of these the anomalous condition is consid-
ered as due to the influence of the large veins in the embryo. It seems best,
therefore, to consider first the transposition of the heart (dextrocardia, referred
to on page 255).
After the tvvo anlagen unite in the midventral line, the heart constitutes a
simple straight tube which lies in a longitudinal direction in the primitive peri-
cardial cavity, and which is joined caudally by the two omphalomesenteric
veins and cranially by the ventral aortic trunk (p. 197) . Normally the left
omphalomesenteric vein is the*larger and pours a greater quantity of blood into
the heart tube than the right. This condition is regarded as the primary factor
in the deflection of the tube toward the right side (p. 199; also Fig. 158). If the
conditions were reversed, that is, if the right omphalomesenteric vein were the
larger and poured the greater quantity of blood into the heart tube, the pri-
mary bend of the latter would be toward the left side. Consequently the heart
would continue to develop in the transposed position and eventually come to
lie on the side opposite to the normal.
Although dextrocardia is very frequently associated with transposition of
the abdominal organs, it is not necessarily so, for there are cases of the latter in
which the heart occupies the normal position. Consequently it seems that
further influences must be present to account for transposition of the abdominal
organs when the thoracic organs are normal. A number of investigators have
emphasized the importance of the influence of the large venous trunks in the
abdominal region, especially on the position of 'the liver and stomach.
Primarily the omphalomesenteric veins pass cranially through the mesen-
tery. Later they form two loops or rings around the duodenum. Then the
left half of the upper ring and the right half of the lower disappear, the common
venous trunk thus following a spiral course around the duodenum (p. 231 ; also
Fig. 201). This primary relation of the omphalomesenteric vein is retained in
the relation of the portal vein to the duodenum. The stomach lies to the left
of the portal vein. After the allantoic (placental) circulation is established the
umbilical veins pass cranially in the lateral body walls. After the veins come
into connection with the liver, the right atrophies and the left increases in size
and becomes the single large umbilical vein of later stages (p. 230; also Fig. 202).
The right lobe of the liver becomes the larger.
If, as is maintained by some investigators, the usual position of the stomach
and liver is due to the persistence of the left venous trunks, a persistence of the
right venous trunks would afford a plausible explanation of the transposition of
these organs. It is not unreasonable to attribute also the transposition of the
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 325
other abdominal organs directly or indirectly to the persistence of the right
venous trunks. Certainly a reversal in the position of the stomach would
cause a reversal in the position of the duodenum.
If these conditions are the real ones, the fact that the thoracic organs can be
transposed without a transposition of the abdominal organs, or vice versa,
is accounted for. The primary bend of the heart tube occurs at a very early
period, before the changes in the vessels in the region of the liver. Conse-
quently a reversal of the conditions of the omphalomesenteric at a very early
stage only would be likely to affect the heart. The principal changes in size
of the venous trunks in the abdominal region take place after their channels
have been broken up in the liver. In other words, the modifications in the veins
in the liver occur after the definite relations of the heart have been established.
Therefore the transposition of the abdominal organs may take place after the
heart has begun to develop normally.
THE MOUTH. — Anomalies in the mouth region, due to defective fusion of
the processes that bound it, have been considered elsewhere (p. 180).
Anomalies of the tongue sometimes arise as the result of imperfect develop-
ment of one or more of its anlagen. Imperfect development of the tuberculum
impar results in total or partial lack of the anterior part. Defects in the root
are probably due to imperfect development of one or both of the paired anlagen
(p. 289). Malformations of the lower jaw (micrognathus, agnathus) are
usually accompanied by malformations of the tongue, both structures being
derived largely from the first pair of branchial arches.
THE PHARYNX. — The pharynx is the seat of cysts, fistulae and diverticula
which have been considered in connection with the anomalies in the region of
the branchial arches and grooves (Chap. XX).
The thyreoid gland is not infrequently the seat of certain anomalies that
arise as the result of abnormal development. Persistent portions of the thyreo-
glossal duct, the upper end of which is indicated by the foramen caecum linguae,
may give rise to cystic structures extending to the region of the hyoid bone.
Persistent portions of the duct may even give rise to accessory thyreoid (supra-
hyoid, prehyoid) glands (p. 301; also Fig. 260). Considerable variation also
exists in the isthmus and lateral lobes of the thyreoid, due to variation in the
manner of development of the medial anlage.
Impaired development of the thymus gland sometimes leads to cysts which
come to lie in the anterior mediastinum.
THE (ESOPHAGUS. — Very rarely the oesophagus is entirely lacking, being
represented by a mere cord of tissue. More frequently it is defective in certain
parts. Tne atresia may begin just below the pharynx or just above the stomach,
the intermediate portion being composed of a cord of fibrous tissue. Occasion-
ally the non-atretic portion opens into the trachea. Possibly this represents
326 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
an imperfect separation between the primitive gut and the anlage of the
respiratory system (p. 330).
THE STOMACH. — Occasionally the stomach is smaller than the normal. It
may even be a narrow tube resembling the other portions of the gut, owing to
lack of dilatation. Other congenital malformations, apart from transposition
(p. 323), are very rare.
THE INTESTINES. — One of the most common anomalies is the persistence of
the proximal end of the yolk stalk, forming MeckeVs diverticulum (see p. 581).
This usually is attached to the ileum about three feet from the caecum. In ex-
ceptional cases it retains its lumen and, when the stump of the umbilical cord
disappears, forms a congenital umbilical fistula. Usually, however, the diver-
ticulum is shorter and ends blindly. Occasionally it becomes constricted from
the intestine and forms a cystic structure. (See also Chap. XX.)
Congenital stenosis and atresia may occur in different regions of the intestine,
the duodenum being the most common site. Normally the lumen of the
duodenum becomes closed for a brief period during development (p. 307) , and
congenital closure of the lumen may represent a persistence of the early em-
bryonic condition.
A conspicuous malformation is the persistence of the cloaca. The septum
which normally separates the latter structure into rectum and urogenital sinus
fails to develop, thus leaving a common cavity (see Figs. 323 and 324). In
addition to this the cloacal membrane may fail to rupture and the cloaca be-
come much distended. More often the septum develops in part, leaving only
a small opening between the rectum and urogenital sinus. After the latter
undergoes further development, the rectum comes to open into the urethra or
bladder, or into the vagina or uterus.
Atresia of the anus is not infrequently met with. The cloacal (or anal)
membrane fails to rupture and the rectum ends blindly. In other cases the
rectum opens into the urogenital sinus, as described in the preceding paragraph.
Occasionally the lumen of the rectum is closed — atresia recti — and the gut ends
blindly some distance from the surface, being connected with the anal region by
a cord of fibrous tissue.
Variations in the position of the intestinal loops, apart from transposition (p.
323), are of frequent occurrence. It is not customary to include these varia-
tions among malformations (see p. 308) . The caecum (and appendix) and colon
present some striking variations. The caecum may be situated high up in the
abdominal cavity, the ascending colon being absent. Or it may be situated at
any intermediate point between that and its usual position in the right iliac
fossa. These variations are due to different degrees of development of the
ascending colon (p. 309).
THE LIVER.— Congenital malformations of the liver are rare. The most
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 327
frequent, apart from transposition, include anomalies in the size and number of
lobes. Accessory lobes may occur within the falciform ligament. One case
of lack of development of the gall bladder has been observed. Stenosis of the
bile passages is occasionally met with.
THE PANCREAS. — Occasionally accessory glands are found in the intesti-
nal or gastric wall. These probably represent aberrant portions of the main
gland, and may give rise to cystic structures. Very recently, however, a
number of intestinal diverticula have been observed in certain mammalian
embryos and also in human embryos. Although the history of these unusual
diverticula has not been traced, their presence may offer a clue to the origin of
accessory pancreatic structures. The ducts of the pancreas are subject to
distinct variations, which, however, are not usually considered as anomalies.
Not infrequently the duct of the dorsal anlage (duct of Santorini) persists and
opens directly into the duodenum. It may persist along with the duct of the
ventral anlage (duct of Wirsung), or the latter may disappear (p. 321; compare
Figs. 2 78 and 279).
References for Further Study.
BADERTSCHER, J. A. : The Development of the Thymus in the Pig. I, Morphogenesis.
II, Histogenesis. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XVII, 1915.
BARDEEN, C. R.: The Critical Period in the Development of the Intestines. Am.
Jour, of Anat., Vol. XVI, 1914.
BELL, E. T.: The Development of the Thymus. American Jour, of Anat., Vol. V,
1906.
BERRY, J. M.: On the Development of the Villi of the Human Intestine. Anat. Anz.,
Bd. XVI, 1900.
BONNET, R.: Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte. Berlin, 1907.
BORN, G.: Ueber die Derivate der embryonalen Schlundbogen und Schlundspalten bei
Saugetiere. Arch.}, mik. Anat., Bd. XXII, 1883.
BRACKET, A. : Die Entwickelung und Histogenese der Leber und des Pancreas. Ergeb-
nisse der Anat. u. Entwick., Bd. VI, 1897.
CHIEVITZ, J. C.: Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Speicheldriisen. Arch. f.
Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1885.
CHORONSCHITZKY: Die Entstehung der Milz, Leber, Gallenblase, Bauchspeicheldruse
und des Pfortadersyssems bei den verschiedenen Abteilungen der Wirbeltiere. Anat.
Hefte, Bd. XIII, 1900.
Fox, H.: The Pharyngeal Pouches and their Derivatives in the Mammalia. Am.
Jour, of Anat., Vol. VIII, No. 3, 1908.
FUSARI, R.: Sur les phenomenes, que Ton observe dans la muqueuse du canal digestif
durant le developement du fcetus humain. Arch. ital. Biol., T. XLII, 1904.
GOPPERT, E.: Die Entwickelung des Mundes und der Mundhohle mit Driisen und
Zunge; die Entwickelung der Schwimmblase, der Lunge und des Kehlkopfes der Wirbeltiere.
In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere.
Bd. II, Teil I, 1902.
328
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
HAMMAR, J. A.: Einige Plattenmodelle zur Beleuchtung der friiheren embryonalen
Leberentwickelung. Arch.f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1893.
HAMMAR, J. A.: Allgemeine Morphologic der Schlundspalten beim Menschen. Ent-
wickelung des Mittelohrraumes und des ausseren Gehorganges. Arch. f. mik. Anat., Bd.
LIX, 1902.
HAMMAR, J. A. : Das Schicksal der zweiten Schlundspalte. Zur vergleichenden Em-
bryologie und Morphologic der Tonsille. Arch.f. mik. Anat., Bd. LXI, 1903.
HELLY, K.: Studien iiber Langerhanssche Inseln. Arch. f. mik. Anat., Bd. LXVII,
1907.
HERTWIG, O. : Lehrbuch der Entwickehmgsgeschichte der Wirbeltiere und des Men-
schen. Jena, 1906.
HENDRICKSON, W. F.: The Development of the Bile Capillaries as Revealed by Golgi's
Method. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 1898.
His, W.: Anatomic menschlicher Embryonen. Leipzig, 1880-1885.
His, W.: Die Entwickelung der menschlichen und tierischen Physiognomien. Arch,
f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1892.
JACKSON, C, M.: On the Development and Topography of the Thoracic and Abdomi-
nal Viscera. Anat. Record, Vol. Ill, 1909.
JOHNSON, F. P.: The Development of the Mucous Membrane of the (Esophagus,
Stomach and Small Intestine in the Human Embryo. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. X, 1910.
JOHNSON, F. P.: The Development of the Mucous Membrane of the Large Intestine
and Vermiform Appendix in the Human Embryo. Am. Jour. of. Anat., Vol. XIV,
19*3-
JOHNSON, F. P. : The Development of the Rectum in the Human Embryo. Am. Jour.
of Anat., Vol. XVI, 1914.
* KINGSBURY, B. F.: The Development of the Human Pharynx. I, The Pharyngeal
Derivatives. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XVIII, 1918.
KOHN, A.: Die Epithelkorperchen. Ergebnisse der Anat. u. Entwick., Bd. IX, 1899.
KOLLMANN, J.: Die Entwickelung der Lymphknotchen in dem Blinddarm und in dem
Processus vermiformis. Die Entwickelung der Tonsillen und die Entwickelung der
Milz. Arch.f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1900.
KOLLMANN, J.: Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Jena, 1898.
KOLLMANN, J.: Handatlas der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Jena, 1907.
MALL, F. P.: Ueber die Entwickelung des menschlichen Darmes und seiner Lage
beim Erwachsenen Arch.f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth. Suppl., 1897.
MAURER, F.: Die Entwickelung des Darmsystems. In Hertwig's Handbuch der ver-
gleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere., Bd. II, Teil I, 1902.
McMuRRiCH, J. P. : The Development of the Human Body. Third Ed. Philadelphia,
1907.
MUMMERY, J. H.: The Microscopic Anatomy of the Teeth, 1919.
NORRIS, E. H.: The Early Morphogenesis of the Human Thyroid Gland. Am. Jour,
of Anat., Vol. XXIV, 1918.
PEARCE, R. M.: The Development of the Islands of Langerhans in the Human Em-
bryo. American Jour, of Anat., Vol. II, 1903.
PIERSOL, G. A.: Teratology. In Wood's Reference Handbook of the Medical Sciences,
Vol. VII, 1904.
POLZL, A.: Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des menschlichen Gaumens. Anat. Hefte,
1905-
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALIMENTARY TUBE AND APPENDED ORGANS. 329
ROSE, C.: Ueber die Entwickelung der Zahne des Menschen. Arch. f. mik. Anat.,
Bd. XXXVIII, 1891.
STEIDA, A.: Ueber Atresia ani congenita und die damit verbundenen Missbildungen.
Arch.], klin. Chir., Bd. LXX, 1903.
STOHR, P.: Ueber die Entwickelung der Darmlymphknotchen und iiber die Riick-
bildung von Darmdriisen. Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., AnaL Abth., 1898.
TANDLER, J.: Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des menschlichen Duodenum in friihen
Embryonalstadien. Morph. Jahrb., Bd. XXIX, 1900.
TOLDT und ZUCKERHANDL Ueber die Form und Texturveranderungen der mensch-
lichen Leber wahrend Wachsthums. Sitzungsber. d. kaiser. Akad. d. Wissensch., Wien.
Math.-Naturwiss. Klasse., Bd. LXXII, 1875.
TOURNEUX ET VERDUN: Sur les premiers developpements de la Thyroide, du Thymus
et des glandes parathyroidiennes chez I'homme. Jour. de. I' Anat. et. de la Physiol., T.
XXXIII, 1897
CHAPTER Xin.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.
The anlage of the respiratory system appears in human embryos of about
3.2 mm. A hollow, linear evagination — the lung groove — develops on the
ventral side of the oesophageal portion of the primitive gut, extending caudally
a short distance from the region of the fourth inner branchial groove. It was
once thought that the evagination developed along practically the entire length
of the oesophagus anlage, but more recent researches seem to prove that it is
confined to the cephalic end. The lung groove soon becomes separated from
Pharynx
Hypophysis
Branchial arches
(pharynx)
Lung
Liver
Stomach
Pancreas
Common
mesentery
Mesonephros
Allantoic duct
Hind-gut
Kidney bud
FIG. 282. — Sagittal section of reconstruction of a human embryo of 5 mm. His, Kollmann.
the gut by a constriction which appears at the caudal end and gradually pro-
gresses forward. Thus there is formed a tube which lies ventral to the gut and
which opens upon the floor of the latter at the boundary line between the
oesophagus and pharynx (Figs. 282 and 246).
From this simple tube the entire respiratory system develops. The
cephalic end gives rise to the larynx, the opening into the gut being the aditus
laryngis. The middle portion gives rise to the trachea. Two outgrowths from
the caudal end of the tube, which appear about the time of separation from the
330
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM. 331
oesophagus, develop into the bronchi and their continuations— the lungs. The
epithelial lining of the system is of course derived from the entoderm. The
various kinds of connective tissue are derived from the mesoderm, since the
anlage grows into the mesodermal tissue of the ventral mesentery.
The Larynx.
The opening from the gut into the respiratory tube becomes surrounded by
a U-shaped elevation — thefurcula — which lies in the floor of the pharynx with
its open end directed caudally. Toward the end of the first month each
side of the opening (aditus laryngis) becomes elevated, forming the arytenoid
ridge. From each of these a secondary elevation arises, forming the cunei-
form ridge. The arytenoid ridges come so close together that they practically
close the opening except at its cephalic side (Fig. 283). Along with the develop-
ment of these ridges the apical portion of the furcula becomes a distinct trans-
Tuberculum impar
L Epiglottis
j- Aryepiglottic ridge
— Arytenoid ridge
— Cuneiform ridge
— Aditus laryngis
Cuneiform ridge
FIG. 283. — From a reconstruction of the larynx of a human embryo of 28 days.
Seen from above. Kattius.
verse fold at the cephalic rim of the opening. This fold is the anlage of the
epiglottis. Laterally the epiglottic fold becomes continuous with the arytenoid
ridges, forming the ary epiglottic ridges (Fig. 283).
During the fourth month a groove-like depression appears on the medial
side of each arytenoid ridge, gradually becomes deeper, and leaves on each side
of it a fold or lip which bounds the opening. The external lips — those nearer
; the pharynx — form the superior or false vocal cords; the internal lips form the
true vocal cords. At the same time the opening into the larynx, which was
closed by the arytenoid ridges, is reestablished. The depression between the
vocal cords on each side becomes still deeper to form the ventricle, and a further
outgrowth from the ventricle produces the appendage of ike ventricle (the laryn-
geal pouch).
332
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
The mesodermal tissue external to the epithelium (entoderm) of the larynx
gives rise to the various kinds of connective tissue including the laryngeal
cartilages. By the end of the fourth week condensations appear in the mesen-
chymal tissue, which are the forerunners of the cartilages, but true cartilage
does not appear until the seventh week. The anlagen of the thyreoid cartilage
Sup. hy.
Sup. hy.
Inf. hy
Thyr.
A B
FIG. 284. — From reconstructions of the mesenchymal condensations which represent the hyoid and
thyreoid cartilages in an embryo of 40 days. A, Ventral view; B, lateral view from right.
Kallius.
Inf.hy., Inferior (greater) horn of hyoid; Sup.hy., superior (lesser) horn of hyoid; Thyr., thyreoid.
The portions indicated by black lines represent chondrification centers.
are two mesenchymal plates, one on each side, which are bilaterally sym-
metrical and correspond to the lateral parts of the adult cartilage (Fig. 284, A).
These plates gradually grow ventrally and unite and fuse in the midventral
line (Fig. 285) . Two centers of chondrification appear in each plate (Fig. 284, A,)
Pharynx
Muscle
Arytenoid cartilage
£&£-:i__ Thyreoid cartilage
Muscle
Copula
FIG. 285. — From a transverse section through the pharynx and larynx of a human
embryo of 48 mm. Nicolas.
and enlarge until the entire plate is converted into cartilage, the middle
becoming elastic in character, the rest hyalin.
Originally the cephalic edge of each thyreoid plate is connected with the
inferior horn of the hyoid cartilage (Fig. 284, B). This connection is subse-
quently lost, but a remnant of the connecting cartilage persists as the triticeous
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM. 333
cartilage in the lateral hyothyreoid ligament. The anlagen of the arytenoid
cartilages develop in the arytenoid ridges as condensations of the mesenchyme,
which later are converted into true cartilage (Fig. 285). The apex and vocal
process of each arytenoid become elastic, the main body becomes hyalin.
The corniculate cartilages (cartilages of Santorini) are split off from the cephalic
ends of the arytenoids and are of the elastic variety. The cricoid cartilage,
like the others, is preceded by a condensation of mesenchyme. Chondrifica-
tion begins on each side and then progresses around dorsally and ventrally until
a complete hyalin ring is formed. From its developmental resemblance to the
tracheal rings, the cricoid is sometimes regarded as the most cephalic of that
series. The epiglottic cartilage develops in the epiglottic ridge as two sepa-
rate pieces which subsequently fuse. It is of the elastic variety. The cuneiform
cartilages (cartilages of Wrisberg) are split off from the two pieces of the epi-
glottic, and are of the elastic type.
Attempts have been made to determine which branchial arches are represented by the
laryngeal cartilages. It seems quite definitely settled that the thyreoid is derived in part, at
least, from the fourth arch. There is much doubt as regards the others, for there is great
difficulty in determining their derivation in the human embryo, since the arches disappear
at such an early stage. Furthermore, some of these cartilages may represent arches which
are present in lower forms but do not appear in the higher Mammals.
The larynx is situated much farther cranially in the foetus and in the new-
born child than in the adult. In a five months fcetus it extends into the naso-
pharyngeal cavity, whence it migrates caudally to its adult position. The
laryngeal skeleton becomes ossified during postnatal life. Ossification begins
in the thyreoid and cricoid cartilages at the age of eighteen to twenty years,
and in the arytenoids a few years later. Three centers appear in the thyreoid
— one on each side near the inferior cornu and one in the medial line between
the two wings. In the cricoid, ossification begins near the upper border on
each side, in the arytenoids at the lower borders. Ossification usually begins
earlier and proceeds more rapidly in the male than in the female.
As an example of the explanation which Embryology offers of certain peculiarities of
structure in the adult, the case of the recurrent laryngeal nerve may be cited. The heart and
aortic arches are primarily situated in the cervical region. At that time a branch of the
vagus on each side, passes behind the fourth aortic arch to reach the larynx. As the
heart and arches recede into the thorax, the nerve is pulled caudally between its origin and
termination, so that in the adult the left nerve bends around the arch of the aorta and the
right around the subclavian artery.
The Trachea.
The portion of the original tube between the larynx and the two caudal out-
growths which form the bronchi and lungs, develops into the trachea. It lies
ventral to the oesophagus and is surrounded by mesodermal tissue which is
334
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
destined to give rise to the connective tis. 'ie, including the cartilage, of the
adult trachea (Figs. 246 and 282). The development of the tracheal rings is
very similar to that of the laryngeal cartilages. During the eighth or ninth
week condensations appear in the mesenchyme, which are later transformed
into hyalin cartilage. The rings are not complete but remain open on the
dorsal side. At birth the trachea is collapsed, the ventral side being concave
and the dorsal ends of each ring being in contact After respiration begins it
is dilated and becomes more or less rigid. Ossification of the tracheal rings
begins in the male at the age of about forty years, in the female at about sixty.
The glands of the trachea represent evaginations from the epithelial linings.
The Lungs.
As has been stated (p. 330), the caudal end of the original tube evaginates
to form two hollow buds which are the beginnings. of the two lungs (Fig. 286).
The evagination takes place soon after or even along with the separation of the
lung groove from the gut. The right bud soon gives rise to three secondary
Aorta
Upper limb bud
(Esophagus
Body cavity
Pericardial cavity
FIG. 286. — Transverse section of a 14 mm. pig embryo, at the level of the upper limb buds,
showing especially the two bronchi.
buds, the forerunners of the three lobes of the right lung. The left bud gives
rise to two secondary buds, the forerunners of the two lobes of the left lung
(Fig. 287). The primary buds may be said to represent the two bronchi arising
from the trachea, the five secondary buds to represent the bronchial rami
which extend into the five lobes of the lungs. Successive evaginations from
each of the five buds take place and form an extensive arborization for each
lobe (Figs. 288 and 289).
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.
335
The manner in which the bronchial rami branch is not definitely known.
Some maintain that the branching is dichotomous, that is, each bud gives rise
to two equal buds and each of these to two others, and so on. In order to as-
sume the adult form, however, one of the buds places itself in line with the
preceding bud or bronchus while the other places itself as a lateral outgrowth.
Others hold that the growth is monopodial, that is, that the original bud grows
in a more or less direct line and the others develop as lateral outgrowths. When
Upper -ight lobe
Middle right lobe
Trachea
Upper left lobe
Mesoderm
(mesenchyme)
Lower right lobe
FIG. 287. — Anlage of lungs of a human embryo of 4.3 mm. His.
the evaginations that produce the bronchial rami are completed, each terminal
(respiratory) bronchus subdivides into three to six narrow tubules, the alveolar
ducts. The latter again branch into several wider compartments, the atria,
from which several .air sacs are given off. The walls of the air sacs are evagi-
nated to form many closely set air cells which represent the ultimate branches
of the air passages of the lungs.
Trachea
Right bronchus
Left bronchus
Bronchial ramus
Mesoderm
(mesenchyme)
Bronchial ramus'
FIG. 288; — Anlage of lungs of a human embryo of 8.5 mm. His.
While there is a general tendency toward bilateral symmetry in the various
sets of bronchial rami, the lobes of the lungs are asymmetrical. This asym-
metry is indicated in the five secondary buds that arise from the two primary,
since three arise on the right side and only two on the left. The three on the
right represent the upper, middle and lower lobes of the right lung (Fig. 287).
The upper is known as the eparterial from the fact that its bronchus lies dorsad
336
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
to the pulmonary artery. No lobe develops on the left side corresponding to
the upper (eparterial) on the right. There is a possibility that it is absent in
order to allow the arch of the aorta to migrate caudally as it normally does
(see p. 254). One of the larger ventral bronchial rami of the left lung is ab-
sent, owing to the inclination of the heart toward the left side; but as a compensa-
tion the corresponding ramus of the right lung develops more extensively
and projects into the space between the pericardium and diaphragm as the
infracardiac ramus.
From the fact that the anlage of the respiratory system is enclosed within
the mesentery between the gut and the pericardial cavity, and that its caudal end
becomes enclosed within the dorsal edge of the septum transversum, it is obvious
Pulmonary artery
Right bronchus
Upper right
bronch. ramus
Middle right
Tbronch. ramus
Lower right
bronch. ramus
Mesoderm
(mesenchyme)
Trachea
Left bronchus
Upper left
bronch. ramus
Lower left branch
pulmonary vein
Lower left
bronch. ramus
FIG. 289. — Anlage of lungs of a human embryo of 10.5 mm. His,
that the lungs will push their way into the dorsal parietal recesses or pleural
cavities (Figs. 290 and 295). The way in which the lungs and pleural cavities
enlarge and separate the pericardium from the body wall on each side and from
the diaphragm is described on page 346 (see Figs. 296 and 297). The mesoder-
mal tissue that surrounds the primary lung buds is in part pushed before the
numerous outgrowths and in part remains among them (Figs. 287, 288, 289).
The part around the lungs, with its covering of mesothelium, comes to form the
visceral layer of the pleura which closely invests the entire surface of the lungs
and dips down between the lobes. At the roots of the lungs it is continuous
with the parietal layer of the pleura lining the inner surface of the pleural cavi-
ties. The mesodermal tissue among the bronchi and their terminations gives
rise to the connective tissue that separates the lobes and lobules and invests all
the structures in the interior of the lungs. This connective tissue at first con-
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.
337
stitutes a large part of the lungs, but as development proceeds, the more
rapid growth of the respiratory parts results in the relatively small amount of
connective tissue characteristic of the adult lung.
Changes in the Lungs at Birth. — At birth the lungs undergo rapid and
remarkable changes in consequence of their assuming the respiratory function.
These changes affect their size, form, position, texture, weight, etc., and
furnish probably the only certain means of distinguishing between a still-born
child and one that has breathed. In the foetus at term the lungs are small,
possess rather sharp margins and lie in the dorsal part of the pleural cavities.
Lungs
Pleural cavities
Diaphragm
FIG. 290. — Transverse section of a pig embryo of 35 mm., showing the developing lungs (bronchial
rami surrounded by mesoderm). The oesophagus is seen between the two lungs; above the
oesophagus is the' aorta. The dark mass in the lower part of the figure is the liver.
Photograph.
After respiration they enlarge, fill practically the entire pleural cavities and
naturally become more rounded at their margins. The introduction of air into
the air passages converts the compact, gland-like, foetal lung into a loose,
spongy tissue. The specific gravity is changed from 1.056 to 0.342. While
there is a gradual increase in the weight of the lungs during development, there
is a very sudden increase at birth when the blood is freely admitted to them
through the pulmonary arteries. The weight of the lungs relative to that of
the body changes from about i to 70 before birth, to about i to 35 or 40 after
birth.
338 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Anomalies.
THE LARYNX. — The larynx may be excessively large or unusually small.
Occasionally the epiglottic cartilage consists of two pieces, indicating a failure
of the two anlagen to fuse (p. 332). Similar defects may occur in the other
cartilages that are derived from more than one anlage. The ventricle on either
side may be abnormally large with an exaggerated appendage (laryngeal
pouch) . This condition resembles that in the anthropoid apes.
THE TRACHEA. — The trachea is sometimes absent, in which case the bronchi
arise immediately below the larynx, indicating a failure on the part of the
original tube to elongate. The trachea may be abnormally short. Rarely
there is a direct communication between the trachea and oesophagus, probably
due to an incomplete separation of the lung groove from the gut (p. 330) . The
cartilaginous rings may vary in number as a result of abnormal splittings and
fusions.
THE LUNGS. — Rarely the eparterial bronchial ramus on the right side
arises as a branch of the trachea and not as a branch of the bronchus (p. 335).
This condition is normal in certain Mammals (ox, sheep) . Rarely an eparterial
bronchial ramus is present on the left side, thus producing a third lobe for
the left lung. In some animals an eparterial ramus is normally present on
each side, the larger bronchial rami thus being bilaterally symmetrical. Varia-
tion in size and number of lobes is not infrequent. Supernumerary or acces-
sory lobes, formed either by evaginations from the original anlage or by in-
dependent evaginations from the gut, are met with in rare cases.
Occasionally some portion of either lung is defective. The bronchial bud
that would normally give rise to the lung tissue in that region fails to develop
properly, and the result is a number of rami, without the ultimate terminations,
surrounded by vascular tissue. The rami may remain normal or. may become
dilated and form krge bronchial cysts.
References for Further Study.
j BONNET, R.: Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte. Berlin, 1907.
FLINT, J. M.: The Development of the Lungs. American Jour, of Anat., Vol. VI, 1906.
GOPPERT, E.: Die Entwickelung des Mundes und der Mundhohle mit Drusen uud
Zunge; die Entwickelung der Schwimmblase, der Lunge und des KehlkopfesderWirbeltiere.
In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere,
Bd. II, Teil I, 1902.
HERTWIG, O.: Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen und der Wirbel-
tiere. Jena, 1906.
His, W.: Zur Bildungsgeschichte der Lungen beim menschlichen Embryo. Arch. /.
Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1887.
KALLIUS, E.: Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Kehlkopfes. Anat. Hejte,
Bd. IX, 1897.
KOLLMANN, J.: Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Jena, 1898.
KOLLMANN, J.: Handatlas der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Jena, 1907.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM. 339
HUNTINGTON, CEO. S.: A Critique of the Theories of Pulmonary Evolution in the
Mammalia. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XXVII, No. 2, 1920.
McMuRRiCH, J. P.: The Development of the Human Body. Third Ed., 1907.
PIERSOL, G. A.: Teratology. In Wood's Reference Handbook of the Medical Sciences,
Vol. VII, 1904.
SYMINGTON, J.: On the Relations of Larynx and Trachea to the Vertebral Column in
the Foetus and Child. Journ. of Anat. and Physiol., Vol. IX.
CHAPTER XIV.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CCELOM (PERICARDIAL
PLEURAL AND PERITONEAL CAVITIES), THE
PERICARDIUM, PLEUROPERITONEUM,
DIAPHRAGM, AND MESENTERIES.
In the Chapter on the development of the germ layers, it is stated that the
peripheral part of the mesoderm splits into two layers, an outer or parietal, and
an inner or visceral (Fig. 72; see also p. 96). The parietal layer of mesoderm
and the ectoderm constitute the somatopleure. The visceral layer and the
entoderm constitute the splanchnopleure (Fig. 72). The cleft or cavity
that appears between the parietal and visceral layers is the c&lom or body
cavity and is lined with a layer of flattened mesodermal cells known as the
mesothelium. It will be remembered that in the earlier stages of development a
portion of the embryonic disk becomes constricted off from the yolk sac to form
the simple cylindrical body (p. 107) . Along each side of the axial portion of the
germ disk, and also at its cephalic and caudal ends, the germ layers bend ven-
trally and then medially until they meet and fuse in the midventral line (p. 109) .
In this way a part of the somatopleure forms the lateral and ventral portions of
the body wall (Pig. 103). At the same time the axial portion of the entoderm is
bent into a tube which is closed at both ends — the primitive gut — and is then
pinched off from the rest of the entoderm except at one point, where the cavity
of the gut remains in communication with the cavity of the yolk sac. The
splanchnic mesoderm adjacent to the entoderm on each side comes in contact
and fuses with the corresponding portion from the opposite side, thus forming
a sheet of tissue which encloses the primitive gut and also forms a partition be-
tween the two parts of the coelom. This sheet of tissue is the common mesentery
and is attached to the dorsal and ventral body walls along the medial line.
The portion between the gut and the dorsal body wall is the dorsal mesentery,
the portion between the gut and the ventral body wall is the ventral mesentery.
Thus the gut is suspended in the common mesentery (Figs. 197 and 282).
When portions of the somatopleure and splanchnopleure are bent ventrally
the coelom between the portions is naturally carried with them. This part of
the coelom thus becomes enclosed within the cylindrical body and constitutes
the intraembryonic or simply the embryonic codom (body cavity proper). The
part of the ccelom which, while the germ layers were still flat, was situated more
peripherally constitutes the extraembryonic coelom or eococcdom (extraembryonic
340
PERICARDIUM, PLEUROPERITONEUM, DIAPHRAGM AND MESENTERIES. 341
body cavity). From the nature of the bending process, the embryonic coelom
is divided into bilaterally symmetrical parts by the common mesentery (Fig.
197) . These two simple cavities are the forerunners of all the serous cavities of
the body. The various partitions between the serous cavities, the walls of the
cavities and the mesenteries proper are all derived from the somatic and
splanchnic mesoderm with its covering of mesothelium.
While the foregoing would represent a typical case of early ccelom and
mesentery formation, there are certain modifications and peculiarities in the
higher Mammals and in man. In all cases the splitting of the mesoderm to
form the coelom proceeds from the periphery of the germ disk toward the axial
portion (p. 80) . In the human embryo the bending ventrally and fusing of the
germ layers to form the cylindrical body begins in the anterior region of the
disk and is accomplished there before the splitting of the mesoderm is com-
pleted. The peripheral splitting has resulted in the formation of the exoccelom,
but at the time when the ventral fusion of the germ layers takes place, the split-
ting has not extended axially to a sufficient degree to form the intraembryonic
crelom. The latter, which appears later in this region, never communicates
laterally, therefore, with the exocoelom. Caudal to this region the coelom is
formed as in the typical case. The more anterior part of the coelom on each
side is thus primarily a pocket-like cavity. It communicates with the rest of the
coelom at about the level of the yolk stalk. In the region of the fore-gut, the
future oesophagus, no distinct mesentery is formed, but the fore-gut remains
broadly attached to the dorsal body wall. A ventral mesentery is lacking from
a point just cranial to the yolk stalk to the caudal end of the gut. There are
no coelomic cavities in the branchial arches, the ccelom extending only to the
last branchial groove.
In very young human embryos the primitive segments contain small cavities.
These cavities soon disappear, being filled with cells from the surrounding,
parts of the segments. Whether they represent isolated portions of the coelom
is not certain. In the lower Vertebrates, the cavities of the primitive segments
regularly communicate with the ccelom, and in the sheep the cavities of the first
formed segments are continuous with the ccelom. In the head there is no
cavity analogous to the coelom in the body. In but one human embryo have
any cavities in the head resembling those of the primitive segments been
observed (see p. 2 70) .
The Pericardial Cavity, Pleural Cavities and Diaphragm.
The pericardial and pleural cavities and diaphragm are so closely related in
their development that they must be considered together. In the region just
caudal to the visceral arches, where the two anlagen of the heart appear, the
embryonic coelom becomes dilated at a very early stage to form the primitive
pericardial cavity (parietal cavity of His). After the two anlagen of the heart
342
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
unite to form a simple tubular structure (p. 196: also Fig. 156), the latter is
suspended in the cavity by a mesentery which consists of a dorsal and a ventral
part, a dorsal and a ventral mesocardium. By these the cavity is at first divided
into two bilaterally symmetrically parts. The mesocardia soon disappear and
leave the heart attached only to the large vascular trunks which suspend it
in the single pericardial cavity. The early pericardial cavity is simply the
cephalic end of the embryonic ccelom and is therefore directly continuous with
the rest of the ccelom. As mentioned on p. 341 it does not, however, at any
time communicate laterally with the extraembryonic ccelom.
The communication between the pericardial cavity and the rest of the em-
bryonic ccelom is soon partly cut off by the development of a transverse fold
- — the septum transversum. This septum is formed in close relation with the
omphalomesenteric veins. These vessels unite in the sinus venosus at the
caudal end of the heart, whence they diverge in the splanchnic mesoderm.
am
vom
FIG. 291. — Transverse sections of a rabbit embryo, showing how the omphalomesenteric veins (vom)
push outward across the ccelom and fuse with the lateral body wall, forming the ductus
pleuro-pericardiacus (rp, rpd) ; am, amnion. Ravn.
They are thus embedded in the mesodermal layer of the splanchnopleure, and as
the latter closes in from either side to form the gut, the vessels form ridge-like
projections into the ccelom. As the vessels increase in size, the ridges become
so large that the splanchnic mesoderm is pushed outward against the parietal
mesoderm and fuses with it (Fig. 291). Thus a partition is formed on each side,
which is attached on the one hand to the mesentery and on the other hand to the
ventral and lateral body walls, and which contains the omphalomesenteric veins.
It is obvious that these partitions, forming the septum transversum, close the
ventral part of the communication between the pericardial cavity and the rest of
the ccelom. The dorsal part of the communication remains open on each side
of the mesentery as the ductus pleuro-pericardiacus (dorsal parietal recess of His)
(Figs. 291 and 292).
As the heart develops it migrates caudally, and by corresponding migration
the pericardial cavity draws the ventral edge of the septum transversum farther
caudally, so that the cephalic surface of the latter faces ventrally and cranially.
PERICARDIUM, PLEUROPERITONEUM, DIAPHRAGM AND MESENTERIES. 343
In other words the septum comes to lie in an oblique cranio-caudal plane. The
pericardial cavity therefore comes to lie ventral to the ductus pleuro-pericardiaci.
The latter — one on each side of the mesentery — are two passages which com-
Pericardial cavity-
Lateral mesocardium
Pericardium
Septum transversum
Liver
Ductus choledochus
Yolk stalk -M
Ventral aortic trunk
Dorsal mesocardium
Sinus venosus
Duct of Cuvier
Left umbilical vein
Left omphalomes. vein
Ductus pleuro-pericardiacus
Stomach
Peritoneal cavity
FIG. 292. — From a model of the septum transversum, liver etc., of a human embryo
of 3 mm. His, K oilman.
municate on the one hand with the pericardial cavity and on the other hand with
the peritoneal cavity, while they themselves form the cavities into which the lungs
grow — the pleural cavities. (Compare Figs. 292, 293 and 294.)
Pharynx
Dorsal mesocardium
Ductus pleuro-
pericardiacus
Aorta
Ductus pleuro
pericardiacus
Duct of Cuvier
Heart
^^^^^ Pericardial cavity
FIG. 293. — View (in perspective) of the pericardial cavity and ductus pieurp-pericardiaci
of a rabbit embryo of 9 days. Ravn.
The pleural cavities also become separated from the pericardial cavity, ap-
parently through the agency of the ducts of Cuvier. The anterior and posterior
cardinal veins on each side unite to form the duct of Cuvier which then ext *nds
344
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
from the body wall through the dorsal free edge of the septum transversum to
join the sinus venosus (Fig. 292). This free edge is pushed farther and
farther into the ductus pleuro-pericardiacus (Fig. 293) until it meets and fuses
Dorsal mesentery
Pleural cavity
Lung
Lateral mesocardium --
Pericardial cavity
Lateral mesocardium
l\'~" — Dorsal mesocardium
1— -, Heart
FIG. 294. — View (in perspective) of the pericardial and pleural cavities of a human embryo
of 7.5 mm. Kollmann.
The arrow points through the opening which forms the communication between the pleural
and peritoneal cavities, and which is eventually closed by the pleuro-peritoneal membrane.
with the mesentery or posterior mediastinum. This process thus produces a
septum between each pleural cavity and the pericardial cavity.
The septum transversum early acquires still more complicated relations
Lung g
Pleuro-peritoneal membrane
Mesentery of
inf. vena cava if
Inferior vena cava ---
Mesonephros ^M
Lung
Pleuro-peritoneal membrane
Mesentery
P'euro-peritoneal membrane
CEsophagus
Dorsal mesogastrium
FIG. 295. — Ventral view (in perspective) of parts of the lungs, pleural cavities, peritoneal cavity,
and the pleuro-peritoneal membranes in a rat embryo. Ravn.
from the fact that the liver grows into its caudal part (Fig. 292) . It may, for this
reason, be divided into a caudal part in which the liver is situated and which
furnishes the fibrous capsule (of Glisson) and the connective tissue of the liver,
and a cephalic part which may be called the primary diaphragm. These two
parts at first are not separate, the separation taking place secondarily. After
PERICARDIUM, PLEUROPERITONEUM, DIAPHRAGM AND MESENTERIES. 345
the separation between the pericardial cavity and the pleural cavities, the latter
for a time remain in open communication with the rest of the coelom or peritoneal
cavity. The lungs, as they develop, grow into the pleural cavities (Fig. 294)
until their tips finally touch the cephalic surface of the liver. At this point
folds grow from the lateral and dorsal body walls (Fig. 295) and unite ventrally
with the primary diaphragm and medially with the mesentery. These folds —
the pleuroperitoneal membranes — separate the pleural cavities from the perit-
oneal cavity and complete the diaphragm. Thus the diaphragm, from the stand-
Lv.c.
FIG. 297.
FIG. 296. — Transverse section through the thoracic region of a rabbit embryo of 15 days. Hochstetter.
FIG. 297. — Transverse section through the thoracic region of a cat embryo of 25 mm. Hochstetter.
I.v.c.. Inferior vena cava; Inf.-c. 1., infracardiac lobe of lung; L., lung; Oe.. oesophagus; PC. cav.t
pericardial cavity; PI. cav., pleural cavity; Pl.-p. m., pleuro- pericardial membrane; Pu.-h. r.,
pulmo-hepatic recess.
point of development, consists of two parts : a ventral part which is the cephalic
portion of the original septum transversum, and a dorsal part which develops
later from the body wall and is the closing membrane between the peritoneal
and pleural cavities. The musculature of the diaphragm is considered in the
chapter on the muscular system (p. 269).
While the foregoing structures are being formed, decided changes take place
in their positions and relations. At first the heart lies far forward in the cervi-
cal region near the visceral arches. Later it migrates caudally and the pericardial
346
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
cavity comes to occupy much of the ventral part of the thorax, the pericardium
having extensive attachments to the ventral body wall and to the cephalic sur-
face of the primary diaphragm (Fig. 292). The diaphragm is much farther
forward than in the adult and is broadly attached to the cephalic surface of the
liver. The principal changes which bring about the adult conditions are the
growth of the lungs, the separation of the diaphragm from the liver, and the
caudal migration of the diaphragm itself. With
the development of the lungs, the pleura! cavities
necessarily enlarge and push their way ventrally.
In so doing they split the pericardium away from
the lateral body walls and likewise from the dia-
phragm (compare Figs. 296 and 297). Thus the
pericardial cavity comes to be confined more and
more closely to the medial ventral position. The
separation of the liver from the primary diaphragm
is caused by changes in the peritoneum which at
first covers the caudal, lateral and ventral surfaces
of the liver. The cephalic surface of the liver, as
stated above, is covered by the primary diaphragm
itself. The peritoneum is reflected from the surface
of the liver on to the diaphragm, and at the line of
reflection a groove appears on each side, extending
from the midventral line around as far as the
attachment of the liver to the diaphragm. The;
FIG. 298.— Diagram showing the grooves gradually grow deeper, the peritoneum
rum^embry^T^K Pushing its way, as a flat sac, between the two
stages. Mall. structures, until the separation is almost complete.
The positions are those shown ..„'';.,.,. -
in embryos of Mall's collection There is left, however, an area of attachment
(except KO, which is a 10.2 betwe8n the liver and diaphragm, over which the
mm. embryo of the His collec- _ ^ .
tion) ; XII being an embryo of peritoneum is reflected, the ligamentum coronariunt
2.1 mm.; XVIII, of 7 mm.; 7 . , . T ., TIT ^i « i i r^
XIX. of 5 mm.; II, of 7 mm.; hepotis. In the medial line there is also left a
IX, of 17 mm.; XLIII, of 15 broad thin lamella which is attached to the dia-
mm.; VI, of 24 mm. The •
numerals on the right indicate phragm, the liver and the ventral body wall. This
is a remnant of the ventral mesentery and forms
the ligamentum suspensorium (falciforme) hepatis. In its free caudal edge:
is embedded the ligamentum teres hepatis which is closely related to the!
umbilical vein (see p. 230). The diaphragm itself, during its development,,
migrates from a position in the cervical region, where the septum transversuin »
first appears, to its final position opposite the last thoracic vertebrae. During:
the migration the plane of direction also changes several times, as may bftf
seen in Fig. 298.
PERICARDIUM, PLEUROPERITONEUM, DIAPHRAGM AND MESENTERIES.
The Pericardium and Pleura.— Since the pericardial cavity represents a
portion of the original ccelom, the lining of the cavity must be a derivative of
either the parietal or the visceral layer of mesoderm or of both. The common
mesentery in which the heart develops is derived from the visceral layer. Con-
sequently the epicardium is a derivative of the visceral mesoderm (Fig. 165).
The pericardium is derived from three regions of mesoderm. The greater
part is derived from the parietal mesoderm, since the body wall which is com-
posed of parietal mesoderm is also primarily the wall of the pericardial cavity.
A small dorsal portion is probably derived from the mesoderm at the root of the
dorsal mesocardium (Fig. 165). The septum transversum primarily forms
the caudal wall of the pericardial cavity, and, since the septum is a derivative
of the visceral layer, the caudal wall is derived from this layer. The three
portions are, of course, Continuous.
The lungs first appear in the common mesentery as an evagination from the
primitive gut (Fig. 282, p. 330;. As they develop further they grow into the
pleural cavities, pushing a part of the mesentery before them. This part of
the mesentery thus invests the lungs and forms the visceral layer of the pleura
which is therefore a derivative of the visceral mesoderm. The parietal layer of
the pleura is a derivative of the parietal mesoderm, since the wall of the pleural
cavity is primarily the body wall.
The lining of all these cavities is at first composed of mesothelium and
mesenchyme. The latter is transformed into the delicate connective tissue of
the serous membranes, and the mesothelium becomes the mesothelium of
the membranes.
The Omen turn and Mesentery.
From the septum transversum (or diaphragm) to the anus the gut is sus-
pended in the ccelom (or abdominal cavity) by means of the dorsal mesentery.
This is attached to the dorsal body wall along the medial line and lies in the
medial sagittal plane (Fig. 263 ; compare with Fig. 197). On the ventral side of
the gut a mesentery is lacking from the anus to a point just cranial to the yolk
; stalk (p. 341). There is, however, a small ventral mesentery extending a short
j distance caudally from the septum transversum. On account of its relation to
I the stomach this is known as the ventral mesogastrium (Fig. 263). These two
| sheets of tissue, the dorsal and ventral mesenteries, are destined to give rise to
; the omenta and mesenteries of the adult. Owing to the enormous elongation of
! the gut and its extensive coiling in the abdominal cavity, the primary mesen-
teries are twisted and thrown into many folds which enclose certain pockets or
i bursae. Furthermore, certain parts of the gut which are originally free and
movable become attached to other parts and to the body walls through fusions
of certain parts of the mesentery with one another and with the body walls.
348
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
The Greater Omentum and Omental Bursa. — A small part of the gut
caudal to the diaphragm is destined to become the stomach, and the portion of
the mesentery which attaches it to the dorsal body wall is known as the dorsal
mesogastrium (Fig. 263). The latter is inserted along the greater curvature of
the stomach and lies in the medial sagittal plane so long as the stomach lies in
this plane. When the stomach turns so that its long axis lies in a transverse
direction and its greater curvature is directed caudally (p. 305), the dorsal
mesogastrium changes its position accordingly. From its attachment along the
dorsal body. wall it bends to the left and then ventrally to its attachment along
the greater curvature of the stomach. Thus a sort of sac is formed dorsal to
the stomach (Figs. 299 and 300). This sac is really a part of the abdominal or
Stomach
Stomach
Duodenum
Small
intestine
Yolk stalk
Rectum
Yolk stalk
Rectum
FlG. 299.
FIG. 300.
FIG. 299. — Diagram of the gastrointestinal tract and its mesenteries
at an early stage. Ventral view. Hertwig.
FIG. 300. — Same at a later stage Hertwig.
The arrow points into the bursa omentalis.
peritoneal cavity and opens toward the right side. The ventral wall is form(
by the stomach, the dorsal and caudal walls by the mesogastrium. The cavity
of the sac is the omental bursa (bursa omentalis) ; the mesogastrium forms the
greater omentum (omentum ma jus) . The opening from the bursa into the general
peritoneal cavity is the epiploic foramen (foramen of Winslow). (Fig. 276.)
From the third month on, the greater omentum becomes larger and gradually
extends toward the ventral abdominal wall, over the transverse colon, and then
caudally between the body wall and the small intestine (Figs. 301 and 302).
The portion between the body wall and intestine encloses merely a flat cavity
continuous with the larger cavity dorsal to the stomach. From the fourth
month on, the omentum fuses with certain other structures and becomes less
free. The dorsal lamella fuses with the dorsal body wall on the left side and
PERICARDIUM, PLEUROPERITONEUM, DIAPHRAGM AND MESENTERIES. 349
with the transverse mesocolon and transverse colon (Fig. 303). During the
first or second year after birth the two lamellae fuse with each other caudal
to the transverse colon to form the greater omentum of adult anatomy.
Diaphragm
Liver-. __
omentum.^
Pancreas-.. _
Bursa omentalis
Stomach
Greater omentum
Duodenum
Transverse mesocolon
Transverse colon
Mesentery of
small intestine
Small intestine
FIG. 301.
Diaph.
FIG. 302. FIG. 303.
FIGS. 301, 302 and 303. — Diagrams showing stages in the development of the bursa omentalis, the
greater omentum, and the fusion of the latter with the transverse mesocolon. Diagrams
represent sagittal sections. For explanation of lettering in Figs. 302 and 303 see Fig. 301.
'
• The Lesser Omentum. — It has already been noted that the liver grows into
the caudal portion of the septum transversum (p. 344). Since the ventral
mesentery in the abdominal region, or the ventral mesogastrium, is primarily
350 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
directly continuous with the septum transversum, it is later attached to the
liver. In other words it passes between the liver and the lesser curvature of the
stomach and also extends along the duodenal portion of the gut for a short
distance (Fig. 263). As the stomach turns to the left the ventral mesentery is
also drawn toward the left and comes to lie almost at right angles to the sagittal
plane of the body, forming the lesser omentum (omentum minus) or the hepato-
gastric and hepatoduodenal ligaments of the adult (Figs. 303 and 304).
The Mesenteries. — So long as the intestine is a straight tube, the dorsal
mesentery lies in the medial sagittal plane, its dorsal attachment being practi-
cally of the same length as its ventral (intestinal) attachment. As development
proceeds, the intestine elongates much more rapidly than the abdominal walls,
and the intestinal attachment of the mesentery elongates accordingly. When
the portion of the intestine to which the yolk stalk is attached grows out into the
proximal end of the umbilical cord (p. 307) , the corresponding portion of the
mesentery is drawn out with it (Fig. 263). When the intestine returns to the
abdominal cavity and forms the primary loop, with the caecum to the right side
(p. 308), its mesenteric attachment is carried out of the medial sagittal plane.
This results in a funnel-shaped twisting of the mesentery (Figs. 299 and 300).
The portion of the mesentery which forms the funnel is destined to become the
mesentery of the jejunum, ileum, and ascending and transverse colon, and is
attached to the dorsal body wall at the apex of the funnel (Fig. 299, 300, 304).
This condition is reached about the middle of the fourth month.
Up to this time the mesentery and intestine are freely movable, that is, they
have formed no secondary attachments. From this time on, as the intestine
continues to elongate and forms loops and coils, the mesentery is thrown into
folds, and certain parts of it fuse with other parts and with the body wall.
Thus certain parts of the intestine become less free or less movable within the
abdominal cavity.
The duodenum changes from the original longitudinal position to a more
nearly transverse position and, with its mesentery — the mesoduodenum — fuses
with the dorsal body wall, thus becoming firmly fixed. Since the mesoduode-
num fuses with the body wall, the duodenum has no mesentery in the adult.
The pancreas, which is primarily enclosed within the mesoduodenum, also
becomes firmly attached to the dorsal body wall (compare Figs. 301 and 302).
The mesentery of the transverse colon, or the transverse mesocolon, which
lies across the body ventral to the duodenum (Figs. 300 and 304), fuses with the
ventral surface of the latter and with the peritoneum of the dorsal body wall.
In this way the dorsal attachment of the transverse mesocolon is changed from
its original sagittal direction to a transverse direction (Figs. 302 and 303). The
mesocolon itself forms a transverse partition which divides the peritoneal cavity
into two parts, an upper (or cranial) which contains the stomach and liver, and
PERICARDIUM, PLEUROPERITONEUM, DIAPHRAGM AND MESENTERIES. 351
a lower (or caudal) which contains the rest of the digestive tube except the
duodenum. The mesentery of the duodenum and pancreas changes from a
serous membrane into subserous connective tissue, and these two organs as-
sume the retroperitoneal position characteristic of the adult (Fig. 301).
The mesentery of the descending colon, or the descending mesocolon, lies in
the left side of the abdominal cavity, in contact with the peritoneum of the body
wall (see Fig. 304). It usually fuses with the peritoneum, and the descending
Dors, mesogastrium
Lesser omentum
(hep.-gast. lig.)
Bile duct
Mesoduodenum —
Transv. colon
Spleen
Duo.-jej. flexure
Desc. colon
Desc. mesocolon
Appendix
Yolk stalk
Medial line
FIG. 304. — Gastrointestinal tract and mesenteries in a human embryo. The arrow
points into the bursa omentalis. Kollmann.
colon thus becomes fixed. After the ascending colon is formed, the ascending
mesocolon usually fuses with the peritoneum on the right side (see Fig. 304). In
a large percentage (possibly 25 per cent.) of individuals, the fusion between the
peritoneum and the ascending and descending mesocolon is incomplete or
wanting.
The sigmoid mesocolon bends to the left to reach the sigmoid colon, but
forms no secondary attachments. It is continuous with the mesorectum which
maintains its original sagittal position. A sheet of tissue — the mesoappendix —
continuous with and resembling the -mesentery, is attached to the caecum and
vermiform appendix (Fig. 304). It probably represents a drawn out portion of
352 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the original common mesentery, since the caecum and appendix together are
formed as an evagination from the primitive gut.
Normally the mesentery of the small intestine forms no secondary attach-
ments, but is thrown into a number of folds which correspond to the coils of the
intestine.
The secondary attachments of the greater omentum and the fusion of the
two lamellae have been described earlier in this chapter (p. 348) . The mesen-
teries of the urogenital organs are considered in connection with the develop-
ment of those organs (Chapter XV).
The Peritoneum. — The thin layer of tissue — composed of delicate fibrous
connective tissue and mesothelium — which lines the abdominal cavity and is re-
flected over the various omenta, mesenteries and visceral organs, is derived
wholly from the mesoderm. The lining of the ccelom is composed of mesothe-
lium and mesenchyme. The latter gives rise to the connective tissue of the
serous membranes, and the mesothelial layer becomes the mesothelium of these
membranes.
Anomalies.
THE PERICARDIUM. — Anomalous conditions of the pericardium are usually,
although not necessarily, associated with anomalies of the heart. They may
also be associated with defects in the diaphragm. Displacement of the heart
(ectopia cordis) is accompanied by displacement of the pericardium. The
heart sometimes protrudes through the thoracic wall, and, as a rule, in such cases
is covered by the protruding pericardium. In extensive cleft of the thoracic
wall (thoracoschisis, Chap. XX) the pericardium may be ruptured.
THE DIAPHRAGM. — The most common malformation of the diaphragm is a
defect in its dorsal part, occurring much more frequently on the left than on the
right side. The defect may affect but a small portion or may be extensive, the
peritoneum being directly continuous with the parietal layer of the pleura.
Such defects are due to the imperfect development of the pleuro-peritoneal mem-
brane which normally grows from the dorso-lateral part of the body wall and
fuses with the edge of the primary diaphragm, thus separating the pleural and
and peritoneal cavities (p. 345) . The most conspicuous result of defects in the
dorsal part of the diaphragm is diaphragmatic hernia, in which parts of the
stomach, liver, spleen and intestine project into the pleural cavity, either free or
enclosed in a peritoneal sac. Defects in the ventral part of the diaphragm, due
to imperfect development of portions of the septum transversum, are not
common,
THE MESENTERIES AND OMENTA. — Extensive malformations of the mesen-
teries apparently do not occur without extensive malformations of the digestive
tract. One of the most striking anomalous conditions is a retained embryonic
f
PERICARDIUM, PLEUROPERITONEUM, DIAPHRAGM AND MESENTERIES. 353
simplicity of the mesentery, concurrent with corresponding simplicity in the
loops and coils of the intestine. In this anomaly the intestine has failed to
arrive at its usual complicated condition and the mesentery has not undergone
the usual processes of folding and fusion (p. 350 et seq.). Minor variations in
the mesenteries and omenta are probably due largely to imperfect fusion of
certain parts with one another and with the body wall. It is not uncommon to
find the ascending or descending colon, or both, more or less free and mov-
able. This condition is due to imperfect fusion of the mesocolon with the body
wall (p. 351). If the greater omentum is wholly or partially divided into sheets
of tissue, the two primary lamellae have failed to fuse completely (p. 349).
This divided condition is normal in many Mammals.
References for Further Study.
•»ib
BRACKET, A.: Recherches sur le developpement du diaphragme et du foie. Jour, de
VAnat. et de la Physiol., T. XXXII, 1895.
BROMAN, J.: Die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Bursa omentalis und ahnlicher Recess*
bildungen bei den Wirbeltieren. Wiesbaden, 1904.
BROMAN, I.: Ueber die Entwickelung und Bedeutung der Mesenterien und der Korper-
hohlen bei den Wirbeltieren. Ergebnisse der Anat. u. Entwick., Bd. XV, 1906.
BROSSIKE, G.: Ueber intraabdominale (retroperitoneale) Hernien und Bauchfelltaschen,
nebst einer Darstellung der Entwickelung peritonealer Formationen. Berlin, 1891.
HERTWIG, O. : Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen und der Wirbeltiere.
Jena, 1906.
KEIBEL, F., and MALL, F. P.: Manual of Human Embryology, Vol. I, 1910.
KLAATSCH: Zur Morphologic der Mesenterialbildungen am Darmkanal der Wirbeltiere.
Morph. Jahrbuch, Bd. XVIII, 1892.
KOLLMANN, J.: Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Jena, 1898.
KOLLMANN, J.: Handatlas der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Bd. II, 1907.
MALL, F. P.: Development of the Human Ccelom. Jour, of Morphol., Vol. XII, 1897.
MALL, F. P.: On the Development of the Human Diaphragm. Johns Hopkins
Hospital Bulletin, Vol. XII, 1901.
PIERSOL. G. A.: Teratology. In Wood's Reference Handbook of the Medical Sciences.
1904.
RAVN, E.: Ueber die Bildung der Scheidewand zwischen Brust- und Bauchhohle in
Saugetierembryonen. Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1889.
STRAHL and CARIUS: Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Herzens und der
Korperhohlen. Arch. /. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1889.
SWAEN, A.: Recherches sur le developpement du foie, du tube digestif, de 1'arriere-
cavite du peritoine et du mesentere. Premiere partie, Lapin. Jour, de VAnat. et de la
Physiol., T. XXXIII, 1896. Seconde partie. Embryons humains. T. XXXIII, 1897.
TOLDT, C.: Bau und Wachstumsveranderung der Gekrose des menschlichen Darm-
kanals. Denkschr. der kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien. Math.-Naturwissen. Classe, Bd
XLI, 1879.
CHAPTER XV.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
No other system in the body presents such peculiarities of development as
the urogenital system. In the first place, it is exceedingly complicated on ac-
count of its many parts. It is derived from both mesoderm (mesothelium and
mesenchyme) and entoderm. The urinary portion develops into a great com-
plex of ducts for the carrying off of waste products. The genital portion in
both sexes becomes highly specialized for the production and carrying off
of the sexual elements. In the second place, instead of one set of urinary organs
developing and persisting, three sets develop at different stages. The first
set (the pronephroi) disappears in part, but leaves certain structures which are
used, so to speak, in the development of the second. The second set (the meso-
nephroi) disappears for the most part, leaving, however, some portions which
are taken up in the development of the genital organs and other portions which
persist as rudimentary structures in the adult. The third set (the metanephroi
or kidneys) develops in part from the second and in part is of independent
origin. These conditions" afford one of the most striking examples of the repe-
tition of the phylogenetic history by the ontogenetic, or, in other words, of von
Baer's law that an individual, in its development, has a tendency to repeat its
ancestral history; for the first and second sets of urinary organs in the human
embryo represent systems that are permanent in the lower Vertebrates. In the
third place, the ducts of the genital organs are not homologous in the two sexes.
In the male the ducts (deferent duct, duct of the epididymis, efferent ductules)
are derived from the second set of urinary organs; in the female they (the
oviducts) are derived from other ducts which develop in the second set of
urinary organs, but which are not functionally a part of the latter.
THE PRONEPHROS.
The pronephros, with the pronephric duct, is the first of the urinary organs
to appear. In embryos of 2-3 mm. there are two pronephric tubules on each
side, situated at the level of the heart. Although their mode of origin has not
been observed in the human embryo, it is probable, judging from observations
on lower Vertebrates, that they arise as evaginations of the mesothelium. The
part of the mesothelium involved is that adjacent to the intermediate cell mass
(Fig. 305) . (The intermediate cell mass is the portion of the mesoderm interven-
ing between the primitive segments and the unsegmented parietal and visceral
354
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM. 355
layers; p. 99.) The more cephalic of the two tubules becomes hollow and
opens into the ccelom; the more caudal is merely a solid cord of cells. Neither
tubule forms any connection with the pronephric duct. At each side of the root
of the mesentery a small elevation, which projects into the ccelom, probably
represents a rudimentary glomerulus. A glomerulus in the lower Vertebrates,
where the pronephros develops to a much greater degree than in Mammals,
contains tortuous vessels derived from branches of the aorta (Fig. 306).
The mesonephros (p. 359), beginning to develop almost as soon as the pro-
nephros and in the same relative position, forms a ridge which projects into the
coelom. The pronephric tubules thus become embedded in the mesonephric
ridge.
The pronephric duct begins to develop about the same time as the tubules.
It appears as a longitudinal ridge on the outer side of the intermediate cell mass
Sclerotome Myotome
Visceral
mesoderm
Pronephric
tubule
FIG. 305. — Transverse section of a dog embryo with 19 primitive segments. Bonnet.
Section taken through sixth segment.
at the level of the heart and projects into the space between the mesoderm and
ectoderm. The ridge is at first solid but soon acquires a lumen, and gradually
extends to the caudal end of the embryo where it bends medially to open into
the gut. The origin of the caudal portion of the duct is a matter of dispute.
It comes in contact and fuses with the ectoderm, but whether in the higher ani-
mals the fusion is secondary or signifies a derivation from the ectoderm has
not been determined. When first formed, the entire duct lies on the outer side
of the intermediate cell mass, but later becomes embedded in the mesonephric
ridge.
The pronephric tubules are but transient structures and have no functional
significance in man and the higher Vertebrates. The ducts, however, remain
and become the ducts of the second set of urinary organs, the mesonephroi.
The significance of the pronephros can be understood only by reference to the conditions
in the lower animals. In the latter the pronephros acquires a relatively higher degree of de«
356 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
velopment than in the higher forms. The tubules are segmentally arranged and are preset
in many segments of the body. They open at their outer ends into the ducts, and at their
inner ends into the coelom through ciliated funnel-shaped mouths or nephrostomes. Little
masses of mesoderm, containing tortuous vessels derived from branches of the aorta, form
glomeruli which project into the ccelom. Waste products are removed from the blood
through the agency of the glomeruli and are collected in the ccelom. They are then taken up
by the pronephric tubules and carried away by the ducts. In some of the Round Worms
there is not even a longitudinal duct, but the tubules open directly on the outer surface of
the body. In the lowest Fishes all the tubules on each side open into a longitudinal duct
which opens into the cloaca. In these lower forms of animal life the pronephroi constitute
the permanent urinary apparatus. In the ascending scale the mesonephroi appear (higher
^: u-j r-k ~Nch-
Pron. t.
Glom.
FIG. 306. — Diagram of the pronephric system in an amphibian. Bonnet.
CceL, Coelom; Glom., glomerulus, containing ramifications of a branch of the aorta;
Nch., notochord; Pron. t., pronephric tubule.
Fishes, Amphibia) and assume the function of carrying off waste products. The prone-
phroi also develop, but to a lesser degree. Still higher in the scale (Reptiles, Birds, Mam-
mals) the kidneys (metanephroi) appear and the mesonephroi lose their functional sig-
nificance. But even in the very highest Mammals the pronephroi appear, in a very rudimen-
tary form, in each individual in the earliest embryonic stages, thus repeating the ancestral
history.
THE MESONEPHROS.-
The mesonephroi, which constitute the second set of urinary organs, appear
in embryos of 2.6-3.0 mm., immediately following the pronephroi. They be-
gin to develop just caudal to the pronephric tubules and in the same relative
position as the latter, that is, in the intermediate cell mass. Condensations*
appear in the mesenchyme and become more or less tortuous. At their inner
ends they form secondary connections with the mesothelium and at their outer
ends they join the pronephric duct which now becomes the mesonephric (or
Wolffian) duct. The cells acquire an epithelial character, lumina appear,
and the tortuous mesenchymal condensations thus become true tubules. Their
connections with the mesothelium soon disappear (Fig. 307).
*The term " condensation " is here used to mean increased density of tissue due mainly to
proliferation of cells.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
357
After the tubules are formed, other condensations of the mesenchyme appear
near their inner ends. A branch from the aorta enters each condensation and
breaks up into a number of smaller vessels which ramify inside, the entire
structure thus becoming a glomerulus. Each glomerulus pushes against the
corresponding tubule, the latter becoming flattened and then growing around
the glomerulus. In this way the glomerulus becomes surrounded by two layers
of epithelium, except at the point where the vessels enter, and the whole structure
—the Malpighian corpuscle — resembles very closely a renal corpuscle of the adult
Roof Spinal
plate ganglion Amnion
Floor plate
Notochord
Aorta
Glomerulus
Mesentery
Intestine
Post, cardinal vein
Mesonephric
(Wolffian) duct
Blood vessel
Mesonephric
(Wolffian) ridge
Coelorn
Body wall with
umbilical vein
FIG. 307. — From a transverse section of a sheep embryo of 21 days (15 mm.),
showing the developing mesonephros. Bonnet.
kidney. Waste products are removed from the blood through the agency of
the glomeruli and are carried to the ducts by the mesonephric tubules (Fig. 307).
The tubules themselves increase in length and become much coiled. Sec-
ondary and tertiary tubules also develop and become branches of the primary.
Whether these develop from condensations of the mesenchyme or as buds from
the primary tubules has not been determined. Each tubule consists of two
parts — (i) a dilated part around the glomerulus, composed of large flat cells
and forming Bowman's capsule, and (2) a narrower coiled part leading from
358
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the glomerulus to the duct and composed of smaller cuboidal cells (Fig. 307).
The primary mesonephric tubules are arranged segmentally, one appearing
in each segment as far back as the pelvic region. Thus the intermediate cell
mass may be considered as a series of nephrotomes, corresponding to the
sclerotomes and myotomes. The segmental character is soon lost, however,
owing to the inequality of growth between the mesonephros and the other seg-
mental structures, and to the development of the secondary and tertiary tubules.
As stated above, the first mesonephric tubules appear immediately caudal to
Hind-brain
Branchial groove I
Hea
Intestine
Mesonephros
Coelom
Lower limb bud
Mid-brain
Fore-brain
Lung
Genital ridge
Body wall
Genital eminence
Tail
FIG. 308.— Human embryo of 5 weeks. The ventral body wall has been removed
to disclose the mesonephroi. Kollmann.
the pronephros From this point their formation gradually progresses in a
caudal direction as far as the pelvic region. By the further development of the
primary and by the addition of the secondary and tertiary tubules and the
glomeruli, the mesonephros as a whole increases in size and forms a large
structure which projects into the ccelom on each side of the body, forming the
so-called mesonephric or Wolffian ridge. It reaches the height of its develop-
ment in the human embryo about the fifth or sixth week, at which time it ex-
tends from the region of the heart to the pelvic region (Fig. 308). Each organ
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
359
is attached to the dorsal body wall by a distinct mesentery which, at its cephalic
end, also sends off a band to the diaphragm — the diaphragmatic ligament of
the mesonephros. The peritoneum is reflected over the surface of the meso-
nephros, and on the ventro-medial side the mesothelium becomes thickened to
form the genital ridge (p. 374; Figs. 276 and 308). The mesonephric ducts are
embedded in the lateral parts of the organs and extend throughout practically
T their entire length. Since the ducts are identical with the pronephric ducts,
they open at first into the caudal end of the gut, or cloaca (p. 355; Fig. 322).
At a little later period, when the urogenital sinus is formed, they open at the
junction of the latter with the bladder (Fig. 325). Still later they open into the
Appendage
of testicle
Testicle
Appendage of epididymis
Mesonephric duct
' (duct of epididymis)
- -Paradidymis
... Aberrant ductule-
Mullerian duct
Urogenital sinus
FIG. 309. — Diagram representing certain persistent portions of the mesonephros
in the male (see table). Kottmann.
sinus itself (p. 3 70) . A description of their further development is best deferred
to the section on the male genital organs, since they become the genital ducts
(p. 386).
The mesonephroi function as urinary organs during the period of their
existence in the embryos of all higher Vertebrates. Excretory products are con-
veyed directly to the tubules by means of the glomeruli instead of being de-
posited in the ccelom and then taken up by the tubules, as is the case in func-
tional pronephroi (p. 356). The main excretory ducts are the same as in the
pronephroi. Aside from the vessels in the glomeruli the mesonephroi are ex-
ceedingly vascular organs. Large and small branches of the posterior cardinal
veins ramify among the tubules (Figs. 276 and 194). The blood undergoes
360
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
purifying processes in its close contact with the tubules and is returned to the
heart by the posterior cardinals, or, after the cephalic ends of the latter atrophy,
by the subcardinals and the inferior vena cava (see p. 225; also Fig. 194, B).
There is thus present a true renal portal system, similar to the hepatic portal
system.
Although the mesonephroi become large functional organs during the earlier
stages of development, they atrophy and disappear for the most part, coinci-
dently with the appearance and development of the kidneys. The degeneration
begins during the sixth or seventh week and goes on rapidly until, by the end of
the fourth month, little remains but the ducts and a few tubules. The degenera-
o. t. a.
Ovd.
Epo. 1.
Epo. t.
FIG. 310. — Diagram representing certain persistent portions of the mesonephros
in the female (see table).
Epo. /., Longitudinal duct of the epoophoron; Epo. t., transverse ductules of the epoophoron; O. t. a.t
ostium abdominale tubae; Ovd., oviduct; X represents a small duct which, if present, leads
from the epoophoron to one of the fimbriae of the oviduct.
live processes consist of (i) an ingrowth of connective tissue among the tubules,
(2) atrophy of the epithelium of the tubules, and (3) atrophy of the glomeruli,
The portions which remain differ in the two. sexes, and since the remnants
are taken up in the formation of the male and female genital organs it seems
best to discuss them more fully under those heads (pp. 383,386). The accom-
panying table, however, will give a clue to their fate (see also Figs. 309 and
310). A more comprehensive table will be found on p. 393.
Male Female
Mesonephros
j Cephalic part
{ Caudal part
Duct of mesonephros
(Efferent ductules
(vasa efferentia)
J Paradidymis
| Vasa aberrantia
Deferent duct
Ejaculatory duct
Seminal vesicles
Epoophoron
Paroophoron
Gartner's canals
The significance of the mesonephroi, which, as well as the pronephroi, are present in the
embryos of ail higher Vertebrates, can be understood only by referring to the conditions in the
lower Vertebrates. In the majority of the Fishes and in the Amphibia the mesonephroi con-
stitute the functional urinary organs of the adult and possess essentially the same structure 35
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM
361
in the embryos of higher forms. Beginning in the Reptiles and continuing up through the
series of Birds and Mammals, another set of urinary organs — the kidneys — develops. The
mesonephroi also develop in these forms, even to a high degree, thus repeating the ancestral
history, but retain their original function only in the earlier embryonic stages.
THE KIDNEY (METANEPHROS).
The kidneys are the third set of urinary organs to develop. They assume
the function of the mesonephroi as the latter atrophy, and constitute the per-
manent urinary apparatus. Each kidney is derived from two separate anlagen
which unite secondarily. The epithelium of the ureter, renal pelvis, and
straight renal tubules (collecting tubules) is derived from the mesonephric duct
Mesonephros
Mesonephric duct
Metanephric blastema
Metanephric blastema
(inner zone)
Primitive renal pelvis
Cloacal membrane
Urete
FIG. 311. — From a reconstruction of the anlage of the kidney (metanephros) , etc., of a human
embryo at the beginning of the $th week. Schreiner.
by a process of evagination. The convoluted renal tubules and glomeruli are
derived directly from the mesenchyme, and in this respect resemble the meso-
nephric tubules and glomeruli.
The Ureter, Renal Pelvis and Straight Renal Tubules.— During the
fourth week (in embryos of about 5 mm.) a small, hollow, bud-like evagination
appears on the dorsal side of each mesonephric duct near its opening into the
cloaca. The evagination continues to grow dorsally in the mesenchyme
toward the vertebral column, and at the same time becomes differentiated
into two parts, a narrow stalk and a dilated terminal portion. The stalk is
the forerunner of the ureter, the dilated end is the primitive renal pelvis (Figs.
311 and 313). When the dilated end reaches the ventral side of the vertebral
362
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
column it turns and grows cranially between the latter and the mesonephros.
The stalk (or ureter) elongates accordingly (Fig. 312).
About the fifth week, four evaginations from the primitive renal pelvis appear
— one cephalic, one caudal and two central (Figs. 312 and 314) . These may be
considered as straight renal tubules of the first order. The distal end of each
then enlarges to form a sort of ampulla, and from each ampulla two other
evaginations develop, forming tubules of the second order. From the ampulla
of each secondary tubule two tertiary tubules grow out; and this process con-
Mesonephros
Mesonephric duct
Junction of meson,
duct and ureter
Cephalic evagination
Metanephric blastema
Central evaginations
\ — Caudal evagination
FIG. 312. — From a reconstruction of the anlage of the kidney, etc., of a human
embryo of 11.5 mm. Schreiner.
tinues in a similar manner until twelve or thirteen divisions occur, the final
divisions occurring during the fifth month. The tubules grow into the mesen-
chyme which surrounds the pelvis and which forms the so-called metanephric
blastema, or nephro genie tissue (Fig. 313). LcMju&* &*oU/>)
If the straight tubules were to remain in this condition, only four would open
directly into the pelvis, corresponding with the four primary evaginations. In
the adult, however, many hundreds open into the pelvis; consequently extensive
changes of the early condition must take place. These changes are similar to
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
the process by which the proximal ends of some of the blood vessels come to be
included in the wall of the heart (p. 214). The proximal ends of the tubules
become wider, the pelvis swells out, and the walls of the tubules become in-
cluded in the wall of the pelvis. In certain parts of the pelvic wall this process
goes on until deep bays — the calyces — are formed, into which a large number of
tubules open. In the other parts of the wall the process does not go so far, thus
leaving promontories — the renal papilla — upon which larger tubules or papil-
lary ducts open. The adult renal pelvis thus consists of the primitive pelvis plus
the proximal ends of the straight tubules.
Metanephric
blastema
Primitive
renal pelvis
Ureter
Mesonephric duct
Intestine
Bladder
FIG. 313. — From a transverse section of a human embryo at the beginning of the 5th week.
The plane of the section is indicated in Fig. 311. Schreiner.
The Convoluted Renal Tubules and Glomeruli.— As stated above,
the metanephric blastema or nephrogenic tissue surrounds the renal pelvis
and the straight tubules. It represents a condensation of the mesenchyme and is
destined to give rise to the convoluted tubules and glomeruli. The cells of the
blastema in the region of the ampullae of the terminal straight tubules acquire
an epithelial character and become arranged in solid masses (Fig. 315). Each
mass unites with an ampulla and acquires a lumen, which becomes continuous
with the lumen of the straight tubule, then elongates and forms an S-shaped
structure (Figs. 316 and 317). The loop of the S nearer the straight tubules
elongates still more and grows toward the pelvis, parallel with the straight
364 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
tubules, to form Ifenle's loop. The part between Henle's loop and the straight
tubule elongates and becomes convoluted to form the proximal part of a con-
voluted renal tubule (second convoluted tubule) . The part between the distal
end and Henle's loop elongates and becomes convoluted to form the distal part
of a convoluted renal tubule (first convoluted tubule) (Figs. 318 and 319).
To avoid confusion it may be well to call attention to the fact that what has here been
called the proximal part of a convoluted tubule corresponds with what is usually described as
the second or distal convoluted tubule, and that the distal part of a convoluted tubule
corresponds with the first or proximal convoluted tubule. In histology the distal and proxi-
mal convoluted tubules are spoken of in relation to the renal corpuscle, but in development
it is more convenient to speak of the terminal part of a tubule as its distal part.
Caudal
evagination
Ureter
FIG. 314. — From a model of the primitive renal pelvis and the evaginations which form the cephalic,
central and caudal straight renal tubules of the fir~st order. Human embryo of 4! months.
Compare with Fig. 350. Schreiner
A glomerulus develops in connection with the extreme distal end of a con-
voluted tubule or, in other words, with the distal loop of the S (p. 363). There
occurs here a further condensation of the mesenchyme, into which grows a
branch from the renal artery. This, as the afferent vessel of the glomerulus,
breaks up into several arterioles, each of which gives rise to a tuft of capillaries.
These tufts are separated from one another by somewhat more mesenchymal
tissue than separates the capillaries within a tuft. The tufts with the asso-
ciated mesenchymal tissue constitute a glomerulus, and it is the mesenchymal
septa between the tufts that give to the glomerulus its characteristic lobula.ted
appearance. The capillaries of each tuft empty into an arteriole, and the
several arterioles unite to form the efferent vessel of the glomerulus, which passes
out along side of the afferent vessel. The renal tubule becomes flattened on the
side next the condensation of the mesenchyme, and as the glomerulus develops,
the epithelium of the tubule grows around it except at the point where the blood
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
365
vessels enter and leave. Thus a double layer of epithelium comes to surround
the glomerulus, the space between the two layers being the extreme distal part
of the lumen of a renal tubule. The inner layer is closely applied to the surface
Anlagen of
convoluted
renal tubules
Renal pelvis
Capsule
Anlage of
convoluted renal tubule
Ampulla of
straight renal tubule
FIG. 315. — Sagittal section of the anlage of the left kidney in a rabbit embryo of 15 days. Schreiner.
The straight renal tubules (sections of which are shown) are embedded in the metanephric blastema.
Condensations of the latter form the anlagen of the convoluted renal tubules. At the left
of the figure several mesonephric tubules are shown.
Amp.
Con. r. t.
Met. bl.
Con. r. t.
FIG. 316. — From a section of the kidney of a human foetus of 7 months. Schreiner.
Amp., Ampulla of a straight renal tubule; Con. r. t., anlagen of convoluted renal tubules, above and
between which are two ampullae (compare Fig. 317); met. bl., metanephric blastema.
of the glomerulus and even dips down into the latter between the tufts. The
outer layer forms Bowman's capsule, the flat epithelium of which passes over
into the cuboidal epithelium of the "neck" of the tubule, and this in turn is
366
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Prox. convoluted tubule
Dist. convoluted tubule
Henle's loo
FIG. 317,
Ampulla of straight tubule
Henle's loop
Distal part of
convoluted tubule
Bowman's capsule
Proximal part of
convoluted tubule
Distal part of
convoluted tubule
"Neck"
Bowman's capsule
FIG. 318.
Prox. convoluted tubule
Dist. convoluted tubule
Henle's loop
Prox. convoluted tubule
Bowman's capsule
Straight tubule
Prox. convoluted tubule
Dist. convoluted tubule
Prox. convoluted tubule
Dist. Convoluted tubule
Bowman's capsule
Ascending ~\
>• arm of Henle's loop
Descending J
FIG. 319
FIGS. 317, 318 and 319. — From reconstructions of convoluted renal tubules in successive
stages of development. Stoerk.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM. 367
continuous with the pyramidal epithelium of the distal convoluted tubule.
The entire structure is a renal corpuscle. The formation of renal corpuscles
begins in embryos of 30 mm. and continues until after birth.
The Renal Pyramids and Renal Columns. — The tubules arising from
the four primary evaginations of the renal pelvis together form four distinct
groups or primary renal (Malpighian) pyramids — one cephalic, one caudal, and
two central. The central pyramids are crowded in between the end pyramids,
(cephalic and caudal) and do not develop as rapidly as the latter which soon
bend around toward the ureter, thus resulting in the formation of the convex
side of the kidney and a depression or hilus opposite (compare Figs. 314 and
320). Between these four pyramids the mesenchyme remains for some time as
Primary renal pyramid
Primary renal column
Primary renal pyramid
Primary renal column
Ureter-
1^ Primary renal pyramid
FIG, 320. — Frontal section of the kidney of a human foetus of 3! months (10 cm.). Hauch.
\ rather distinct septa, forming the primary renal columns (columns of Bertini)
which are marked by corresponding depressions on the surface of the kidney
and extend to the renal pelvis. The four primary pyramids may be considered
as lobes (Fig. 320). It should also be stated that the parts of the tubules
derived from the mesenchyme form the bases of the renal pyramids. Be-
tween the groups of straight tubules derived from evaginations of the second or
third order (see p. 362) there #re also septa of mesenchyme which divide each
primary pyramid into two or three secondary pyramids. These septa may
be considered as secondary renal columns (Fig. 321). Thus the entire kidney
is divided into from eight to twelve secondary pyramids. Tertiary renal
columns then divide incompletely the secondary pyramids into tertiary pyra-
368
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
mids. These are apparent on the surface of the kidney and constitute the
surface tabulation, but are not clearly denned in the interior.
The formation of renal papillae (p. 363) corresponds to the formation of
pyramids only to a certain point, for some of the tertiary pyramids appear only
near the surface and consequently do not have corresponding papillae. This
accounts for the fact that frequently the number of pyramids apparent on the
surface does not correspond with the number of papillae. The surface lobula-
tion is very plainly marked in kidneys up to and for a short time after birth. It
then disappears and the surface becomes smooth. At the same time the con-
nective (mesenchymal) tissue of the renal columns is largely replaced by the
Secondary
renal
column Secondary
renal
pyramid Secondary
renal
column
Primary
renal
column
FIG. 321. — Frontal section of the kidney of a human foetus of 19 weeks (17.5 cm.). Hauch.
epithelial elements of the gland so that in the adult kidney the columns are not
clearly denned.
The capsule of the kidney is derived from the mesenchyme which surroum
the anlage of the organ (Fig 315). This mesenchyme is transformed into fibroi
connective tissue and a small amount of smooth muscle, forming a layer which
closely invests the kidney and dips into the hilus where it surrounds the blood
vessels and the end of the ureter. The connective tissue and muscle of the
ureter are also derived from the mesenchyme.
CORTEX AND MEDULLA. — As the convoluted renal tubules develop in the
metanephric blastema (p. 363), they form a cap-like mass around the group of
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM. 369
straight tubules. This is the beginning of the renal cortex. A true cortex,
however, can be spoken of only after the appearance of the glomeruli (in
embryos of 30 mm.). Its peripheral boundary is the capsule, and the renal
corpuscles nearest the pelvis mark its inner boundary. The mass of straight
tubules forms the bulk of the medulla. It does not at this stage contain Henle's
loops, the latter developing later (during the fourth month). Both cortex
and medulla increase until the kidney reaches its adult size. The cortex
increases relatively faster than the medulla up to the seventh year; after
this the increase is practically equal. The medullary rays are probably
secondary formations, being formed by groups of straight tubules which
grow out into the cortex; later, ascending arms of Henle's loops are added to
these groups.
Some of the glomeruli of the first generation are much larger than any
found in the adult. In some of the lower Mammals these "giant" glomeruli
disappear and it is probable that the same occurs in the human embryo. Some
of the tubules also degenerate and disappear. The cause of these phenomena
is not known.
Changes in the Position of the Kidneys. — As has already been described
(p. 361), the kidney buds first grow dorsally from the mesonephric ducts
toward the vertebral column. They then grow cranially, with a corresponding
elongation of the ureters, and in embryos of 20 mm. they lie for the most part
cranial to the common iliac arteries. This migration continues until the time
of birth when the cephalic ends of both kidneys reach the eleventh thoracic ver-
tebra. When the kidneys begin to move cranially the hilus is directed caudally.
Later they rotate and the hilus is turned toward the medial sagittal plane.
Since the ureter, renal pelvis and straight tubules develop from the mesonephric ducts,
and since the convoluted tubules and glomeruli develop directly from the same tissue as the
mesonephric tubules, namely, the mesenchyme, the renal tubules may be said to represent
the third generation of urinary tubules. But no definite reason for the appearance of the
third generation can be given. The atrophy of the mesonephroi would, of course, make
necessary the compensatory development of new structures; but this only carries the problem
a step further back, for the cause of the atrophy of the mesonephroi is not clear. In regard
to this atrophy, however, there is a suggestion of a cause in the fact that in the Amphibia
the mesonephroi are in part used for conveying the sexual elements, which leaves the meso-
nephroi less free to function as urinary organs. Possibly the loss of freedom to function leads
to the development of new structures — the kidneys — in the higher forms (Reptiles, Birds
and Mammals). In these forms the kidneys assume the urinary function after the early
embryonic stages, and only the ducts and a part of the tubules of the mesonephroi persist in
the male to convey the sexual elements. Thus the persistent parts of the mesonephroi as-
sume a new function as the old one is lost. But, on the other hand, complications arise
on account of the fact that in the female the sexual products are carried off by another set
of ducts (the Miillerian ducts), which develop in both sexes but disappear in the male,
while the mesonephroi and their ducts disappear almost entirely.
370
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
THE URINARY BLADDER, URETHRA AND UROGENITAL SINUS.
As described elsewhere, the allantois appears at an early stage as an evagi-
nation from the ventral side of the caudal end of the primitive gut (Fig. 244),
grows out into the belly stalk, and finally becomes enclosed in the umbilical cord
(p. 582). As the embryo develops, the proximal end of the allantois becomes
elongated to form a stalk or duct which extends from the caudal end of the
gut to the umbilicus (Fig. 247). The portion of the gut immediately caudal to
the attachment of the allantoic duct becomes dilated to form the cloaca which
at first is a blind sac, its cavity being separated from the outer surface of the
embryo by the cloacal membrane (Fig. 322). The latter is composed of a layer of
entoderm and a layer of ectoderm, with a thin layer of mesoderm between. The
cloaca then becomes separated into two parts— a larger ventral part which forms
Intestine Kidney bud
Mesonephric duct
Urachus
Cloaca
Cloacal membrane
Caudal gut - — .-
Notochord
Neural tube
FIG. 322. — From a model of the cloaca and the surrounding structures in a
human embryo of 6.5 mm. Keibel.
the uro genital sinus and a smaller "dorsal part which forms the rectum. This
Is accomplished by a fold or ridge which grows from the lateral wall into the
lumen and meets and fuses with its fellow of the opposite side. The fusion be-
gins at the cephalic end, in the angle between the allantoic duct and the gut,
and gradually proceeds caudally until the separation is complete as far as the
cloacal membrane. The mass of tissue forming the partition is called the uro-
rectalfold (Fig. 323). The openings of the mesonephric ducts, which primarily
were situated in the lateral cloacal wall (p. 359), are situated after the separation
in the dorso-lateral wall of the ur-ogenital sinus (compare Figs. 322, 323,324).
During the separation of the urogenital sinus from the rectum, certain
changes take place in the proximal ends of the mesonephric ducts and ureters.
The ends of the ducts become dilated and are gradually taken up into the wall of
the sinus. This process of absorption continues until the ends of the ureters are
included, with the result that the ducts and ureters open separately, the latter
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM. 371
slightly cranial and lateral to the former. (Compare Figs. 324 and 325.) This
condition is reached in embryos of 12 to 14 mm. The point at which these two
sets of ducts open marks the boundary between a slightly larger cephalic part
of the sinus, the anlage of the bladder, and a smaller caudal part which becomes
the urethra and urogenital sinus (Fig. 325).
After the second month the bladder becomes larger and more sac-like, and
the openings of the ureters migrate farther cranially to their final position. The
lumen of the bladder is at first continuous with the lumen of the allantoic duct,
but the duct degenerates into a solid cord of cells, the urachus. The latter
degenerates still further and finally remains only as the middle umbilical liga-
Urorectal fold Mesonephric duct
Kidney bud.
^^^K&mn^L /•?*&
Urachus
Cloaca
Urogenital sinus —
- Rectum
Cloacal membrane
audal gut
FIG. 323.— From a model of the cloacal region of a human embryo slightly older than
that shown in Fig. 322. Keibel.
The arrow points to the developing partition (uro«ectal fold) between the rectum and urogenital
sinus. The opening of the mesonephric duct into the urogenital sinus is indicated by a
small seeker.
merit. It seems quite probable that the bladder is derived almost wholly from
the cloaca. A small part arises from the inclusion of the ends of the mesoneph-
ric ducts. If any part is derived from the allantoic duct, it is only the apex.
After the bladder begins to enlarge, the adjacent portion of the urogenital
sinus becomes slightly constricted. This marks the beginning of the urethra.
In the female the constricted part represents practically the entire urethra.
In the male it represents only the proximal end, the other portion developing
in connection with the penis (p. 398). The urogenital sinus is narrow and
tubular at its junction with the urethra; more distally it is wider and is shut off
from the exterior by the cloacal membrane. After the embryo reaches a length
of 16 to 17 mm., the membrane ruptures and the sinus opens on the surface*
372
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
The narrow part of the sinus is gradually taken up into the wider, resulting in
the formation of a sort of -vestibule. In both sexes the urethra opens into the
deeper end of the vestibule. In the male the mesonephric (seminiferous)
Cloaca
(undivided portion)
Cloacal membrane
Tail
Mesonephric ducts
L Coelom
'— Primitive renal pelvis
Rectum
FlG. 324. — From a reconstruction of the caudal end of a human embryo
of 11.5 mm. (4^ weeks). Keibel.
Umbilical artery
Bladder
Symphysis pubis-
Urogenital sin us -
Genital tubercle
Urethra
Anus
Ovary
__ Broad ligament
of uterus
I— Mullerian duct
j
»-• Mesonephric duct
Ureter
Recto-uterine
excavation
- Rectum
Tail
FIG. 325. — From a reconstruction of the caudal end of a human embryo
of 25 mm. (8i-g weeks). Keibel.
The asterisk (*) indicates the urorectal fold.
ducts open near the external orifice. In the female the opening of the develop-
ing vagina is situated on the dorsal side near the external orifice.
The epithelium of the prostate gland is derived by evagination from the proxi-
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM. 373
mal part of the urethra. The first evagination appears during the third month.
In the male the process continues to form a rather large gland; in the female the
structure remains in a rudimentary condition. During the fourth month two
evaginations arise from the urethra and develop into the bulbo-urethral
(Cowper's) glands in the male, into the larger vestibular (Bartholin's) glands in
the female.
From the course of development it is seen that the epithelium of most of the
bladder, of the female urethra and proximal end of the male urethra, of the
Germinal JS^ ^ Stroma
epithelium — I a (mesenchyme)
(mesothehum)
FIG. 326. — Transverse section through the germinal epithelium of a pig embryo of n mm. Nagel.
The larger cells in the epithelium represent the sex cells, the smaller ones the
undifferentiated mesothelial cells.
prostate, of the urogenital sinus, and of the bulbo-urethral and vestibular
glands is of entodermal origin. A very small part of the bladder epithelium
is of mesodermal origin, since the proximal ends of the mesonephric ducts,
which are mesodermal derivatives, are taken up into the wall. All the connec-
tive tissue and smooth muscle associated with these organs are derived from
the mesoderm (mesenchyme) which surrounds the anlagen.
• " * ^
THE GENITAL GLANDS.
The Germinal Epithelium and Genital Ridge.
At a very early stage in the formation of the mesonephros, a narrow strip
of mesothelium extending along the medial surface becomes thicker and the
cells become arranged in several layers (Figs. 276 and 308). Two kinds
of cells can be recognized in this — (i) small cuboidal cells with cytoplasm
which stains rather intensely, and (2) larger spherical cells with clearer
374 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
cytoplasm and large vesicular nuclei (Fig. 326). The latter are the sex cells;
and the whole epithelial (mesothelial) band is known as the germinal epi-
thelium. The sex cells are destined to give rise to the sexual elements — in the
female to the ova, in the male to the spermatozoa. In the earlier stages,
however, it is impossible to determine whether the sex cells will give rise to
male or female elements. The differentiation of sex and the corresponding
histological differentiation of the sex cells occur at a later period.
In his earlier work on the ovary and testis in Mammals, Allen has ob-
served in very early stages (pig embryos of 6 mm., rabbit embryos of 13 days)
certain large cells, with large clear nuclei, in the mesenchymal tissue of the
mesentery, outside oj the genital ridge. In his investigation of the chick,
Swift has discerned the sex cells at the time when the primitive streak and
primitive axis are being formed. They are located in the entoderm and in
the space between entoderm and ectoderm in the anterior part of the germ
wall. When the mesoderm appears in this region the sex cells enter this
layer, then enter the blood vessels. They are apparently amoeboid. By the
blood stream they are carried to all parts of the blastoderm and embryo.
Later the cells accumulate in the vicinity of the ccelomic angle and finally
enter the thickened mesothelium (germinal epithelium) of the genital ridge.
Beard, Eigenmann, Rabl, Woods, and others, have described sex cells, undoubtedly
homologous with the early sex cells mentioned above, as occurring in various regions of the
embryos of certain Fishes. These investigators also assert that the sex cells become
specialized and, so to speak, segregated at a very early period of development, even at the
stage of blastomere formation. Beard contends that the early differentiated sex (or germ)
cells are significant in the origin of certain teratomata (see Chapter on Teratogenesis).
The cells of the germinal epithelium increase in number by mitotic division
and the sex cells continue to increase in number by proliferation of their own
members since there are no intermediate stages between the two types.
The germinal epithelium soon becomes separated into two layers — (i) a
superficial layer which retains its epithelial character and contains the sex
cells, and (2) a deeper layer composed of smaller cells which resemble those
of the mesenchyme and which give rise to a part, at least, of the stroma of the
genital glands. The elevation formed by these two layers projects into' the
body cavity from the medial side of the mesonephros and constitutes the
genital ridge (Fig. 308). From the superficial epithelial layer, columns or
cords of cells, containing some of the sex cells, grow into the underlying tissue.
This ingrowth, however, does not occur equally in all parts of the genital
ridge, for three fairly distinct regions can be recognized. In the cephalic end
comparatively few columns appear, but these few grow far down into the
underlying tissue and constitute the rete cords. In the middle region a greater
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
375
number of columns grow into the stroma, forming the sex cords. In the
caudal region there are practically no columns. At first the line of demarka-
tion between the cell columns and the stroma is not clearly defined.
The changes thus far described are common to both sexes and are completed
during the fourth or fifth week. The genital ridges or anlagen of the genital
glands constitute "indifferent" structures which later become differentiated into
either ovaries or testicles.
Differentiation of the Genital Glands.
After the fourth or fifth week, certain changes occur in the genital ridges
which differ accordingly as the ridges form ovaries or testicles. While the
differences are at first not particularly obvious, there are four which become
clearer as the changes progress, (i) If the ridge is to become a testicle, the
;ells of the surface epithelium become arranged in a single layer and become
Rete cords
(Rete testis)
Mesorchium
Mesothelii
Tunica
albuginea
>• Mesonephros
Sex cords -. Mr^w.-^V' Glomerulus
(convoluted semin-
iferous tubules)
FIG. 327. — Transverse section of the left testicle of a pig embryo of 62 mm.
Bonnet.
flat. (2) In a developing testicle a layer of dense connective tissue grows be-
tween the surface epithelium and the sex cords, forming the tunica albuginea.
(3) In a tes.ticle there also appears a sharper line of demarkation between the
cell columns and the stroma, and the latter shows a more extensive growth.
(4) Another feature of the testicle is that the sex cells begin to be less con-
spicuous and do not increase furth2r in size, but come to resemble the other
epithelial elements. The ovarian characters are to a certain extent the oppo-
site. (i) The surface epithelium does not become flattened. (2) A layer of
connective tissue, corresponding to the albuginea of the testicle, grows be-
376
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
tween the epithelium and the deeper parts, but is of a looser nature. (3) There
is a less sharp line of demarkation between the cell columns and the stroma.
(4) The sex cells continue to increase in size and become more conspicuous.
(Compare Figs. 327 and 328.)
During these processes of development, the anlage of each genital gland be-
comes more or less constricted from the mesonephros and finally is attached only
by a thin sheet of tissue — the mesovarium in the female or the mesorchium in the
Oviduct
(Ostium abdom-
inale tubae)
1-4 ,Epo6phoron
A*^
Cortex -.
y^\M
*ti
Ifff
Medullary cords
(Medulla)
?.Q • / Rete cords
""'&&>• — (Rete ovarii)
l|5m • iQi
fefei^fV ^-®|
SN^v ( >-^
*Si«**4*c': *^ * *-^j»»v. /.; \
'"^-i Mesonephroe
rao ^
Oviduct
FIG. 328. — Longitudinal section of the ovary of a cat embryo of 94 mm. Semidiagrammatic. Coert.
male (p. 389). At the same time the anlage grows more rapidly in thickness
than in length and assumes an oval shape.
The Ovary. — As stated above, a layer of loose connective tissue, correspond-
ing to the albuginea of the testicle, grows in between the surface epithelium and
the cell columns (sex cords) and effects a more or less complete separation.
The sex cords are thus pushed farther from the surface, become more clearly
marked off from the surrounding stroma and constitute the so-called medullary
'cords. The cortex of the ovary at this stage is represented only by the surface
(germinal) epithelium, which is composed of several layers of cells and contains
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM. 377
numerous sex cells in various stages of differentiation (Fig. 329). The
rete cords which arise in the cranial end of the "indifferent" gland (p. 374)
come to lie in what will be the hilus of the ovary. The ovary may thus be
said to be composed of two parts — (i) the rete anlage and (2) the stratum ger-
minativum. The latter is subdivided by the albuginea into (a) medulla and
(b) cortex.
i . The rete cords develop into a group of anastomosing trabeculae which con-
stitute the rete ovarii, situated in the hilus but nearer the cephalic end of the
gland (Fig. 328). They are the homologues of the rete testis. The cells com-
posing them are smaller and darker than those of the medullary cords. Sprouts
grow out from the rete cords and unite with the medullary cords and the meso-
nephric tubules. (The same process occurs in the testicle, where the rete cords
give rise to the functional rete testis and straight seminiferous tubules.) In
Mesothelium
(Germinal epithelium)
^¥&\W$£&jffi
Mesovarium
— Rete ovarii
FIG. 329. — Transverse section of the ovary of a fox embryo. Buhler in Hertwig's Handbuch.
The large clear cells are the primitive ova.
some of the cords lumina appear and are lined with irregular epithelium.
Such a condition represents the height of their development in the ovary.
From this time on, they degenerate and finally disappear. The time of their
disappearance varies in different individuals; they usually persist until birth,
sometimes until puberty.
Formerly it was thought that the rete cords were derived from the meso-
nephric tubules and entered the genital glands secondarily. More recent re-
searches have demonstrated quite conclusively, however, that they are deriva-
tives of the germinal epithelium and unite with the mesonephric tubules
secondarily. . , ~^ — . ... j%j»1 __
&$ - " • ; -t^*!^;
•i^n^^^ai^
I. t vvv: ... a-,--?V*-» &* «i- -"**• ~it~;"tja»--~~>
'^®8lf@^
Mesothelium Tunica Supporting cell
albuginea (of Sertoli)
FIG. 332. — From a section of the testicle of a human foetus of 35 mm., showing a developing
convoluted seminiferous tubule. Meyer-Ruegg, Biihler.
hilus region lie the rete cords — the progenitors of the rete testis and the straight
seminiferous tubules (Fig. 327) . The rete cords of the testicle are homologues of
the rete cords of the ovary, and are derivatives of the germinal epithelium on the
cephalic portion of the "indifferent" gland (p. 374).
The sex cords at first are solid masses composed of several layers of cells.
The latter are of two kinds, as in the ovary — (i) smaller, darkly staining indiffer-
ent cells, and (2) larger, clearer sex cells (Fig. 332). The sex cells lose their
clearness and come to resemble again the undifferentiated epithelial cells.
They represent the spermatogonia, which correspond to the primitive ova.
The spermatogonia proliferate very rapidly and become much more numerous
than the epithelial cells. The sex cords become more and more coiled during
development and anastomose with one another near the convex surface
of the testicle. Beginning after birth and continuing up to the time of
puberty, lumina appear in them by displacement of the central cells, and
382 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY
they thus give rise to the convoluted seminiferous tubules. The supporting
cells (of Sertoli) are probably derived from the undifferentiated epithelial cells.
The details of the further development of the spermatogonia to form the
the spermatozoa have been described in the Chapter on Maturation. At this
point, that is, with the formation of the spermatozoon, the life cycle from a
mature male sexual element in an individual to a mature male sexual element
in an individual of the succeeding generation is completed.
The rete cords constitute an anastomosing network of solid cords of small,
darkly staining cells, situated in the hilus region. These cords later acquire
irregular lumina, which are lined with cubpidal cells, and form the rete testis.
Evaginations grow out from the rete and fuse with the ends of the convoluted
tubules, thus forming the straight tubules. On the other hand, outgrowths
from the rete unite with the tubules in the cephalic portion of the mesonephros,
so that a direct communication is established between the convoluted semi-
niferous tubules and theinesonephric tubules. There is thus formed the proxi-
mal part of the efferent duct system of the testicle (Fig. 327). That portion
of the tunica albuginea in which the rete testis lies, becomes somewhat thickened
to form the mediastinum testis.
The stroma of the testicle is derived for the most part from the mesenchyme
of the "indifferent" gland or genital ridge. Probably a smaller part is derived
from the germinal epithelium (see p. 374)- During development, however,
the glandular elements increase more rapidly than the stroma, so that in the
adult they predominate. There is a tendency for the convoluted tubules to
become arranged in groups which are separated by trabeculae of connective
tissue radiating from the mediastinum. The interstitial cells of the stroma are
direct derivatives of the connective tissue cells (Fig. 332).
Determination of Sex.
The views regarding the determination of sex are discussed in the chapter
on Maturation (page 21) in connection with the question of Mendelian
heredity.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
383
The Ducts of the Genital Glands and the Atrophy of the
Mesonephroi.
In the Female. — Strictly speaking, the ovaries are ductless glands; for
neither developmentally nor anatomically are the ducts which convey their
specific secretion directly connected with them. Furthermore, these ducts are
in part transformed into certain organs for the reception and retention of both
kinds of sexual elements. In other words, the ducts in part become specially
modified to form the vagina and uterus, of which the latter serves as an organ
of maintenance for the embryos of the next generation.
The ducts originate in connection with the mesonephroi, and are known at
first as the Mullerian ducts. They appear in both sexes alike but persist only in
the female. In the lower Vertebrates they are split off from the mesonephric
ducts. In the higher forms, however, their mode of origin is not known with
Ureter
Intestine
Mesonephric duct
Liver.
Genital cord
Mullerian duct
Left umbilical artery
Bladder
Right umbilical artery
FIG. 333. — From a transverse section through the pelvic region of a human embryo
of 25 mm. (8J-9 weeks). Keibel.
certainty, but the present evidence favors the view that they arise independ-
ently of the mesonephric ducts. They appear in human embryos of 8-14 mm.
The mesothelium on the lateral surface of the cephalic end of each mesonephros
becomes thickened and then invaginates or dips into the underlying mesen-
chyme. By proliferation of the cells at its tip, the invaginated mass grows
caudally as a duct parallel with and close to the mesonephric duct. The two
ducts come to be embedded in a ridge which at the cephalic end of the meso-
nephros is situated laterally, but toward the caudal end bends around and comes
to lie ventrally. Beyond (caudal to) the mesonephros the ridge is attached to
the lateral body wall, and near the urogenital sinus it meets and fuses with its
fellow of the opposite side (Fig. 333). The two Mullerian ducts, contained
in the ridges, also approach each other and fuse. The fusion begins in
embryos of 25 to 28 mm. (end of second month), and about the same time they
open into the dorsal side of the urogenital sinus. The relations of the Mullerian
384
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
and mesonephric ducts are different in different parts of their courses. At the
cephalic end the Miillerian lies dorsal to the mesonephric, but farther back it
runs more laterally, then ventrally, and finally opens into the urogenital sinus
on the medial side of the mesonephric duct.
THE OVIDUCT. — The single part of each Miillerian duct gives rise to the
oviduct. The opening at the cephalic end remains as the ostium abdominale
tuba, which from the beginning communicates directly with the abdominal
cavity (ccelom) and never becomes connected with the ovary (Fig. 328). The
rim of the opening sends from three to five projections into the abdominal
cavity to form the primary fimbria. Secondary branches grow out from these
and form the numerous fimbriae of the adult oviduct. The part of each
Bladder
Rectum
Symphysis pubis
Cervix uteri
Labium majus I Hymen
Labium minus
Vagina
FIG. 334. — Right half of the pelvic region of a female human foetus of 7 months. Nagel.
Miillerian duct between the fimbriated end and the fused caudal end, grows in
length as the embryo develops, but not proportionately, so that in the adult the
oviduct is relatively shorter than in the embryo. At first it is lined with simple
cylindrical epithelium, but later the cells become cuboidal, and during the
second half of f octal life acquire distinct cilia. The connective tissue and muscle
of the oviduct are derived from the mesenchyme that primarily surrounds the
Miillerian duct.
In connection with one of the fimbriae of the oviduct there is sometimes found
a small vesicle lined with ciliated epithelium, forming the non-stalked hydatid
(of Morgagni), which possibly represents the extreme cephalic end of the
Miillerian duct (Fig. 342). In this case the permanent ostium of the tube
would be of secondary origin.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
385
THE UTERUS AND VAGINA. — The fused caudal ends of the two Mullerian
ducts form the anlage of the uterus and vagina, which is a single medial tube
opening into the urogenital sinus (Fig. 325). During the third month certain
histological changes bring about a differentiation between the cephalic end or
uterus and the caudal end or vagina. The simple columnar epithelium of the
vaginal portion changes to stratified squamous, and during the fourth month
the lumen becomes closed. Near the external orifice a semicircular fold ap-
pears, which represents the hymen (Fig. 334). During the sixth month the
lumen reappears by a breaking down of the central cells. The epithelium of
the uterus, primarily high columnar, becomes lower and toward the end of
foetal life acquires cilia. Many irregular folds appear in the mucosa of the
vagina, a smaller number in the uterus (Fig. 334). Some of the folds in the
Ovary
Mesovarium
Broad ligament
with paroophoron
Oviduct
Mesosalpinx
with epoophoron.
FIG. 335. — Transverse section through the ovary and broad ligament of a human
foetus of 3 months. Nagel.
uterus constitute the regular plica palmata of the cervix. The uterine glands
represent evaginations from the epithelial lining. They do not begin to develop
until after birth (one to five years), and their development is usually not com-
pleted until the age of puberty.
The muscle and connective tissue of the walls of the uterus and vagina are
derived from the mesenchyme which surrounds the Mullerian ducts. The
muscle develops relatively late (after the fourth month of fcetal life).
ATROPHY OF THE MESONEPHROI. — By far the greater part of each meso-
nephros degenerates and disappears, and the parts that do persist are rudimentary
and possess no functional significance. The cephalic portion leaves ten to
twenty coiled tubules which terminate blindly at one end and at the other end
open into a common duct that represents the cephalic end of the mesonephric
duct. These tubules constitute the epoophoron (parovarium, organ of Rosen-
386 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
miiller) which comes to lie in the mesosalpinx between the oviduct and the
mesovarium, and later in the mesentery between the oviduct and the ovary
(Fig. 335). At the height of their development the tubules are lined with
columnar, ciliated epithelium. The rete cords of the ovary (rete ovarii, p. 377)
during their development unite with the tubules in the cephalic portion of the
mesonephros, but later disappear. The epoophoron is homologous with the
tubules of the head of the epididymis in the male.
The caudal portion of the mesonephros leaves a few tubular remnants
which come to lie in the broad ligament near the hilus of the ovary. These con-
stitute the paroophoron which is homologous with the paradidymis in the male
(Fig. 335). They may disappear before birth or may persist through life.
The mesonephric duct also leaves certain remnants which are situated (i) in
the broad ligament, (2) in the lateral wall of the uterus, (3) in the lateral wall of the
vagina, and (4) in the tissue lateral to the external genital opening. These rem-
nants are known as the canals of Gartner, and they naturally lie in the course of
the duct in the embryo. All the rudimentary structures derived from the
mesonephroi and their ducts are extremely variable.
In the Male. — In the male all the efferent ducts of the genital glands, except
the rete testis, are derived from the mesonephroi and their ducts. As described
earlier in this chapter (p. 381) , the rete testis acquires a connection with some of
the tubules in the cephalic end of the mesonephros and with the sex cords or
anlagen of the convoluted and straight seminiferous tubules (see Fig. 327).
This establishes a communication between the seminiferous tubules and the
tubules of the mesonephros. Those mesonephric tubules with which the rete
testis unites persist as the efferent ductules (or vasa eff erentia) . The latter form
a set of coiled ducts which are situated in the head of the epididymis and which
open into the cephalic part of the mesonephric duct (Fig. 309). They are
homologous with the epoophoron in the female.
The next succeeding portion of the mesonephric duct becomes the duct of the
epididymis which in its tortuous course constitutes the bulk of the body and tail
of the epididymis and passes over into the caudal portion of the mesonephric
duct. The latter portion becomes the deferent duct (vas def erens) . The caudal
end of the deferent duct forms the ejaculatory duct which opens into the urogeni-
tal sinus. The seminal vesicles appear during the third month as lateral
evaginations from the ejaculatory ducts.
The portions of the mesonephros not involved in the formation of the duct
system of the testicle atrophy and for the most part disappear. They leave
certain tubules, however, which persist as rudimentary structures connected
with the testicle. In the cephalic end, some of the tubules persist in part and
come to lie among the efferent ductules, being either attached to the latter or un-
connected, and forming the appendage of the epididymis. The caudal part of
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
387
the mesonephros leaves a few tubules which come to lie near the head of the epi-
didymis and form the paradidymis (or organ of Giraldes), the tubules of which
are lined with columnar, ciliated epithelium. Near the transition from the
duct of the epididymis to the deferent duct there is almost invariably a tubule
(sometimes branched) which also represents a remnant of the mesonephros and
is known as the aberrant ductule. It usually opens into the duct of the epididy-
mis, but may lie free in the tissue around it (Fig. 309).
ATROPHY OF THE MULLERIAN DUCTS. — These ducts persist in the female
and become the oviducts, uterus and vagina; in the male they degenerate and
disappear almost entirely. The degeneration begins about the time they open
Diaphragmatic
ligament of
mesonephros
Genital gland
Mesonephros
Mesonephric duct
Urachus
Mesonephric duct
Inguinal ligament
Umbilical artery
FIG. 336.— Urogenital organs in a human embryo of 17 mm. (6 weeks). Kollmann's Alias.
into the urogenital sinus (embryos of 25 to 28 mm.) ; by the time the embryo
reaches a length of 60 mm. only the extreme cephalic end and the caudal
third remain, and at 90 mm. the entire duct is gone except the extreme ends.
The cephalic end persists as the appendix testis (or hydatid of Morgagni)
(Figs. 309, 341). The caudal end persists as the utriculus prostaticus (uterus
masculinus).
Changes in the Positions of the Genital Glands and the Development
of their Ligaments.
During the early stages of development the genital glands — testicles or
ovaries — are situated far forward in the abdominal cavity. During the eighth
week they lie opposite the lumbar vertebrae. During the succeeding months,
up to the time of birth, they gradually move caudally to the positions they
388
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
occupy in the adult. This migration is brought about, to some extent at
least, by the influence of certain bands of tissue which are primarily like
mesenteries. As the mesonephros develops and projects into the body cavity.
—Ureter
Deferent duct
Inguinal ligament
(Gubernaculum testis)
Processus vaginalis
periton '
Umbilical cord
FIG. 337. — From a dissection of the pelvic region of a male human foetus of 21 cm.
Kollmann's Atlas.
it comes to be attached along the dorsal body wall, lateral to the dorsal mesen-
tery, by a sheet of tissue which is called the mesonephric mesentery. Cranial to
the mesonephros, this mesentery is continued as the diaphragmatic ligament
-Spermatic cord
Tunica vaginalis
Inguinal ring
^J___ Tunica vaginalis
communis
Inguinal cone
Scrotum
FIG. 338. — From a dissection of the scrotal region of a human foetus of 25 cm.
Kollmann's Atlas.
of the mesonephros, which as the name indicates, is attached to the diaphragm;
caudally it is continued to the inguinal region as the inguinal ligament of th<
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
389
mesonephros (Fig. 336). The genital gland lies on the medial side of the
mesonephros and is attached to the latter by a sort of mesentery which becomes
the mesovarium in the female or the mesorchium in the male. The cephalic
portions of the ducts (Miillerian and mesonephric) lie close together in a ridge
on the lateral surface of the mesonephros; as they pass caudally they extend
around to the ventral surface of the mesonephros and approach the medial line,
and finally, in the pelvic region, the two ridges meet and fuse, forming the so-
called genital cord (Fig. 333). The genital cord thus contains the mesonephric
and Miillerian ducts, the latter fusing to form a single tube (the anlage of the
uterus and vagina, p. 385). It also contains the umbilical arteries.
Suprarenal gland
Kidney
intestine
Round ligament
Clnguinal ligament)
Umbilical artery
Umbilical vein
FIG. 339. — From a dissection of the pelvic region of a female human foetus of 7.5 cm.
Kollmann's Atlas.
Such a condition is found in embryos of about eight weeks. From this
time on, the processes of development follow divergent lines in the two sexes,
the differences becoming more marked from month to month. Certain struc-
tures persist and othersdisappear, according to the sex. The mesenteries and
ligaments undergo metamorphoses and the genital glands migrate caudally.
Descent of the Testicles. — As the mesonephros atrophies, its mesentery
and the mesentery of the testicle are combined to form a single band of tissue
which, of course, is continuous with the inguinal ligament. The latter now
becomes the so-called gub.ernaculum testis (Hunteri), a strong band or cord
composed of connective tissue and smooth muscle. Its cephalic end is attached
to the epididymis; its caudal end pierces the body wall in the inguinal region and
390
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
is attached to the corium of the skin (Fig. 337). It plays an important part in
the descent of the testicle. The descent is brought about through the principle
of unequal growth. As the body grows in length, the gubernaculum grows
much less rapidly and, since the caudal end of the latter is fixed, the natural
result is the drawing downward of the testicle. This takes place gradually,
and at the end of the third month the testicle lies in the false pelvis; at the end
of the sixth month close to the body wall at the inguinal ring.
During the third month a second factor in the descent of the testicle appears.
This is an evagination of the peritoneum at the point where the gubernaculum
pierces the body wall. The evagination at first is a shallow depression, known
Kidney
Mullerian duct
Genital gland
Mesonephros
Ureter
Inguinal ligament
Mesonephric duct
Mullerian duct
Apex of bladder
Bladder
Opening of ureter
Opening of mesonephric duct
Opening of Mullerian ducts
Rectum
Urogenital sinus
Cloaca
Genital tubercle
Genital ridge
Opening of cloaca
FIG. 340. — Diagrammatic representation of the urogenital organs in the " indifferent " stage. Hertwig.
as the processus vaginalis peritonei, but continues to burrow through the body
wall and causes an elevation in the skin which is destined to become one side of
the scrotum (see p. 396) . The opening of the peritoneal sac into the body cavity
is the inguinal ring. In its descent the testicle passes through the inguinal ring
and comes to lie in the elevation in the skin or scrotum (ninth month) . Whether
its passage into the scrotum is the result of a traction by the gubernaculum is
not certain. The inguinal ring then closes by apposition of its walls and the
testicle lies in a closed sac which has been pinched off, so to speak, from the body
cavity (Fig. 338).
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM
391
Kidney
Appendage of testicle
(hydatid of Morgagni)
Epididymis
Testicle
Paradidymis
Deferent duct
Mullerian duct
Gubernaculum testis
Ureter
Seminal vesicle
Deferent duct
Epididymis
Testicle
Gubernaculum testis
Kidney
Hydatid
Oviduct
(fimbrias)
Epoophoron
Ovary
Paroophoron
Mesonephric duct
Oviduct
Epoophoron
Ovary
Ovarian ligament
Uterus
Round ligament
Vagina
Apex of bladder
Bladder
Opening of ureter
Urethra
Opening of ejacul. duct
Prostate
Urethra Sinus prostaticus
FIG. 341.
Apex of bladder
Bladder
Ureter
Urethra
Vestibulum vaginae
FIG. 342.
FIG. 341. — Diagram of the development of the male genital organs from the
" indifferent " anlagen. Hertivig.
FIG. 342. — Diagram of the development of the female genital organs from the
" indifferent " anlagen. Hertwig.
lese diagrams should be compared with Fig. 340. The dotted lines represent the organs in the
relative positions they occupy in the adult (with the exception of the Mullerian duct in the
male and the mesonephric duct in the female, which ducts disappear for the most part).
392 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Since the testicle is invested by peritoneum from the beginning of its develop-
ment, it must be understood that in its passage into the scrotum it passes along
under the peritoneum. Consequently when it reaches the scrotum it is sur-
rounded by a double layer of peritoneum, the tunica vaginalis propria.
The descent of the testicle also produces marked changes in the course of
the deferent duct. Primarily the (mesonephric) duct extends cranially from
the urogenital sinus in a longitudinal direction. But as the testicle migrates,
the cephalic end of the duct is drawn caudally so that in the adult the deferent
duct extends cranially from the scrotum to the ventral side of the urinary
bladder and then bends caudally again to open into the urethra.
Descent of the Ovaries. — The ovaries undergo a change of position cor-
responding to the descent of the testicles, although the change is not so extensive.
Primarily the Miillerian and mesonephric ducts lie in a ridge on the surface of
the mesonephros (p. 383). As the mesonephros and its duct atrophy, the Miil-
lerian duct (oviduct) comes to lie in a fold, the mesosalpinx, which is attached
to the mesovarium (Fig. 335) . At the same time the mesovarium becomes directly
continuous with and really a part of the inguinal ligament. The latter cor-
responds, of course, to the gubernaculum testis, and plays a role in the descent
of the ovaries. It may be conveniently divided into three parts, (i) a cephalic
part which is attached to the hilus of the ovary, (2) a middle part which ex-
tends from the ovary to the uterus, forming the ovarian ligament, and (3) a cau-
dal part which extends from the uterus to the inguinal region, forming the
round ligament of the uterus (Fig. 339). The round ligament pierces the body
wall and is attached to the corium of the skin. At the point where it passes
through the body wall there is a slight evagination of the peritoneum, the
diverticulum of Nuck, which corresponds to the processus vaginalis peritonei
in the male.
The ovaries gradually migrate caudally from their original position into the
false pelvis (third month) and thence into the true pelvis (at birth) . Obviously
no traction can be exerted upon them by the round ligament (or caudal part of
the inguinal ligament) , since the latter extends from the uterus to the inguinal
region. Their descent into the pelvic seems to be due to the unequal growth
of the ovarian ligaments, or in other words, to the fact that the ovarian liga-
ments grow proportionally less than the surrounding parts. During their
descent the ovaries become embedded in the broad ligaments of the uterus,
which represent further development of the peritoneal folds of the genital cord.
In this way the mesovarium becomes merged with the broad ligament.
On pages 390 and 391 are three diagrammatic representations of the changes
that take place in the genital systems of the two sexes. Fig. 340 represents
the "indifferent" stage in which all the embryonic structures are present;
Fig. 341 represents the changes that occur in the male; Fig. 342 represents the
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
393
changes that occur in the female. A careful study of the diagrams will assist
the student materially in understanding the processes of development which
have been described in the preceding paragraphs.
Below is a table that is meant to set forth briefly the various structures
which belong to the internal genital organs in the two sexes, and which are
derived from the structures in the "indifferent" stage. The words in italics
are the names of structures that persist in a rudimentary form.
Indifferent
Male
Female
Germinal epithelium (meso-
i , . \ A x -•
Convoluted seminiferous tubules 1
with spermatozoa J
Ovarian (Graafian) follicles
with ova.
Medullary cords
thehum) .....
Straight seminiferous tubules . . 1
Rete testis J
Rete cords.
Part of stroma of testicle ....
Part of stroma of ovary.
(" cephalic part
Mesonephros -j
[ caudal part
Efferent ductules (vasa efferentia) \
A ppendage of epididymis . . . /
Paradidymis (organ of Giraldes) 1
Aberrant ductules (vasa aberrantia) J
Epoophoron, transverse duc-
tules.
Paroophoron.
Duct of epididymis (vas epididy-
midis)
Vesicular appendage (of
Morgagni) (?)
Mesonephric duct ....
Deferent duct (vas deferens) . .
Ejaculatory duct
• Epoophoron, longitudinal
duct.
Seminal vesic'e
Gartner's canals.
Miillerian duct •
Morgagni's appendage of testicle "1 .
(hydatid of Morgagni) . . . J
Fimbriae of oviduct
Oviduct.
Prostatic utricle (uterus masculinus)
Uterus.
Vagina.
Inguinal ligament of meso- "
nephros .
Gubernaculum testis (Hunteri) . .
f Ovarian ligament.
1 Round ligament of uterus
Urogenital sinus •
TT QfU „ f prostatic part . . . . \
Urethra \membranous part . . )
Prostate
f Urethra.
\ Vestibule of vagina.
Prostate.
Bulbo-urethral gland (Cowpers)
Larger vestib alar gland (Bar-
tholin's.
THE EXTERNAL GENITAL ORGANS.
In addition to the internal organs of generation, to which the description has
thus far been confined, certain other structures appear on the outside of the
body to form the external genitalia. In the case of these also there is an " indif-
ferent" stage from which the courses of development diverge in the two sexes.
During the sixth week a depression appearing on the ventral surface of the
caudal end of the body indicates the position of the cloacal membrane (p. 370).
This becomes surrounded by a slight elevation, produced by the thickening
of the mesoderm which is known as the genital ridge (Fig. 343). The cephalic
394 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
side of the ridge becomes raised still farther above the surface, forming a dis-
tinct protrusion, the genital tubercle. The tubercle continues to increase in
size, and the distal end forms a knob-like enlargement. Along the ventral (or
rather caudal) side a groove appears, which extends distally as far as the base
of the enlarged end. The ridges along the sides of the groove increase in
size and form the genital folds. In the meantime a second pair of elevations
appears lateral to the genital folds to form the genital swellings (Fig. 344).
After the cloacal membrane ruptures, a single opening is produced which
leads from the exterior into the cloaca. This opening is then separated by the
further growth of the urorectal fold (p. 370) into the opening of the urogenital
tract and the anal opening. The caudal part of the fold then enlarges to form
the perineal body, which serves to push the anus farther away from the genital
ridges. The latter, together with the genital tubercle and swellings, all of which
lie in the immediate vicinity of the urogenital opening, constitute the anlagen
of the external genital organs (Fig. 345). These at this time are in the
"indifferent" stage, from which development proceeds in one of two directions,
accordingly as the embryo is a male or a female. Up to the fourth month
there is little difference between the structures in the two sexes. After this the
differences become more and more obvious.
In the female the changes in the originally "indifferent" structures are
comparatively slight. The genital tubercle grows slowly and becomes the
clitoris. The enlarged extremity becomes more clearly marked off from the
other part to form the glans clitoridis. The skin covering the glans is converted
by a process of folding into a sort of prepuce. The genital folds, which
bound the opening of the urogenital tract, become elongated and form the
labia minora. The opening of the urogenital tract is the vestibulum vagina.
The genital swellings enlarge still more than the genital folds, by a deposition
of a considerable mass of fat in the mesenchyme, and become the labia majora.
The latter are the structures (mentioned on p. 390) which mark the points
at which the inguinal ligaments of the mesonephroi pierce the body wall, and
are homologous with the scrotum in the male (Figs. 346 and 347).
In the male the "indifferent" anlagen undergo more extensive changes
than in the female. The genital tubercle continues to grow more rapidly and
forms the penis, which is homologous with the clitoris. The enlarged extremity
becomes the glans penis, and an extensive folding of the skin over the glans
forms the prepuce. The groove on the caudal or lower side of the tubercle
elongates as the latter elongates and becomes deeper. Finally the ridge (or
genital fold) on each side of the groove meets and fuses with its fellow of the
opposite side, thus enclosing within the penis a canal — the penile portion of
the urethra. The groove is primarily continuous with the opening of the uro-
genital tract, and as the fusion takes place the penile portion forms a direct
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM. 395
Umb. c.
Gen. r.
- Gen. tub.
— Gl. p.
Scr.
Ug.s.
343,
Fi
FIG. 347. FIG. 348.
FIGS. 381-386. — Stages in the development of the external genital organs. Kollmann's Atlas.
indifferent " stage — embryo of 17 mm.; Fig. 344, " indifferent " stage — embryo of 23 mm ;
g. 345, " indifferent " stage — embryo of 29 mm. (beginning of 3d month) ; Fig. 346, female
embryo of 70 mm. (n weeks); Fig. 347, female embryo of 150 mm. (16 weeks); Fig. 348,
male embryo of 145 mm. (16 weeks).
An., Anus; CL, clitoris; Clo.and gen. /., cloaca and genital folds; Cl. m., cloacal membrane; Ext.y
lower extremity; Gen. /., genital folds; Gen. r., genital ridge; Gen. sw., genital swelling;
Gen. tub., genital tubercle; Gl. p., glans penis; Lab. ma., labium majus; Lab. mi., labiura
minus; Ra., raphe of scrotum; Scr., scrotum; Ta., tail; Ug. s., urogenital sinus; Umb. c^
umbilical cord.
396
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
continuation of the internal (membranous and prostatic) portion of the urethra.
The genital swellings also fuse and form the scrotum, the line of fusion in the
medial line becoming the raphe (Fig. 348) . Primarily the inguinal ligaments
of the mesonephroi are attached to the corium of the skin in the genital swellings,
and as the testicles descend they pass through the inguinal ring into the scro-
tum. In a sense the scrotum represents an evagination of the body wall
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SUPRARENAL GLANDS.
Although the suprarenal glands do not logically come under the head of the
urogenital system, being neither functionally nor developmentally a part of the
latter, it is most convenient to consider them in this chapter.
In Mammals including man. these glands are composed of two parts which
can be differentiated histologically and topographically — the cortex and
medulla. The cortex is composed of trabeculae and spheroidal masses of cells
Phasochrome cells
Nerve fibers
Phaeochrome Connective
cells tissue
Sympathetic
ganglion cells
FIG. 349. — Section of a sympathetic ganglion in the cceliac region of a frog (Rana esculenta),
showing differentiating phaeochrome cells. Giacomini.
which do not have a strong affinity for the ordinary cytoplasmic stains am
which contain granules of a fat-like substance known as lipoid granules. Th(
medulla is composed of irregularly arranged sympathetic ganglion cells am
other granular cells which, after treatment with chrome salts, acquire a pea
brownish color. The brown cells are known as chromaffin (or phaeochrome)
cells and their granules as chromaffin (or phaeochrome) granules. As cort(
and medulla are distinct anatomically, they are also distinct developmentally,
being derived from two distinct and different parent tissues which unite
secondarily. Furthermore, it is an interesting fact that in the lower Vertebrates
(Fishes) the two parts remain permanently separate; that in the ascending
scale of animal life (Amphibia, Reptiles, Birds) they become more closely
associated; and that finally (in Mammals) they unite to form a single glandular
structure. In Mammals the phylogenetic history is repeated with remarkable
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
397
precision during the development of an individual : The two parts arise sepa-
rately, come closer together, and finally unite.
The Cortical Substance.— The cortex is of mesothelial (mesodermal)
origin. In embryos of five to six mm. the mesothelium at the level of the
cephalic third of the mesonephros proliferates and sends buds or sprouts into
the mesenchyme at each side of the root of the dorsal mesentery. These
sprouts soon lose their connection with the parent mesothelium and unite with
one another to form a rather compact mass of epithelial-like cells ventro-lateral
to the aorta (Fig. 276). Frequently the two masses fuse across the medial line
ventral to the aorta. They constitute the anlagen of the cortical substance of
Cortex —
Connective tissue
Medulla
Cortex
Cortex
Medulla
(Phaeochrome cells)
FIG. 350. — From a transverse section of a 40 mm. pig embryo, showing the growth of the medullary
substance into the cortical substance of the suprarenal gland. The vessel in the center of
the figure is the aorta. Wiesel.
the two suprarenal glands. From the fact that in the lower forms they remain
separate from the medullary substance and lie between the urinary organs,
they are known as the inter renal organs.
The Medullary Substance. — A little later than the appearance of the
cortical anlage, the cells of some of the developing sympathetic ganglia become
differentiated into two types — (i) the so-called sympathoblasts which develop into
j sympathetic ganglion cells, and (2) phaochromoblasts which are destined to give
| rise to the phaeochome or chromafiin cells (Fig. 349). Hence the chromaffin
i cells are derivatives of the ectoderm, since the ganglia are of ectodermal origin.
. They soon become more or less separated from the ganglia, migrate to the
398
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
region of the cortical anlagen and then penetrate the latter in cord-like masses
(Fig. 350). Finally these masses unite in the interior of the cortical substance
to form a single compact mass (Fig. 351) . Along with the phaeochrome masses,
sympathoblasts also are carried in and give rise to the sympathetic ganglion cells
within the gland. The two types of cells together constitute the medullary
substance. In the lower forms the phaeochrome masses remain separate from
the cortical substance and are known as the suprarenal organs. In Mammals
the two sets of organs (interrenal and suprarenal) unite to form the suprarenal
gland.
j i
Med. Cor. Cor.1
FIG. 351. — Section of the suprarenal gland of a 119 mm. pig embryo. Cor., Cortex; Cor.*, some
cortical substance in the center of the gland; Med., medulla. Wiesel.
At the time when the mesonephros is fully developed, the cortical substance
forms a small oval body near its cephalic end. During the union of the cortex
and medulla and the atrophy of the mesonephros, the suprarenal gland becomes
more closely associated with the cephalic end of the kidney, and by the middle of
the third month has practically reached its adult position. During the third
month and the first half of the fourth month the glands increase in size and
become relatively large structures, larger in fact than the kidneys. From the
fourth month on, they grow proportionately less than the neighboring organs,
and by the sixth month are about half as large as the kidneys. At birth the
ratio of their weight to that of the kidneys is about 1:3; in the adult about 1 128.
While perhaps in a normal course of development all the anlagen are united
in the adult suprarenal gland, it is not unusual to find accessory structures in
various places. Some of these consist of cortical tissue only and are usually
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM.
399
found in or near the capsule of the gland. Others may consist of both cortical
and medullary substances, and are found in the vicinity of or embedded in the
kidneys, in the retroperitoneal tissue near the kidneys, in the walls of neighbor-
ing blood vessels, or associated with the internal genital
organs — in the rete testis or epididymis, or in the broad
ligament. These accessory structures may arise inde-
pendently of the main gland, or they may be portions of
the main gland which were separated during the union
of the different anlagen of the latter and were carried
away in the descent of the genital glands.
In addition to the chromamn tissue which enters into
the formation of the main gland or of accessory glands,
there are other small masses of this tissue which remain
permanently associated with some of the prevertebral
and peripheral sympathetic ganglia.
Recent researches have shown that the Carotid Skein
(glomus caroticum, intercarotid ganglion, carotid gland),
which formerly was believed to be a derivative of the
epithelial lining of one of the branchial grooves, is of
sympathetic origin and that the cells acquire the charac-
teristic chromaffin reaction. These facts indicate that
it is closely allied with the medullary substance of the suprarenal gland.
FIG. 352.— Diagram of
the developing phaeo-
chrome . masses in a
human foetus of 50*
mm. A, Aorta; N;.
cortical substance (in-
terrenal gland) ; U,
ureter; R, rectum.
Kohn.
Anomalies.
THE KIDNEYS. — Rarely is there congenital absence of both kidneys. More
often there is a high degree of aplasia in both organs in otherwise well-developed
children. In either case death necessarily soon follows. Not infrequently one
kidney, usually the left, is poorly developed or absent and a compensatory
enlargement of the other exists. Such malformations are due to deficient
development of the organs, but the causes underlying the deficient development
are obscure.
One of the most common malformations is the abnormal position of one or
both kidneys (ectopia of the kidneys). Usually they occupy a position lower
than the normal in the abdominal cavity, which indicates that they have failed,
during development, to migrate forward to the normal limit (see p. 369). Very
rarely one or both organs migrate beyond the normal limit, in which case they
occupy positions cranial to the normal.
Not infrequently the lower ends of the two kidneys are fused across the
medial line, giving rise to the so-called "horseshoe kidney." Two renal
pelves and ureters are usually present. Occasionally the fusion is so extensive
400 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
that a single flat mass is formed. This occupies a medial position or lies at
either side of the medial line, and may be situated at the normal level or lower.
The renal pelvis may be single or double, with one or two ureters. In cases of
double ureters and pelves it seems most likely that the anlagen of the kidneys
have fused secondarily, that is, after the evagination from the mesonephric
ducts (p. 361) . In cases where the pelvis and ureter are single, the fusion may
have occurred secondarily, although there is the possibility that only a single
anlage appeared.
Occasionally in children and even in adults the kidneys show a distinct
lobulation. This is due to the persistence of the lobulation that normally
exists in the foetus (p. 367).
The kidney may be more or less movable owing to laxity of the surrounding
tissue, or it may Refloating, in which case it has a distinct mesentery. These
cases should be distinguished from those in which similar conditions have been
acquired, usually as the result of trauma.
Congenital cysts of the kidney are not uncommon. They vary in size and
number, sometimes being so numerous that they crowd out the greater part
of the renal tissue. Rarely they are so large and numerous that the affected
organ fills a large part of the abdominal cavity, resulting in serious or even
fatal disturbances of the functions of other organs. There are three views con-
cerning the origin of these cysts, (i) They may be the result of dilatation of
certain renal tubules derived from the nephrogenic tissue, which failed to unite
with the straight tubules (p. 363). (2) Inflammation in the medulla of the
foetal kidney may effect a closure of the lumina of some of the tubules, with
subsequent dilatation of the portions (tubules. or renal corpuscles) that are cut
off from communication with the renal pelvis. (3) Normally some of the renal
corpuscles and tubules degenerate (p. 369), and the,cysts may arise as dilatations
of incompletely degenerated corpuscles or tubules or both. While these views
appear reasonable, none of them has been proven. All three views express
possibilities, and there is no good reason for believing that any one of them
expresses the only possibility.
THE URETERS. — The renal pelvis is sometimes absent, the calyces uniting
to form two or more tubes which in turn unite to form the ureter. This prob-
ably is the result of abnormal branching of the ureter during development and
the failure of the ends of the branches to become dilated. Occasionally the
ureter is double or triple throughout the whole or a part of its length. The
most reasonable explanation of two or three complete ureters on either side is
that two or three separate evaginations arose from the mesonephric duct (p.
361.) Where the tube is double in only a part of its length, an abnormal
branching of the single original evagination is indicated.
••' Atresia of one or both ureters is occasionally met with. This probably
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM. 401
represents a secondary constriction after the ureter is formed since both ex-ag-
inations are hollow from the beginning (p. 391), but the cause of the constric-
tion is not understood. The atresia results in dilatation of the portion of the
ureter on the side toward the kidney.
Abnormal situations of the openings are sometimes seen, the explanation
of which is to be found in the relations of these tubes to the mesonephric ducts,
to the cloaca, and to the Miillerian ducts. In the male the ureters may open into
the seminal vesicles, the prostatic urethra, or the rectum. If one recalls that
the ureter arises as an evagination from the mesonephric duct near the opening
of the latter into the cloaca (p. 361), that the cloaca becomes separated into a
dorsal part (the rectum) and a ventral part (the urogenital sinus) (p. 370), and
that the proximal end of the mesonephric duct is so far taken up into the wall
of the urogenital sinus (or bladder) that the ureter opens separately (p. 370), it is
readily seen that any interference with these normal processes of development
will result in abnormal opening of the ureter. If the ureter does not become
separated from the mesonephric duct, it will open into the deferent duct (vas
deferens), the latter being the proximal part of the mesonephric duct. And
since the seminal vesicle is an outgrowth from the proximal end of the meso-
nephric duct, the opening of the ureter is likely to be associated with the vesicle^
If the separation between the ureter and mesonephric duct is complete, but
the opening of the ureter does not migrate cranially on the wall of the bladder,
the opening comes to lie in the wall of the prostatic urethra. If the wall
(urorectal fold) separating the urogenital sinus and rectum is situated too far
dorsally, the opening of the ureter comes to be in the wall of the rectum. (Con-
sult Figs. 322, 323, 324, 325.)
In the female the ureters may open into the urethra, the vagina, or the uterus.
The explanation of the opening into the urethra is the same as in the male
(see preceding paragraph). The opening into the genital tract is probably to
be explained on the ground that the ureters fail to migrate cranially along
the wall of the urogenital sinus to the bladder, and as the fused ends of the
Mtillerian ducts enlarge to form the uterus and vagina, the openings of the
ureters are taken up into their walls.
THE BLADDER. — Absence of the bladder is very rare. Abnormal small-
ness, due to imperfect dilatation of the urogenital sinus (p. 371), is not infre-
quent.
The urachus, which represents the portion of the allantoic duct between
the bladder and the umbilicus (p. 371), not infrequently persists as a whole or
in part, giving rise to certain anomalous conditions in the region of the middle
umbilical ligament. The urachus may persist as a complete tube, lined
with epithelium, thus forming a means by which urine can escape at the
umbilicus. This condition is usually associated with obstruction of the
402 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
urethra and is known as uracho-vesical fistula. The urachus may degenerate
in part, leaving disconnected portions which frequently become dilated to
form cysts.
Vesical fissure, the most serious malformation of the bladder, is associated
with fissure of the lower abdominal wall. The edges of the cleft in the bladder
are continuous with those of the cleft in abdominal wall, the integument being
continuous with the lining of the bladder. In some cases the bladder is
everted through the cleft, and the cleft may even be so extensive as to involve
the external and internal genital organs. Vesical fissure is much more com-
mon in the male than in the female. No very satisfactory explanation of this
malformation has yet been given. It is in some way connected with imperfect
formation of the ventral abdominal wall resulting from influences acting at a
very early period of development.
THE URETHRA in both sexes may be abnormally small or abnormally large
or partly occluded, owing to faulty development of the urogenital sinus. In
the male the penile portion also may be malformed, being represented merely
by a furrow on the lower side of the penis. This condition, known as hypo-
spadias, is due to the incomplete fusion or lack of fusion between the genital folds
along the lower side of the genital tubercle (p. 394). In extreme cases the de-
fect may involve the scrotum and extend back as far as the prostate gland, the
two halves of the scrotum being separated. Epispadias, in which the urethral
cleft extends along the upper side of the penis (or the clitoris) is rare, and is
usually associated with vesico-abdominal fissure. Its mode of origin is not
understood.
THE TESTICLES. — One of the most common malformations affecting the
male genital glands is the condition known as chryptorchism, in which the
glands, instead of descending into the scrotum, are retained within the ab-
dominal cavity. One or both testicles may be affected. They may occupy
their original position far forward in the abdominal cavity or may be situated
near the inguinal canal, or may lie at some intermediate point. The malposi-
tion is due to a failure in the normal descent into the scrotum (p. 389). The
cause of the failure is obscure. Not infrequently the ectopic testicles atrophy
or fail to develop properly at puberty.
Congenital absence of one or both testicles is rare. More frequently the
gland or efferent system of ducts is defective in part, owing to imperfect
development. In case of absence of the testicles the individual is small and
poorly developed ; when the glands are imperfectly developed the individual is
effeminate.
Cysts which are sometimes met with in the epididymis are possibly due t(
dilatation of incompletely degenerated portions of the mesonephric tubules
or Mullerian ducts. Teratoid tumors and chorio-epitheliomata are occasionally
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM. ' 403
found in the testicle. For a further discussion of these see chapter on Terato-
genesis (XX).
THE OVARIES. — Congenital absence of both ovaries is rare; defective
development of one is more common. Either anomaly may occur with or
without defects in the other genital organs. Occasionally the ovaries remain
rudimentary, their function as egg-producing organs never being assumed.
Malpositions, due to partial or complete failure in the normal descent into
the pelvis (p. 392), are not infrequent. Sometimes, on the other hand, they
descend to the inguinal canal and may even pass through the latter into the
labia majora.
Ovarian cysts occur frequently. Some of these (follicular cysts) may arise
during, postnatal life as dilatations of Graafian follicles. Others probably
arise during foetal life in the same manner. Certain other forms of ovarian
tumors, known as cystadenomata, are possibly to be considered as derivatives
of the epithelium of the medullary cords which in normal cases disappear
entirely (p. 377; also Fig. 328). A discussion of the origin of teratoid tumors of
the ovary will be found in the chapter on Teratogenesis (XX).
THE OVIDUCTS, UTERUS AND VAGINA. — Absence of the oviducts is usually
associated with malformations of other parts of the genital tract. On the other
hand, normal oviducts may be present in conjunction with defective uterus
and vagina. Atresia may occur at the uterine or fimbriated end, or at any
intermediate point.
The majority of the malformations of the uterus and vagina can be at-
tributed to defective processes of development in the caudal ends of the Miiller-
ian ducts. It will be remembered that the caudal ends of these ducts normally
fuse to form a single medial tube which opens into the urogenital sinus, and
which constitutes the anlage of the uterus and vagina (p. 385; Fig. 325). It is
obvious that any defect in this fusion will result in some degree of duplicity
in the two organs in question. The fusion may be almost complete, the result-
ing abnormality being merely a small pocket which forms, at each side of the
fundus, a continuation of the cavity of the uterus. There may be a greater
degree of imperfection in the fusion, resulting in a partial division of the uterus
into two horns — bicornuate uterus. The wall between the two Mullerian ducts
may remain patent in the entire uterine portion of the tract, thus giving rise
to a bipartite uterus. If the wall between the ducts remains intact throughout
both uterine and vaginal portions, the result is a complete division of the utero-
vaginal tract — uterus didelphys. Occasionally the uterine portion of one
Mullerian duct may fail to develop properly and becomes a solid cord, resulting
in an unicornuate uterus.
Not infrequently the uterus remains rudimentary — infantile uterus. This
anomaly is usually accompanied by stenosis of the vagina. Stenosis or other
404 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
defects in the vagina may occur, however, when the uterus is normal. In rare
instances the hymen is absent; in other cases it closes the entrance to the vagina
• — a condition known as imperforate hymen.
Malformations of the uterus and vagina resulting from persistence of the
cloaca and atresia of the anus are mentioned on page 326.
HERMAPHRODITISM.
This condition implies a combination of the male and female sexual organs
in one individual, accompanied by a blending ot the general characteristics of
the two sexes When such an individual possesses both ovary and testicle, the
condition is known as true hermaphroditism ; when the individual possesses
ovaries or testicles, the condition is known as false hermaphroditism.
TRUE HERMAPHRODITISM. — The presence of both ovary and testicle in one
individual is one of the rarest anomalies in man. Furthermore, one or both of
the organs are sexually immature. Three forms can be recognized (Klebs) :
1. Lateral hermaphroditism, in which an ovary is present on one side and a
testicle on the other;
2. Unilateral hermaphroditism, in which both ovary and testicle are present
on one side, either ovary or testicle, or neither, on the other side;
3. Bilateral hermaphroditism, in which both ovary and testicle are present on
both sides.
In all these cases the general character of the body is of an intermediate
type, sometimes tending toward the male, sometimes toward the female. The
external genitalia are also of an intermediate type, with hypospadias, small
penis, separate scrotal halves, and small vaginal orifice. The uterus usually
shows some degree of duplicity.
FALSE HERMAPHRODITISM. — In this type of hermaphroditism, in which
either ovaries or testicles are present in an individual with mixed general
sexual characteristics, two varieties can be recognized :
1. Masculine false hermaphroditism, the more common, in which testicles are
present but the external genitalia and general character of the body approximate
the female;
2. Feminine false hermaphroditism, in which ovaries are present but other-
wise male characteristics predominate.
The causes underlying the origin of hermaphroditism are among the most
obscure in teratogenesis. It is well known that up to the fourth or fifth week
the anlagen of the sexual glands are histologically "indifferent," and later be-
come differentiated into ovaries or testicles (p. 375). Since the secondary
sexual characteristics are dependent upon the development of the primary, they
also are brought out later. If the " indifferent " glands give rise to both ovaries
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM. 405
and testicles, true hermaphroditism is the result; if they give rise to either
ovaries or testicles but the external genitalia and general characteristics
develop in the opposite direction, false hermaphroditism is the result. Thus
the hermaphroditic condition is potentially present in every individual
during the earlier stages of development ; the most remarkable fact is that it
is not more common.
References for Further Study.
ADAMI, J. G.: The Principles of Pathology. Vol. I, 1908.
AICHEL, O.: Vergleichende Entwickelungsgeschichte und Stammesgeschichte der
Nebennieren. Arch.f. mik Anat., Bd. LVI, 1900.
ALLEN, B. M.: The Embryonic Development of the Ovary and Testis in Mammals.
Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. Ill, 1904.
BEARD, J.: The Germ-cells of Pristiurus. Anat. Anz., Bd. XXI, 1902.
BEARD, J.: The Morphological Continuity of the Germ Cells in Raja batis. Anat.
Am., Bd. XVIII, 1900.
BREMER, J. L. : The Interrelation of the Mesonephros, Kidney and Placenta in differ-
ent Classes of Mammals. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XIX, 1916.
BONNET, R.: Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte. Berlin, 1907.
CORNER, G. W.: On the Origin of the Corpus Luteum in the Sow from both
Granulosa and Theca Interna. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XXVI, 1919.
EGGERTH, A. H.: On the Anlage of the Bulbo-urethral (Cowper's) and Major Vestibu-
lar (Bartholin's) Glands in the Human Embryo. Anat. Record, Vol. IX, 1915.
EIGENMANN, C. H.: On the Precocious Segregation of the Sex-cells of Micrometrus
aggregatus. Jour, of MorphoL, Vol. V, 1891.
FELIX, W.: Entwickelungsgeschichte des Excretions-systems. Ergebnisse der Anat.
u. Entunck., Bd. XIII, 1903.
FELLX, W., and BUHLER, A.: Die Entwickelung der Harn- und Geschlechtsorgane.
In Hertwig's Handbuch d. vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere,
Bd. III. Teil I, 1904.
GAGE, S. P.: A Three Weeks' Human Embryo, with Especial Reference to the Brain
and Nephric System. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. IV, 1905.
GERHARDT, U.: Zur Entwickelung der bleibenden Nieren. Arch. f. mik. Anat., Bd.
LVII, 1901
HERTWIG, O. : Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen und der Wirbel-
tiere. Jena, 1906.
HILL, E. C.: On the Gross Development and Vascularization of the Testis. Am.
Jour, of Anat., Vol. VI, 1907.
HUBER, G. C. : On the Development and Shape of the Uriniferous Tubules of Certain
of the Higher Mammals. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. IV, SuppL, 1905.
KED3EL, F.: Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des menschlichen Urogenitalapparatus.
Arch.f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1896
KINGSBURY, B. F.: The Morphogenesis of the Mammalian Ovary: Felis domestica.
Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XV, 1913.
KOHN, A.: Das chromaffine Gewebe. Ergebnisse der Anat. u. Enlwick., Bd. XII, 1903.
KOLLMAN, J. Lehrbuch der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Jena, 1898.
KOLLMAN, J.: Handatlas der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Jena, 1907,
Bd. II.
406
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
MARCHAND, F.: Missbildimgen. In Eulenburg's Real-Encyclopddie der gesammten
HeUkunde, Bd. XV, 1897.
McMuRRiCH, J. P.: JThe Development of the Human Body. Philadelphia, 1919.
MINOT, C. S.: Laboratory Text-book of Embryology. Philadelphia, 1903.
MORGAN, T. H.: ,The Cause of Gynandromorphism in Insects. Am. Naturalist,
Vol. XLI, 1907.
NAGEL, W.: Ueber die Entwickelung des Urogenitalsystems des Menschen. Arch. f.
Mik. Anat., Bd. XXXIV, 1889.
NAGEL, W.: Ueber die Entwickelung der Urethra und des Dammes beim Menschen.
Arch.f. mik. Anat., Bd. XL, 1892.
NAGEL, W.: Ueber die Entwickelung des Uterus und der Vagina beim Menschen.
Arch.f. mik. Anat., Bd. XXXVII, 1891.
PIERSOL, G. A.: Teratology. In Wood's Reference Handbook of the Medical Sciences,
Vol. VII, 1904.
POHLMAN, A. G.: The Development of the Cloaca in Human Embryos. Am. Jour, of
Anat., Vol. XII, 1911.
POLL, H.: Die Entwickelung der Nebennierensysteme. In Hertwig's Handbuch der
vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere, Bd. Ill, Teil I, 1905.
POLL, H.: Die Entwickelung der Nebennierensysteme. In Hertwig's Handbuch der
vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere, Bd. Ill, Teil I, 1905.
RABL, C.: Ueber die Entwickelung des Urogenitalsystems der Selachier. Morphol.
Jahrbuch, Bd. XXIV, 1896. Theorie des Mesoderms. Ueber die erste Entwickelung der
Keimdruse. Morphol. Jahrbuch, Bd. XXIV, 1896.
SCHREINER, H. E.: Ueber die Entwickelung der Amniotenniere. Zeitschr. /.
wissensch. Zoologie, Bd. LXXI, 1902.
SOULIE, A.: Sur le mechanisme de la migration des testicules. Comp. Rend, de la Soc.
de Biol., Paris, Ser. 10, T. II, 1895.
SOULIE, A. : Recherches sur le developpement des capsules surrenales chez les vertebres
superieurs. Jour. de. V Anat. et de la Physiol., T. XXXIX, 1903.
STOERK, O.: Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Aufbaus der menschlichen Niere. Anat.
Hefte, Bd. XXIII, 1904.
SWIFT, C. H.: Origin and Early History of the Primordial Germ-cells in the Chick.
Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XV, 1914.
SWIFT, C. H.: Origin of the Definitive Sex-cells in the Female Chick and their Relation
to the Primordial Germ-cells. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XVIII, 1915.
SWIFT, C. H.: Origin of the Sex-cords and Definitive Spermatogonia in the Male
Chick. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. XX, 1916.
TANDLER, J.: Ueber Vornieren-Rudimente beim menschlichen Embryo. Anat.
Hefte, Bd. XXVIII, 1905.
TAUSSIG, F. J. : The Development of the Hymen. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. VIII, 1908.
WIESEL, J.: Ueber die Entwickelung der Nebennieren des Schweins, besonders der
Marksubstanz. Anat. Hefte, Bd. XVI, 1900.
WINIWARTER, H.: Recherches sur 1'ovogenese et 1'organogenese de 1'ovaire des
Mammiferes. Arch, de Biol., T. XVII, 1900.
WATSON, E. M.: The Development of the Seminal Vesicles in Man^ Am. Jour, of
Anat., Vol. XXIV, 1918.
WOODS, F. W.: Origin and Migration of the Germ-cells in Acanthias. Am. Jour, of
Anat., Vol. I, No. 3, 1902.
CHAPTER XVI.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE INTEGUMENTARY SYSTEM.
The integument consists of the skin and certain accessory structures. The
skin is composed of the dermis (or corium) and the epidermis. The accessory
structures comprise the hairs, nails, sudoriferous glands, sebaceous glands, and
mammary glands. The epidermis (or epithelial layer) and all the accessory
structures are derived from the ectoderm; the dermis is mesodermal in its
origin. Other appendages of the skin — such as scales, feathers, claws, hoofs,
and horns — which are found only in the lower animals, are ectodermal
derivatives and belong in the same class as the accessory structures in man.
The Skin.
THE EPIDERMIS. — The embryonic ectoderm consists primarily of a single
layer of cells (Fig. 72). During the latter part of the first month, the single
layer gives rise to two layers, of which the outer is composed of irregular flat
cells and is known as the epitrichium or periderm, the inner or basal, of larger
cuboidal cells which are the progenitors of the epidermal cells and of the acces-
sory structures. The epitrichial cells later become dome-shaped and acquire
a vesicular structure, the nuclei becoming less distinct. They persist until the
middle of foetal life and are then cast off and mingle with the secretion of the
newly formed sebaceous glands as a constituent of the vernix caseosa (see p. 412) .
The epidermal cells, constantly increasing in number, soon come to form several
layers (4 to 6 in the sixth month). The innermost layer rests upon the base-
ment membrane and is composed of cuboidal or columnar cells rich in cytoplasm ;
the outer layers consist of irregular cells with clearer contents and less distinct
nuclei.
As development proceeds, the basal layer gives rise to several layers which,
together constitute the stratum germinativum. The cells of the innermost
layers are constantly proliferating and thus forming new cells which are pushed
toward the surface. During the seventh month keratohyalin granules appear
in two or three layers which are then known collectively as the stratum granu-
losum. The clearer cells of the superficial layers undergo a process of de-
generation by which their contents are transformed into a horny substance,
the nuclei becoming fainter and finally disappearing. These modified or degen-
erated cells, which are constantly being cast off and replaced by others from
407
408
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the deeper layers, constitute the stratum corneum (Fig. 354). In the thick
epidermis, on the palms of the hands and the soles of the feet, for example, a
few layers of cells just outside of the stratum granulosum become specially
modified (keratinized) to form the stratum lucidum.
THE DERMIS.— In the first month the dermis is represented by closely ar-
ranged, spindle-shaped mesenchymal (mesodermal) cells underlying the
epidermis, and is separated from the latter by a delicate basement membrane.
This mesenchymal tissue gives rise to fibrous connective tissue which, about
the third month, becomes differentiated into two layers— the dermis proper
and the deeper subcutaneous tissue. The papillae develop as little projections
of the dermis which grow into the stratum germinativum of the epidermis.
In some of these, many blood vessels appear, while in others nerve endings
Eponychium
Root of nail 1 Nail
Sole plate
Phalanx II
Sweat glands
FlG. 353. — Longitudinal section through the end of the middle finger of a
5 months human foetus. Bonnet.
(tactile corpuscles of Meissner) develop, thus giving rise to vascular and nerve
papillae. Usually a considerable amount of fat develops in the subcutaneous
tissue. Some of the mesencnymal cells of the dermis are transformed into
smooth muscle cells which are found in connection with the hairs (arrectores
pilorum) , in the scrotum (tunica dartos) , and in the nipples.
The dermis has generally been considered as a derivative of the cutis plates
(p. 131) which, with the myotomes, constitute the outer walls of the primitive
segments, but it is probable that the outer walls of the segments are trans-
formed wholly into muscle tissue (McMurrich).
The pigment in the dermis develops in the form of granules in the connect-
ive tissue cells; that in the epidermis appears as granules in the cells of the deeper
layers (white races) or of all the layers (dark races). Whether the pigment in
the epidermis arises independently or is carried from the dermis by wandering
cells is not known.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE INTEGUMENTARY SYSTEM. 409
The Nails.
The nails are derivatives of the epidermal layer of the ectoderm, and cor-
respond morphologically to the claws and hoofs of lower animals. The
epidermis on the end of each finger and toe forms a thickening, known as the
primitive nail, which is encircled by a faint groove (Zander). This occurs
about the ninth week. Later the nail area migrates to the dorsal side of the
digit and becomes somewhat sunken below the surface of the surrounding
epithelium (Fig. 353). These observations have led to the conclusion that
primarily the nails in man occupied positions on the ends of the digits, cor-
responding to the positions of the claws in lower forms. Furthermore, the fact
that the nails (or their anlagen) are at first situated on the ends of the digits and
subsequently migrate dorsally would exolain the innervation of the nail region
by the palmar (and plantar) nerves.
c^--- - ~~zr -- 5 -z^
^£~+~2 - Vs "' -~-^
Strat. corneum "\
> Epidermis
Strat. germinativum J
••V?«* —~- Hair papilla
\
Con. tis. follicle l^-JflF* * 1 * x
.-"'"3^^ N
Hair germ
Hair papilla Connective tissue
follicle
FIG. 354. — Vertical section of the skin of a mouse embryo of 18 mm., showing
early hair germs. Maurer.
After the dorsal migration of the nail area, the epithelium and dermis along,
the proximal and lateral edges become still more elevated to form the nail wall,
the furrow between the latter and the nail being the nail groove. At the distal
edge of the nail area, the epithelium becomes thickened to form the so-called
sole plate, which is probably homologous with the more highly developed sole
plate in animals with hoofs or claws. The epithelium of the nail area increases
in thickness, and, as in the skin, becomes differentiated into three layers
(Fig. 353). The outer layers of cells become transformed into the stratum
corneum. The cells of the next deeper layers, which acquire keratin granules
and constitute the stratum lucidum, degenerate and give rise to the nail sub-
stance. Thus the nail is a modified portion of the stratum lucidum. The
layers of epithelium beneath the nail form the stratum germinativum, which,
with the subjacent dermis, is thrown into longitudinal ridges.
410 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
After its first formation, the nail is covered by the stratum corneum and
the epitrichium, the two together forming the eponychium. The epitrichium
soon disappears; later the stratum corneum also disappears with the exception
of a narrow band along the base of the nail.
The formation of nail substance begins during the third or fourth month in
the proximal part of the nail area. The nail grows from the root and from the
under surface in the region marked by the whitish color (the lunuld). New
keratinized cells are added from the subjacent stratum germinativum and be-
come degenerated to form new nail substance which takes the place of the old as
the latter grows distally.
The Hair.
The hairs, like the nails, are derivatives of the epidermal layer of the ecto-
derm. In embryos of about three months, local thickenings of the epidermis
appear (beginning in the region of the forehead and eye-brows) and grow
obliquely into the underlying dermis in the form of solid buds — the hair germs
(Fig. 355, I, II). As the buds continue to elongate they become club-shaped
and the epithelium at the end of each molds itself over a little portion of the
dermis in which the cells have become more numerous and which is known as
the hair papilla (Fig. 354).
As the epidermal bud grows deeper, its central cells become spindle-shaped
and undergo keratinization to form the beginning of the hair shaft; the peripheral
layers constitute the anlage of the root sheath (Fig. 355, III, IV). The hair
shaft grows from its basal end, new keratinized cells being added from the
epithelium nearest the papilla as the older cells are pushed toward the surface
of the skin. The surface cells of the hair shaft become flattened to form the
cuticle of the hair (Fig. 355, V). The hairs appear above the surface about the
fifth month. Of the cells of the root sheath, those nearest the hair become
scale-like to form the cuticle of the root sheath; the next few layers become
modified (keratinized) to form Huxley's and Henle's layers. Outside of these
is the stratum germinativum, the basal layer of which is composed of columnar
cells resting upon a distinct basement membrane. The stratum germinativum
is continued over the tip of the papilla, where its cells give rise to new cells for
the hair shaft (Fig. 355, V).
The connective tissue around the root sheath becomes differentiated into an
inner highly vascular layer, the fibers of which run circularly, and an outer
layer, the fibers of which extend along the sheath. The two layers together con-
stitute the connective tissue follicle.
The first formed hairs, which are exceedingly fine and silky, develop in vast
numbers over the surface of the embryonic body and are known collectively as
the lanugo. This growth is lost (beginning before birth and continuing during
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE INTEGUMENTARY SYSTEM. 411
the first and second years after), except over the face, and is replaced by coarser
hairs. These in turn are constantly being shed during the life of the individual
'••;•**•-/
fltf
Fl°. 355. — Five stages in the development of a human hair. Stohr.
te> Papilla; b, arrector pili muscle; c, beginning of hair shaft; d, point where hair shaft grows
through epidermis; e, anlage of sebaceous gland; /, hair germ; g, hair shaft; h, Henle's
layer; i, Huxley's layer; k, cuticle of root sheath; /, inner root sheath; m, outer root sheath
in tangential section; n, outer root sheath; o, connective tissue follicle.
and replaced by new ones. The new hairs probably in most cases develop from
the old follicles, the cells over the old papillae proliferating and the newly
412 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
formed hairs growing up through the old sheaths. In some cases, however, new
follicles are formed directly from the epidermis and dermis. In some of the
lower Mammals, new hair germs appear as outgrows from the sheaths of old
follicles, thus giving rise to tufts of hair. The arrectores pilorum muscles arise
from the dermal (mesenchymal) cells and become attached to the follicles below
the sebaceous glands.
The Glands of the Skin.
THE SEBACEOUS GLANDS. — These structures usually develop in connection
with hairs. From the root sheath a solid bud of cells grows out into the dermis
(Fig. 355, IV) and becomes lobed. The central cells of the mass undergo fatty
degeneration and the products of degeneration pass to the surface of the skin
through the space between the hair and its root sheath. The more peripheral
cells proliferate and give rise to new central cells which in turn are transformed
into the specific secretion of the gland, the whole process being continuous. On
the margins of the lips, on the labia minora'aridon the glans penis and prepuce,
glands similar in character to the sebaceous glands arise directly from the
epidermis independently of hairs.
THE SUDORIFEROUS GLANDS. — The sweat glands :begin to develop during
the fifth month as solid cylindrical growths from the deeper layers of the epider-
mis into the dermis (Fig. 353). Later the deeper ends of the cylinders become
coiled and lumina appear. The lumina do not at first open upon the surface
but gradually approach it as the deeper epidermal layers replace the more
superficial.
THE VERNIX CASEOSA. — During foetal life' the secretion of the sebaceous
glands becomes mingled with the cast-off epitrichial and epidermal cells to form
the whitish oleaginous substance (sometimes called the smegma embryonum)
that covers the skin of the new-born child. It is collected especially in the
axilla, groin and folds of the neck.
THE MAMMARY GLANDS.
In embryos of six to seven mm., or even less, a thickening of the epidermis
occurs in a narrow zone along the ventro-lateral surface of the body (Strahl).
In embryos of 1 5 mm. this thickening, known as the milk ridge, extends from the
upper extremity to the inguinal region (Kallius, Schmidt). Later the caudal
end of the ridge disappears, while the cephalic portion becomes more prominent.
The further history of the ridge has not been traced, but in embryos considerably
older the anlage of each gland is a circular thickening of the epidermis in the
thoracic region, projecting into the underlying dermis. It seems most probable
that this local thickening represents a portion of the original ridge, the remainder
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE INTEGUMENTARY SYSTEM.
413
having disappeared. Later the central cells of the epidermal mass become
cornified and are cast off, leaving a depression in the skin (Fig. 356). In em-
bryos of 250 mm. a number of solid secondary buds have grown out (Fig. 357).
These resemble the anlagen of the sweat glands, to which they are generally
considered as closely allied (Hertwig, Wiedersheim and others), and represent
the excretory ducts. Continued evaginations from the terminal parts of the
excretory ducts form the lobular ducts and acini. The acini, however, are
scarcely demonstrable in the male, and not even in the female until pregnancy.
Lumina appear by a separation and breaking down of the central cells of the
ducts and acini, the peripheral cells remaining as their lining.
Epitrichium
Nipple
depression
Dermis
Stratum
Stratum
germinativum
Dermis
(Areolar zone)
FIG. 356. — Vertical section through the anlage of the mammary gland of
a human foetus of 16 cm. Bonnet.
Late in fretal life, or sometimes after birth, the original depressed gland
area becomes elevated above the surface to form the nipple. The excretory
ducts (15 to 20 in number) which at first opened into the depression, thus come
to open on the surface of the nipple. In the area around the nipple — the
areola — numerous sudoriferous and sebaceous glands develop, some of which
come to open into the lacteal ducts. Sometimes rudimentary hairs appear.
Other glands — known as areolar glands (of Montgomery) — resembling rudi-
mentary mammary glands also develop from the epidermis of the areola.
After birth the mammary glands continue to grow slowly in both sexes up to
the time of puberty. After this they cease to grow in the male, and then atrophy.
In the female, growth of the glandular elements goes on, but very slowly, and
usually a considerable amount of fat develops in the surrounding tissue,
causing the enlargement of the breasts.
The Mammary Glands of Pregnancy. — Even in the female, as stated before,
acini are scarcely demonstrable until pregnancy. The mamma consists
414
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
mostly of connective tissue and fat, with scattered groups of duct-like tubules.
During pregnancy the tubules give rise to the acini by a process of evagination,
the cells increasing in number by mitosis. Toward the end of pregnancy each
excretory duct and its smaller ducts and acini form a distinct lobe with a rela-
tively small amount of connective tissue. The epithelium is low or cuboidal,
and fat begins to accumulate, in the seventh or eighth month, as droplets in the
basal parts of the cells. The droplets increase in number and in size, approach-
ing the inner end of the cell, until finally the cell is practically filled. At the
beginning of lactation the fat escapes into the lumen of the acinus, leaving a bit
of ragged cytoplasm with a nucleus. This regenerates into a cell capable of
Stroma
(dermis)
Stroma
FIG. 357. — Vertical section of the anlage of the mammary gland of a human foetus of 25 cm. Nagel.
further activity; and it is probable that the same cell may become filled with
fat and discharge its contents several times during lactation.
During pregnancy and lactation the acini also contain leucocytes which have
wandered through the epithelium from the surrounding tissue. These contain
fat droplets and are known as colostrum corpuscles.
At the end of lactation the acini atrophy and disappear, the lobules becoming
masses of connective tissue and fat, which contain groups of duct-like tubules
and which are so closely joined with one another that they are indistinguishable
as lobules.
Anomalies.
ANOMALIES OF THE SKIN. — The epidermis may develop to an abnormal de-
gree over the entire surface of the body, forming a horny layer which is broken
only where the skin is folded by the movement of the members of the body—
a condition known as hyperkeratosis. Or the abnormal development may give
rise to irregular patches of thick epithelium — ichthyosis. In either case, hairs
and sebaceous glands are usually absent over the affected areas.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE INTEGUMENTARY SYSTEM. 415
Occasionally pigment develops in excess over larger or smaller areas of the
skin, giving rise to the so-called ncevi pigmentosi. In some cases, on the other
hand, there is total or almost total lack of pigment in the skin and hair (usually
accompanied by defective pigmentation of the iris, chorioid and retina) — •
a condition known as albinism. There are also instances of partial albinism.
The influence of heredity in albinism is doubtful, for albinos are usually the
children of ordinary parents.
The angiomata (lymphangiomata, haemangiomata) found in the skin are due
to dilated lymphatic or blood channels, the color in haemangiomata being due
to the haemoglobin in the blood.
Dermoid Cysts. — The congenital dermoid cysts not infrequently found in or
under the skin are usually situated in or near the line of fusion of embryonic
structures, as in the region of the branchial arches, along the ventral body
wall and on the back. During the fusion of adjacent structures, portions of the
epidermis become constricted from the parent tissue and come to lie in the der-
mis, where they continue to grow and produce cystic masses and sometimes
give rise to hairs and sebaceous glands'. This type of dermoid is to be dis-
tinguished from that found for example in the ovary, in which derivatives of
all three germ layers are present (see Chap. XX).
ANOMALIES OF THE EPIDERMAL DERIVATIVES. — Occasionally hair develops
in profusion over areas of the skin that naturally possess only a fine, silky growth,
such, for example, as a woman's face. Or nearly the entire body may be
covered by an unusual amount of hair. Such conditions — known as hyper-
trichosis — possibly represent the persistence and continued growth of the
lanugo (p. 410) and in this sense are to be regarded as the result of arrested
development (Unna, Brandt). Congenital absence of the hair (hypotrichosis,
alopecia) is a rare anomaly and is usually accompanied by defective develop-
ment of the teeth and nails.
Sebaceous cysts, generally regarded as due to accumulation of secretion
in the sebaceous glands, sometimes probably represent remnants of displaced
pieces of epidermis apart from the hairs (Chiari) .
Supernumerary mammary glands (hypermastid) and nipples (hyperthelia] are
not infrequently present in both males and females. They are usually situated
below the normal mammae (rarely in the axillary region), in a line drawn from
the axilla to the groin, and probably represent persistent and abnormally de-
\ veloped portions of the milk ridge (see p. 412). In very rare cases a super-
numerary gland develops in some other region (even on the thigh). If the
mammary glands are morphologically allied to the sweat glands (p. 413), these
misplaced mammae are suggestive of anomalous development of some of the
sweat gland anlagen.
416
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
References for Further Study.
BROUHA: Recherches sur les di verses phases du developpement et de Pactivite de la
mammelle. Arch, de Biol., T. XXI, 1905.
BONNET, R. : Die Mammarorgane im Lichte der Ontogenie und Phylogenie. Ergebnisse
d. Anat. u. Entwick., Bd. II, 1892; Bd. VII, 1898.
KALLIUS, E. : Ein Fall von Milchleiste bei einem menschlichen Embryo. Anat. Hefte,
Bd. VIII, 1897.
KEIBEL, F., and MALL, F. P.: Manual of Human Embryology, Vol. I, 1910.
KRAUSE, W.: Die Entwickelung der Haut und ihrer Nebenorgane. In Hertwig's
Handbuch d. vergleich. u. experiment. Entwick elungslehre der Wirbeltiere, Bd. II, Teil I, 1902.
OKAMURA, T.: Ueber die Entwickelung des Nagels beim Menschen. Arch. f. Der-
matol. u. Syphilol., Bd. XXV, 1900.
PIERSOL, G. A. : Teratology. In Wood's Reference Handbook of the Medical Sciences,
Vol. VII, 1904.
SCHMIDT, H.: Ueber normale H.yperthelie menschlicher Embryonen und tiber die
erste Anlage der menschlichen MilchdrUsen uberhaupt. Morphol. Arbeiten, Bd. XVII, 1897.
SCHULTZE, O.: Ueber die erste Anlage des MilchdrUsen Apparates. Anat. Anz.} Bd.
VIII, 1892.
STOHR, P.: Entwiokelungsgeschichte des menschlichen Wollhaares. Anat. Hefte,
Bd. XXIII, 1903.
STRAHL, H.: Die erste Entwickelung der Mammarorgane beim Menschen. Verhandl.
d. Anat. Gesellsch., Bd. XII, 1898.
ZANDER, R.: Bie friihesten Stadien der Nagelentwickelung und ihre Beziehungen zu
den Digitalnerven. Arch. f. Anat. u. PhysioL, Anat. Abth., 1884.
CHAPTER XVII.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
BY OLIVER S. STRONG.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.
There are certain features of the nervous system in general and particularly
of the vertebrate nervous system, the comprehension of which makes the
processes of development of the nervous system in man more intelligible.
First, the nervous systems of the lower Vertebrates are in many respects-
simpler than those of higher forms and their variations throw light upon the-
causes which determine neural structures. Second, as the nervous systems of
all Vertebrates develop from the same germ plasm, there are resemblances
between certain features of both the embryonic and adult systems of lower
vertebrates and certain developmental stages in the higher. Certain struc-
tures met with in lower adult forms may be regarded as representing stages
of arrested development — although specialized and aberrant in many respects
— of structures found in higher forms. Vestigial structures in the developing
nervous systems of higher forms may be regarded as recurring developmental
necessities in the attainment of the adult form.
Stated in the most general terms, coordination of bodily activities in response
to both external and internal conditions is the biological significance of the
nervous system. This implies a transmission of some form of change from one
part to another or, in other words, conduction. This functional necessity is
shown structurally in the elongated form of the histological elements of the
nervous system. That such changes habitually pass along each element or
neurone in some one direction seems to find a natural structural expression in
the receptive body and dendrites of the neurone, and in its long transmitting
axone.
It is also evident that coordination can only be performed by a transmission
of a change from some given structure either back to that structure or to some
other structure to cause a responsive change. We thus have not only in the
vertebrate, but at a very early stage in the invertebrate nervous system, a dif-
ferentiation into afferent and efferent components, the two together usually
being termed the peripheral nervous system. The histological elements of these
components are the afferent and efferent peripheral neurones. All structures
which are so affected as to transmit the change to the afferent peripheral neu-
417
418
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
rones may be conveniently termed receptors, those structures affected by the
efferent peripheral neurones may be termed effectors (Sherrington). Receptors
include various "sensory" structures whose principal function appears to be
to limit to some particular kind of stimulus the changes affecting the afferent
nervous elements connected with. them. Effectors include various structures
(muscles, glandular epithelia) whose activities are influenced by the nervous
system (Fig. 358). A primitive nervous mechanism, thus composed of (i)
afferent peripheral neurones which transmit the stimulus from a receptor to
(2) efferent peripheral neurones which in turn transmit the stimulus to an
effector, is a simple, two-neurone reflex arc (Fig. 358).
At the same time these neurones, as they increase in number, are obviously
brought into relation with each other with more economy of space by having
Receptor
Eftectoi
FIG. 358. — A two-neurone reflex arc in a Vertebrate, gg.. Ganglion, van Gehuchten.
common meeting places. This, together with the factor noted below, leads to
the concentration of an originally diffuse nervous system, spread out principally
in connection with the outer (ectodermal) surface, into a more centralized
(ganglionic) type of nervous system, which at the same time has in part re-
treated from the surface layer (ectoderm) from which it was originally derived
(Fig. 359)-
Furthermore, when we consider the great number of receptors and effectors
in even simple forms, it is apparent that for effective coordination there must be
a considerable degree of complexity of association between the afferent and
efferent neurones. These associations may be to some extent accomplished by
various branches of the afferent and efferent neurones coming directly into
various relations with each other, but it is also evident that when a certain
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
419
degree of complexity is reached, such an arrangement would necessitate an
extraordinary number of afferent and efferent neurones or an extraordinary
development of branches of each where they connect. Accordingly we find a
second category of neurones, the intermediate or central neurones which mediate
Lumbncus
Nereis
Vertebrata
FIG. 359. — Illustrating the withdrawal from the surface of the bodies
of the afferent peripheral neurones. After Retzius.
between the afferent and efferent peripheral neurones. These central neurones,
together with portions of peripheral neurones in immediate relation with them,
form, in all fairly well differentiated nervous systems, including those of all
Vertebrates, the central as distinguished from the peripheral nervous system.
FIG. 360. — A three-neurone reflex arc. van Gehuchten.
Afferent peripheral neurone; 2, intermediate or central neurone; 3, efferent peripheral neurones.
The change or stimulus would now pass from receptor through (i) afferent
peripheral neurones, (2) intermediate neurones, (3) efferent peripheral neu-
rones to effector. This arrangement constitutes a three-neurone reflex arc
420
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
(Fig. 360), and is evidently capable of complicated combinations which may
be further increased in complexity by the intercalation in the arc of other
intermediate neurones. Finally, in the central nervous system certain struc-
tures consisting of intermediate neurones are developed which represent the
mechanisms for certain coordinations of the highest order. Such are the
higher coordinating centers (suprasegmental structures of Adolf Meyer).
As a result of the preceding, it follows that in seeking the explanation for
various nervous structures there must always be kept in mind, first, their correla-
tion with peripheral structures and, second, the degree of development of the
central coordinating mechanism represented by the intermediate or central
' neurones. The most important features common to the nervous systems of
all Vertebrates owe their uniformity either to a corresponding uniformity in
the peripheral receptors and effectors, or to a uniformity in the coordinations of
the stimuli received and given put by the central nervous system. Variations
in structure are due to variations of either the peripheral or central factor above
mentioned. In the lower Vertebrates the former factor plays a relatively more
important part than in the higher Vertebrates, the central apparatus being
simpler; while in the development of the higher vertebrate nervous systems the
dominating factor is the increasing complexity of the central mechanism. The
superiority of the nervous system of man does not consist, in the main, of supe-
riority in sense organs or motor apparatus, but in the enormous development of
the intermediate neurone system.
GENERAL PLAN OF THE VERTEBRATE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
The. Vertebrate is an elongated bilaterally symmetrical animal progressing
in a definite direction, primitively perhaps by alternating lateral contractions
performed by a segmented lateral musculature. Associated with these char-
acteristics are the bilateral character of the nervous system and its transverse
segmentation, shown by its series of nerves, a pair to each muscle segment.
The definite direction of progression involves a differentiation of the forward
extremity of the animal, such as the location there of. the mouth and respiratory
apparatus and the development there of specialized sense organs, the nose, eye,
ear, lateral line organs, and taste buds, which increase the range of stimuli
received by the animal and thereby render possible a greater range of responsive
activities in obtaining food and in reproduction. As a natural outgrowth
of these specializations, the highest development of the central coordinating
mechanism also takes place at the forward end or head. This concentration
and development of various mechanisms in the anterior end is usually termed
cephalizatian, and is a tendency exhibited also by various groups of Inverte-
brates in which the same general conditions are present.
The typical vertebrate nervous system, then, consists of a bilateral central
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 421
nervous system connected by means of a series of segmental nerves with per-
ipheral structures (receptors and effectors) and exhibiting at its anterior ex-
tremity a higher development and specialization in both its peripheral and
central parts.
The general features of the typical vertebrate nervous system are best
revealed by a brief examination of certain stages in its development.
The entire nervous system, except the olfactory epithelium and parts of
certain ganglia (see p. 422), is derived ontogenetically from an elongated plate
of thickened ectoderm, the neural plate. This plate extends longitudinally in
the axis of the developing embryo, its position being usually first indicated
externally by a median groove, the neural groove (Fig. 372), the edges of the
plate being elevated into the neural folds (Fig. 373). The neural folds are
continuous around the cephalic end of the plate, but diverge at the caudal
end, enclosing between them in this region the blastopore. Even at this stage,
the neural plate is usually broader at its cephalic end, thereby indicating already
the future differentiation into brain and spinal cord (Fig. 375). The neural
folds now become more and more elevated (Fig. 374), presumably due in
part to the growth of the whole neural plate, and finally meet dorsally and fuse,
thus forming the neural tube (Figs. 52 and 391). The fusion of the lips of the
neural plate to form the neural tube usually begins somewhere in the middle
region of the plate and thence proceeds both forward and backward (Fig. 83).
The last point to close anteriorly is usually considered as marking the cephalic
extremity of the neural tube, and is called the anterior neuropore.
Even before the neural plate closes to form the tube, there is often a differen-
tiation of cells along each edge, forming an intermediate zone between the
neural plate and the non-neural ectoderm (Fig. 391). As the neural plate
becomes folded dorsally into the neural tube these two zones are naturally
brought together at the point of fusion of the dorsal lips of the neural plate.
The two zones thus brought together are not included in the wall of the neural
tube, but form a paired or unpaired ridge of cells lying along its dorsal surface.
This ridge of cells is called the neural crest (Fig. 391). Later, each half of the
neural crest separates from the other half and from the neural tube and passes
ventrally down along the sides of the tube, at the same time becoming trans-
versely divided into blocks of cells (Tig. 396). These masses of cells are the
rudiments of the cerebrospinal ganglia and differentiate into the afferent per-
ipheral neurones, and into some at least of the efferent peripheral visceral neu-
rones (sympathetic) as well as some other accessory structures (see pp 459
to 464). The peripheral processes of these ganglion cells (afferent peripheral
nerve fibers) pass to the receptors, the central processes (afferent root fibers) enter
the dorsal part of the nerve tube (Fig. 392). In the case of the special sense
organs there is an interesting tendency on the part of portions of the neural
422
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
tube, either evaginations (optic vesicles, olfactory bulbs), or ganglia, to fuse
with ectodermal thickenings (placodes) at the site of the future sense organs.
There appear to be often two series of ganglionic placodes in the head, a
dorsal (supr abranchial) series and a ventral (epibranchial) series, the latter
being often known as gill cleft organs. The former appear to be especially
connected with the development of the acustico-lateral system, the latter prob-
ably with the gustatory (see p. 432)- (Fig- 361). The bodies of the efferent
Neural crest cells
Suprabranchial placode
Mesoderm
Epibranchial placode,
Rudiment of nerve -
Notochord
Preoral gut
FIG. 361. — Transverse section through the head of a 7 day Ammocoetes in the region
of the trigeminal ganglion, von Kupffer.
neurones (except the sympathetic) remain in the neural tube, lying in its
ventral half, and send their axones out as the efferent peripheral nerve fibers to
the effectors.
The formation of the neural plate and its closure into a tube are the em-
bryological expression of the above noted tendency of highly specialized neural
structures to concentrate and withdraw from the surface (p. 418). The same
is true of the less highly specialized placodes, in which this process is not carried
so far. The neural plate may thus be regarded as the oldest placode. The
afferent peripheral neurones would naturally originate from the borders of this
plate, such portions being the last to separate from the non-neural ectoderm
or outer surface. They may be regarded as the youngest portions, phylc
genetically, of the plate, and there seems to be some variation among Chordate<
as to the degree of inclusion of the afferent peripheral neurones in the plat*
In the neural tube thus formed, there can be distinguished four longitudii
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
423
plates or zones : A ventral median plate (floor plate}, a dorsal median plate (roof
plate), where the fusion occurred, and two lateral plates (e.g., Fig. 404).
Two points are to be noted : First, that the neural plate is a bilateral struc-
ture and the future development of the tube will naturally take place principally
in the side walls or lateral plates of the formed tube; second, that the primary
connection between the two side walls is the ventral median plate, the dorsal
median plate having been produced by a secondary fusion. This being the
case, the ventral connection between the two lateral plates will naturally be
more extensive and possibly more primitive than the dorsal. The ventral and
dorsal median plates do not usually develop nervous tissue, but bands of vertical
elongated ependyma cells. In places the roof plate expands into thin mem-
branes which are covered with vascular mesodermal tissue forming chorioid
plexuses, such as the chorioid plexuses of the lateral, third and fourth ventricles
(Fig. 3 70).
;.,' „.,. FIG. 362. — Scheme of a median sagittal section through a vertebrate brain before
the closure of the neuropore. von Kupffer.
A., Archencephalon; D., deuterencephalon; Ms., medulla spinalis (spinal cord); cd., notochord;
en., neuronteric canal; ek.} ectoderm; en., entodernv /., infundibulum; np., neuropore; pv.t
ventral cephalic fold; //>., tuberculum posterius.
It has already been seen that even at its first appearance the neural plate
exhibits a differentiation into an anterior expanded part, the brain, and a
posterior narrower part, the spinal cord. After closure, in many Vertebrates at
least, a three-fold division can be made out: (i) A caudal part of the neural
tube, the spinal cord, which gradually expands cranially into (2) the caudal part
)f the brain (deuterencephalon, v. Kupffer) (Fig. 362). These two parts lie
ibove the notochord and all the typical cerebrospinal nerves are connected
with them. (3) Cranially, at the anterior end of the notochord, the brain wall
expands ventrally forming the third portion (archencephalon) . At the forward
extremity is seen the anterior neuropore. The deuterencephalon is thus an
epichordal part of the brain, while the archencephalon is prechordal. At the
boundary between the two is a ventral infolding of the brain wall — the ventral
cephalic fold (plica encephali ventralis). At this stage the brain resembles that
of Amphioxus in many respects. From each side wall of the archencephalon
424
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
an evagination appears, the optic vesicle (Fig. 376) which develops into the
retina and optic nerve.
In the next stage (Fig. 363), there is a tendency for the neural tube to bend
ventrally around the anterior end of the notochord. This bending is the
cephalic flexure. At the same time the dorsal wall above the cephalic fold be-
comes expanded and is marked off from that part of the dorsal wall lying
caudally by a transverse constriction, the rhombo-mesencephalic fol d, and from
the part of the dorsal wall lying cranially by another transverse fold at the
site of the future posterior commissure. The middle part of the brain, the
roof of which is thus marked off, is the mid-brain or mesencephalon. Its
floor is the middle projecting part of the ventral cephalic fold. The cephalic
expansion of the brain, practically the former archencephalon, is now the
FIG. 363. — Scheme of a median sagittal section through a vertebrate brain after the formation
of the three primary brain expansions, von Kupffer.
P.. prosencephalon; M., mesencephalon; R., rhombencephalon ; Ms., spinal cord; cw., chiasma emi-
nence; /., infundibulum; It., lamina terminalis; pv., ventral cephalic fold; pn., processus
neuroporicus; pr., rhombo-mesencephalic fold; r.1, unpairecTolfactory placode; ro., recessus
(prae-?) opticus; tp., tuberculum posterius.
fore-brain or prosencephalon and the caudal expansion, is the rhombic brain or
rhombencephalon.
These three primary brain expansions (" vesicles "), the fore-brain, mid-
brain and rhombic brain, are constant throughout the Vertebrates. Beginning
at the location of the former neuropore (processus neuroporicus) and passing
caudally along the floor of the fore-brain we have the lamina terminalis or end-
wall of the brain, containing a thickening which indicates the site of the future
anterior (cerebral) commissure, next the recessus praopticus, then another thick-
ening, the chiasma eminence, and finally a diverticulum, the recessus postopticus
and infundibulum (Fig. 363).
At a later stage (Fig. 364), there appear two evaginations in the roof of the
fore-brain, the anterior epiphysis or paraphysis and the posterior epiphysis or
epiphysis proper (pineal body). Immediately caudal to the paraphysis is a
transverse infolding of the brain roof, the velum transversum. The line aa
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
425
(Fig. 364) extending from this fold to the optic recess indicates the location of a
fold in the side walls in some forms and is taken by some as the boundary be-
tween two subdivisions of the fore-brain, the end-brain or telenccphalon and the
inter-brain or diencephalon. Cranial to the epiphysis proper, is a commissure
in 'the dorsal wall (commissura habenularis) connecting two structures which
develop in the crests of the side walls, the ganglia habenula.
From the dorsal part of the telencephalon is developed the pallium. The
ventral anterior part evaginates toward the olfactory pit, its end receiving the
olfactory fibers. This region is often termed the rhinencephalon. Thickenings
of the basal lateral walls of the telencephalon form the corpora striata.
FIG. 364. — Scheme of a median sagittal section through a vertebrate brain showing
the five-fold division of the brain, von Kupffer.
TM Telencephalon; D.} diencephalon; M., mesencephalon; Mt., metencephalon; M/., myelence-
phalon; c., cerebellum; cc., cerebellar commissure; ch., habenular commissure; cp., posterior
commissure; cw., chiasma eminence; e., epiphysis; e*., paraphysis; /., infundibulum; lt.t
lamina terminalis; pn., processus neuroporicus; pr., rhombo-mesencephalic fold; pv., ventral
cephalic fold; ro.t recessus (prae-) opticus; si., sulcus intraencephalicus posterior; tp., tuber-
culum posterius. The lines aa., dd and ff indicate the boundaries between four divisions.
The roof of the mesencephalon finally develops the "optic lobes." The
dckened part of the roof lying immediately caudal to the rhombo-mesen-
cephalic fold develops into the cerebellum. The part of the tube of which this
forms the roof is often called the hind-brain or metencephalon, while the rest of the
lombencephalon is then termed the after-brain or myelencephalon. The roof of
i is portion, which has become very thin in the course of its development, forms
epithelial part of the tela chorioidea of the fourth ventricle. The con-
•icted portion of the tube between the rhombic brairv and mid-brain is the
\thmus.
The above subdivisions of the three primary expansions into five parts
(end-, inter-, mid-, hind- and after-brains), especially the subdivisions of the
rhombic brain, do not have the morphological value of the three primary
426
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
divisions but have a certain value for descriptive purposes. The cavities of
the brain are the ventricles and their connecting passages, namely, the third
ventricle of the diencephalon and the fourth ventricle of the rhombencephalon,
the two being connected by the mid-brain cavity (aquceductus Sylvii). The
telencephalon usually develops a more or less paired character, its cavities
being then paired diverticula of the unpaired fore-brain cavity and known as
the lateral ventricles.
Before the closure of the brain part of the neural tube, transverse constric-
tions appear across the neural plate. The transverse rings into which the
FIG. 365. — Chick embryos; i, of 22 hours' incubation; 2, of 24 hours; 3, of 25^ hours; 4, of 26
hours, showing respectively 2, 5, 6, and 7 primitive segments. Hill.
cp., Caudal limit of fore-brain ; fr., caudal limit of mid -brain; u.} first primitive segment;
ps.} primitive streak; i-n, neuromeres.
tube, when completed, is thus divided are known as neuromeres. They are
held to represent a primitive segmentation of the head, similar, perhaps, to
that exhibited by the spinal nerves and segmental somatic musculature (primi-
tive segments) of the trunk. The neuromeres may appear before the head
somites. To what extent they correspond to the somites or to the visceral
segmentation (p. 430) and also to the cranial nerves is a matter of dispute.
Concerning their number there have been various views, the evidence inclining
to three in the fore-brain, two in the mid-brain and six in the rhombic brain
(Fig. 365). Their presence and number are most in doubt in the cephalic end
of the tube, the highly modified prosencephalon.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 427
The general features of the vertebrate nervous system which especially
illuminate conditions met with in the human nervous system are the following:
(i) The correlation between the peripheral structures (receptors and effectors)
and the nervous system. (2) The distinction between the epichordal and pre-
chordal portions of the brain. The latter (fore-brain) is, in accordance with its
anterior position (comp. p. 420), the most highly modified part of the neural
tube. (3) The distinction between the segmented and suprasegmental parts
of the brain (Adolf Meyer).* The segmental part of the brain is that portion
in more immediate connection with peripheral segmental structures. Its epi-
chordal part is spinal-like and most clearly segmental. Its prechordal part,
both as to its peripheral and central portions, is so highly modified that its
segmental character is more obscure. It and the rest of the prechordal brain
are most conveniently treated together as fore-brain. The suprasegmentai
parts of the brain, or higher coordinating centers, are the cerebellum, mid-
brain roof and the pallium (cerebral hemispheres). Their general functional
significance has been mentioned (p. 420). Some of their general structural
characteristics are : First, that they are each expansions of the dorso-lateral
walls of the neural tube; second, that in them the neurone bodies are placed
externally and in layers (cortex), the nerve fibers (white matter) lying within;
third, that each appears to have originally had an especially close relation with
some one of the three great sense organs of the head, the olfactory, visual or
acustico-lateral system; fourth, that each is connected with the rest of the brain
by bundles of centripetal and centrifugal fibers, and often there are specialized
groups of neurone bodies in other parts of the brain for the origin or recep-
tion of such bundles. Each higher center has also its own system of association
neurones.
It will accordingly be most convenient to consider : (i) the spinal cord, (2)
the segmental part of the epichordal brain, (3) the cerebellum, (4) the mid-
brain roof, (5) the prosencephalon.
Spinal Cord and Nerves.
As already brought out, there are two principal morphological differences
between the afferent and efferent peripheral neurones. First, the neurone
bodies of the former are located outside the neural tube, while the neurone
bodies of the latter lie within the walls of the neural tube. Second, the afferent
* This distinction apparently ignores the fact that the primitive neuromeric segmentation of the
neural tube involves its dorsal as well as its ventral walls and thus "suprasegmental" as well as "seg-
mental " structures were originally segmental. This may be granted, but while the demonstration
of the primitive segmentation of the neural tube may be valuable as showing the primitive mechan-
ism which has undergone later modifications, the importance of such later modifications renders the
above distinction necessary. The main significance of the nervous system is its associative character
and its progressive development is not as a segmental, but as a more and more highly developed
associating mechanism.
428
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
nerves enter the dorsal part of the lateral walls of the tube, while the efferent
nerves leave the ventral part of the lateral walls, their neurone bodies lying in
this ventral part. The effect of this upon the structural arrangements within
the tube is the production in the tube of two columns of neurone bodies, a dorsal
gray column for the reception of the dorsal or afferent roots and a ventral,
gray column containing the efferent neurone bodies.
Another important differentiation arises apparently from the important
physiological difference in general character between the activities of what may
FIG. 366. — Transverse section through the body of a typical Vertebrate, showing the peripheral
(segmental) nervous apparatus. Froriep.
Small dots, afferent visceral neurones; coarse dots, afferent somatic neurones; dashes, efferent
visceral (ventral root and sympathetic) neurones; lines, efferent somatic neurones.
Darm, gut; Ggl. spin., spinal ganglion; Ggl. vert., vertebral sympathetic ganglion; Ggl. mesent.,
mesenteric sympathetic ganglion. The peripheral sympathetic ganglionic plexuses (Auer-
bach and Meissner) are not shown. Muse., muscle; Rad. dors., dorsal root; Rad. vent.,
ventral root; R. comm., white ramus communicans.
Two sympathetic neurones are represented as intercalated in the visceral efferent pathway. It
doubtful if there should be more than one.
be termed the internal (visceral or splanchnic) and the external (somatic) struc-
tures. Internal activities are to a certain extent independent of activities
which have to do more with the reactions of the organism to the external world,
and consequently their nervous mechanisms have a more or less independent
character, forming what is often called the autonomic (sympathetic) system.
This independence is exhibited structurally by the intercalation in the per-
ipheral pathway of additional neurones, whose bodies form visceral ganglia
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 429
connected in various ways among themselves and probably having their own
reflex arcs or plexuses. These ganglia are nevertheless to some extent under
the control of the efferent neurones of the central nervous system, some of
which send their axones to such ganglia (Fig. 366). There are thus in the
central nervous system two categories of efferent peripheral neurones, those
innervating visceral structures "via sympathetic ganglia and those innervating
somatic structures. The b'odies of the somatic efferent neurones are located
in the ventral gray matter of the nerve tube, while the bodies of the splanchnic
efferent neurones are believed to occupy more central and lateral positions in
the lower half of the gray matter of the neural tube (Fig. 366). It is uncer-
tain whether there are similar afferent splanchnic neurones in the sympathetic
ganglia, and thus distinct from those in the spinal ganglia, or whether these all
lie in the spinal ganglia and are consequently not fully differentiated from the
somatic afferent neurones.
The muscular segmentation of the trunk has already been mentioned and
also the corresponding segmental arrangement of the spinal nerves. Local
extensions of this musculature and of its overlying cutaneous surface in the
form of fins and limbs cause corresponding increase in the size of those seg-
ments of the cord innervating them. This is due to the increased number of
afferent fibers and consequent increase in the dorsal white columns and in the
receptive dorsal gray columns, also to the increase in the number of efferent
peripheral neurones whose bodies occupy the ventral gray column (e.g., cervi-
cal and lumbar enlargements). (Compare also the differentiation in the
cervical cord and lower medulla of the columns and nuclei of Goll for the
lower extremities and those of Burdach for the upper extremities).
In general, the intermediate neurones of the cord fall into two categories;
intersegmental (ground bundles), connecting cord segments, and those send-
ing long ascending bundles to suprasegmental structures (see pp. 442 and 443.)
The Epichordal Segmental Brain and Nerves.
The principal peripheral structures which exert a determining influence on
the structure of the epichordal brain are: The mouth, the respiratory apparatus
(gills and later lungs), and two specialized sensory somatic structures, the
acustico-lateral system and the optic apparatus.
In the gills we have essentially a series of vertical clefts forming communica-
tions between the pharynx and the exterior, the intervals between the clefts
being the gill arches. The musculature of the gill arches is morphologically
splanchnic (pp. 272 and 280). The gill or branchial musculature is in closer
relations with stimuli from the external world than is the visceral musculature
of the body. As a result of this the former is not of the smooth involuntary
430 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
type, like the visceral musculature of the body, but is of the striated voluntary
type, like the somatic musculature. The branchial receptors are naturally
visceral in character and there is also in this region a series of specialized
visceral receptors, the end buds of the gustatory system. The development of
this whole specialized visceral apparatus in this region of the head has appar-
ently caused a corresponding reduction of the somatic musculature.
The musculature of the mouth is also splanchnic, the mouth itself being-
regarded by many morphologists as a modified pair of gill clefts which has re-
placed an older mouth lying further forward in the region of the hypophysis.
The existence of this series of gill clefts has naturally caused a branchiomeric
pir splanchnic segmentation of the musculature of this region as opposed to the
somatic muscular segmentation seen in the trunk. Whether these two kinds
of segmentation correspond in this region is uncertain. (In this connection see
Fig. 390 and p. 466.)
In the acustico-lateral system three parts may be distinguished : (i) a remark-
able series of cutaneous sense organs, extending in lines over the head and body
and known as the lateral line organs; (2) the vestibule, including the semicircu-
lar canals; (3) the cochlea (organ of hearing proper — Cor ti's organ) . In the
higher Vertebrates, the lateral line organs have disappeared, owing to a change
from a water to a land habitat; the labyrinth has remained unchanged, and
the cochlea has undergone a much higher development and specialization.
Regarding the optic apparatus, it is sufficient to point out here that its motor
part, the eye muscles, is usually taken to represent the sole remaining somatic
musculature belonging to the head proper.
The peripheral nerves of the epichordal part of the brain have fundamen-
tally the same arrangements as the spinal nerves, namely, the peripheral af-
ferent neurone bodies are separate from the nerve tube, forming ganglia, while
the bodies of the efferent neurones are located centrally in the morphologically
ventral portions of the lateral walls of the nerve tube. There are, however,
important differences, clearly correlated with the peripheral differentiations and
specializations outlined above, and affecting the afferent and efferent nerves.
First to be considered is the afferent- part of the trigeminus (Figs. 367 and
368). The peripheral branches of the ganglion (semilunar or Gasserian
ganglion) of this nerve innervate that part of the external (somatic) surfaces of
the head (skin and stomodaeal epithelium) which have not been encroached
upon by the spinal afferent nerves. This nerve is accordingly more strictly
comparable with the afferent spinal nerves. The central processes of the
semilunar ganglion cells, after entering the brain, form a separate descending
bundle, the spinal V. It is interesting to note that the terminal nucleus of
this bundle of fibers is the morphological continuation in the brain of the
dorsal gray column of the cord. The extensiveness of the area innervated by
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
431
-c
§
i -s
11
s^
X
£ J3 rt
w a a
«•?
i
S ^ "2 jg «»
fi It -i s3
-5.
c P
v> — 10
.jl
II
I
I! I
g'i
H1.51!
5? w D • o S
r{ ~ >H bo »H o
"§§
ea r:
^N W3
P
C -a "%
S '-^
AST**
as SOT>
s § £ g-a
•^ O > U
aif ss
•i§.3-3§
M— I I ^ >s
t>. rt
vO "73
^>1
• ffJ
e
£
0 o
ed
£s>
0)
43
S
^
1
I
•*j
1
432 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the trigeminus may be partly due to disappearance or specialization of anterior
somatic nerves and also to the growth of the head.
The organs of the lateral line are innervated by a quite distinct system of
ganglionated afferent nerves whose central connections are nearly identical with
those of the acoustic (Fig. 367). With the disappearance of the lateral line
organs and the specialization of the cochlear part of the ear vesicle, there is a
disappearance of the lateral line nerves (comp. Figs. 367 and 368) and a well-
marked division of the acoustic nerve into vestibular and cochlear portions,
the former innervating the older vestibule-semicircular canal portion, the latter,
the more recent cochlea. Centrally, the vestibular nerve forms also a descend-
ing bundle of fibers and has its own more or less specialized terminal nuclei.
The latter is also true of the cochlear nerve.
The afferent portions of the facial, glossopharyhgeal and vagus nerves in-
nervate the splanchnic receptors of the pharyngeal and branchial surfaces as
well as of a large part of the viscera. The facial, glossopharyngeal and vagus
also innervate the specialized splanchnic receptors, the gustatory system men-
tioned above. This system of taste buds has a very extensive development in
certain lower Vertebrates, especially the Bony Fishes. In the latter the
system of nerves innervating these structures is naturally much more extensive
and its central terminations and nuclei cause important modifications of the
medulla. In Mammals the remnants of this system are represented by the
* taste buds in the mouth, the nerves innervating them being the chorda tympani
branch of the facial and the lingual branch of the glossopharyngeal (Fig. 368).
The central branches of the ganglia of these three nerves, after entering the
brain, form a descending bundle of fibers, the tractus solitarius (or communis).
The somatic musculature of the head, as above mentioned, is usually taken
to be represented by the eye muscles and, later, the tongue muscles. The
tongue is one of the newer structures, rising in importance with the change to
a land habitat, and its muscles are probably an invasion from the neck region
caudal to the branchial arches (p. 290). The eye muscles are innervated by
the III, IV and VI cranial nerves, the tongue muscles by the XII which is a
more recent addition to the cranial nerves. All of these nerves are charac-
terized by having their neurone bodies located in the most medial (morpholog-
ically most ventral) portions of the lateral brain walls, and they all, except the
IV, emerge near the mid- ventral line. In these respects they resemble the
major or somatic part of the ventral spinal roots. (For illustration see Figs.
389, 367 and 368).
The splanchnic musculature of the jaws and the branchial arches is inner-
vated by the efferent portions of the V, VII, IX, X (and XI). The neurone
bodies or nuclei of origin of these nerves lie more laterally than those of the III,
IV, VI and XII, and their axones also leave the nerve tube more laterally
I
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
.sSsfis*?'3!*
~ § o * £ ^^ £ o ^^ o
Illl^iSllfli
l|lNiil2i!f
'^vitfa-a-^ifcr;
1 3 K*, g";
•s^li
^li:
I a ItffcJ ~l>r8 "ti£
85 .» ^ -HO
iPii^si
& *
o»-r ^
to
H
N
434 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
along with the incoming afferent fibres. These nerves all exhibit a character-
istic segmental arrangement corresponding to that of the gill clefts. The
VII, IX, and the various nerves making up the X, divide dorsal to the cor-
responding gill clefts into prebranchial and postbranchial branches, also
giving off suprabranchial branches. The efferent element, or component,
forms a part of each postbranchial branch. These relations are shown clearly
in the accompanying diagrams (Figs. 367 and 368). Part of the vagus also
innervates the viscera and this nerve is thus divisible into branchial and visceral
portions.
Two peculiarities may be noted in regard to these splanchnic nerves : First,
that the afferent portions have ganglia resembling those of the spinal nerves;
second, that the branchial efferent portions consist simply of one neurone
proceeding all the way from the nerve tube to the muscle innervated, thus
resembling the somatic rather than the visceral nerves of the trunk. As al-
ready noted (p. 429), these nerves regulate activities somatic in character but
involving splanchnic structures. It is thus seen that the dominating factor is
functional rather than morphological — present functional necessities modify
those of the past.
With the change from a water to a land habitat and the accompanying
disappearance of gills and appearance of lungs, we have various suppressions
and modifications of the branchial musculature (Fig. 368). There are two
striking specializations of the branchial musculature. One is the origin of
the facial (mimetic) musculature in the highest Vertebrates. This is derived
from the muscles of the hyoid arch, innervated naturally by extensions of the
facial nerve. The other is a specialization of muscles, probably of the caudal
branchial arches, into cervico-cranial muscles (head-movement), innervated by
what may be considered a caudal extension of the vagus nerve, namely, the
spinal accessory (p. 466). The splanchnic laryngeal musculature and its
nerves show a certain degree of specialization (sound-production) in higher
forms. The efferent V is naturally a large constant nerve, in correlation with
the uniformly developed jaw musculature in all jaw-bearing (gnathostome)
Vertebrates (Figs. 367 and 368). These various changes in peripheral
structures are thus due either to environmental influences or to developments
within the central nervous system (p. 420). One of the most important en-
vironmental influences is the change from a water to a land habitat. The
influence of the central nervous system is shown in the further development
and specialization of a number of peripheral structures as motor "instru-
ments" of suprasegmental mechanisms.
The effects, then, of the peripheral arrangements upon the arrangements
within the neural tube are: (i) The formation of separate tracts and terminal
nuclei for (a) the unspecialized somatic afferent V nerve (spinal V and posterior
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
435
horn) ; (b) the specialized somatic vestibular nerve (descending or spinal VIII
and various terminal nuclei) and also the cochlear nerve and its various termi-
nal nuclei; (c) the splanchnic afferent nerves (tractus solitarius and its
terminal nuclei). (2) The separation of the efferent neurone bodies lying in the
neural tube into two main longitudinal series of nuclei (a) the somatic efferent
nuclei, occupying a more medial position, their axones emerging from the neural
tube as medial ventral nerve roots; (b) the splanchnic efferent nuclei occupying
a more lateral position, their axones emerging laterally and forming mixed
roots with the incoming afferent fibers (Fig 369).
FIG. 369 — Diagram of a transverse section through the lower human medulla showing the origin of
the X and XII cranial nerves. Schafer.
gy Ganglion cell of afferent vagus sending central arm (root fiber) to solitary tract (/. s.) and col-
lateral to the nucleus of the solitary tract (/. 5. n.). It is not certain that the axones of the
cells of this terminal nucleus take the course indicated in the figure, n. amb., nucleus am-
biguus and d. n, X, dorsal efferent nucleus of the vagus, both of which send out axones as the
efferent root fibers of the vagus. These two represent the lateral or splanchnic efferent nuclei
of this region, n. XII, nucleus of the hypoglossus the axones of which pass out medially as
efferent root fibers of the XII. This nucleus represents the medial or somatic efferent nuclei
of this region. /. s.. tractus solitarius or descending roots of vagus, glossopharyngeus and
facial; d. V., descending spinal root of the trigeminus; r., restiform body; o., inferior olivary
nucleus (''olive"); pyr.. pyramid.
The intermediate neurones of the epichordal segmental brain, as well as
of the cord, fall into two general systems. One of these is the system of
inter segmental neurones, connecting various segments of the segmental brain
and cord. This system may be collectively termed the ground bundles (of the
cord) and reticular formation (of the brain). These neurones may be regarded
as not only furnishing the various reflex communications between the afferent
and efferent cerebrospinal peripheral neurones, but as also forming a system
upon which the descending neurones from the higher coordinating centers
(suprasegmental structures) act, before the efferent peripheral neurones are
reached. This system may thus be regarded in general as more closely associ-
436 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
ated with the efferent than with the afferent peripheral neurones. Certain
tracts in this system and their nuclei of origin have reached a considerable
degree of differentiation, due principally to association with higher centers.
Among these differentiated reticulo-spinal tracts may be mentioned the medial
longitudinal fasciculus, the rubro-spinal tract, and the various tracts from
Deiters' nucleus. The other system consists of nuclei which are associated
with the afferent axones as their terminal nuclei, the axones of which form long
afferent tracts to suprasegmental structures. Especially well-marked differ-
entiations of nuclei and tracts of this system are usually due both to its con-
nections with peripheral structures and with the higher centers. The principal
afferent suprasegmental tracts to the cerebellum are mentioned below (p. 436).
Those to mid-brain roof and (via added neurones) to pallium are the medial
fillet or lemniscus from the nuclei of the columns of Goll and Burdach, the
lateral lemniscus from the cochlear terminal nuclei and other ascending tracts
from terminal nuclei of peripheral afferent neurones.
The Cerebellum.
The other great factor (see p. 420) affecting the structure of the epichordal
brain is the development in it of two higher coordinating centers or supraseg-
mental structures, the cerebellum and optic lobes. The cerebellum is a develop-
ment of the dorsal part of the lateral walls of the tube just caudal to the isthmus
and was probably primarily developed in correlation with the acustico-lateral
system, especially with the lateral line and vestibulo-semicircular canal
portions (p. 430). Due probably to the fact that it is thus an important
"equilibrating" mechanism, the cerebellum has acquired other important con-
nections besides its original ones with the acustico-lateral system. In the
vertebrate series it is especially developed in all active balancing forms (Fig. 370).
In Mammals it has acquired important connections with the greatly enlarged
pallium (cerebral hemispheres), in accordance with its general regulative in-
fluence (static and tonic) upon motor reactions. The great development of the
cerebellum has profoundly modified the anatomical arrangements of the rest of
the brain and cord, owing to its numerous and massive connections. The fol-
lowing important masses of gray matter and fiber bundles may be mentioned as
cerebellar afferent connections: Clarke's column cells, and other cells in the
cord, and the spino-cerebellar tracts; the lateral nuclei, inferior olives and the
restiform body in the medulla; part of the pes pedunculi, the pontile nuclei and
middle peduncle of the cerebellum. The superior cerebellar peduncle to the
red nucleus, together with tracts to Deiter's nucleus, belong to the cerebellar
efferent connections. The cortico-pontile portion of the pes, the pontile nuclei
and the middle peduncle represent the most recently developed cerebral con-
nections (comp. pp. 440-442 and Fig. 371).
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 437
The Mid-brain Roof.
This expansion of the dorsal part of the neural tube constitutes a higher
coordinating center for impulses received by various somatic nerves — spinal,
cochlear and optic. Owing to its being, in all forms below Mammals, the
principal visual center, the optic part (optic lobes) varies in proportion to the
development of the eye, animals with poorly developed eyes having small optic
lobes. In Mammals, the optic part (anterior corpora quadrigemina or col-
liculi) is relatively less important, owing to a taking over of a portion of its
coordinating functions by the neopallium (pp. 440, 442) , but the cochlear part
(posterior corpora quadrigemina or colliculi) has increased in importance,
owing to the rise of the cochlear organ (organ of Corti). The centripetal and
centrifugal connections of the mid-brain roof are not so massive or extensive
and consequently do not modify the other parts of the brain and cord as pro-
foundly as do those of the cerebellum. It sends descending tracts to after-
brain and cord segments.
The Prosencephalon.
The division of this part of the brain into the telencephalon and diencephalon
has already been indicated (p. 425). In the diencephalon may be noted (i) the
absence of the notochord ventral to the brain, thereby permitting a ventral ex-
pansion of the brain walls, the hypothalamus, associated with an organ not
well understood, the hypophysis; (2) certain more or less vestigial structures,
such as the pineal eyes (epiphyses), and other primitive structures, such as
the ganglia habenulae, in the dorsal part, this dorsal portion being collectively
termed the epithalamus; (3) nuclei in (i) and (2) connected with olfactory
and gustatory tracts; (4) receptive nuclei for the optic tract and the cochlear
path from the posterior colliculus; (5) receptive nuclei for secondary tracts from
the end stations of more caudal somatic ganglia (nuclei of Go 11 and Burdach
and medial lemniscus). The last two (4 and 5) constitute the thalamus and
increase in importance in the higher Vertebrates (see p. 440, Fig. 371).
In the telencephalon there may be roughly distinguished an anterior and basal
part, the rhinencephalon, in especially intimate relations with the olfactory nerve;
a thickening of the basal wall, the corpus striatum ; and a thinner- walled dorsal
part, the pallium. The latter may be regarded in a sense as a dorsal develop-
ment of the corpus striatum and first appears as a distinct structure in the
Amphibia.
The peripheral or segmental apparatus which are connected with the pros-
encephalon are the highly modified optic and olfactory organs. While the optic
apparatus primarily originates from the prechordal brain, in the lower Verte-
brates its highest coordinating center, as mentioned above, lies partly in the
438 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
epichordal portion (optic lobes). It is possible that this connection is secon-
dary and contingent upon two functional necessities, the importance of cor-
relation with stimuli coming via more caudal nerves (cochlear and spinal
nerves) , and the innervation of its motor apparatus by epichordal nerves, the
III, IV and VI. With the development of the neopallium in Mammals (see p.
447) and the consequent projection of visual stimuli upon it, the lower pre-
chordal (thalamic) centers form part of the newer pathway to the neopallium
and thus increase in importance, while the optic lobes recede, assuming the
position of a reflex center, especially for the visual motor apparatus.
The olfactory nerves enter the anterior extremity of the brain and are con-
nected by secondary and tertiary tracts with regions lying more caudally, where
in some cases the olfactory stimuli are associated with gustatory and probably
with visual stimuli. One of these regions is the hypothalamus which receives
both olfactory and gustatory tracts (Herrick) . More dorsal olfactory pathways
pass to the epithalamus. Both epithalamus and hypothalamus give rise to de-
scending systems which doubtless ultimately reach efferent nuclei. In fact, this
part of the brain presents, apparently, a complicated primitive mechanism for
the correlation especially of olfactory and gustatory stimuli, also to some extent
of visual stimuli and stimuli via the trigeminal nerve, the whole forming a sort
of oral sense, probably controlling the feeding activities (Edinger).
The next factor in the further development of this part of the brain is the
rise in importance of the pallium upon which at first are projected mainly
olfactory stimuli (Fig. 370).
A further and still more extensive development of the pallium arises when
other kinds of stimuli are projected to a considerable extent upon it, thus giving
rise to a distinction between the older olfactory pallium (archipallium) and the
newer non-olfactory pallium (neopallium} . The latter appears first in the lateral
dorsal portion of the pallial wall and by its subsequent development the archi-
pallial wall is rolled inward upon the mesial surface of the hemispheres.
Further changes consist in the extension caudally of this portion pari passu with
the extension caudally of the neopallium and then the practical obliteration
of its middle portion by the great neopallial commissure, the corpus callosum
(Fig. 370, G and H).
In addition to the increasing projection of stimuli from all parts of the body
upon the neopallium and the consequent increase in centripetal fiber termina-
tions and in centrifugal neurone bodies lying in its walls, a second factor in
the development of the neopallium is the enormous increase of its association
neurones. It is the latter feature which especially distinguishes the human
from other mammalian brains.
The biological significance of these changes lies in the fact that there is thus
produced a mechanism not only for the association of all kinds of stimuli, but
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
439
G OUNITHORHYNCHOS
FIG. 370. — A-F (Edinger) are sagittal sections showing structures lying in the median line and also
paired structures (e.g., pallium) lying to one side of the median line. The cerebellum is
black. It is doubtful whether the membranous roof in A indicated as pallium is strictly
homologous with that structure in other forms, In B, Pallium indicates prepallial structures.
Aq. SyL, Aquseductus Sylvii; Basis mesen., basis mesencephali; Bulb, olf., bulbus olfactorius; Corp.
striat., corpus striatum; Epiph., epiphysis; G. h., ganglion habenulae; Hyp., hypophysis;
Infund., infundibulum; Lam. t., lamina terminalis; Lob. elect., lobus electricus; L. vagi,
lobus vagi; L. opt., mid-brain roof; Med. obi., medulla oblongata; Opt., optic nerve; Pl.chor.,
plexus chorioideus; Rec. inf., recessus infundibuli; Rec. mam., recessus mammillaris; Saccus
vase., saccus vasculosus; Sp. c., spinal cord; ventr., ventricle; v. m. a., velum medullare
anterius; v.m. p., velum medullare posterius.
G and H show the mesial surface of the cerebral hemispheres in a low (G) and high (H) Mammal.
G. Elliot Smith, Edinger, slightly modified.
The exposed gray matter of the olfactory regions is shaded, the darker shade indicating the archi-
pallium (preterminal area and hippocampal formation), the lighter shade indicating the
rhinencephalon, which consists of the anterior and the posterior (principally pyriform) olfactory
440 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
also for very complex coordinations between these stimuli. In this way an
extensive symbolization and formulation of individual experience (memory,
language, etc.) can take place. The formulated experience of one generation
can be immediately transmitted (by education in the broad sense of the term)
to the plastic late-developing neopallia of the next generation. In this
way a racial experience may be rapidly built up without the direct inter-
vention of the slow processes of heredity and natural selection and each gen-
eration profit by the accumulated experience of past generations to a much
greater extent. The nervous mechanism, the pallium, is provided by in-
heritance; experience is not inherited but " learned." The pallial associative
mechanisms are continuously modified by their activities, thus affecting the
character of subsequent pallial reactions (associative memory). Such reac-
tions are usually termed psychical or conscious, as distinguished from the
reflex reactions of other parts of the nervous system.
In the course of these developments the pallium or cerebral hemispheres
have enormously increased in size until in man they overlap all the other parts
of the brain. Naturally the extensive connections of the neopallium with the
rest of the brain have profoundly modified the latter. Among the new struc-
tures which have on this account been added to the older structures of the rest of
the brain, the following may be mentioned: (i) The centripetal connections of
the neopallium, consisting mainly of what are usually termed the thalamic radi-
ations. These consist essentially of a system of neurones passing from the
above mentioned termini in the thalamus of general somatic, acoustic and optic
ascending systems to certain areas in the cerebral hemispheres. In this system
we can distinguish (a) the continuation of the fillet (general somatic) to the cen-
tral region (somaesthetic area) of each hemisphere; (b) the optic radiation from
the lower thalamic optic center (lateral geniculate body) to the calcarine
(visual) area of the hemisphere; (c) the acoustic radiation from the medial
geniculate body of the thalamus to the upper temporal region (auditory area)
of the hemisphere. Associated with these last two connections are the increase
lobes. In Amphibia and Reptiles the hippocampal formation includes all or nearly all of the
mesial surface. As the early neopallium appears in the lateral hemisphere walls, the neo-
pallial commissural fibers first pass across the median line in the ventral or anterior com-
missure. With the increase of the neopallium and its extension on the mesial hemisphere
walls, its commissural fibers pass across more dorsally via the archipallial or fornix com-
missure (psalterium) forming the neopallial commissure or corpus callosum, the great de-
velopment of which nearly obliterates the anterior hippocampal formation.
Com. ant., Anterior commissure; corp. callosum, corpus callosum; Fimbr., fimbria; Fiss. hippo-
campi, hippocampal fissure; Lam. t., lamina terminalis; Lob. olf. ant., anterior olfactory lobe;
Lob. pyrfformis pyriform lobe; Psalt., psalterium (fornix commissure); Sept. pell., septum
pellucidum; Tuo. olf., tuberculum olfactorium. Only a part of the gray (cortex) of the hip-
pocampal formation appears, as the gyrus dentatus, on the mesial surface; the remainder forms
an eminence, the cornu Ammonis, on the ventricular surface. This invagination is indicated
extenu'lyby the hippocampal fissure. The exposed fiber bundle forming the edge of this
formation (fimbria) passes forward (fornix and its commissure) and thence descends, as the
anterior pillar of the fornix, behind the anterior commissure. The anterior pillar is partly
indicated by a few lines in this region in the figure.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
i S_P_H.
441
FIG. 371. — Principal afferent and efferent suprasegmental pathways (excepting the archipallial con
nections, the efferent connections of the mid- brain roof and the olivo-cerebellar connections)
Neopallial connections are indicated by broken lines. Intersegmental connections are omitted
Some peripheral elements are indicated. Each neurone group (nucleus and fasciculus) is in
dicated by one or several individual neurones. Decussations of tracts are indicated by an X
etc., Acoustic radiation, from medial gemculate body to temporal lobe; Z>r. conj., brachium con-
442 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
of the geniculate bodies and the diminution of the mid-brain in importance
already alluded to (p. 437). (2) The centrifugal connections consisting of (a)
the pyramids passing from the precentral area of each hemisphere to various
lower efferent neurones, or neurones affecting the latter, and forming part of the
internal capsule and pes pedunculi ; (b) fibers from various parts of the hemis-
phere, forming the greater part of the rest of the internal capsule and pes, and
terminating principally in the pontile nuclei whence a continuation of this
system (the fibers of the middle peduncle), passes to the cerebellar hemisphere.
The great increase in size of the cerebellar hemispheres, of the contained
nuclei dentati, and probably of the superior cerebellar peduncles are further
effects of this new connection, which has already been alluded to (see Cere-
bellum, p. 436) > (Fig- 371-)
Another important effect of the development of the pallium is the assump-
tion by man of the upright position, due both to the specialization of the
hand to execute pallial coordinations and its consequent release from locomo-
tion, and also to the overhanging of the eyes by the enlarged cranium. The
great increase of cerebellar connections may be partly due to the new
problems of equilibrium connected with the upright position.
GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE HUMAN NERVOUS SYSTEM DURING
THE FIRST MONTH.
One of the earliest stages in the development of the human nervous system
is shown in the 2 mm. embryo of about two weeks (Fig. 372). This shows
the stage of the open neural groove. The appearance of a transverse section
of the neural plate, groove and folds, in other forms, is shown in Figs. 373
and 374.
The neural folds now become more and more elevated and finally meet, thus
forming the neural tube as previously described (p. 421). The fusion of the
neural folds begins in the middle region and thence extends cranially and cau-
junctivum (superior cerebellar peduncle); brack, pon., brachium ponds (middle cerebellar
peduncle); b.q. i., brachium quadrigeminum inferias (a link in the cochlear pathway) ; c. g. I.,
lateral or external geniculate body; c. g. m., medial or internal geniculate body; c. quad., cor-
pora quadrigemina; f.cort.-sp., cortico-spinal fasciculus (pyramidal tract);/. c. p.-f. frontal
cortico-pontile fasciculus (from frontal lobe); f.c.-p.t., temporal cortico-pontile fasciculus
(from temporal lobe); f.c.-p.o., occipital cortico-pontile fasciculus (from occipital lobe);
f.ctm.f fasciculus cuneatus (column of Burdach); f.grac., fasciculus gracilis (column of
Goll) ; /. s.-t., tract from cord to mid-brain roof and thalamus (sometimes included in Gowers*
tract); f.sp.-c.d., dorsal spino-cerebellar fasciculus (tract of Flechsig); f.sp.-c.v., ventral
spino-cerebellar fasciculus (tract of Gowers, location of cells in cord uncertain) ; lem. lot.,
lateral lemniscus or lateral fillet; lemniscus*-med., medial lemniscus or fillet (the part to the
thalamus is mainly a neopallial acquisition); n.coch., cochlear nerve; n. cun., (terminal)
nucleus of the column of Burdach; n.grac., nucleus of the column of Goll; n.dent., nucleus
dentatus; n. opt., optic nerve; n.r., nucleus ruber (red nucleus); pes ped., pes pedunculi
(crusta); pulv. thai., pulvinar thalami; pyr., pyramid; rod. ant., ventral spinal root; rod. post,.
dorsal spinal root; rod. opt., optic radiation (from lateral geniculate body, and pulvinar (?),
to calcarine region); somaes., bundles from thalamus to postcentral region of neopallium;
s p. gang., spinal ganglion; ihal., thalamus.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
443
dally. The stage of partial closure of the neural tube is shown in Eternod's
figure of a human embryo of 2.1 mm. (Fig. 375, b). This order of closure in-
dicates, to some extent, the order of subsequent histological development; the
extreme caudal and cephalic extremities are more backward than the parts
which close first. The last point to close anteriorly marks, as stated previously
(p. 42 1), the cephalic extremity of the neural tube and is the anterior neuropore.
As indicated in Eternod's embryo, the anterior end of the neural plate is broader
even before its closure; thus when the tube is completed its anterior end is more
expanded. This expansion is the future brain, the narrower caudal portion
Yolk sac
Amnion
Neural groove
FlG. 372. — Dorsal view of human embryo, two millimeters in length, with yolk
von Spee, Kollmann.
The amnion is opened dorsally.
being the future spinal cord. Before the closure of the brain part of the tube
the beginnings of the three primary brain vesicles are also indicated (Fig. 84).
At this stage the neural plate shows no differentiation into nervous and sup-
porting elements. The neural tube is composed of the two lateral walls and
the median roof and floor plates (comp. p. 423) (Figs. 307 and 404).
The appearance of the anterior end of the neural tube with the closure com-
pleted, except the anterior and posterior neuropores, is shown in the model of
one half of the tube. The external appearance and also the inner surfaces are
shown in Figs. 376 and 377. At this stage the cephalic flexure (see p. 424) is
already quite pronounced, the cephalic end of the brain tube being bent ven-
444
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
trally at about a right angle to the longitudinal axis of the remaining portion of
the tube. This bending begins before the closure of the cephalic part of the
neural tube (Fig. 84). From each side of the brain near the cephalic ex-
tremity is an evagination of the brain wall, the beginning of the optic vesicles.
Neural
fold
Ectoderm
Mesoderm
x Chorda anlage Entoderm
FIG. 3 73 . — Transverse section through dorsal part of embryo of frog (Rana f usca) .
x, Groove indicating evagination to form mesoderm.
Ziegler.
The process of evagination and consequently the location of the vesicle begins
before the closure of the tube.
Dorsal and anterior to the optic vesicles can be seen a slight unpaired pro-
trusion of the dorsal wall, the beginning of the pallium. The area basal to it and
Prim. Intermed.
seg. cell mass
Parietal and
visceral mesoderm
Ectoderm
(epidermis)
Chordal Prim,
plate aorta
Ccelom Entoderm Blood vessels
FIG. 374. — Transverse section of dog embryo with ten pairs of primitive segments. Bonnet.
extending a short distance into the anterior wall of the optic vesicle is the site of
the future corpus striatum (Figs. 376 and 377).
Caudal to the pallium and separated from it by a slight constriction (in-
dicated best by the ridge on the inner wall) is another protrusion of the dorsal
wall, the roof of the diencephalon. Still further caudally and separated from the
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
445
roof of the diencephalon by another slight constriction is another expansion of
the dorsal wall, the roof of the mid-brain or of the mesencephalon which arches
over the cephalic flexure. It is separated by another constriction (plica
rhombo-mesencephalicd) from the rhombic brain or rhombencephalon, which latter
tapers into the cord. A ventral bulging of the rhombencephalon indicates the
future pans region (Figs. 376 and 377).
Heart
Ant. entrance to
prim, gut (Ant.
"Dannpforte")
Post, entrance to
prim, gut (Post. :
"Darmpforte")
Cerebral plate
Amnion
Yolk sac
(cut edge)
Yolk sac
Belly stalk
FIG. 375.— (a) Ventral view; (&) dorsal view of human embryo with 8 pairs of primitive
segments (2.11 mm.). Eternod. From models by Ziegler.
In b the amnion has been removed, merely the cut edge showing; in a the yolk sac has
been removed.
Even at this early stage the cavity of the caudal part of the rhombencephalon
is expanded dorsally due to an expansion of the roof plate, which forms only the
narrow dorsal median part of the rest of the tube. This expansion reaches its
maximum about opposite the auditory vesicle.
The principal changes in form during the next two weeks are the following
(Figs. 378 and 434): The cephalic flexure becomes still more pronounced so
that the anterior end of the neural tube is folded back upon the ventral side of
the rest 01 the brain, an effect probably enhanced by the expansion of the
446
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
FIG. 376. — Lateral view of the outside of a model of the brain of a human
embryo two weeks old. His.
Diencephalon
Pallium
Mesencephalon
Rhombq-
mesencephalic fcld
Rtiombencephalon
Neuropore
Corpus striatum
P. f.
Optic evagination
Ventral cephalic told
(Seesel's pocket)
Pons region
» 377* — Lateral view of inner side of the same model shown in Fig. 414. ffiS,
P.f. is the ridge corresponding to the peduncular furrow on the outer side.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 447
ventral wall of the anterior portion (Figi 378 and 434). In the space thus
enclosed the dorsum sellae is subsequently formed. Associated with this
increase of the cephalic flexure is an increased prominence of the mid-brain
roof. The pontine flexure has begun, there being now a bending of the whole
tube in the pons region, the concavity of the bend being dorsal. At the same
time there is a corresponding tendency for the roof of the rhombencephalon to
become shorter and wider. There is also a further thinning of the above
mentioned expanded portion of the roof plate in this region, and associated
with this a thrusting of the thick lateral walls outward at the top so that they
come to lie almost flat instead of vertically as in the cord. From the cord
to the place of greatest width above mentioned, this dorsal thrusting apart
FIG. 378. — Profile view of a model of the brain of a human embryo during the third week. His.
A, Optic vesicle; A.v., auditory vesicle; Br, pons region; H, pallium; Hh. cerebellum; /, isthmus;
M, mid-brain; AT and Rf, medulla; NK, cervical flexure; Pm, mammillary region; Tr, in-'
fundibulum; Z, inter-brain or diencephalon.
of the lateral rhombic walls obviously becomes more and more pronounced.
In front of this region of greatest width, the roof plate becomes narrower and
the dorsal parts of the walls (alar plates) form the rudiment of the cerebellum,
the rest of the rhombic brain forming the medulla oblongata. Each lateral
wall of the rhombic brain is now divided into a dorsal longitudinal zone or
plate (alar plate) and a ventral zone or plate (basal plate) by a longitudinal
furrow along its inner surface, the sulcus limitans. A study of the external
appearances and transverse sections of this part of the brain tube will make
these relations clear (Figs. 418, 398 to 401 and 489). Neuromeres are also
present at this stage (see p. 459). In the meantime the neural tube has also
become bent ventrally at the junction of the brain and cord, forming the cervical
448 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
flexure. The pallium has increased in size and now forms a considerable
prominence on the brain tube. Its boundaries are also much more clearly
marked off (see Fig. 433). On the inner side of the tube, the area below
the bulging of the pallium is the corpus striatum. Externally, just below the
bulging, we have the region where the olfactory lobes are differentiated. The
proximal part of the optic evagination has become longer and narrower. The
ventral expansion of the diencephalon is the hypothalamus, the portion of the
diencephalon dorsal to the latter being the thalamus. Two slight protrusions
of the ventral wall of the hypothalamus have appeared; the caudal one is the
mammillary region, the anterior one the infundibulum. The cavity of the
diencephalon (third ventricle) is connected by the mid-brain cavity (iter or
aqu&ductus Svlvii) with the rhombic brain cavity or iourth ventricle.
HISTOGENESIS OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
The neural plate is at first a simple columnar epithelium. The various
processes by which this is converted into the fully formed nervous system are :
(i) cell proliferation; (2) cell migration; (3) cell differentiation. These proc-
esses are not entirely successive in point of time, but overlap each other. Cell
division is present from the first, increases to a certain period in development
and then practically ceases; cell migration is partly a necessary concomitant and
resultant of cell division, and cell differentiation is in part due to the growth of
the cytoplasm and is in part a result of environmental differences produced by
these processes. In development the following stages may be distinguished :
(i) Stage of indifferent epithelium; (2) appearance of nerve elements
(neurones) and resulting differentiation into supporting and nerve elements;
(3) growth of neurones and resulting differentiation and development of (a)
peripheral neurones, (b) lower intermediate or intersegmental neurones, (c)
neurones of higher centers and neurone groups in connection with them (supra-
segmental neurones). These stages do not occur simultaneously throughout the
whole neural tube, some parts being more backward in development than others
(p. 443) . In general the spinal cord and epichordal segmental brain are most
advanced in development. Furthermore, the ventral part of the brain tube
precedes the dorsal. The most backward part of the whole neural tube is the
pallium.
The various phases of /^^-differentiation of the neurone are (i) the
development of the axone and, later, of its branches; (2) the growth of the
dendrites; (3) the formation of accessory coverings or sheaths, the neurilemma
and the myelin (medullary) sheath. The principal internal differentiations
are (i) the appearance of the neurofibrils; (2) the chromophilic bodies of
Nissl; (3) pigment. These latter may all be regarded as products of the
nucleus and undifferentiated cytoplasm of the nerve-cell.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 449
Epithelial Stage. Development of Neuroglia.
From the very first, the neural plate exhibits dividing cells similar to those
seen in the non-neural ectoderm. The cell divisions are indirect and the
mitoses are confined to the outer part of the ectoderm, occurring between the
outer ends of the resting epithelial cells (Fig. 370). These dividing cells have
been termed by His germinal cells. When the neural tube is formed, the
mitoses are still confined to the outer, now the luminal, surface, this being a
general phenomenon in developing epithelial tubular structures. As a result
the daughter nuclei migrate away from the lumen.
In the most advanced parts of the neural tube (see p. 438), the mitoses in-
crease in number up to about the fourth to sixth week of development, and then
diminish anc1 finally nearly disappear about at the end of two months. At
about the time the blood vessels penetrate the tube, the mitoses are no longer
entirely confined to the proximity of the lumen.
As a result of proliferation, the epithelial wall very early assumes the ap-
. pearance of a stratified epithelium — at least there are several strata of nuclei.
There are at this stage in many forms two layers, an outer or marginal layer,
free of nuclei, and an inner or nuclear layer (Figs. 380 and 381). In a human
embryo, however, of about two weeks this division into layers is yet hardly
evident, though there are several strata of nuclei. Apparently these layers are
not well-marked until the radial arrangement of the myelospongium, as
described below, has become more pronounced.
Accompanying the above changes, changes also manifest themselves in the
character of the cells. At about the time of the closure of the neural tube, the
cell boundaries become indistinct and finally practically obliterated, thus form-
ing a syncytium, the myelospongium. At the same time, the syncytium becomes
very alveolar in structure and a general spongioplasmic reticulum is formed (Figs.
380 and 381) by the anastomosing denser strands (trabeculae) of protoplasm.
At a very early stage (two weeks), these trabeculae unite along the inner and
outer walls of the neural tube forming internal and external limiting mem-
branes. The nuclei of the neural tube have at first an irregular arrangement
in the reticulum, at least in the human embryo. This is followed by a more
radial arrangement of both nuclei and protoplasmic filaments (Fig 382), form-
ing nucleated radial masses of protoplasm — the sponglioblasts (Figs. 381 to
384). There is some dispute as to the loss, complete or incomplete, of identity
of the epithelial cells in the formation of the spongioblasts. According to
Hardesty, they are formed by a collapse of the epithelial cells and a rearrange-
ment of their denser parts into axial filaments. The radial arrangement does
not extend into the outer part of the neural tube which, retaining its irregular
reticular character, is now non-nucleated in the human embryo and forms the
450
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY,
a
FIG. 382.
FIG. 379. — From the neural tube of an embryo rabbit shortly before the closure of the tube, g, Germi-
nal or dividing cell; w, peripheral zone, position of the later marginal layer. His.
FIG. 380. — Pig of 5 mm., unflexed. Just after closure of the neural tube. Segment of a vertical
section of the lateral wall of the tube, g, Germinal cells; m, beginning of marginal layer;
mli, internal limiting membrane; r, radial columns of protoplasm. The resting nuclei lie in
the inner or nuclear layer. Hardesty.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
451
marginal layer. The increase in the thickness and circumference of the walls
of the tube and the resulting tensions may be a factor in this arrangement
of the protoplasmic filaments. At the boundary between the marginal and
nuclear layers the reticulum appears to be especially dense.
"With the further increase and development of the nervous elements (see
p. 455) the radial arrangement of the spongioblasts noted above becomes more
and more obliterated. As shown by Golgi preparations, in their migration from
the lumen (Fig. 384) the spongioblasts lose their connection with the lumen,
ep mil
cs
FIG. 383, — Hardesty. Combination drawing from sections of pig of 15 mm. The upper part is
from a section of the same stage as the lower but stained by the Golgi method. By migra-
tion and differentiation the mantle layer has been formed. The cells remaining near the
lumen form the ependyma layer (ep.). b, Boundary between mantle and marginal layers;
ep, ependyma; mli and mle, internal and external limiting membranes; mv, differently
arranged mid-ventral portion of the marginal layer; r, radial filaments; cs, connective tissue
syncytium.
their peripheral processes become abbreviated and disappear, and they finally
differentiate into the irregular branching neuroglia cells (Fig. 385). According
to Hardesty, there is simply a general nucleated mass which changes form
pari passu with changes in the enclosed . differentiating nervous elements,
finally assuming shapes dependent upon the character of the spaces between
the formed nervous elements. An exception to this is a layer of nucleated
elements which remain next the lumen and form the ependyma cells which still
FIG. 381. — Pig of 7 mm., unflexed. Segment from the ventro-lateral wall of the neural tube;
gy Germinal cells; mli, internal limiting membrane; mle, external limiting membrane
- radial, axial filaments of the syncytial protoplasm; p, beginning of pia mater. Hardesty.
FIG. 382. — Pig of 10 mm., " crown-rump " measurement. Segment from lateral wall of neural tube.
&, boundary between nuclear layer and marginal layer (m). Other references same as
in 381. Hardesty.
a indicates the zone in which the dividing cells are located. Later, it is composed of the inner ends
of the ependyma cells (column layer of His}.
452
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
1
,
£ £
its
t
-
§11
*o £3
^VW f-H OT
«« ** a
° c Si
* $ 1
p
CL) >.TJ
^ is
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
453
send radial extensions into the wall of the neural tube (Figs. 383 and 384).
These cells develop cilia projecting into the lumen.
A still later differentiation in the supporting elements of the tube is the ap-
pearance of neuroglia fibers — a product of the spongioblastic protoplasm, but
differing from it chemically (Fig. 385). The exact relation of these neuroglia
fibers to the nucleated neuroglia cells in the adult is a matter of dispute.
FIG. 385. — Hardesty Combination drawing from transverse sections of the spinal cord of 20 cm.
pi-*. Showing the first appearance of neuroglia fibers, a, Neuroglia cell as shown by the
Benda method of staining; a', similar cell by the Golgi method; b and br, non-nucleated
masses; d, free nuclei; e and/, differentiating neuroglia fibers; s, "seal-ring" cells, envelop-
ing myelinating nerve-fibers.
With the penetration of blood vessels into the neural tube a certain amount of
mesodermal tissue is brought in. How much of the supporting tissue of the
nervous system is derived from the mesoderm is uncertain, but it is most
probable that it is relatively small in amount and is confined principally to the
connective tissue of the walls of the blood vessels.
Early Differentiation of the Nerve Elements.
It has been seen that some of the actively dividing cells (germinal cells) at
first simply increase the ordinary epithelial elements of the tube which in turn
form the myelospongium, the spongioblasts and finally the ependyma and the
neuroglia. Other daughter cells produced by the division of the germinal cells
454
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
differentiate into nerve cells as described below. Still others probably migrate
outward as indifferent cells, which later proliferate and form cells which differ-
entiate into neuroglia and nerve cells.
According to recent researches (Cajal), by means of the silver stain of Cajal
the first indication of the differentiation of cells into nerve cells is the appear-
ance of neurofibrils in the cytoplasm of cells near the lumen. ' The part of the
cell in which the neurofibrils first appear is called the fibrillogenous zone
(Held) and is usually in the side furthest from the lumen. The cells in which
these appear are apparently without processes, and are accordingly termed
apolar cells (Cajal). (Fig. 386.)
FIG. 386. — Section through the wall of the fore-brain vesicle of a chick embryo of 3 J days. Cajal.
A, b arid c, Differentiating nerve cells in apolar stage, the neurofibrils are black; a, cell in a stage
transitional to the bipolar stage; 5, bipolar cells; c (at lower right corner), cone of "growth"
of developing axone; e, tangential axone. The cells in the bipolar stage have migrated out
ward, but the neuroblast or mantle layer has not yet been differentiated.
The next step in the development of many, but probably not all, of these cells
is their transformation into bipolar cells by the outgrowth of two neurofibrillar
processes, one directed toward the lumen, the other, usually thicker, toward the
periphery, the cell body at the same time beginning to migrate outward (Fig. 386).
This bipolar stage may be regarded as conditioned to some extent by the radial
arrangement of the other elements, due in turn partly to the original epithelial
structure and partly, possibly, to tensions produced by the growth of the tube.
It is also interesting as recalling conditions in sensory epithelia and in the
cerebrospinal ganglia. The bipolar stage is most common probably in those
parts where the elements show a radial arrangement in the adult. Such are the
layered cortices of the mid-brain and pallium. Nerve cells maintaining a con-
nection, by central processes, with the luminal wall have been described in lower
Vertebrates. This connection may be explained as due to a persistence of the
central processes of cells in the bipolar stage.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
455
The next stage is a monopolar stage produced by the atrophy of the luminal
process. Cells in this stage are the neuroblasts of His, the peripheral processes
being the developing axones (Fig. 387). As seen in ordinary stains, the above
differentiation of the neuroblasts is marked by a corresponding differentiation
of the nuclear layer into an inner layer retaining its previous characteristic radial
arrangement, and an outer layer characterized by fewer nuclei more irregularly
arranged. The latter layer is the mantle, or neurone layer (Fig. 404) . There
are now three layers: (i) inner (nuclear), (2) mantle (neurone) and (3) marginal.
The mantle layer is thus produced by the migration and differentiation of cells
into neuroblasts. While this process may begin near the lumen (apolar nerve
FIG. 387. — Dorsal portion of the lumbar cord of a chick embryo of three days. Cafal.
A, B, Cells in the apolar stage with fibrillogenous zones; B shows transition to the bipolar stage;
E, further advanced bipolar cell; G, cells in monopolar stage or neuroblasts of His; a, giant
cone of growth. These cells have migrated to the outer part of the nuclear layer, thereby
forming the beginning of the mantle layer.
cell of Cajal) and progress as the cell has moved somewhat further away (bipolar
stage) , the monopolar stage is probably reached only when such cells form a part
of the mantle layer. In other words, the mantle layer is created by the migra-
tion to a certain location and differentiation to a certain stage of the primitive
nerve cells. The mantle layer, as previously stated, probably also contains
indifferent cells which may by further proliferation and subsequent differentia-
tion become either glia or nerve cells. * The looser arrangement of the cells of the
mantle layer is probably in some measure due to the growth of the dendrites which
appear soon after the axones. It may be also due to the beginning vascularization
of the tissues with resulting transudates (His) which usually, however, begins
somewhat later. The association in time of vascularization and further growth
* It is an open question as to how late in development these " extraventricular " cell-divisions, in-
volving " indifferent " cells, may occur. The neuroglia cells, however, like other supporting elements,
preserve this capacity of division indefinitely, as shown by the increase in neuroglia cells in patho-
logical conditions.
456 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
of neurocytoplasm (dendrites) is significant. When the cell-proliferation near
the lumen has ceased, the supply of new cells ceases, and as the cells of the
inner layer continue to differentiate into cells of the mantle layer, the inner
layer, being no longer replenished from within, is reduced to the single layer of
cells which remain behind as ependyma cells (p. 451).
-• -^
Differentiation of the Peripheral Neurones of Cord and
Epichordal Segmental Brain.
Efferent Peripheral Neurones. The differentiation of a mantle or
neurone layer from the outer part of the original nuclear layer is practically
universal throughout the whole neural tube. It appears first and is conse-
quently most advanced, however, in the ventral part of the lateral walls of the
cord and epichordal brain. The axones of neuroblasts occupying the basal plate
of this region of the neural tube grow out through the external limiting mem-
FIG. 388. — Ventral part of wall of lumbar cord of 7o-hour duck embryo, showing efferent root
fibers first emerging from cord (combined from two sections) . Cajal.
A, Spinal cord; B, perimedullary space; C, meningeal membrane; a, b, cones of radially directed
axones; c, d, cones of transversely directed axones; Z>, bifurcated cone; E,F, cones crossing
perimedullary space; G, aberrant cones.
brane and emerge as the efferent ventral root fibers. The appearance of these
early root fibers in the duck is shown in Fig. 388. The process is similar in
the human embryo and begins about the third week. The neurones thus
differentiated are the efferent peripheral neurones.
In some forms, at least, cells appear to migrate out from the tube along with
the efferent root fibers. Their fate is not certain, but they probably either
metamorphose into the neurilemma cells or possibly form part of the sympa-
thetic ganglia (see p. 492). In general the questions affecting the differentiation
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
457
of the efferent fibers are the same as for the afferent and are further dealt
with later (pp. 462-465).
The majority of the efferent root fibers pass to the differentiating somatic
muscles which they innervate, forming specialized terminal arborizations (the
motor end plates). The fibers to the dorsal musculature form, together with
the afferent fibers (p. 460), the dorsal branch of the peripheral spinal nerve;
others form part of the ventral branch which sends a branch mesially toward
the aorta. Some of the fibers of the mesial branch take a longitudinal course.
This mesial branch is the white ramus communicans and terminates in the
various sympathetic ganglia which are later formed along its course (p. 461).
IG. 389. — Diagram (lateral view) of the brain of a 10.2 mm. human embryo (during the fifth week),
showing the roots of the cranial nerves. His.
Ill, Oculomotor; IV, Trochlear; V, Trigeminus (m, efferent root, s, afferent root) ; VI, Abducens;
VII, Facial; VIII, Acoustic (c, cochlear part, vt vestibular part); IX, Glossopharyiigeus;
X, Vagus; XI, Spinal accessory; XII, Hypoglossus. ot., Auditory vesicle; Rh.l., rhombic
lip. The two series of efferent roots (medial and lateral) are clearly shown.
[Comp. Figs. 225, 227, 394 and 36^.) The fibers to the sympathetic ganglia
ire the visceral (splanchnic) fibers of the ventral root. There are a few other
fibers which grow dorsally from neuroblasts in the ventro-lateral walls of the
cord and thence out via the dorsal root (Fig. 392). They also are probably
visceral.
In the cord the splanchnic fibers, with the exception above noted, issue with
the somatic fibers in a common ventral root. In the epichordal segmental brain,
however, there is a differentiation of the efferent neuroblasts of the basal plate
into two series of nuclei, a medial and a lateral. The medial series consists of
458
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the nuclei of the XII, VI, IV and III cranial nerves, and their axones grow
out as medial ventral root fibers (except the IV) (Fig. 389) to the differenti-
ating muscles of the tongue and eyeball which they respectively innervate.
These muscles are probably somatic and their nerves are the somatic efferent
cranial nerves corresponding with the greater part of the fibers of the ventral
roots of the cord (compare p. 432). The lateral series consists of the nuclei of
the efferent portions of the roots of the XI, X, IX, VII and V cranial nerves
and their axones grow out as lateral roots (Fig. 389) to the differentiating
striated branchial (splanchnic) muscles (sternocleidomastoideus, trapezius,
N.trigem. (motor)
•••N.trigeni.(3ensJ
N.facialis
—'-'••- N.acusticus
N.abdueens
N. glossopharyng.
—N. vagus
N.hypoglossus
FIG. 390. — Diagram of the floor of the 4th ventricle of a 10 mm. human embryo, illustrating the
rhombic grooves and their relations to the cranial nerves. The point of attachment of the
acoustic and the sensory root of the trigeminal nerve is shown by dotted circles; the motor
nuclei are represented by heavy dots. Streeter.
pharynx, larynx, face and jaw) and also to muscles of the viscera (via sympa-
thetic?). The lateral nuclei and their roots are thus splanchnic. (Cf. pp.
302-3, 462, 464.) Their root fibers, with the incoming afferent fibers, form the
mixed roots of these nerves. The positions of these various nuclei and their
roots are clearly indicated in Figs. 389, 398-401, 409 and 413 and require no
further description. Additional details are mentioned in connection with
the afferent cranial nerves. In the region of the vagus nerve, there are
differentiated two series of lateral nuclei, a ventro-lateral (nucleus ambiguus X)
and a dorso-lateral (dorsal efferent nucleus X) (comp. Fig. 369). Fig. 414
11;
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
459
apparently indicates the beginning of this differentiation. The significance
of the dorso-lateral nucleus is uncertain. It possibly sends fibers to the
sympathetic system.
At about this period six transverse rhombic grooves are plainly marked in
the floor of the fourth ventricle, standing in relation with the nerves of this
region (Fig. 390). They are ordinarily regarded as neuromeric, but the above
relation would indicate that they have primarily a branchiomeric character
(Streeter). It will be noticed that each of the three main ganglionic masses
of this region (p. 465) corresponds to two of the grooves. (Comp. p. 435).
The further development of the efferent neurones exhibits phases common
to many other nerve-cells with a large amount of cytoplasm (somatochrome
cells). The further development of the neurofibrils of cell body and dendrites
Neural cvest
— Ectoderm
A
Neural
plate
Ectoderm
V
Neural crest (
C
•^Primitive
segment
FIG. 391. — Three stages in the closure of the neural tube and formatiqn of the neural crest (spinal
ganglion rudiment). From transverse sections of a human embryo of 2.5 mm. (13 pairs of
primitive segments, 14-16 days), -von Lenhossek.
is, according to some observations, at first confined to the peripheral portions,
leaving a clear zone in the vicinity of the nucleus. The chromophilic sub-
stance first appears as distinct granules about the end of the second month,
there being apparently a diffuse chromophilic substance present before this
period. The chromophilic granules also are first differentiated in the per-
ipheral portions of the cell. A still later differentiation is the pigment, which
probably does not appear till after birth. This increases greatly in amount
in later years and is then an indication of senility of the nerve-cell.
Afferent Peripheral and Sympathetic Neurones. — It has already been
mentioned (p. 421) that in the closure of the neural tube certain cells forming
an intermediate band between the borders of the neural plate and the non-
neural ectoderm are brought together by the fusion of the lips of the plate
460
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
and form a ridge on the dorsal surface of the neural tube, this ridge being
known as the neural crest (Fig. 391).
In the SPINAL CORD, at three weeks, the neural crest has separated from the
cord and split into two longitudinal bands. The ventral border of each band
shows a transverse segmentation into rounded clumps of cells, forming the
rudiments of the spinal ganglia which later become completely separated. The
efferent roots have begun to develop but the afferent roots appear later (fourth
week, Fig. 396). The cells composing these rudiments are polyhedral
or oval rather than columnar and proliferation still proceeds among them
A differentiation of these cells soon begins. Some, usually larger cells
/C
1M:
.* '/*'» f^F^ * i< *. •'*
&!•'*•••
FIG. 392. — Part of a transverse section through the cord and spinal ganglion of a 56-hour chick
embryo (combined from two sections). Cajal.
A, Efferent cell of dorsal root; B, cone of growth of central process (afferent dorsal root fiber) of
spinal ganglion cell; C, bifurcation of afferent root fibers in cord, forming beginning of dorsal
funiculus or dorsal white column of cord.
begin to assume a bipolar shape. Their central processes grow toward the
dorsal part of the lateral walls (alar plate) of the neural tube which they enter
(Fig. 392), becoming afferent (dorsal) root fibers. These fibers enter the mar-
ginal layer and there divide (Figs. 392 and 403) into ascending and descend-
ing longitudinal arms which constitute the beginning of the dorsal (posterior)
juniculus of the cord. The peripheral processes of the developing ganglion
cells grow toward the periphery, uniting with the ventral root and forming
with it the various branches of the peripheral spinal nerve (compare Figs.
225> 227,394 and 366). Other peripheral branches pass as a part of the
white ramus communicans to the sympathetic ganglia through which they
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
461
proceed to the visceral receptors. These latter fibers are thus visceral afferent
fibers.
It is now known that the spinal ganglion is a much more complicated struc-
ture and has more forms of nerve cells than was formerly realized. The dif-
ferentiation into these various types has not yet been fully observed. The
bipolar cells, however, become unipolar in the manner shown in Fig. 393.
The cell body first becomes eccentrically placed with reference to the two proc-
esses and then, as it were, retracts from them, remaining connected with them
by a single process. This change may economize space.
According to most authorities, many of the cells of the neural crest do not
cease their migration by forming spinal ganglia, but undifferentiated cells
FIG. 393. — Section of spinal ganglion of 1 2-day chick embryo. Cajal.
Showing various stages of the change from the bipolar to the unipolar condition. A,B, Unipolar
cells; C, D, F, G, cells in transitional stage; E, bipolar cell; H, immature cell. The neuro-
fibrils are well shown.
wander still further ventralward and form, probably also undergoing still
further proliferation, the rudiments of the various sympathetic ganglia, becom-
ing subsequently differentiated into the sympathetic cells. By this migration
there is first formed a longitudinal column of cells ventral to the spinal ganglia
(Fig. 395) and, later, in relation with the white communicating rami (Fig.
394). This column becomes segmented (seventh week), forming ultimately
the ganglia of the vertebral sympathetic chain. In the meanwhile, the
cells of the column proliferate in places, forming rudiments which, by migra-
tion and further differentiation, form the ganglia of the various prevertebral
sympathetic plexuses (cardiac, cceliac, pelvic, etc.). Further migrations lead to
the formation of the ganglia of the peripheral plexuses (Auerbach, Meissner,
462
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
etc.). All these ganglia, probably, are innervated by fibers from the white
ramus, along whose course they apparently migrated. The axones of their
cells pass to visceral structures either in the same segment or, via the longi-
tudinal chain, to those of other segments. Some also join the branches of
the peripheral spinal nerves (gray ramus}. Fibers of the white ramus also pass
longitudinally in the chain to vertebral ganglia of other segments. The
possibility previously mentioned (p. 456) of a contribution to the sympa-
thetic ganglia by cells migrating out along with the ventral roots must be kept in
mind. It would seem a priori more probable that these latter would furnish
the efferent sympathetic cells, but the efferent cells predominate in the sym-
Spinal cord
Spinal ganglion
Ventral root
Mixed spinal nerve --
Myotome —
Sympathetic ganglion
FIG. 394. — From a transverse section of a chick embryo of 4! days. Neumayer.
pathetic and must thus be regarded as derived partly or wholly from the
neural crest which furnishes at least the major part of all the sympathetic
cells.
It seems probable that not all the cells of the neural crest form nerve cells,
but some, usually smaller cells, become closely applied to the spinal ganglion
cells, forming amphicytes, while others (lemmocytes) wander out along the nerve
fibers and become the neurilemma cells, forming the neurilemma. These cells
in this case would be quite strictly comparable to the glia cells of the neural
tube. According to another view, the neurilemma cells are of mesodermal
origin. While this point cannot be considered entirely determined, it seems
fairly certain that in some types at least the former view is correct, removal of
the neural crest having resulted in the formation of efferent nerves without
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 463
neurilemma cells (Harrison). The modification into neurilemma cells seems
to be accomplished by their enveloping the axones and becoming closely
applied to them.
The peripheral nerve grows toward the periphery as a bundle of fibers which forms, as
seen in many stains, a common fibrillated mass, dividing at its extremity into the develop-
ing branches of the nerve. The lemmocytes closely envelop each of these growing tips,
but proximally only envelop the main nerve trunk (Bardeen). The final clear separation of
Notochord
Spinal ganglion rudiment
Sympathetic ganglion rudiment
FIG. 395. — From a transverse section through a shark (Scyllium) embryo of 15 mm., showing the
origin of the sympathetic ganglion. Onodi.
In mammals the cells are more scattered and their origin from the spinal ganglion
rudiment not so clear.
the fibrillated mass into the individual nerve fibers is accomplished, according to Gurwitsch,
by these accompanying cells forming septa within the mass and finally enveloping each
axone as its neurilejnma sheath. Growth in bundles appears to be characteristic also of the
axones (tracts and fasciculi) of many neurone groups in the central nervous system.
Owing to the presence of these migrating cells as well as of mesodermal cells,
the peripheral nerves in their earlier stages appear cellular in character; later the
fibrous elements predominate, the nuclei becoming more scattered and changing
into the flatter nuclei characteristic of the neurilemma (Fig. 394). According to
one view (Balfour;, the nerve fibers themselves are differentiated from the cyto-
464 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
plasm of these cell-strings and are thus multicellular structures. Still another
view is that of Hensen, according to which the fibers are a differentiation in
situ from preexisting syncytial bridges uniting the parts connected subsequently
by the formed nerve fibers. This differentiation may not be primarily con-
nected with the neuroblasts (Apathy, Paton) . An intermediate view between
this and the outgrowth view of His is that of Held, according to which the
neurofibrillar substance is an outgrowth from the neuroblast body, or at least a
differentiation proceeding from that body, but always within the preexisting
cellular bridges of Hensen. The differentiating fiber is thus always intracel-
lular instead of intercellular as according to the His-Cajal view. The experi-
ments of Harrison above alluded to, in which the accompanying migrating cells
were eliminated and naked axones (axis-cylinders) nevertheless developed, ap-
parently disposes of the cell-string theory of Balfour. The growth of the
fibers in the marginal layer of the central nervous system is also unfavorable to
this theory. The apparently proven capacity of growing axones to find their
way through foreign tissues (aberrant regenerating nerve fibers, Cajal),
through ventricular fluid (Cajal), and even through serum (Harrison) seems to
throw the weight of evidence in favor of the view of His. The latter is the
view adopted in this description, though many of the most important facts of
development are not perhaps entirely irreconcilable with any of these views.
The general conception of the neurone is affected by these questions and the
related question of anastomoses between the nervous elements, whether present
at all, and if present, whether primary or secondarily acquired.
From the above it would seem that the cells of the neural crest have the
capacity of differentiating into afferent neurones, efferent (sympathetic) neurones
and supporting cells. Other cells of the neural crest differentiate into the
chromafnne cells of the suprarenal glands and similar structures (p. 396).
There are several views as to the development of the myelin sheath. Ac-
cording to one view (Vignal), it is a product of the neurilemma cells, being
formed in a manner analogous to the formation of fat by fat cells. Accord-
ing to Wlassak, the various substances composing the myelin (fat, lecithin
and protagon) are first found in the central nervous system in the protoplasm
of the spongioblasts, their probable original source being the blood of the
meningeal blood vessels. Later, the myelin is laid down around the axones,
appearing first as drops or granules. The same process takes place in the
peripheral nervous system. The supporting elements of the nervous system
thus would have a chemical as well as a mechanical function. Another view
(Gurwitsch) is that the myelin is a product of the axone and is, at its first
appearance, quite distinct from the neurilemma cells.
As the appearance of the myelin sheath is a final stage in the development of the neurone,
the various neurone systems would naturally becorr0 Trwelinated in about the same sequence
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 465
in which their axones develop. This is probably true in a general way, but the development
of both axones and sheaths requires further study before any law can be exactly formulated.
Coarse fibers apparently become medullated early, the sheaths of such fibers being usually
thicker.
Although- the myelin sheath is apparently an accessory structure, its formation is of
great importance, not only from the above reason, but also because its appearance possibly
indicates the assumption by the neurone of its capacity for the precise performance of its
final functions. The functional significance of the myelin sheath is not, however, entirely
clear. Its importance is enhanced by the fact that its integrity depends upon the integrity
of its neurone and that we possess precise stains for demonstrating both its normal and
abnormal conditions.
In the region of the RHOMBENCEPHALON, the neural crest very early exhibits
a division into three masses: a glossopharyngeo-vago-accessorius, an acustico-
facialis, and a trigeminus. These masses soon become separated from each
other and from the neural tube, the glossopharyngeus also showing a partial
separation from the vago-accessorius mass (Fig. 396).
The vago-accessorius group, at about three weeks, is a mass of cells much
larger at the cranial end and continuous by a narrow band of irregular cells
with the spinal neural crest. The cranial end of the mass shows a partial
division into a dorsal and ventral part. The former becomes the ganglion of
the vagus root, the latter the ganglion of the trunk (nodosum). The glosso-
pharyngeus mass likewise shows a division into a dorsal group of cells, the
future ganglion of the root and a ventral group, the future ganglion of the
trunk (petrosum). The two ventral groups are associated with epidermal
thickenings (placodes), but it is doubtful whether any ganglion cells are
derived from the thickenings. These thickenings probably represent the
thickenings associated in water-inhabiting Vertebrates with the development of
certain sense organs, either lateral line or epibranchial (see p. 422). At this
stage there are no afferent fibers, the cells not yet being differentiated into
neurones. Some fibers found among the cells are efferent (see p. 458). The
glossopharyngeus cells lie in the region of the third branchial arch, the vagus
in the region of the fourth.
During the fourth and fifth weeks the processes of the cells begin to develop
(Fig. 396), and the cell masses finally become definite ganglia with afferent root
fibers passing into the neural tube and peripheral processes passing outward,
forming, with the associated efferent fibers, the peripheral branches of the nerves
in question (Fig. 397). The root and trunk ganglia of the vagus and glosso-
pharyngeus, respectively, are also now connected by fiber bundles instead of
cellular strands. At the same time there is a diminution of cells in the caudal
part of the vago-accessorius group, this part finally being composed almost ex-
clusively of efferent fibers emerging from the lateral surface of the medulla and
cord. A few groups of cells (accessory root ganglia) persist, however, and develop
466
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
into ganglion cells, some being found there at birth (Streeter) . This would in-
dicate the presence of a small and hitherto undetected afferent element in the
spinal accessory nerve, which is usually regarded as purely efferent. The spinal
accessory nerves are thus identical with the vagus in their early development
and consist at first of a homologous series of efferent roots and ganglia. This
;x-x-x/ gang, crest.
Opthal dlv.
Supmax.div.
N.matticatorius.
Inf. max.d/V.
D.I.
FIG. 396.— ^-From a reconstruction of the peripheral nerves in a human embryo of
4 weeks (6.9 mm.). Streeter.
UI-XII, III to XII cranial nerves; C.I, D. /,, L.I., 5. /., ist cervical, ist dorsal, ist lumbar, and
ist sacral nerves, respectively; i, 2, 3, branchial arches; Ot. v., auditory vesicle; IX-X-XI
gang, crest, ganglionic or neural crest of IX, X and XI cranial nerves. Fiber masses are
represented by fine lines, ganglion cell masses by dots.
indicates that the spinal accessory might be regarded as a specialized part
of the vagus extending caudally into the cord (Streeter) (see p. 434) • *
From this point on, the further development of the efferent fibers of the X
and XI nerves and of the peripheral processes of their ganglia is the further
* According to another view (Bremer) , the spinal accessory nuclei and roots are to be regarded as
representing a specialization of lateral nuclei of the ventral gray column of the cord whose root fibers
pass in the dorsal branches of the spinal nerves to the dorsal trunk musculature (p. 45 7 > comp. Fig.
366). According to this view, the muscles innervated by the XI would be somatic. The possible
pomology of the lateral efferent nuclei and roots of the medulla with those dorsal root fibers of the
cord which arise from cells in the ventral gray column (p. 457 and Fig. 392) may be mentioned in
this connection.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
467
growth of the various branches of these nerves and their connection with the
differentiating structures innervated by them. At the same time there is an in-
creasing concentration of the cells, thereby forming more definite ganglionic
Gang, acusticum
Gang, semilunare n.V
Vesicula auditiva
Gang. radicisn.IX
Gang, petrosum
Gang, radicis nJC
N, frontalis-
N. mandibularis
Gang, geniculatum
N. chorda tympani
/Gang. Proriep
x*N. hypoglossus-
Gang, nodos. r
t>
- N. desc. cerv.
Rami hyoid.
(Ansa hypoglossi)
_-.N. musculocutan.
---N. axillaris
~~N. phrenicus
--N. medianus
— N. radialis
--- N. ulnaris
-ITb.
Tubus digest.
N. femoralis
N. obturatorius
R. posterio
R. terminalis lateralis
R. terminalis anterior
Mesonephros
Nn. ilioing. et hypogastr.
FIG 307— Lateral view of a reconstruction of a 10 mm. human embryo, showing the origin and
distribution of the peripheral nerves. The ganglionic masses are represented by darker and
the fiber bundles by lighter shading. For purposes of orientation the diaphragm and some
of the viscera are shown. The arm and leg are represented by transparent masses into the
substance of which the nerve branches mav be followed. Streeter.
468
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
masses. The changes taking place are similar to those exhibited in the
differentiation of the spinal nerves (p. 460), The central relations of the
nerves of this region of the medulla are shown in Fig. 398. (Comp. Fig 369).
The glossopharyngeus at the same time develops its branches, most of the
peripheral fibers running in the third arch (lingual branch). Somewhat later
(i 2 to 14 mm. embryo) another bundle (tympanic branch) (Fig. 397) passes for-
ward to the second arch. This forms the typical branchiomeric arrangement
in which there is a forking of the nerve into prebranchial and postbranchial
branches, the latter being larger and containing the efferent element (see p. 434
and Fig. 367).
Roof plate
Alar plate
Fourth ventricle
Tractus solitarius - -
(in marginal layer)
Efferent nu. N. X.
Nucleus N. XII. -
Ganglion N. X. _ 1
Sulcus limitans
~ Inner layer
Mantle layer
of basal
plate
~ Ventro-lat. column
(in marginal layer)
- Floor plate
FIG. 398. — Transverse section through the rhombic brain of a 10.2 mm. human embryo (during the
fifth week). X, Vagus; XII, Hypoglossus. His.
While the ganglia of the facialis and acusticus are derived from the same
mass of cells (p. 465, Fig. 396) and are later still in very close apposition, it must
be remembered that they are totally different in character. At four weeks they
are differentiated from each other (Fig. 399). The relations of the two ganglia
are shown in Figs. 397 and 399. It is probable that the ganglion of the facial
(geniculate ganglion) shows an early differentiation into dorsal and ventral
parts similar to the ganglia of the IX, and X, and also has associated placodes.
The peripheral branches of the cells of the geniculate ganglion develop into the
great superficial petrosal and chorda tympani. Both of these nerves enter into
secondary relations with the V. There is some doubt as to whether the chorda
is a prebranchial or postbranchial nerve (Fig. 397; also compare p. 432 and
Figs. 367 and 368^
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
469
The VII, XX and X are, as already mentioned, branchial (splanchnic)
nerves and the central processes of their ganglia ail have a common destina-
tion; they grow into the lateral surface of the medulla oblongata, enter the
marginal layer of the alar plate, and there bend caudally, forming a comrion
descending bundle of fibers in the marginal layer, the tractm solita.ius
(Figs. 398 and 432; see also pp. 432, 435).
The acoustic ganglionic mass is elongated at an early stage, and is in < on-
r.ection with an ectodermal thickening (placode) which gives rise to the acoi stic
Roof plate
-- Alar plate
-- Sulcus limitans
- Basal plate
Floor plate
FIG. 399. — Transverse section through the acoustic region of the rhombic brain of a 10.2 mm. human
embryo. VI, Abducens and its nucleus; VII G.g., geniculate ganglion; VIII G. c., cochlear
ganglion of acoustic nerve; VIIIG.v., vestibular ganglion of VIII nerve. His.
receptors (p. 558). From the upper part of the mass a bundle of peripheral
processes forms a branch which subsequently innervates the ampullae of the
superior and lateral semicircular canals and the utricle, while from the lower
part a branch develops to the ampulla of the posterior canal and to the saccule.
The nerve and ganglion (ganglion of Scarpa] is thus at first vestibular and at
this stage the cochlear part of the ear vesicle is not indicated as a separate out-
growth. As the lower border of the vesicle grows out into the cochlea, the
lower border of the ganglion becomes thickened and develops into the cochlear
ganglion (the ganglion spirale). It will be recalled that the vestibular part of
470
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the ear is the older part phylogenetically, the cochlea being a more recent special-
ized diverticulum of the older structure. (See p. 552 and Figs 464 and 465.)
The central processes of the acoustic ganglionic mass first develop from the
upper part, forming the vestibular nerve root which enters the marginal layer of
the medulla. A portion at least of its fibers bends caudally, forming a de-
scending tract. The central processes of the cells of the cochlear ganglion,
forming the cochlear nerve root, pass dorsally, cross the vestibular ganglion and
enter the medulla dorsal and lateral to the vestibular root fibers (Fig. 399).
Roof plate
FIG. 400. — Transverse section through the rhombic brain in the region of the trigeminus (V) nerve
of a 10.2 mm. human embryo. a.W., Spinal V; G.G., Gasserian ganglion; V.m., efferent
root of V nerve. His.
The trigeminus is the most anterior of the ganglionic masses (Fig. 396).
Embryological evidence has been brought to show that it consists of two or
more nerves which subsequently fuse. Placodes have also been described.
It is possible that such placodes represent those belonging to the most anterior
division of the lateral line system in lower forms, and probably in this case
would not properly belong to the V (comp. Fig. 367). From the ganglionic
mass (Gasserian or semilunar ganglion) the three principal branches — oph-
thalmic, maxillary and mandibular — are formed, the two latter passing into the
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
471
Roof plate
FIG. 401.— Transverse section through the trigeminal region of the rhombic brain of a 10.2 mm.
human embryo, a. W., Spinal V; V. s., Gasserian ganglion; V. m., part of efferent root of
V nerve. His.
FIG. 402. Part of a transverse section through the rhombic brain of a chick embryo toward the
fourth day, showing the trigeminal roots. Cajal.
Aj part of the efferent (masticator) nucleus of the V; B, efferent root of the V; C, bipolar cells of
the Gasserian ganglion; D, beginning of descending tract (spinal V) formed by the central
Drocesses of C.
472 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
maxillary process and mandibular arch, respectively (Fig 397). The central
processes, forming the afferent root (portio major} of the V, enter the marginal
layer of the alar plate of the rhombencephalon and form a descending bundle,
the spinal V (Figs. 400, 401, 402 and 432).
The trigeminus exhibits its spinal-like character in the behavior of its
visceral portion (comp. p. 461). Cells of the ganglionic mass migrate further
peripherally and form sympathetic ganglia (ciliary, otic, sphenopalatine (?)
submaxillary(?) ). As in the cord, the question has arisen whether efferent
roots may not also contribute a portion. Cells have been described as migrat-
ing with the oculomotor root fibers and forming part of the ciliary ganglion
(Carpenter).
Besides those already described (cerebrospinal, sympathetic), the only
other peripheral neurones of the nervous system are connected with the PROS-
ENCEPHALON and are a part of the eye and nose. The visual receptors (rods
and cones) and peripheral afferent neurones (bipolar cells) appear to be repre-
sented by portions of the retina and are described elsewhere (Chap. XVIII).
In the nose there is first a placode (p. 422) from which neuroblasts develop.
Some of these migrate toward the neural tube and probably differentiate into
lemmocytes, a few becoming ganglion cells.* The majority of the neuroblasts
remain in the olfactory epithelium, sending their axones (fila olfactoria) into
the olfactory bulb, the peripheral afferent olfactory neurones thus apparently
displaying the primitive ectodermal location of afferent peripheral neurones
(p. 418 and Fig. 359). (Comp. p. 551.)
Development of the Lower (Intersegmental) Intermediate Neurones.
It has already been seen hoW, by migration and by differentiation of the cells
during migration, the nucleated layer comprising the greater part of the thick-
ness of the wall of the neural tube is differentiated into two layers — an inner
nucleated layer retaining its earlier characteristics, and an outer nucleated
(mantle) layer, composed largely of the differentiating neuroblasts and
characterized in ordinary staining by more widely separated nuclei. It has
also been seen that this differentiation takes place earlier and more rapidly at
first in the ventral part of the lateral walls (basal plate) , and that the first cells to
migrate and differentiate are those whose axones grow out through the neural
wall and pass out as the ventral root fibers.
Not much lat^r than the above differentiation of the efferent peripheral
neurones, axones of other neuroblasts also grow toward the periphery of the
tube but do not pass beyond its wall. Such neuroblasts become intermediate
* The latter are probably transient, but possibly in some forms persist as the ganglion cells of the
nervus terminalis of Pinkus.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
473
neurones (p. 419). The migrating bodies of these neuroblasts are checked at
the inner boundary of the marginal layer, but their growing axones enter the
marginal layer and there, apparently on account of their inability to penetrate
the external limiting membrane, turn cranially or caudally, or bifurcate, and
form longitudinal ascending and descending fibers. These longitudinal fibers
constitute a part of the future white columns (see p. 477), and their cells are
therefore often called column cells. Many axones from such cells in all parts
of the lateral walls (heteromeric or commissural column cells) pursue a ven-
tral course through the mantle layer, ar^ning around near the periphery and
FIG. 403. — Part of a section through the lumbar spinal cord of a 76-hour chick, embryo. Cajal.
A, Ventral root; B, spinal ganglion; C, bifurcation of dorsal root fibers forming beginning of dorsal
funiculus; a, b, c, neuroblasts showing various stages of differentiation into intermediate
neurones, some, at least, (c) becoming heteromeric column cells; d, efferent neurone.
crossing the floor plate, ventral to the lumen, to become longitudinal ascending
and descending fibers in the marginal zone of the opposite side. These early
decussating axones form, in the cord, the beginning of the anterior commissure
(Fig. 403). Other neuroblasts, the axones of which do not cross the median
line, become tautomeric column cells.
It is about this time that the afferent root fibers enter the marginal layer of
the dorsal part (alar plate) of the lateral wall and form in the marginal layer
various bundles of longitudinal fibers above described (dorsal funiculus,
•actus solitarius, descending vestibular, and spinal V) (Figs 403, 404, 398, 399,
474 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
401, 402 and 432). In the cord the ascending arms grow to a greater length
than the descending. In the rhombic brain the reverse is usually the case.
The longitudinal fibers of the afferent roots and of the intermediate neurones
thus form an external layer occupying the marginal layer of the neural tube.
This is the beginning of the differentiation into white and gray matter, i.e.,
into that part of the neural tube containing only the axones of the neurones
and into that part containing the cell bodies and the beginnings and termina-
tions of the axones. The terminations of axones are formed by a turning of
the longitudinal fibers into the mantle layer or gray matter to form there
terminal arborizations. Later, the longitudinal fibers develop branches (col-
laterals) which also pass into the gray matter. The differentiation of the
white matter is completed several months later by the myelination of the
nerve fibers.
The longitudinal axones of intermediate neurones which are formed at this
period in the cord and epichordal brain are located ventrally near the median
line. These medial tracts occupy the position of the future medial longitu-
dinal fasciculi, the reticulo-spinal and ventral ground bundles, and may be
regarded on both comparative anatomical and embryological grounds as a
primitive system of long and short ascending and descending tracts mediating
between cerebrospinal afferent and efferent peripheral neurones, and not
having at this period connections with the higher centers. Other more lateral
tracts of this character are formed somewhat later, the whole forming the
beginning of the reticular formation + ventro-lateral ground bundle system
(compare Figs. 404, 411, 414 and 416).
While merging more or less imperceptibly into the following stages, it may
in a general way be said that at this stage of development there is differentiated
what might be termed the primary and probably the oldest coordinating mech-
anism of the nervous system, most clearly segmental in character and having
general features common not only to all Vertebrates, but to many Invertebrates.
It is characterized by afferent and efferent peripheral neurones arranged seg-
mentally and connected longitudinally in the central nervous system by crossed
and uncrossed intersegmental intermediate neurones. (Compare pp. 435 and
436) . At the anterior end of this part of the nervous system (epichordal segmen-
tal brain) there are also exhibited differentiations due to fundamental vertebrate
differentiations in the peripheral receptive and effective apparatus. Some of
these are: (i) The differentiation of the splanchnic (visceral) receptive and
motor apparatus, giving rise in the nervous system to (a) a separate system of
afferent root fibers (tractus solitarius) including the more specialized gustatory
apparatus; (b) a distinct series of lateral efferent nuclei. (2) The concentra-
tion of the non-specialized somat'c afferent innervation into one nerve (tri-
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 475
geminus and its central continuation, the spinal V). (3) The specialized
somatic sense organ, the ear, with its older vestibular and newer cochlear
divisions with central continuations of its nerves, including a vestibular
descending tract.
These differentiations of the peripheral afferent apparatus lead to the later
formation of special terminal nuclei for their central continuations and second-
ary tracts from these nuclei to suprasegmental structures (p. 436, Fig. 371).
The peripheral and intermediate neurones of the more highly modified
cranial end of the tube, or FORE-BRAIN, appear to lag behind in development,
but in its basal part the neuroblasts are beginning to be differentiated (fifth
week) . In the development of the eye, the brain wall is evaginated, carrying
with it the future retina comprising, apparently, the sensory epithelial cells or
receptors (rods and cones), the afferent peripheral neurones (bipolar cells of
retina) and the receptive or primary intermediate neurones (ganglion cells of
retina and optic nerve). The histogenesis of these elements is dealt with
elsewhere, but it may be pointed out here that the axones of the ganglion
cells of the retina grow toward the inner side of the optic cup (away from
the original luminal surface), pass thence in the marginal layer of the optic
stalk, undergo a partial ventral decussation (optic chiasma) in the floor plate,
and terminate in certain thalamic nuclei (lateral geniculate bodies) and in the
roof of the mid-brain. The so-called optic nerve is thus obviously a central,
secondary tract. The development of this tract does not apparently take place
until a later period than the differentiation of the earlier secondary tracts of the
cord and rhombic brain (after the sixth week) .
In the case of the olfactory organ, it has already been seen that the peripheral
neurones develop at first apart from the neural tube and send their axones
into the olfactory bulb. The latter is an evagination of the neural tube
which receives the olfactory fibers, thereby constituting a complicated terminal
nucleus for the latter. The axones of bulb cells (the mitral cells) which pass
along the stalk of the bulb are thus the secondary tract of this system. Many
of them decussate in the anterior commissure. Secondary (and tertiary)
olfactory tracts find their way to caudal parts of the rhinencephalon and to
hypothalamus, thalamus and epithalamus, forming, with other tracts, a highly
modified prechordal intersegmental mechanism (p. 537). Other olfactory tracts
proceed to the suprasegmental archipallium which develops efferent bundles
to the segmental brain.
The embryological development of the peripheral apparatus, especially
of its receptive portions, as shown by the various separate ganglionic rudiments
(Fig. 396) and placodes, exhibits a segmental character which, though not
in all respects primitive, is of practical value. These segments are (Adolf
Meyer) : (i) The olfactory apparatus, nose, without efferent elements. (2)
476 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
The visual apparatus, eye, with the eye-moving III and IV mid-brain nerves
as its efferent portion. (3) The general sensory apparatus of the surfaces of
the head and mouth, the afferent trigeminus, with the jaw-moving efferent
trigeminus. (4) The auditory (and vestibular) apparatus, the ear (VIII
nerve), with the VI (turning the eye to the source of sound) and VII (ear and
face muscles) efferent nerves. In the latter, the original ear-moving appa-
ratus has been replaced largely, in man, by the muscles of expression. (5)
The visceral segment (IX, X, and XII nerves), not indicated externally in
forms without gills. The afferent portion is concerned with taste and visceral
stimuli, the efferent with tasting, swallowing, sound-production and other
visceral functions. Overlapping with other segments is due to its visceral as
opposed their somatic character. The apparent dislocation shown by the
abducens is due to its common use by more than one segment.
Caudal to this is the mechanism for head movement (N. XI) , its afferent
portion being the upper spinal nerves. Following this, there is the segmental
series of spinal nerves which in places shows a tendency to fuse (plexuses) into
larger segments (phrenic segment, limb segments) . All such modifications are
expressions of more recent functional adjustments modifying preexisting ones.
These segments may be regarded as a series of reflex arcs, each one of
which may have a certain amount of physiological independence but which
are associated by intersegmental neurones. The latter class of intermediate
neurones probably effects certain groupings of various efferent neurones, fur-
nishing mechanisms which secure harmonious responses of groups of effectors
involved in certain definite reactions (e.g., limb-movements, associated eye
movements). These effector-associating mechanisms may be acted on di-
rectly (reflex) by afferent neurones or by the efferent arms of suprasegmental
mechanisms.
Superadded to this segmental apparatus are the suprasegmental mechan-
isms which develop later, the pallium being the last to be completed. These
receive bundles from the segmental nervous system and send descending
bundles to the intersegmental neurones (pp.427, 435 and 436 and Fig. 371).
FURTHER DIFFERENTIATION OF THE NEURAL TUBE.
The Spinal Cord.
From this time on, differences of structure between cord and epichordal
segmental brain become more marked and make it more convenient to treat
their later development separately. The ventral half of the cord for a con-
siderable period maintains its lead in development. At four weeks (Fig. 404)
this lead is not so pronounced as in the immediately following period. At
this stage it will be noticed that the lumen is narrower in the ventral part,
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
477
as if due to the greater thickening of the ventral walls (basal plates). The
increase of the mantle layer (gray) of the basal plate marks the beginning of
the ventral (anterior) gray column or horn. The increase in the basal plate
may be partly due to neuroblasts migrating from the alar plate. These
would be intermediate neurones. The development of the mantle layer at
the expense of the inner layer, due to differentiation and migration of the cells
of the latter, is well shown, but is more marked in the following stages.
As already mentioned, the axones of the heteromeric cells, many of which
lie in the dorsal half of the lateral walls, after decussating (anterior commit-
Beginning of
dorsa. >:uniculus \/
Dorsal root5/f
Mantle layer''
Meningeal
' membrane
Ventral root
r.eurcblasts
of mantle layer)
FIG. 404. — Half of a transverse section of the spinal cord of a 4 weeks, (6.9 mm.) human embryo.
Dp, Roof plate; Bp, floor plate. His.
sure), form longitudinal fibers in the marginal layer along the ventral surface
of the opposite side, mostly mesial to the emerging ventral roots (Fig. 4°4)«
These longitudinal fibers are the beginning of the ventral (anterior) white columns
or funiculi of the cord. The sides of the tube between the dorsal and ventral
roots contain at first only a few longitudinal fibers — the beginning of the ventro-
lateral juniculi. Their number soon rapidly increases, the fibers apparently
coming from ventrally located tautomeric cells. The dorsal root fibers, as
stated before (p. 460), form small round bundles in the marginal layer of the
dorsal halves (Fig. 404). This is the beginning of the dorsal (posterior) white
columns or funiculi,.
478
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
At four weeks there are blood vessels in the mesodermal tissue surrounding
the neural tube. Branches of these soon penetrate the tube itself.
From its first appearance in the cord as an oval bundle, during the fourth
week, the dorsal funiculus steadily increases in size, forming a "root zone" in
the marginal layer of the dorsal half, but not reaching the roof plate (Fig. 405).
This increase in size is probably produced in part by the addition on its
inner side of overlapping ascending arms of dorsal root fibers from lower
Partly differentiated mantle layer
Mantle layer
Dorsal funiculus
(post, white column) - -,,.
Dorsal root ^.
Marginal furrow-y^J
Dorsal spinal artery
Arcuate fibers — fc-
Cylinder furrow--/
•;^?^:£pi^ /
?}i1i!mS^
Lateral gray
column (lat. horn)
^.
'Ssp.-SVoKlW^
Bp
•.':'--'A-£(/20
.< 'v'. o3. $° *>"•»?>. c
. " © r»CP.iOQ o ,t>'v .'?e " 0 ^ -c c' C
.^^rv>0^^>,.^
f'lljii1
Meningeal— i ''' ^bSc?oM o;^'-- O^y-^r '»*Mt\^1 \
membrane 1 ^--^^Vo^ °^ ' ^° « ^^V?3 U
"• «; %*o^« ^ >i e =%> 'd•
Ventral root ^NJ/^C' /.•'.•' :f/ •'.'...'
FIG. 405. — Half of a transverse section of the spinal cord of a 4^ weeks (lo.gmm.) human embryo. His.
A.s., Artery in ventral longitudinal sulcus; A.sp.a., ventral (anterior) spinal artery; Bp, floor plate;
Dp, roof plate; 7. 1., inner layer. The faint inner outline is the outline of the cord proper.
cord segments. The mantle layer of this part contains an increasing number
of cells forming curved or arcuate fibers. (Fig. 405.) The increase in the
mantle cells of the dorsal part marks the beginning of the dorsal (posterior)
gray column or horn (terminal nucleus of the dorsal root fibers) . Later, other
cells become differentiated from the inner layer which do not apparently form
arcuate fibers (Fig 405) and which subsequently become part of the posterior
horn. It is possible that the axones of some of these cells form the compara-
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
479
lively small ground bundles of the dorsal funiculus. During this period
of development of the dorsal portions of the lateral walls the latter have ap-
proached each other, reducing the dorsal part of the lumen to a slit. The
roof plate has undergone a slight infolding (Fig. 406). Ventral to the dorsal
roots there is a groove running along each side of the cord (marginal furrow of
His). At four and one-half weeks the number of fibers of the ventro-lateral
funiculus has greatly increased and another groove has appeared parallel and
ventral to the marginal furrow and forming the dorsal boundary of the ventro-
Intermediate plate
Central canal •
Floor plate - -^
Vent. long, sulcus
Dors, funiculus
Dors, gray column (post, horn)
Dors, root
Marginal furrow
Cylinder furrow
- Lat. gray column (lat. horn)
^i^/-/- • Ventro-lat. funiculus
Vent, gray column (ant. horn)
^ Vent, root
Vent, funiculus
(ant. white column)
Vent. sp. artery
FIG. 406. — Half of a transverse section of the spinal cord of a human embryo
of 18.5 mm. (7^ weeks). His.
lateral funiculus (cylinder furrow of His) (Figs. 405 and 406). The portion
of the lateral wall lying between these two grooves or furrows forms an
intermediate plate which contains few fibers in its marginal layer at this
period, and is thus backward in development. Grooves appear on the luminal
wall, apparently corresponding approximately to the outer grooves.
The further growth of the dorsal funiculi and the concomitant growth
of the associated gray matter, i.e., of the cells of the adjoining mantle layer,
proceed until we have the conditions shown in Figs. 406 and 407. At the
same time there is a further approximation of the dorsal portions of the lateral
480
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
walls so that the widest part of the lumen is further ventral. At about eight
weeks the portion of the wall near the median line, which has formed a ridge
by the apposition of the two inner layers and the roof plate (Fig. 406 Y), and is
uncovered as yet with fibers, differentiates a marginal layer (eight and one-half
weeks, Fig. 407) into which fibers grow forming, on each side, in the upper
part of the cord, the column of Goll or fasciculus gracilis (Fig. 408). Many
of these fibers, at least, are the ascending arms of caudal dorsal root fibers,
which are thus added mesially to the continuations of upper cord roots. It will
Rudiment of funiculus gracilis
Dorsal funiculus (cuneatus)
Intermediate plate
Central canal
Floor plate - -
Vent. long, sulcus
Dors, gray column
Dors, root
Marginal furrow
Cylinder furrow
Lat. gray column
- - Ventro-lat. funiculus
^^.y//. Vent, gray column
Vent, root
Vent, funiculus
Vent. sp. art.
FIG. 407. — Half of a transverse section of the spinal cord of a human embryo of
24 mm. (8 1 weeks). His.
be noted that there is now a massive dorsal gray column and that the original
oval bundle has extended around on the mesial side of this gray column.
While these changes are taking place, the dorsal portions of the lateral walls
have fused, probably beginning at the most dorsal part, thus forming the dorsal
septum. This may be accompanied by a certain amount of rolling in from the
dorsal part indicated by the direction of the ependyma cells (Fig. 408). The
growth of the ventral funiculi and gray columns results in the appearance
and subsequent increasing depth of the. ventral longitudinal fissure. The cord
now resembles the adult cord in many features, having well-marked white* and
*The term "white" column is used for convenience,
their fibers become myelinated during the sixth month.
The funiculi do not become "white" until
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
481
gray columns, but contains a disproportionately small amount of fibers. A
further and later change consists in a rolling inward, as it were, of the dorsal
gray column so that it becomes separated from the ventral gray column, and
that portion of it formerly facing dorsally comes to face more mesially, the roots
entering more dorsally. This change may be due partly to the development
of the intermediate plate which has in the meantime taken place. In this
plate axones of tautomeric cells have begun to form the limiting layer of the
lateral funiculus. From the cells of the intermediate plate are formed the
neck of the dorsal gray column, also the cells of Clarke's column and the
Funiculus gracilis
Dors, funiculus (cuneatus)
Dors, gray column
Dors, root
Marginal furrow
Intermed. plate
Cylinder furrow
2f'V • - Lat. gray column
il/ /- - - Ventro-lat. funiculus
Vent, gray column
Vent, root
Vent, funiculus
Vent. sp. artery
FIG. 408. — Half of a transverse section of the spinal cord of a human foetus of about 3 months. His*
processus reticularis. In the course of these developments, the ventro-lateral
ground bundles, formed primarily by heteromeric and tautomeric cord cells,
receives various accessions. These are first the long descending inter-
segmental tracts from epichordal brain nuclei in the formatio reticularis
which as they proceed down the cord naturally overlap externally the ground
bundles already formed there. They include the medial longitudinal fasciculi;
tracts from Deiters1 nuclei and the rubro-spinal tracts which occupy the ventro-
lateral funiculi external to the ground bundles. In the lateral funiculi there
are also added the ascending tracts from cord nuclei to suprasegmental structures.
Vent. long, sulcus -- —
482 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
These are the dorsal spino-cerebellar tracts from Clarke's columns, ventral spino-
cerebellar tracts, and tracts to mid-brain roof and thalamus (spino-tectal and
thalamic). Finally (fifth month) the descending tracts from the pallium are
added, the direct and crossed cor tico- spinal (pallio- spinal or pyramidal] tracts,
the latter being thrust, as it were, into the lateral funiculus.
The development of the cord, then, is produced by (i) the proliferation of
the epithelial cells and the formation of the nuclear and marginal layers; (2)
the multiplication, differentiation and growth of the neuroblasts (mantle layer) ;
(3) the development of the ventral roots; (4) formation of the funiculi (white
columns when myelinated) by the growth into the marginal layer of (a) dorsal
root fibers of the cord, the ascending arms of which overlap those root fibres
entering higher cord segments, (b) cord neuroblasts forming intersegmental
(ground bundle) tracts next to the gray matter, (c) descending intersegmental
tracts from the segmental brain, representing continuations principally of cere-
bellar efferent tracts, (d) afferent suprasegmental tracts from cord nuclei,
(e) descending pallio-spinal tracts. In addition to this, there are general
factors of growth, such as increasing vascularization, increasing amount of
neurone cytoplasm (especially dendrites) , increased size of axones and, finally,
the acquisition by the latter of myelin sheaths.
The vertebral column grows faster in length than the inclosed spinal cord.
The result of this is that the caudal spinal nerves making their exit through the
intervertebral foramina are, so to speak, dragged caudalward and instead of
proceeding outward at right angle to the cord, pass caudally to reach their
foramina. The leash of nerve roots thus formed, lying within the caudal part
of the vertebral column, constitutes the cauda equina. The coverings of the
cord retain their original connections at the caudal end of the vertebral canal
and form a prolongation of the cord membranes enclosing the thin, terminal
part of the cord, the filum terminate.
The Epichordal Segmental Brain.
In the fifth week, the walls of the rhombencephalon are comparatively thin.
In the caudal region of the medulla oblongata (p. 447) , the dorsal part of each
lateral wall is upright and is bent at a considerable angle with the ventral
part (basal plate), the groove on the inner surface between the two being the
sulcus limitans. The roof of this region is formed by the thin expanded roof
plate (Figs. 398-401).
Anterior to this, the roof plate is not expanded, the alar plates almost
meeting in the mid-dorsal line. This thicker part of the roof is the rudiment
of the cerebellum. Its caudal edges are attached to the expanded roof plate (see
P- 495)
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 483
In front of the cerebellum the tube is narrower and is compressed laterally.
This part is the isthmus (Fig. 409) . Anterior to this, the roof plate and alar
plates expand into the mid-brain roof, the basal and floor plates forming the
basal part of the mid-brain.
Certain gross changes which from now on take place in the medulla may
conveniently be noted here. At about this time (fifth week) the outer borders
of the alar plate become folded outward and then downward, being thus turned
back on the plate itself (Figs. 414 and 378). This fold is called the primary
rhombic lip, and is most marked along the caudal border of ' the cerebellum.
The folds of the lip then fuse, forming a rounded eminence composing the border
of the alar plate to which the roof plate is attached laterally. Subsequently,
the attachment to the roof plate is shifted dorsally in the medulla, caudally in
D. IV
M.I.
— Nu. IV.
FIG. 409.— Transverse section through the isthmus of a 10.2 mm. human embryo. D.IV, Decussa-
tion of trochlear nerve; M. L, marginal layer; Nu. IV, nucleus trochlear nerve, ^s.
the cerebellum. The portion of this lip which thins off into the roof plate is the
tania of the medulla and the posterior velum and taenia of the cerebellum. The
thin roof plate itself becomes tbe epithelial part of the tela chorioidea of the
fourth ventricle. At the caudal apex of the fourth ventricle a fusion of the
lips of the opposite sides forms the obex.
A further complication is due to the increasing pontine flexure by which the
dorsal walls of the tube are brought close together (Fig. 410). The transverse
fold of the tela thus produced is the chorioid fold. At about the same time
lateral pocketings outward of the dorsal walls occur just caudal to the cere-
bellum which contain portions of the chorioid fold. These are the lateral
recesses. By further growth and vascularization, the mesodermal part of the
chorioid fold forms the chorioid plexus of the fourth ventricle (metaplexus).
Finally, in the human brain an aperture appears in the caudal portion of
the roof of the ventricle— the foramen of Magendie (metapore) ; and, according
to many authorities, one also occurs in the roof of each of the lateral recesses
484
TEXT-BOOK OF p;M BRYOLOGY.
— the foramina of Luschka. The roof of the fourth ventricle, where present,
is thus composed of an inner ependymal epithelium — the expanded roof plate
of the neural tube — and an outer mesodermal covering containing blood vessels.
Other gross changes chiefly involve the basal plate. At the beginning of the
fifth week this does not much exceed the alar plate in thickness and is separated
from the opposite basal plate by an inner median sulcus (Fig. 414). The basal
plate now increases in thickness and thereby both deepens the sulcus and con-
tributes to a flattening out of the lateral walls, so that all portions by the sixth
week lie approximately in the same horizontal plane (Fig. 416). Later, the
floor plate increases in thickness more rapidly and the sulcus becomes shallower
(eight weeks) (Fig. 417). The band of vertical ependyma fibers passing through
Mesencephaion
Epiphysis
Diencephalon
Isthmus
- . Cerebellum
Transverse fold
Rhombic lip
Olfactory lobe
Optic stalk —
/ ! \ I-
Infundibulum Hypophysis Basilar artery
FIG, 410. — Lateral view of a model of the brain of a 7^ weeks' (18.5 mm.) human embryo. His.
it is the septum medulla. It is bounded on each side by a vertical extension of
the marginal layer which for convenience will be referred to as the septal
marginal layer (Figs. 415, 416 and 417).
The histological condition of this part of the tube at the beginning of five
weeks has already been described. The lateral walls consist of an inner layer
of closely packed cells, of a mantle layer consisting of efferent neurones and a
simple system of intermediate neurones, and an outer marginal layer containing
the longitudinal bundles of incoming afferent roots and longitudinal axones of
intermediate neurones (see p. 474). It has been seen that this condition has
been brought about by the proliferation of cells near the tube cavity, which
migrate outward, at the same time many of them differentiating into neuro-
blasts and nerve cells and thereby forming the mantle layer. As in the cord,
the basal plate takes the lead and thus at first outstrips the alar plate, as shown
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 485
in its greater thickness above mentioned. This process likewise terminates
sooner in the basal plate, few cell divisions being present there at seven weeks.
At about the end of the fifth week (see p. 489) the alar plate begins to develop
very rapidly. Its period of proliferation is about terminated at the end of the
second month. When the cell proliferation near the ventricle has ceased,
the inner layer is reduced by outward migration to a single layer of epend] ma
cells (compare pp. 455 and 456).
While the efferent nuclei continue to develop and the central continuations
of the afferent neurones continue to grow in length, the principal differential ipns
now taking place in the rhombic brain are those affecting the intermediate
neurone systems.
The first of these to be considered is the further differentiation of the system
of intersegmental neurones (p. 435). The earlier development of this system
has been seen to involve especially the basal plate and the further development
of the latter leads to the complete differentiation of the formatio reticularis
which especially represents this system in the epichordal brain. It has already
been seen (p. 474) that many of the intermediate neurones representing the
beginning of this system seem to be at first heteromeric and form an internal
arcuate system of fibers similar to those seen in the cord (pp. 473,477). They
increase in number toward the median line and are especially numerous in the
basal plate, where they, together with the medial efferent neurones (XII and
VI cranial nerves) , form an eminence of the mantle layer corresponding to the
ventral gray column of the cord (Fig. 411). Many of the axones of these cells
of the arcuate system cross the septum medullae, thus marking the beginning of
the raphe, and form on each side a longitudinal bundle in the septal marginal
layer (Fig. 411 . These longitudinal bundles correspond to the first formation
of the ventral funiculi of the cord. They must not, of course, be confused
with the pyramids which appear much later. Whether these longitudinal
bundles are also partly formed of axones of tautomeric cells is uncertain.
Later, as the anterior horn swellings grow and the depth of the septum
medullae and of the septal marginal layers increases (compare p. 484), more
longitudinal fibers appear in the latter, the new ones apparently being added
ventrally. Others also appear more laterally in the marginal layer (Figs. 415,
416 and 417). (Compare cord, p. 477-) At this time, also, fibers enter the
marginal layer bordering the surface (as distinguished from the septal), pass
along parallel with the surface, cross the septum, and proceed to various parts
of the marginal layer of the opposite side. These fibers are the first external
arcuate fibers as opposed to the prec eding internal arcuate fibers which traverse
the mantle layer (gray) in the arcuate part of their course (Fig. 415).
The majority of the longitudinal fibers entering the septal marginal layers
during the second month occupy approximately the position of the future
486
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
mesial formatio reticularis alba (white reticular formation) and correspond in
position to the fibers of the medial longitudinal fasciculi and reticulo-spinal
tracts in the adult medulla, representing probably the same system as the
medial part of the ventro-lateral funiculi of the cord (medial longitudinal
fasciculi, reticulo-spinal and ventro-medial ground bundles of the cord). The
medial longitudinal fasciculi are in part descending fibers from higher levels
described later.
Tsenia
Marginal layer
Tractus solitarius
N. X.
(Medullary XI)
Internal arcuate fibers
(in beginning gray
reticular formation)
N. XII
Alar plate
Sulcus limitans
Basal plate
Ventral funiculus Floor plate
(beginning of form, retic. alba)
FIG. 411. — Half of a transverse section of the medulla of a 10.2 mm. human embryo. His.
In the basal plate, between the medial and lateral efferent nuclei, there are,
even at the beginning of the fifth week, not only the efferent neurones and the
heteromeric (commissural) neurones already mentioned, but other neuroblasts
whose axones have a radial direction, i.e., toward the periphery. (Figs. 411
and 414.) The interlacing of these with the arcuate fibers forms the first
indication of the formatio reticularis grisea (gray reticular formation). Later,
longitudinal fibers are present here, giving rise to a condition more fully
corresponding to that in the adult, analogous also to the condition in the
lateral funiculi of the cord, especially in the processus reticularis.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
487
In the region of the auditory segment an important neurone group appears
which is possibly a differentiation of the extreme dorso-lateral portion of the
basal plate. This is Deiters' nucleus, which apparently receives vestibular
and cerebellar fibers and sends uncrossed descending bundles along the outer
lateral part of the reticular formation and also ascending and descending crossed
and uncrossed fibers along its outer mesial portion (part of the medial longi-
tudinal fasciculus) . This nucleus thus represents, apparently, like the nucleus
ruber and nucleus of Darkschewitsch (below), a differentiated portion of the
intersegmental neurones in especial connection with suprasegmental efferent
fibers which thereby act on many brain and cord segments.
The great development of the reticular formation here and caudally possibly
causes a ventro-lateral displacement of the contained nucleus ambiguus and
efferent facial nucleus and consequently the arched or hook-shaped course of
Genu facialis
forward
©
m«d.sulcus
medsulcus
medsiilcus
A B c
FIG. 412. — Diagram illustrating the development of the genu of the facial nerve in the human
embryo. The drawings show the right facial nerve and its nucleus of origin, in three stages:
the youngest, A, being a 10 mm. embryo, and the oldest, C, a new-born child. The relative
position of the abducens (VI) nerve is represented in outline; its nerve trunk is not shown, as
the structures represented are seen from above. Streeter.
their root fibers as seen in transverse section (Streeter) . At the same time, the
nucleus of the VI, which originally was caudal to the VII, migrates cranially,
carrying the facial efferent roots with it. This gives rise to the genu facialis
(Streeter, Fig. 412).
In the mid-brain (Fig. 413), what appears to represent the basal plate
forms an eminence, the tegmental swelling. Later there is differentiated from
this the reticular formation of this region, containing various nuclei and
traversed by radial, longitudinal and arcuate fibers, many of the latter arising
from the later differentiating dorsal portions (corpora quadrigemina) of the
lateral mid-brain walls. An important neurone group of the reticular forma-
tion system which appears in this region is the nucleus of Darkschewitsch. Its
descending axones form a part of the medial longitudinal fasciculus and
probably appear at the end of the first month. The nucleus ruber is probably
differentiated from the forward extremity of the tegmental swelling which over-
laps into a prechordal region (Fig. 425). Its axones (crossing as ForeVs decus-
sation and forming the rubro-spinal tract) probably develop early. This
488
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
neurone group apparently owes its great development principally to its close
association with the cerebellum. These two long descending intersegmental
tracts as they grow downward envelop the differentiating reticular formation
of more caudal regions of brain (and cord) and thereby come to occupy an
external position in the fully differentiated reticular formation.
The reticular formation is thus composed of a gray portion containing the
neurone bodies and shorter tracts and a white portion composed of the longer
tracts. Axones from certain nuclei (especially N. ruber, N. of Darkschewitsch
and N. of Deiters) form long, principally descending, tracts which envelop the
gray reticular formation mesially (medial longitudinal fasciculus including
fibers from nuclei of Darkschewitsch and Deiters as well as other reticulo-
spinal fibers) and laterally (rubro-spinal, lateral uncrossed tract from Deiters*
Alar plate
Marginal layer
%m_ Nucleus N. Ill
Root fibers N. Ill
FIG. 413. — Transverse section through the mid-brain of a 10.2 mm. human embryo. His.
nucleus and other reticulo-spinal fibers) and constitute the white reticular
formation. These long tracts descend to the cord and there similarly envelop
its ventro- lateral ground bundles.
While the above differentiation of the reticular formation has been taking
place, changes in the alar plate have begun which lead to the formation of
terminal nuclei of peripheral afferent nerves, as well as terminal nuclei of other
tracts, all of which send fiber bundles to suprasegmental structures.
The formation of the receptive nuclei of the afferent nerves of peripheral
(segmental) structures is complicated by the fact that the central continuations
of the peripheral afferent nerves are not confined to their own respective seg-
ments but form longitudinal tracts which continue to grow upward (columns of
Goll and Burdach) or downward (descending solitary, vestibular and trigeminal
tracts) passing into other segments and overlapping externally structures
already in process of formation there. In each segment, then, the terminal
nuclei of the afferent nerves of that segment must be distinguished from the
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 489
terminal nuclei of afferent elements from other segments. The latter are
external or added to the former and are differentiated from additional prolifer-
ations of neuroblasts of the alar plate. In addition to these nuclei, there are
certain nuclei forming links between the two great suprasegmental structures,
the pallium and cerebellum. These nuclei are the olive* and pons nudei,
both of which form afferent cerebellar bundles and which are differentiatec. by
still further proliferations and migrations of alar plate neuroblasts.
It has already been seen that the afferent peripheral nerves (IX and X)
of the visceral segment form (together with descending fibers of the VII) the
tractus solitarius. This is at first (5th week) short, but in six weeks has rea< :hed
the cord. The terminal nucleus of the tractus solitarius is differentiated irom
the neuroblasts of the medial portion of the alar plate. The course of the
axones of this nucleus is not known. Judging from comparative anatomical
grounds, they would not follow the fillet pathway (C. J. Herrick). The most
caudal part of this nucleus is the nucleus commissuralis at the lower apex of the
fourth ventricle.
The formation of the other terminal nuclei lying in the region of this seg-
ment is begun by the further developments of the alar plate already alluded
to. These are initiated by an expansion and consequent folding of its border
(formation of the rhombic lip, p. 483). followed by further cell-proliferation,
leading to fusion of these folds and copious formation of neuroblasts in this
region. These neuroblasts represent fresh accessions to the neuroblasts
already formed in the mantle layer of the more medial part of the alar plate.
This latest development of the border portions of the alar plate is the last step
in the progressive development of the neural tube from the medial portion
(basal plate) to the lateral (dorsal) border of the lateral walls of the tube
where further development ceases at the attachment to the roof plate (taenia).
(Fig. 414.)
Many of the neuroblasts of the rhombic lip region migrate ventrally.t
Some of those from the medial part of the swelling produced by the fusion of
the rhombic lip folds (p. 483, migrate along the inner side of the tractus soli-
tarius, while those from the lateral part of the swelling pass outside the tractus,
which becomes thereby enclosed in the mantle layer (Fig. 415). Many of these
neuroblasts continue their journey, passing along the outer side of the differ-
* This is conjectural. The origin of fibers to the inferior olivary nuclei is not known. The
most conspicuous tract to the olive is von Bechterew's central tegmenlal trad. Purely a priori con-
siderations might be adduced in favor of this being considered a descending tract from thalamic
nuclei which in turn receive pallio-thalamic fibers. It may, however, arise from lower optic centers.
fit is, perhaps, an open -question whether the formation of the lip is a fundamental feature in
this last proliferation and invasion of neuroblasts from the border of the alar plate. The promi-
nence of the rhombic lip in man is the early embryological expression of the future great develop-
ment of parts subsequently formed from this portion of the neural wall, especially the cerebellum
and neurone groups in connection with it.
490
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
entiating formatio reticularis, until they are arrested at the septal marginal layer
(Figs. 416 and 417).
From these neuroblasts which remain in situ near the dorsal border are de-
veloped the nucleus gracilis and nucleus cuneatus. The axones of these nuclei
form internal arcuate fibers which decussate and form a bundle of longitudinal
fibers in the opposite septal marginal layer ventral to the reticularis alba.
This tract is the medial fillet whose fibers appear during the second month
and is one of the afferent paths to suprasegmental structures (mid-brain roof
Inner rhombic furrow
Rhombic lip
Outer rhombic furrow
Alar plate
^ Sulcus limitans
Tractus solitarius
Inner layer
N. X (medullary XI)
Mantle layer
Marginal layer
Basal plate
Beginning of gray
reticular formation
Floor plate F.r.a. N. XII Internal arcuate fibers
(forming septum medullae)
FIG. 414. — Half of a transverse section of the medulla of a 9.1 mm. human embryo
(during the fifth week). His.
The arrow is in the inner median sulcus. F. r. a., beginning of white reticular formation.
and pallium). Other neuroblasts, which probably migrate further, form the
substantia gelatinosa of Rolando. Axones of this group also form tracts repre-
senting afferent paths to suprasegmental structures (pallium). Neuroblasts
which migrate further form, as already mentioned, afferent cerebellar con-
nections. Those migrating to the septal marginal layer form there an
L-shaped mass mesial to the root fibers of the XII cranial nerve (Fig. 417).
This is the medial accessory olive. Fresh groups of neuroblasts, added laterally
to these in streaks, form the inferior olivary nucleus, while others which have not
advanced so far form the lateral nucleus. Axones of the olivary neuroblasts
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
491
(olivo-cerebellar fibers) pass across the median line (seventh or eighth week) to
the opposite dorsal border where they, together with axones from the lateral
nuclei and the continuation from the cord of Flechsig's tract, form (end of
the second month) the bulk of the restiform body (Fig. 417). At three months
the olives have acquired their characteristic folded appearance.
Owing to the later development and ventral migration of the alar plate
neuroblasts, there are thus formed the various nuclei which lie external to the
reticular formation in the adult. The continuations of ascending spinal cord
Outer part of rhombic
lip migration
Inner part of r. 1. mig.
Inner layer
Tractus solitarius
Marginal layer
Mantle layer
Ext. arcuate fibers
Int. arcuate fibers
Septum Beginning white N. XII Gray reticular
medullae reticular formation formation
FIG. 415. — Half of a transverse section of the medulla of a 10.5 mm. human embryo
(end of fifth week). His.
tracts (Flechsig and Gowers) occupy the most external position on the lateral sur-
face, and other cord continuations (medial fillets) the most external mesial
positions. Later, however (fifth month), there is added ventral to the fillets
the descending cortico-spinal fibers (pyramids). Their decussation takes
place at the cervical flexure.
By the external accessions from the alar plate above described, forming
terminal nuclei of overlapping tracts from above (especially the nucleus of
the spinal V) , the tractus solitarius becomes buried, as it were, hence its deep
position in the adult. The great development of the reticular formation
may contribute to this result. As the trigeminus is the most cephalic rhombic
492
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
segment, its descending fibers are not overlapped by fibers from above and
therefore occupy the most external position of all these descending peripheral
systems.
Mantle layer
\
Inner layer Gray ret. form
F.r.a.
Rhombic lip migration |
Ext. arc. fib. in marg. layer N. XII F.r.a. v. Septum medullas
FIG. 416. — Half of a transverse section through the medulla of a 13.6 mm. human embryo
(beginning of sixth week). His.
F. r. a., Beginning of white reticular formation in dorsal part of septal marginal layer.
Another bundle has formed more ventrally (F. r. a. v.) .
Inner layer
Roof plate
Tractus solitarius
Formatio reticularis
grisea
Formatio reticularis alba
N. XII
Rhomic lip
Restiform
body
' * Spinal V
Neuroblasts from alar plate
Marginal layer
Neuroblasts from alar plate
(Rudiment of accessory olive)
FIG. 417. — Transverse section through the medulla of an 8 weeks' human embryo. His.
The terminal nuclei belonging to the auditory (acustico-facialis-abducens)
segment are those of the vestibular and cochlear portions of the VIII nerve.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 493
The development of these nuclei is not fully known, but they are derived from
the alar plate, except possibly Deiters' nucleus (see p. 487), the nuclei of the
later formed cochlear nerve occupying the more external position. The ves-
tibular nuclei apparently send axones both to cerebellum and reticular formation.
The cerebellum itself may be regarded as primitively a receptive vestibular
structure (p. 436) and probably receives vestibular root fibers. The axones
of the cochlear nuclei pass across the median line, along the ventral border of
the reticular formation (second half of second month), forming the trapez'um.
On the lateral boundary of the opposite reticular formation they ascend, form-
ing the lateral fillet, to the suprasegmental posterior corpus quadrigeminum.
Accessions are received from the superior olive, in which some of the trapezium
fibers terminate.
The alar plate of this segment also forms the substantia gelatinosa and the
anterior portions of the olivary nuclei in this region. The various remaining
tracts assume the same positions as further caudally.
Later, the pyramids are added ventrally to the fillet, and the great develop-
ment of the pons leads to it's covering the ventral surface of part of this region.
Owing to the late development of the pons and pyramids, the trapezium is thus
uncovered and lies on the ventral surface of the rhombic brain during the third
month. It is permanently uncovered in the dog and cat.
In the trigeminus segment, the terminal nucleus of the afferent portion of
this nerve is probably similarly formed from the alar plate. Its axones decus-
sate, probably joining the fillet, and proceed to the thalamus, which is connected
with the pallium. Descending axones from cells in the mid-brain roof form
part of the trigeminus known as its descending or mesencephalic root. The
view has been advanced (Meyer, Johnston) that these are afferent neurones
equivalent to certain dorsal horn cells found in some adult and embryonic
Vertebrates and representing >spinal ganglion cells which have become included
in the neural tube instead of becoming detached with the rest of the neural crest
(compare p. 422).
In front of the lateral recess another extensive development of the alar plate
occurs, evidenced by the large rhombic lip of this region. The neuroblasts
thus differentiated form the enormously developed pontile nuclei whose axones
pass across the median line (fifth month) to the opposite cerebellar hemisphere,
forming the middle cerebellar peduncle or brachium pontis. The pons extends
over the ventral surface of the cephalic part of the medulla and over the ventral
surface of part of the mid-brain. It receives fibres from various parts of the
neopallium, which form a great part of the pes pedunculi or crusta. A still
greater development of the alar plate forms the cerebellum.
In the mid-brain region, the reticular formation already described (p. 487)
is enveloped ventrally and laterally by the upward extension of the medial and
494 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
lateral fillets, the whole comprising the tegmentum. Ventral to this are added
later the pons and the descending cortico-pontile, cortico-bulbar and cortico-
spinal bundles forming here the pes pedunculi or crusta (probably during the
fifth month).
The alar plate of the mid-brain region forms the corpora quadrigemina
(mid-brain roof).
The further changes in the gross morphology of the medulla are due mainly
to further growth of structures already present. The nuclei of the dorsal col-
umns by their increase cause the swellings on the surface of the medulla known
as the clava and cuneus, and likewise by their increase in size cause a secondary
dorsal closing in of the caudal apex of the fourth ventricle which formerly
extended to the cervical flexure. The tuber culum of Rolando is produced by the
growth of the terminal nucleus of the spinal V, and the restiform body largely
by the development of the afferent cerebellar fibers (Fig. 419).
The growth of the olivary nuclei produces the swellings known as the
olives. The above mentioned accession of the descending cerebrospinal tracts
to the ventral surface is indicated by the pyramids.
In the floor of the ventricle there is a longitudinal ridge each side of the
median line occupied by swellings produced by the nucleus of the XII and,
further forward, the nucleus of the VI, together with other nuclei (intercalatus,
funiculus teres and incertus, Streeter) which are not well understood. The
furrow forming the lateral boundary of this area is usually taken to be the
representative of the sulcus limitans and consequently the area in question
would be the basal plate. Lateral to it is a triangular area with depressed
edges — the ala cinerea. It represents a region where portions of the vago-
glossopharyngeal nuclei (dorsal efferent and terminal nuclei of fasciculus
solitarius) lie near the surface. Possibly a secondary invasion by surrounding
more recently differentiated nuclei may account for their apparent partial
retreat from the surface. It is possible that the ala cinerea may be regarded
not so much as a part of the alar plate, but that it — or rather the branchial
nuclei involved in its formation — represents an independent intermediate region
corresponding to the intermediate region in the cord (J. T. Wilson). The
remaining portion of the alar plate, in -the floor, is apparently represented
principally by the acoustic, especially the vestibular, field.
In the development of the segmental brain there are thus the following
overlapping stages: (i) The differentiation of the inner, mantle and marginal
layers. (2) The primary neural apparatus, consisting of (a) the peripheral
segmental neurones, the central processes of the afferent neurones entering the
alar or receptive plate, the efferent neurone bodies forming two main series
of nuclei in the basal plate, and (b) intersegmental neurones composing the
reticular formation in which the long tracts occupy external positions. (3)
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
495
The further differentiation, from the alar plate, of terminal nuclei for the
afferent peripheral segmental neurones, the axones of the terminal nuclei
forming afferent tracts to suprasegmental structures. These tracts and other
later forming afferent suprasegmental tracts with their nuclei are laid down
external to the. reticular formation. (4) Formation of efferent (chiefly thala-
mic(?) mid-brain and cerebellar) suprasegmental tracts which act upon the
intersegmental neurones or reticular formation. (5) Accession at a late stage
of development of a descending system of fibres from the neopallium. These
lie ventral to the preceding structures.
The Cerebellum.
It has already been pointed out that at an early period (three weeks) the
anterior boundaries of the thin expanded roof plate of the rhombic brain form
two lines converging anteriorly to the median line where
the roof plate is represented by the usual narrow portion
connecting the two alar plates (Fig. 418). It has also
been pointed out that the pontine flexure produces on the
dorsal surface a deep transverse fold in this thin roof, into
which vascular tissue grows later forming the chorioid
plexus (Fig. 410). At this stage, the continuations of the
alar plates of the medulla form two transverse bands
which, when viewed laterally, are vertical to the general
longitudinal axis of this part of the brain (Fig. 448). At
the same time, the rhombic lips are formed along the
caudal border of these bands and the latter become
musm thickened into the two rudiments of the cerebellum, a
H IB considerable portion of which may be derived from the
I: fj« lips. These rudiments are thus two transverse and
vertical swellings and are connected across the median
line by the roof plate. The attachment (taenia) of the
FIG 418.— Dorsal view . ,
alar plate of this region to the roof plate of the fourth
ventricle is at first along its caudal edge. Later, by the
folding back and fusion of this border to form the rhom-
bic lips, the attachment is carried forward. Still later,
by the growth of the cerebellar rudiment, it is rolled
backward and under, as described below. The rudi-
ments subsequently fuse across the median line, thus
forming externally a single transverse structure, but internally a paired dorsal
median projection of the lumen marks the location of the uniting roof plate
(comp. Fig. 420).
ric 418. — Dorsal view
of that part of the
brain caudal to the
cephalic flexure
(human embryo of 3d
week, 2.15 mm.). Hh.
Cerebellum; /, isth-
mus; M, mid-brain;
Rf, Nh, med ulla.
Compare with Fig.
416. His.
496
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
While the structure thus formed expands enormously in a lateral direction,
in its subsequent development its greatest growth is in a longitudinal direction.
The effect of this is that the continuations of the cerebellum forward (velum
•medullare anterius) and backward (velum medullare posterius) into the adjoining,
brain walls of the isthmus and medulla are comparatively fixed points and are
completely overlapped by the spreading cerebellum, producing an appearance
in sagittal section as though they were rolled in under the latter structure (comp.
Fig. 370, F). Another result of this longitudinal growth is the formation of fis-
sures running across the organ, transversely to the longitudinal brain axis.
First, lateral incisures separate two caudal lateral portions, the flocculi (Fig.
419), the median continuation of which, the nodule, is finally rolled in on
the under side of the cerebellum as explained above. Another transverse fissure,
the primary fissure, beginning in the median part and extending laterally, sepa-
Cerebellar hemisphere
Taenia
Tuberculum cuneatum -
Clava-""'
Tuberculum cinereum (Rolando)
-— Vermis
Eminentia teres
Taenia
Fasciculus gracilis (Goll)
Fasciculus cuneatus (Burdach)
FIG. 419. — Dorsal view of the cerebellum and medulla of a 5 months' human fetus. Kollmann.
rates an anterior lobe from a middle lobe, the former comprising the future lin-
gula, centralis and culmen and their lateral extensions. The anterior portion
is rolled forward under the anterior part of the cerebellum. Another trans-
verse fissure next appears in the median part (secondary fissure} which later ex-
tends (peritonsillar) to the floccular incisure, and thereby completes the de-
marcation of a posterior lobe, including not only the flocculus and nodule, but
also the tonsilla and uvula, which are also rolled backward and under. The
result of this transverse fissuration would be the production of a cerebellum
resembling that of certain forms below Mammals where the cerebellum is well
developed (Selachians, Birds). A complicating factor, however, is the great
growth of certain lateral portions of the middle lobe, forming the future cere-
bellar hemispheres (Fig. 419), which causes also a lateral overlapping and rolling
inward of adjoining parts. This growth is the chief factor in the division
of the cerebellum into vermis and hemispheres and is correlated with the devel-
opment of the neopallium (p. 436 and Fig. 371).
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 497
The early histological development of the cerebellum has been most closely
studied in Bony Fishes (Schaper) and there is every reason to suppose that
the processes taking place in the human cerebellum are essentially the same. In
that part of the alar plate forming the rudiment above described, the cells pro-
liferate, forming first a nuclear layer with the dividing cells along its ventricular
surface, and a non-nucleated outer or marginal layer. Later, owing to begin-
ning migration and differentiation, there is formed the usual mantle layer,
representing a differentiation of part of the original nuclear layer and thereby
forming the three layers : an inner, a mantle and a marginal. The outer cells
of the mantle layer increase in size and differentiate into the cells of Purkinje,
snaller cells within forming the granular layer. The earliest stage of differ-
entiation of the Purkinje cells has not been accurately described, but the axones
FIG. 420. — Diagram representing the differentiation and migration of the cerebellar cells in a teleost
The arrows indicate the migration of cells from the borders of the cerebellar rudiment into
the marginal layer; these cells probably all differentiate into nerve cells. Clear circles, indif
ferent cells; circles with dots, neuroglia cells (except in marginal layer); shaded cells, epithelia*
cells; circles with crosses, epithelial cells in mitosis (germinal cells); black cells, neuroblasts; Z*
lateral recess; M, median furrow, above which is roof plate; R, floor of 4th ventricle (IV),
Schaper.
of the neuroblasts evidently proceed (end of fifth month) toward the ventricular
surface instead of entering the marginal layer. In this way the fibrous layer
(white matter) comes to lie within instead of on the outer surface as in the cord,
and, to some extent, in the medulla. There is thus formed the outer gray matter
or cortex. The axones of the Purkinje cells form the great bulk of the centrifu-
gal fibers of the cerebellar cortex. The marginal layer becomes ultimately
the outer or molecular (plexiform) layer of the adult cerebellum.
It has been seen that in the other parts of the tube development begins in
the medial parts of the lateral plates and thence advances toward their dorsal
borders, which actively develop after the corresponding stages have ceased in
the medial portions. The same is true of the cerebellar rudiment. In this,
the edges which border on the thin roof plate, i.e., those parts adjoining the
lateral recesses, the main roof of the fourth ventricle and the roof plate inter-
posed between the two original lateral cerebellar rudiments, are the last to pro-
498
TEXT-BOOK OF EMB.RYOLOGY.
liferate. The cells thus formed spread into the marginal layer of the earlier
developed parts and by further proliferation form a nucleated layer of consider-
able thickness (Fig. 420). This complication is apparently essentially similar
to that described above in the development of the medulla. From the cells of
this invasion are formed a part, at least, of the granule cells, as well as the basket
cells and other cells which remain in the marginal (molecular) layer. These
are all association cells of the cerebellum.
The cerebellum reaches its full histological development very late; after
birth in many Mammals. These last postnatal stages of development naturally
FIG. 421. — Scheme showing the various stages of position and form in the differentiation of granule
cells from the outer granular layer. Cajal.
A, Layer of undifferentiated cells; B, layer of cells in horizontal bipolar stage; C, partly formed
molecular (plexiform) layer; D, granular layer; b, beginning differentiation of granule cells;
c, cells in mo no polar stage; d, cells in bipolar stage; e,f, beginning of descending dendrite
and of unipolarization of cell; g,h, i, different stages of unipolarization or formation of single
process connecting with the original two processes; j, cell showing differentiating and com-
pleted dendrites; k, fully formed granule cell.
involve principally those cells proliferated last and which lie in the mar-
ginal layer. These have been studied by means of the Golgi method in
new-born Mammals by Cajal and others. The majority of these cells form
granule cells by means of a progressive migration and differentiation, as shown
in the accompanying Fig. 421. Each cell first develops a single horizontal
process, then another, thus becoming a horizontal bipolar cell. Following this,
the cell body migrates past the Purkinje cells into the granular layer, remaining
in connection with the original processes by a single process. There are thus
formed the axone of the granule cell with its bifurcation into two horizontal pro-
cesses, the parallel fibers of the molecular layer. This mode of formation is thus
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
499
similar to the unipolarization of the cerebrospinal ganglion cell. The dendrites
begin to be formed during the migration, branch when the cell body reaches the
granular layer and there finally attain the adult form. Other undifferentiated
cells in the marginal layer send out horizontal processes the collaterals of which
envelop the Purkinje cell bodies, and form the baskets. The place vacated, so to
speak, by the migrating granules, is filled at the same time by the developing
dendrites of the Purkinje cells. These at first show no regularity of branching,
but subsequently differentiate into the definite branches of the adult condition,
at the same time advancing toward the periphery (Fig. 422). When they
FIG. 422. — Section through cerebellar cortex of a dog a few days after birth, showing the partial
development of the dendrites of two cells of Purkinje. Cajal.
A, external limiting membrane; B, external (embryonic) granule layer; C, partly formed molecular
(plexiform) layer; D, granular layer; a, body of cell of Purkinje; &, its axone; c, and d, col-
laterals with terminal arborizations (e).
reach this, the migration of the granules is completed and the molecular layer
is definitely formed. This condition, evidenced by the disappearance of the
outer granular layer, is usually reached in Mammals within two months after
birth, but in man not until the sixth or seventh year. There are observations
indicating that animals possessing completely developed powers of locomotion
and balancing at birth have more completely differentiated cerebella at that
time. The axones of the Purkinje cells form many embryonic collaterals which
are afterward reduced in number.
Of the centripetal fibers to the cerebellum, those from the inferior olives
cross the median line of the medulla about the seventh or eighth week, and
thence advance to the vermis, reaching their final destination during the third
500 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
month. The fibers from the pontile nuclei (middle peduncle) do not develop
until considerably later (end of the fourth month), the time of their reaching
their destination in the cerebellar hemispheres not being definitely known.
Many at least of the centripetal fibers do not reach their full development in
Mammals till birth or after. Some of these fibers (climbing fibers) form arbor-
izations around the inferior (axone) surface of the Purkinje cell bodies and
later creep upward, enveloping the upper surface instead, and finally the den-
dritic branches. Other centripetal fibers (mossy fibers) ramifying in the
granular layer are varicose fibers, at first otherwise smooth. From the vari-
cosities a number of branches are given off which later become abbreviated and
modified into the shorter processes of the adult condition. This final differ-
entiation occurs simultaneously with the final differentiation of the dendrites
of the granule cells with which they come into connection. The glia elements
apparently develop in a manner essentially similar to their development else-
where.
The development of the internal nuclei of the cerebellum has not been
thoroughly investigated. The nucleus dentatus is well developed at the end
of the sixth foetal month. Eminences passing forward and ventrally along
the sides of the isthmus are the earliest indications of the superior peduncles*
formed later by the axones of the cells of these nuclei.
Corpora Quadrigemina.
The mid-brain roof is an expansion of the alar plate of the mid-brain.
Later this differentiates into the anterior and posterior corpora quadrigemina.
In the former, by the usual ventricular mitoses (germinal cells), a nuclear
layer is formed with a non-nucleated marginal layer external to it which becomes
the outer or zonal layer. Still later the neuroblast or mantle layer is differen-
tiated, there being an unusually thick inner layer. The further development
has not been closely studied in man. Owing to the diminished importance
of the anterior corpora quadrigemina (p. 437) the neuroblasts do not differ-
entiate into the well marked "spread out" layers characteristic of the optic
lobes of many Vertebrates. This is probably due to a lack of development of
their association neurones.
The fibers of the optic tracts grow toward the anterior corpora quadrigemina
in the marginal layer forming the anterior brachia. When they reach the
anterior corpora quadrigemina, they leave the marginal layer and penetrate
the gray matter forming the most external fiber layer. The medial (and some
lateral) lemniscus fibers enter more deeply than the optic. Neuroblast axones
grow toward the ventricle, turn internally to the lemniscus fibers, cross (Mey-
nert's decussation) , and proceed as the predorsal tracts to the segmental brain
and cord, lying ventral to the medial longitudinal fasciculi.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 501
The Diencephalon.
The stage of development of the diencephalon at four weeks has already
been mentioned (p. 448). (Figs. 423, 433 and 434.) In the lateral walls the
principal feature is the presence of a furrow, the sulcus hypothalamicus, which
beg:ns ventrally as an extension of the optic recess and extends dorsally and
caudally toward the mid-brain. A branch of it extends to the posterior part
of the foramen of Monro. This is the sulcus Monroi. The sulcus hypothala-
micus is sometimes regarded as the representative in this region of the sulcus
limitans. It is doubtful whether it has the same morphological value as the
latter. Such a comparison is seen a priori to be difficult when it is considered
that this region is in the most highly modified part of the brain tube, lacking
Ma.
FIG. 423^ — Transverse section through the diencephalon of a 5 weeks' human embryo. Dp., Roof
plate; Ma., mammillary recess; P.s. hypothalamus; S.M., sulcus hypothalamicus; Th.,
thalamus. His.
motor peripheral apparatus, and that it is also the end region of the tube where
all longitudinal divisions would naturally merge. The sulcus deepens till the
end of the second month (Fig. 429). Later it becomes shallower, but appears
to persist till adult life. The region of the diencephalon ventral to the sulcus,
as already mentioned, is termed the pars subthalamica or hypothalamus. The
ventral part of the optic stalk forms a transverse groove in the floor, the pre-
optic recess, caudal to which is a ridge or fold, the chiasma swelling, in which the
fibers of the optic chiasma later appear.* Caudal to this is the recess or invagi-
nation of the floor, representing the postoptic recess and the beginning of the
infundibulum (Figs. 424 and 425) . Its extremity later becomes extended into the
infundibular process, the posterior part of which in the fifth week comes into
contact with the hypophyseal (Rathke's) pouch. This is a structure formed
* According to Johnston, the chiasma is formed in front of the optic recess which would then be
represented by the postoptic recess. In this case the chiasma would be regarded as falling in the
region of the telencephalon instead of forming the optic part of the hypothalamus (comp. Figs. 364
and 433).
502
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
from the stomodaeal epithelium and is connected with the latter by a stalk.
The pouch, which is at first a flat structure, develops two horns which envelop
Ant. corp. quad. Pineal Anterior
(ant. colliculus) region brachium
Pallium
Ant. ^
> olfact. lobe
Post. J
Optic stalk
Hypophyseal pouch
Mammillary Lateral Tuber
region geniculate cinereum
body
FIG. 424. — Lateral view of a model of the brain of a 10.2 mm. human embryo
(middle of 5th week). His.
the infundibulum. The cavity of the end of the infundibular process becomes
nearly shut off from the rest of the infundibular cavity. The process penetrates
the upper part of the pouch and then bending reaches its posterior surface and
Diencephalon Thalamus Pineal region
Pallium
Foramen of Monro
Sulcus hypothal-
amicus
Ant. olfact. lobe
Post, olfact. lobe
Lamina terminalis
Corpus striatum
Mesencephalon
Tegmental swelling
Mammillary region
Hypothalamus
Tuber cinereum
Recessus Hypophyseal Recessus
(prae?) opticus pouch infundibuli
FIG. 425. — Median view of the right half of a model of the brain of a 10.2 mm. human embryo
(middle of 5th week). Compare Fig. 424. His.
ends blindly. In the second half of the second month epithelial sprouts, which
become very vascular, begin to appear, first in the lateral parts of the pouch,
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 503
next the brain, and then extending through the pouch and finally nearly oblit-
erating its cavity (third month). The shape of the organ (the hypophysis)
formed by the union of these two parts is subsequently changed by its relations
to surrounding parts. Its posterior lobe is derived from the infundibular por-
tion, its anterior lobe from the pouch.
An expansion of the floor of the brain caudal to the infundibulum has been
mentioned as the mammillary region. Subsequently there is formed from its
cephalic part another evagination, the tuber cinereum. The mammillary region
forms the mammillary bodies. The region caudal to the mammillary region
later receives many blood vessels, thereby becoming the posterior perforated
space.
At the end of the fourth week the roof plate of the diencephalon is smooth.
At about this time the greater part of the roof expands, forming a median
longitudinal ridge (Fig. 426). This ridge, which remains epithelial throughout
life, is broader at its anterior end where it passes between the beginning pallial
hemispheres. As the roof plate expands further, the anterior part is next
thrown into longitudinal folds. The ridge forms the epithelial lining of the
tela chorioidea of the third ventricle (diatela). By further growth and vas-
cularization of its mesodermal covering at the beginning of the third month,
there is formed the chorioid plexus of the third ventricle (diaplexus). Lateral
extensions of the tela form the chorioid plexuses of the lateral ventricles (see
p. 5 17) . In the fifth week a protrusion appears at the caudal end of the median
ridge which is the beginning of the epiphysis. Soon after this, the furrow which
forms its caudal boundary extends forward along the upper part of the sides of
the walls, marking off a fold which is the lateral continuation of the median
protrusion. From the median protrusion is later formed the pineal body,
while from the lateral folds are formed the pineal stalk, and in front the
habenula, with its contained nucleus (ganglion) habenulce, and the stria
medullaris. Still further caudally, the anterior part of the mid-brain forms
a horseshoe-shaped fold the arms of which extend forward over the dien-
cephalon, ventral to the pineal folds. The median part of this fold forms the
anterior corpora quadrigemina. From its lateral extensions are formed the
anterior brachia of the anterior corpora quadrigemina, the pulmnar and the
lateral and medial geniculate bodies, all of which (pulvinar ?) later receive optic
fibers. The transverse furrow which forms the boundary between the rudi-
ments of the pineal body and of the anterior corpora quadrigemina marks the
location of the future posterior commissure (Figs. 426, 427 and 428).
The part of the roof anterior to the pineal fold, as already stated, forms the
tela chorioidea of the third ventricle. Certain folds appear in it, however,
which are more clearly indicated in later stages of embryonic development
than in the adult and which probably represent structures already mentioned
504
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
as common to the vertebrate brain ("cushion" of the epiphysis, velum trans-
versum, paraphysis?) (p. 424 and Fig. 364).
From the above it is evident that at the close of the fifth week the rudiments
of the various parts of the diencephalon are already well marked. These
rudiments are principally indicated by foldings of the walls, there being no very
strongly marked differences of thickness except the early differentiation between
the median and lateral plates. From this time on, both general and local
Lamina terminalis
Cavity of ant. olfact. lobe
Anterior arcuate fissure
Cavity of post, olfact. lobe
Chorioid fold
Hippocampal fissure
Lateral geniculate body
Pineal region
Ant. corp. quad. (ant. colliculus)
(extending forward
into ant. brachium)
Angulus praethalamicus
(a) (b)
(c)
Corpus striatum
Roof plate of diencephalon
FIG. 426. — Dorsal view of a model of the brain of a 13.6 mm. human embryo (beginning of 6th
week). The dorsal part of the pallium on each side has been removed. Compare with
Figs. 427 and 428 . His.
thickenings of the lateral walls occur. This indicates a rapid proliferation
of the cells, especially a differentiation of the nerve cells and consequent forma-
tion of masses of gray and white matter. Another factor affecting the dien-
cephalon is the subsequent growth backward over it of the cerebral
hemispheres.
During the second month, the lateral walls become thickened, forming
a prominence on the inner surface of each side. This reduces much of the
cavity of the third ventricle to a cleft and in the third or fourth month a fusion of
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
505
a portion of these two projections takes place, forming the commissura mollis
or massa intermedia. The condition at this stage is shown in Fig. 429. Later
Ant. corp. quad.
Diencephalon
Tegmental
swelling
Mammillary
body
Tuber
cinereum
Pallium
Beginning of
fossa Sy»vii
Ant' "I olfact.
Post.jlobe
Optic stalk
Infundibulum Hypophyseal pouch.
FIG. 427. — Lateral view of the model of the brain of a 13.6 mm. human embryo (beginning of 6th
week). F, Beginning of frontal lobe; T, beginning of temporal lobe. His.
this protrusion thrusts the lateral structures above described (the pulvinar,
geniculate bodies and brachia) to the side, the cavity of the lateral geniculate
Eplthalnnius (Corpus pfneale) Mctathalamus (Corpora genlculata)
Thalanuis
Fissura
chorioidea
Pallium
Rhiuencephalon
Corpus striatu
Sulcns hypothalainicus
Hypothal
Chiasma
Corpora quaclrigemina
..Pedunculus cerebrJ
FlG. 428. — From a model of the brain of a 13.6 mm. human embryo, right half,
seen from the left side. His, Spalt'eholz,
body being obliterated. The prominence itself extends to the tegmental swell-
ing (see Figs. 4 2 9-30) and there thus arises the possibility of direct connections
506
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
between these two structures. There can, then, be distinguished in the dien-
cephalon three regions, a hypothalamic region, as already described, an epithala-
Hippocampal
fissure
Chorioid fissure
Angulus prjethalamicu
Foramen of Mon
Ant. arcuate fissure
Preterminal area
Ant. olfact. lobe
Olfactory nerve
Post, olfact. lobe
Hypothalamic region
Mammillary region
Lamina terminalis
FIG. 429. — Median sagittal section of the brain of a 7^ weeks' human embryo. Aq. S., Aquaeductus
Sylvii; C. c., fold between mid- and interbrain; C.m., commissura mollis; C. s., corpus stri-
atum; H. b., tegmental swelling; R.g., geniculate recess; R. i., recessus infundibuli; R. o.,
recessus (prae-?) opticus; S.h., habenular evagination; 5. M.} sulcus hypothalamicus; S.p.,
pineal evagination; T. T., thalamus. His.
mic region comprising the pineal body, ganglia habenulae and related structures,
and finally the thalamus proper. In the latter, the geniculate bodies already
Epitbalamus (Corpus p!ueale»
Met a thalamus
(Corpora geniculaia)
Corpus striatum \ .
Rhinenceplialon ^
Pars optica hypothalami /' /
Chiasma opticum' y'
Hypophysis''
Pars maraillaris bypothalami*
Pons [Varolfl-
Corpora quadrigrmlna
• Pedunculus ceiebri
Cerebellimi
Fossa rhomboidea
Medulla oblongata
FIG. 430. — Brain of a human foetus 'in the 3d month, right half, seen from the left. His, Spalteholz,
mentioned constitute a metathalamic portion, while the portion derived from
the thickened part, which is continuous anteriorly with the corpus striatum,
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
507
differentiates various nuclei, especially those which receive the general somatic
sensory fibers (medial lemniscus or fillet), and other nuclei in relation to definite
centers of the pallium. The thalamus is thus strongly developed, owing to its
containing the nuclei which receive the general sensory (ventro-lateral nuclei),
acoustic (medial geniculate bodies), and optic (lateral geniculate bodies)
systems of fibers and which in turn send fibers (thalamic radiations) to the pallium.
These thalamic nuclei do not receive fibers probably until after the middle of the.
second month. About this time the thalamic radiations begin to be formed
from the thalamic nuclei and grow toward the corpus striatum which they reach
toward the end of the second month. With the first appearance of the coi tical
TbaJamus
Bbinencephalon
Recessus opticus
Chiasma opticnm
Recessus infundibuli
Infundibulum
Pedunculus cerebri
Velum medal-
lare antenu»
Cerebellum
Ventriculus quartus
- . Meduua oblongata
on\
FIG. 431.— Adult human brain, right half, seen from the left, partly schematic. Spalteholz.
layer of the developing neopallium (see p. 512) they penetrate the corpus stria-
tum and pass to the cortex, forming the beginning of the internal capsule, and
corona radiata. It has already been pointed out (p. 437) that the great develop-
ment of the thalamus and its radiations is more recent phylogenetically and is
due to the newly acquired connections with the neopallium.
Before the development of these neopallial connections, other tracts have
begun to appear which represent older epithalamic and hypothalamic connec-
tions existing practically throughout the Vertebrates (pp. 437 and 438) . Some
of the hypothalamic connections are the mammillo-tegmental fasciculus which
appears early in the second month, the thalamomammillary fasciculus
(Vicq d'Azyr's bundle), which appears later, and the bundles from the rhinen-
cephalon (p. 475) and archipallium (columns of the jornioc, middle of fourth
month, p. 521). In the hypothalamic region is also differentiated the corpus
508
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Luysii, connected by fiber bundles with the corpus striatum and tegmentum.
Epithalamic connections are represented by bundles from anterior olfactory
regions (stria medullaris, seventh week), by the commissure, habenularis, and by
bundles to caudal regions (fasciculus retroflexus of Meynert to the interpedun-
cular ganglion, middle of second month), (pp. 437 and 475.) The posterior
commissure fibers are formed early in the second month in the fold between
• mid- and inter-brain (Fig. 429). (Fig. 432)-
01.
FIG. 432. — Construction of the brain of a 19 mm. human embryo (7^ weeks), showing the stage of
development of some of the principal fiber-systems. His.
C.C., posterior commissure; F. s., tractus solitarius; F. t., fasciculus spinalis trigemini (spinal V);
K, nuclei of dorsa! funiculi of cord; L., medial longitudinal fasciculus; M., fasciculus retro-
flexus of Meynert; Ma., mammillary bundle; n. i., nervus intermedius; O., olive; Ol., olfactory
nerve; S., fillet; St., stria medullaris thalami; T., thalamic radiation; T. o., tractus opticus;
V, Gasserian ganglion; VII, facial nerve and geniculate ganglion; VIII, ganglia of acoustic
nerve; IX, N. glossopharyngeus; X, N. vagus.
The Telencephalon (Rhinencephalon, Corpora Striata and Pallium) .
To understand the development of this part of the brain it is necessary to
keep firmly in mind certain relations which are laid down at a comparatively
early stage. Some of these relations are shown in the diagram of the inner sur-
face of a model of a brain of four weeks. At this stage the pallium is unpaired,
i.e., there is no median furrow separating the two halves of the pallial expansion.
The various boundaries of the pallium in one side are (i) the median line uniting
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
509
the two halves of the pallial expansion (Fig. 433, be) ; (2) the boundary line or
line of union with the thalamus lying caudally (pallio-thalamic boundary)
(Fig- 433> cd) ; (3) the boundary between pallium and corpus striatum (strio-
pallial boundary) (Fig. 433, bd) . The boundaries of the future corpus striatum
are (i) the median (Fig. 433, ab), (2) the strio-pallial (Fig. 433, bd), (3) the
strio-thalamic or peduncular (Fig. 433, de) and (4) the strio-hypothalamic (Fig.
433, a<0- The internal prominence which is the rudiment of the corpus
striatum, has three limbs or crura, (i) a ridge proceeding forward (anterior
crus), which corresponds externally to the furrow (external rhinal furrow)
foiming the lateral boundary of the anterior olfactory lobe, (2) a middle crus
Thalamus
Prosenccphalon
(Fore -brain)
Rhinencephalotr--
Corpus stria
Pars optica liypothalam
Pars niainillaris hypothalami ..
Pens [Varolif
Pars ven trails -
Sulcus limitiins-
Corpora quadrigemfaa
(-.-.. Peduiiculus cerebri
Brachium conjunctivum
and velam medullare
auterius
/Rhomb-
4nceprialon
'••'" (Lozenge- shaped
.brain)
Cerebellum
FIG. 433. — From a model of the brain of a human embryo at the end of the first month, right
half, seen from the left. His, Spalteholz.
corresponding to the constriction separating the two olfactory lobes, and (3) a
posterior crus corresponding to the posterior boundary of the posterior olfactory
lobe. This latter is merged with the earlier furrow separating the telencephalon
from the thalamus and hypothalamus (peduncular furrow). What may be
called the main body of the corpus striatum, from which these limbs radiate,
soon becomes expressed externally by a shallow depression in the lateral sur-
face of the hemispheres immediately dorsal to the olfactory lobes. This
depression is the first indication of the fossa Sylvii (Fig. 427).
The boundaries of the pallial hemisphere above indicated are identical
with the boundaries of the future foramen of Monro.
The median lamina uniting the two halves of the pallium and the two corpora
striata may be termed the lamina terminalis and represents the roof plate and
floor plate of this region. The point of meeting of the roof plate and floca
510
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
plate at the end of the tube is often taken to be at the recessus neuroporicus ;
and the lamina terminalis or end wall of the neural tube, more strictly speaking,
is limited to the median wall ventral to this point. Here it will be understood
as including the median wall to the point where the pa'llio-thalamic boundary
begins, marked later |py the angulus prathalamicus of His (see p. 517 and Fig.
442).
Rhinencephalon.— The term rhinencephalon is a convenient one for
those basal structures of the fore-brain which are in most intimate connection
with the olfactory nerve. The term has been extended by some to include
the pallial olfactory structures. For descriptive purposes it is here used in
the more limited sense.
At the fourth week, as already indicated (p. 5 16 . Fig. 434) , there is a slight longi-
tudinal furrow on the external surface, marking the ventral limit of the pallial
FIG. 434. — Lateral view of outside of brain shown in Fig. 433. His.
eminence. The part of the brain ventral to this furrow is the rhinencephalon,
Somewhat later the latter becomes better marked off, the fissure forming its
boundary on the lateral surface being the external rhinal fissure (Fig. 424).
Later the mesial side is also marked off by an extension of the fissure around
on the mesial side (medial rhinal fissure) and also by a notch, the incisura
prima, a continuation of which later ascends along the middle part of the
median surface of the hemispheres and is known as the (interior arcuate fissure
(fissura prima of His). (Fig. 442.) The existence of a fissura prima in early
stages, however, is doubtful. At about this time, the rhinencephalon shows a
beginning division into anterior and posterior portions, the anterior and posterior
olfactory lobes, the whole structure assuming a bean-shape (comp. p. 512)
(Fig. 427). On the lateral surface immediately above this constriction is the
beginning concavity in the lateral surface of the hemispheres which marks the
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
511
earliest appearance of the fossa Sylvii. The external rhinal fissure, as it
becomes more pronounced, may be regarded as an extension forward of the
fossa (anterior crus of the corpus striatum) . On the mesial surface the incisura
prima marks this constriction. With the further curvature of the hemispheres,
the anterior lobe becomes bent back under the posterior (third month), but
later is again directed forward. It contains a diverticulum of the fore-brain
"cavity. The cavity of the posterior lobe is not so well marked off and is
bounded by the corpus striatum and the inward projection of the incisura
prima. (Figs. 424, 425, 427, 428 and 442.)
The olfactory nerve at the end of five weeks has reached the anterior lobe
on its ventral and posterior side. The lobe develops into the receptive centei 5 for
the nerve — the olfactory bulb; into the stalk in which the secondary olfactory
Gyrus olfact. medialis
Gyrus olfact. medius
Gyrus diagonalis
Cerebellum
Insula
Gyrus olfact. lat.
Gyrus ambiens
Gyrus semilunaris
Olive
FIG. 435. — Ventral view of the brain of human foetus at the beginning of the 4th month. Kollmann.
tract proceeds; and also into a triangular area where the tract divides — the
trigonum. The posterior olfactory lobe develops into the anterior perforated
space and an eminence known as the lobus pyriformis which becomes reduced
later (comp. Fig. 3 70, G and H). From it is developed the gyms olfactorius later-
alis, connected with the lateral division of the olfactory tract and thegyri ambiens
and semilunaris (Fig. 435). On the mesial wall, the posterior lobe is especially
connected with the region between the anterior arcuate fissure and the lamina
terminalis (trapezoid area of His, parolfactory or preterminal area of G. Elliot
Smith) (Fig. 442). Part of this mesial region represents the anterior portion
of the archipallium (comp. Fig. 370, G and H and p. 482).
Corpora Striata and Pallium. — The leading feature of the development
of this part of the brain is the great expansion of the pallial hemispheres. That
part of the brain wall marked externally by the fossa Sylvii and internally by the
body of the corpus striatum, and especially that part where the corpus striatum
512 TEXT-HOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
is continuous with the thalamus (peduncular part) , may be considered as a fixed
point from which the pallial walls expand in all directions, anteriorly, dorsally
and posteriorly, i.e., in both transverse and longitudinal directions. At first,
this expansion causes the pallial hemispheres to assume a bean-shape with the
hilum at the fixed point (Fig. 427). The anterior end curves downward and
forms the frontal lobe with its enclosed cavity (anterior horn of the lateral ven-
tricle). The posterior end curves downward caudally and forms the temporal
lobe with the descending horn of the lateral ventricle. At the same time, owing
to the great expansion in a transverse plane of each pallial eminence, the
median lamina uniting them (Figs. 425 and 426) not sharing in this growth,
there are formed the hemispheres with their cavities, the lateral ventricles, and
the great longitudinal fissure between the hemispheres. Later, vascular
mesodermal tissue fills this fissure, forming the falx cerebri. The paired
cavities of the pallium are connected with the unpaired end-brain cavity (aula)
by the foramina of Monro, the boundaries of which are the same as those of the
pallium described above (p. 508).
At first the walls of the telencephalon, like those of other parts of the tube,
are epithelial in character and nearly uniform in thickness. By proliferation
there is formed a several-layered epithelium differentiated into an inner
nuclear layer and an outer marginal layer. Later a mantle layer is differen-
tiated. The hemispheres are late in development and until the end of the
second month the walls are thin and simply show the above three layers.
Toward the end of the first month a greater activity in cell proliferation takes
place in the basal portion of the telencephalon which thickens into the corpus
striatum. At eight weeks there first appears on the external surface of the
corpus striatum, a cortical layer of cells lying next the marginal layer and sepa-
rated from the inner layer by an intermediate layer comparatively free of cells
and known as the fibrous or medullary layer (see p. 524). The differentiation
thus begun extends gradually around the circumference of the hemispheres
until the mesial surface is reached. This differentiation permanently ceases
at the medial pallial margin. The cortical layer does not extend as far as
the medullary layer, thus leaving an uncovered medullary layer on the mesial
hemisphere wall. As a result of this, there is in this region, passing toward
the median line, (i) a region covered with a cortical layer (limbus corticalis
of His); (2) an uncovered medullary layer (limbus medullaris); (3) a fibrous
transitional zone (the t&nia) passing into (4) a membranous zone, the roof
plate.
This process resembles that taking place in other parts of the neural tube,
in which there is the same progressive development from the ventral portion
of the lateral wall to the dorsal border of the same, where the latter passes into
the roof plate which is either ependymal or expanded into a thin membrane.
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 513
The longitudinal growth of the hemispheres naturally affects the form of a
number of its structures. As already mentioned, this growth consists in an
elongation around a fixed point, which may be regarded as located on its ven-
tral border, the result of this being a curving down in front and behind this
point. This is especially marked in the caudal half which thereby becomes
curled first ventrally and then forward, thus forming a spiral. This growth in
length is interstitial, i. e., due to expansion of the intermediate parts, and pari
passu with it there is an elongation not only of the corpus striatum and
structures in the mesial hemisphere wall (hippocampal formation, corpus callo-
sum, chorioid plexus of lateral ventricle), but also of adjacent thalamic struc-
tures (stria terminalis or semicircularis) , as described later.
R.i
FIG. 436. — View of the inside of the lateral wall of anterior part of fore-brain. Human embryo
of about 4^ weeks. His.
C, Corpus striatum; H, pallium; h. R, posterior olfactory lobe; L, lamina terminalis; O, re-
cessus (prae-?) opticus; R. i., recessus infundibuli; S. M.. sulcus hypothalamicus; St, hypo-
thalamus; T, thalamus; v. R., anterior olfactory lobe.
The early divisions of the corpus striatum have been mentioned, and also
the relations of its parts with the rhinencephalon. The anterior end of the
corpus striatum at this period and later shows a longitudinal division into
three portions, a lateral, a middle and a medial, due to the original division
into three limbs described above (p. 508). (Figs. 436, 437, and 438.) With
the elongation backward of the hemisphere the corpus striatum also becomes-
elongated, being drawn out and curled around the peduncle or stalk of the
hemisphere and forming a thickening along the elongated wall. This caudal
prolongation of the striatum is its cauda (tail) and extends to the tip of the in-
ferior horn (Figs. 437 and 438). The medial portion of the corpus striatum
forms a triangular projection (Figs. 426 and 428) the edge of which is directed
toward the foramen of Monro.
514
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
i;;The stalk of the hemisphere has already been mentioned as including
that part where corpus striatum and thalamus meet. In this region, according
v.ttl..
FIG. 437. — View of inside of the lateral wall of lateral ventricle of a human foetus at beginning
of third month. His.
Bb, bulbus olfactorius; C. L, lateral limb of corpus striatum; C.m., medial segment (consisting of
the middle and inner limbs) of the corpus striatum. The furrow between these two parts
opens into the anterior olfactory lobe; hRl., posterior olfactory lobe; L./., frontal lobe; L. o.y
occipital lobe; Og.} olfactory nerve; R. i., recessus infundibuli; R. o., recessus (prae-?) opticus;
St., stalk of hemisphere (strio-thalamic junction); V.I., lateral ventricle; v.Rl.+Bb, anterior
olfactory lobe.
to some, there is a, fusion of the striatum, the medial wall of the hemisphere and
the anterior part of the thalamus. According to others, the increase in bulk of
Medial wall
Chorioid plexus of
lateral ventricle
Lamina terminalis — 9
Taenia thalami — \
Thalamus
Habenula
Trigonum subpineale
Cerebellum
Myelencephalon
Lateral ventricle
audate nucleus (head)
Medial wall
Caudate nucleus (tail)
Pineal body
Median sulcus
Mesencephalon
Fourth ventricle
FIG. 438. — Dorsal view of the brain of a 3 months' (45 mm.) human foetus. The dorsal part of each
cerebral hemisphere has been removed. Kollmann.
this region is produced by a simple thickening of the walls, thus causing a flat-
tening out or shallowing of the grooves marking the junctions of striatum and
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
515
FIG. 439. — i, 2 and 3, Schematic horizontal sections through human embryonic fore-brains at dif-
ferent stages of development; 4, vertical section through fore-brain at about same stage as i.
Goldstein.
a, That part of the lateral ventricle lying between the corpus striatum and the junction of medial
hemisphere wall and thalamus (leading into the inferior horn); b, furrow or trough between
mesial hemisphere wall and thalamus, produced by backward extension of hemisphere; c. /.,
internal capsule; P.M., foramen of Monro; &, external surface at junction of mesial hemi-
sphere wall and thalamus; Str., corpus striatum; Th., thalamus; U, place where mesial hemi-
sphere wall continues into the thalamus wall (junction of hemisphere wall and thalamus) ;
U1, place where mesial hemisphere wall is continuous with lateral hemisphere wall.
In I, owing to the thickening of U and growth of the corpus striatum, these two are brought
into apposition, as indicated by the dotted lines on the right, and apparently fuse, obliterating
a and producing the condition shown in 2 and 3. In 2 and 3 the position of the former
space a is indicated by the dotted lines a — a' By comparison with 4, it will be seen that this
obliteration by apparent fusion is actually produced by a filling up from the bottom of a (in-
dicated faintly by dotted lines on the right in 4). The thickening of thfe walls at this region
also produces a shallowing of b (indicated by dotted lines on the right in i). The principal
cause of this general thickening is the passage of the fibers of the thalamic radiation to the
hemispheres and, later, of fibers from hemisphere to pes, forming the internal capsule (4, 2
and 3).
516 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
thalamus on the ventricular surface, and between medial hemisphere wall and
thalamus externally (Fig, 439). The effect is much the same whether accom
plished by apposition and fusion or by interstitial thickening, massive con-
nections being formed which consist mainly of fibers connecting hemispheres
and thalamus, the foramen of Monro at the same time being changed in form
to a slit. From the metathalamic region the fibers of the optic and acoustic
pathways grow forward into the hemispheres (see also p. 507) . entering more
caudally and forming the retro- and sublenticular portions of the internal capsule
(comp. p. 507). That part of the thalamic radiation from the anterior portion
of the thalamus (fillet pathway) also forms a part of the internal capsule as
described on p. 507. Later, the internal capsule is completed by the growth
Medial wall
Caudate nucleus- f _alr ^Rlb!"" ~ Chorioid fissure
Internal capsule ~—f ^Bfe 9^ M-esencephalon
Lentiform nucleus
Lateral wall , _,_ __ _^
Pedunculus cerebri
Chiasma «
Recessus infundibuli
Myelencephalon
FIG. 440. — Lateral view of 'the brain of a 3 months' (42 mm.) human foetus. The lateral wall of
the left cerebral hemisphere has been removed. His, Kollmann.
from the pallium of descending fibers from the neopallial cortex, through
the striatum to the pes. By these various traversing fibers the striatum is
divided into the nucleus lenticularis or lentiformis and the nucleus caudatus.
The posterior arm of the internal capsule is formed by fibers passing between
and thus separating thalamus and lenticularis (Figs. 439 and 440).
THE ARCHIPALLIUM.
During the fifth week, following the stage shown in Figs. 433 and 434,
the pal Hal evaginations or hemispheres have become much more pronounced
and consequently the foramina of Monro much better defined. A comparison
will show that the boundaries of the foramen of Monro are essentially unaltered.
Anteriorly it is bounded by the medial wall connecting the two hemispheres,
posteriorly by the boundary between pallium and thalamus, ventrally by the
corpus striatum and junction of it and thalamus (Figs. 425 and 441).
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
517
At the beginning of the sixth week the foramen of Monro has changed some-
what in shape. The pallio-thalamic part of its boundary passes forward and
forms the above-mentioned (p. 5 10) acute angle (angulus praethalamicus) with
that part of the wall uniting the two hemispheres (lamina terminalis). The
latter wall descends to the region of the optic recess. The inferior part of the
foramen is partly closed by the medial part of the corpus striatum as already
described. (Comp. Figs. 441, 426 and 428.) In the ependymal mesial wall
of the hemispheres just below the taenia, described above, there arises a folding
inward, which begins anteriorly near the angulus praethalamicus and proceeds
caudally along the upper (pallio-thalamic) border of the foramen of Monro.
This infolding is the chorioid fissure. In the ependymal mesial wall there are
Pallium
Foramen of Monro
Corpus striatum
Eye
III ventricle
Chorioid fissure
Mesodermal tissue,
forming later the
chorioid plexus.
Pharynx
Tongue
FIG. 441 . — Transverse section through fore-brain of a 16 mm. embryo (six to seven weeks). His.
now the following: limbus chorioideus (the infolded part) and a small strip of the
ependyma wall below the fold, the lamina infrachorioidea (Fig. 442). This
invagination soon becomes very deep, resulting in the formation of a double-
layered ependymal fold (the chorioid fold, plica chorioidea) lying in the lateral
ventricle over the corpus striatum (Figs. 441, 426 and 444). Later, vascular
mesodermal tissue passes in from the falx between the lips of this fold and
thereby forms the chorioid plexus of the lateral ventricles. The chorioid fissure
is at first quite short, but becomes elongated (Fig. 443) with the above-described
posterior elongation of the hemisphere of which it is a part, and thus extends
into the inferior horn of the temporal lobe. (Figs. 443 and 444.)
Toward the end of the second month, according to some authorities (His) ,
but not until considerably later, according to others (Hochstetter, Goldstein),
another furrow appears in the limbus corticalis above and parallel to the chori-
518
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
oid fissure, and known as the posterior arcuate fissure. This fissure does not
extend at first as far forward as the chorioid, but extends farther caudally,
arching downward in the temporal lobe around the caudal end of the chorioid
fissure (Fig. 443) . The posterior arcuate fissure is a total fissure, involving the
whole wall and producing a fold on the inner surface of the medial hemisphere
wall (plica arcuata). The temporal or caudal part of this whole formation
persists in the adult without much further change. The fissure here becomes
the hippocampal fissure separating the fascia dentata from the gyrus hippocam-
pus; the part rolled in by the hippocampal fissure produces the eminence in
the lateral ventricle known as the cornu ammonis or hippocampus major;
Frhl-'
vRh Vmr Fstr
hRh
FIG. 442. — Diagram of a graphic reconstruction of the mesial hemisphere wall of a 16 mm. human
embryo (about six weeks). His, Ziehen. Cavities are dotted, cut surfaces are lined.
Apt, Angulus praethalamicus; Atr, preterminal area; Fpr, anterior arcuate fissure (fissura prima);
Frhl, mesial termination of lateral rhinal fissure; hRh, posterior olfactory lobe (tuberculum
olfactorium + substantia perforata anterior) ; Lt, lamina terminalis (lined) ; Vmr, depression
between the two olfactory lobes; vRh, anterior olfactory lobe (bulbus olfactorius + tractus
olfactorius + trigonum olfactorium).
the edge of the limbus corticalis forms the fascia dentata; the limbus medullaris
or exposed fibrous part is thefimbria which is continued by its thinning edge
or tania fimbria into the ependymal or epithelial portion (lamina chorioidea)
of the chorioid plexus of the lateral ventricle. The chorioid plexus is attached
by the taenia chorioidea and lamina infrachorioidea (here the lamina affixa) to
the brain wall, usually near the junction of corpus striatum and thalamus,
thereby forming a part of the wall of the inferior horn of the lateral ventricle.
At this line of junction of thalamus and hemisphere wall is formed the stria
terminalis. The fimbria is continuous anteriorly with the posterior pillar of
the fornix. (Fig. 444.)
The anterior part of the hippocampal formation above described undergoes
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
Corpus callosum Hippocampal fissure
}
519
Olfactory stalk
Lamina terminal is |
Anterior commissure
Beginning anterior column of fornix
Hippocampal fissure
Chorioid fissure
FIG. 443. — Graphic reconstruction of the mesial hemisphere wall of a human foetus
(fourth month). His, from Quain's Anatomy.
c and v, Anterior and posterior parts of pre terminal area; li, lamina infrachorioidea; km, limbus or
border of mesial hemisphere wall (gyrus dentatus and fimbria) between hippocampal and
chorioid fissures; P, " stalk " of hemisphere.
falx
FIG. 444. — Diagram of a transverse section through the fore-brain of a human foetus (fourth
month) to show the relations of the margins of the mesial walls of the hemispheres. Hist
from Quain's Anatomy.
Cs., corpus striatum; fi., limbus medullaris (fimbria); /a., limbus corticalis (gyrus dentatus); h.f.t
hippocampal fissure; Th., thalamus
520
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
further modifications, due principally to the development of commissural fibers
in this region. Some of these commissural fibers connect the representatives
on each side of the hippocampus (limbus corticalis) of this region, forming the
fornix commissure, but most of them (corpus callosum) connect the rest of the
cortical areas (neopallial areas) of the two hemispheres.
There are two views regarding the formation of these commissures. Ac-
cording to one view, the first commissural fibers appear in the upper (dorsal)
part of the lamina terminalis. The latter subsequently expands pari passu
Corpus callosum Callosal (continuation of hippocampal) fissure
Fornix (continuation of fimbria) I I v
Olfactory stalk
Optic commissure (chiasma
Lamina terminalis |
Anterior commissure
Uncus
ippocampal fissure
FIG. 445. — Graphic reconstruction of the mesial hemisphere wall of a 120 mm. foetus (end of four
months). His, from Quain's Anatomy.
6, Fimbria; cs , cavity of septum pellucidum ("fifth" ventricle, ventricle of Verga); Icm, limbus
corticalis (gyrus dentatus); P, stalk of hemisphere; v, outline of cavity of hemisphere (lateral
ventricle).
with the expansion of the corpus callosum. The commissural fibers are thus
confined to the original walls connecting the two hemispheres. According to
the other view, there is a secondary fusion of the mesial hemisphere walls and
in these fusions the fibers cross. The first fibers appear during the third month
and form at first a small band in the upper part of the lamina terminalis (Fig.
443) . These fibers come partly from the limbus corticalis (fornix commissural
fibers) and partly from other parts of the cortex (callosal fibers), in either case
traveling along the intermediate layer. According to the fusion view, the
exposed intermediate layers (limbi medullares) fuse where the fibers cross.
This fusion can easily be imagined by conceiving the opposite surfaces in
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
521
question to be brought together in the upper part of Fig. 444. It is more prob-
able, though, that not only the first fibers cross in the lamina terminalis, but
that the later ones also cross in extensions of the latter. There are three views
regarding the further development of the corpus callosum. The first is that
all parts are represented at this stage, future growth being by intussusception of
fibers ; the second is that the part first formed represents the genu, the rest being
added caudally; the third (His) is that this first formed part represents the
middle portion of the callosum, both anterior (genu and rostrum) and posterior
(splenium) portions being subsequently added (Figs. 443 and 445). This
latter view is indicated in Fig. 445, the later additions being shaded darker.
As the callosal fibers connect the limbi medullares, the limbus corticalis
and the arcuate fissure, corresponding to the gyrus dentatus and hippocarr pal
fissure of the temporal lobe, lie dorsal to the callosum. The limbus corticalis
is reduced to a mere vestige (indusium griseum and strict Lancisi) on the
dorsal surface of the corpus callosum the fissure becoming the callosal fissure.
The part of the limbus medullaris ventral to the corpus callosum, corre-
sponding to the fimbria of the temporal lobe, forms the posterior pillars and
body of the fornioc.
These relations are shown in the following table from His (slightly modi-
fied):
Upper callosal region
Hippocampal region
Upper lip of arcuate
Gyrus cinguli
Gyrus hippocampi
fissure
Arcuate fissure
Fissura corporis cal-
Fissura hippocampi
Limbus Corticalis
losi
Cortical layer of low-
Cortical covering of
Gvrus dentatus
er lip of arcuate
callosum (indusium
fissure
griseum and striae
Lancisi)
Limbus Medullaris \
Medullary part of
lower lip
Callosum and fornix
Fimbria
Taenia
Taenia fornicis
Taenia fimbriae
Lamina chorioidea
Plica chorioidea
Plica chorioidea
Lamina infrachorio-
Lamina affixa
Taenia chorioidea
idea
Fibers from the hippocampus enter the fimbria and pass forward in the pos-
terior pillars and body of the fornix. In or near the lamina terminalis these
fibers of the fornix descend, forming the anterior pillars of the fornix, and thence
pass back of the anterior commissure and caudally to the mammillary region.
522 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
They are joined by fibers from the dorsal surface of the callosum (fornioc
longus), i.e., from the vestigial hippocampal formation, many of which also
descend in front of the anterior commissure to the rhinencephalon. The trian-
gular mesial area (septum pellucidum) included between callosum and fornix
probably represents an extended part of the lamina terminalis or "commis-
sure-bed," in which a cavity is formed, the so-called fifth ventricle and ventricle
of Verga. A remnant of the hippocampal formation at the anterior end of
the callosum is represented by the gyms subcallosus (Fig. 445).
THE NEOPALLIUM.
The hippocampal or cornu ammonis formation and preterminal area
represent the older part of the pallium (archipallium) comp. pp. 438 and 439.
This part of the pallium is olfactory in character, being mainly a higher center
for the reception of secondary and tertiary olfactory tracts. In its extension
backward and partial obliteration by the corpus callosum, its embryologic
presents a striking similarity to its phylogenetic development (compare p. 438).
The rest of the pallial hemispheres (neopallium) are occupied by the non-
olfactory higher centers.
The further growth of the neopallial hemispheres leads to their extension
backward, overlapping the caudal portions of the brain tube. In the course
of this extension the occipital lobe and its cavity, the posterior horn of the lateral
ventricle, are formed. The growth of various portions of the hemisphere sur-
face is unequal, producing folds (convolutions) and fissures. This folding
may be partly due to growth in a confined space, but especially important is
the relation between gray and white matter. The gray matter, containing not
only fibers but also neurone bodies, remains spread out in a comparatively thin
layer, probably to accommodate associative connections. The white matter, on
the other hand, increases in thickness. This leads to a folding of the outer
layer. The position of these folds is probably partly determined by the local
histological differentiation and growth of various cortical areas (p. 527).
Only some of the earliest and most important of these folds will be mentioned
here.
It has been seen (p. 509) that early in the development of the pallium a
shallow depression appears on the external lateral surface of each hemisphere,
the fossa Sylvii (Fig. 446). The bottom of this is the future insula. It is ex-
ternal to the corpus striatum and does not grow as rapidly as the parts bound-
ing it, which consequently overlap it, forming its opercula. These bounding
walls are formed by the fronto-parietal lobe on its upper side, by the temporal
on its lower, and by the orbital on its anterior. The temporal and fronto-
parietal opercula begin about the end of the fifth month, the temporal at first
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
523
growing more rapidly but later the fronto-parietal, thereby changing the
direction of the Sylvian fissure from an oblique to the more horizontal angle
characteristic of man as compared with the ape. In the meanwhile the
development of the frontal lobe leads to its also overlapping the insula. If the
Parietal lobe
Occipital lobe
Mesencephalon
Cerebellum
Bulbus olfactorius
Gyrus olfactor. lat.
Gyrus semilunaris
Gyrus ambiens
FIG. 446. — Lateral view of the brain of a human foetus at the beginning of the
4th month. Kollmann.
frontal lobe fully develops, it forms a U-shaped operculum between the fronto-
parietal and the orbital, if it does not so fully develop it forms a V-shaped
operculum, and a still less developed condition is shown by a Y-shaped arrange-
ment in which the frontal lobe does not completely separate the fronto-parietal
Corpus callosum
Gyrus cinguli
I
Sulcus corp. callosi
| Splenium
I | Fissura parieto-occip.
Cavum septi pellucidi —
Lamina rostralis — <
Area parolfactoria —
(praeterminalis)
Cuneus
Fissura calcarina
N. olfact. | | Fiss. rhinica
N. optic. Lob. temp.
FIG. 447. — Median view of the left half of the brain of a human foetus at the end
of the 7th month. Kollmann.
and orbital opercula. The opercula cover the fore-part of the Sylvian fossa
during the first year. Conditions of arrested development are thus indicated by
the Y-shaped anterior ascending branch of the Sylvian fissure coupled with an
absence of the pars triangularis and also by a partial exposure of the island
524
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
of Reil. In the ape the frontal operculum is absent and the island of Reil
partly exposed.
Toward the end of the third month the calcarine fissure appears, producing
on the ventricular surface the eminence known as the calcar avis. At the
beginning of the fourth month the parieto-occipital fissure unites with it forming
the cuneus. The parieto-occipital reaches the superior border of the hemi-
spheres by the sixth or seventh month. At the sixth month the fissure of Rolando
(central fissure) appears. The condition of the surface of the hemisphere at
the end of the seventh month is shown in Figs. 447 to 450.
The early histogenetic development of the pallial wall, resulting in the dif-
ferentiation into the usual ependymal, mantle and marginal layers, has been
mentioned. (Fig. 451). The next stage, already alluded to (p. 519), marks a
Gyms front, med.
Gyrus front, inf. _
Gyrus front, sup. —
Gyrus praecent.
Gyrus cent. post.
Lobulus par. sup.
Lobulus par. inf.
Lobus occipitalis
Sulcus front, sup.
Sulcus front, inf.
Sulcus praecentralis
Sulcus centralis
at Salcus postcentralis
m
g^^ / Sulcus interparietalis
Fissura parieto-occipit.
FJG. 448. — Dorsal view of the cerebral hemispheres of a human foetus at the end
of the yth month. Kollmann.
difference in development between the pallium, as well as other supraseg-
mental structures, and the rest of the walls of the neural tube. This stage
consists apparently in a further migration outward of the neuroblasts and their
accumulation under the marginal layer, forming, at eight weeks, a definite
layer of closely packed cells, the beginning of the cortex (Fig. 452). Later
neuroblast migrations probably add to this layer. It has already been men-
tioned that the fibers of the thalamic radiation appear in the pallial walls about
this time. They proceed internally to the cortical layer and thus mark the
beginning of the fiber layer (medullary layer) which by later myelination
becomes the white matter of the hemispheres.
The extension of the process of differentiation of the cortical layer from the
region of the corpus striatum over the rest of the pallium has also been men-
tioned (p. 512). It is probable that the afferent pallial fibers (thalamic radia-
tion) in their growth keep pace with this process. Those fibers from the lateral
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
525
geniculate bodies proceed to the occipital region, those from the medial genicu-
late bodies to the temporal, and those from the ventro-lateral thalamic nuclei
(continuation of the medial fillet) to the future postcentral region. The
afferent pallial fibers are often termed the afferent or ascending projection fibers.
Sulcus postcentralis
Sulcus centralis
Lobus parietal, sup.
Region of gyrus sup-
ramarg. and angular
Ramus post.
Sulcus tempor. med.
Post, pole
of cerebrum
— Sulcus front, inf.
Ramus ant. asc.
Fissura Sylvii
Lobus temporalis
Gyrus temp. sup. Gyrus temp. med.
FIG. 449. — Lateral view of the right cerebral hemisphere of a human foetus at the end
of the yth month. Kollmann.
The axones of the neuroblasts of the cortical layer grow inward, entering the
medullary layer. Their peripherally directed processes become the apical
dendrites of the pyramid cells into which most of the cortical cells differentiate.
According to Mall and Paton, this change of direction in the growth of the axone
is due to a turning of the cell axis during its outward migration. It would seem
Sulcus orbitalis
Insula
Gyrus olf. lat.
Gyrus semilun.
Gyrus ambiens
Pyramid
Medulla
Sulcus olfactorius
Lobus olfactorius
Post, pole of cerebrum
FIG. 450. — Ventral view of the brain of a human foetus at the beginning
of the sixth month. Retzius, Kollmann.
more probable that the cells retain an original bipolar character and that the
inner processes differentiate into axones instead of the cells going through a
monopolar stage (pp. 454 and 455 and Fi§s- 3^6 and 387). The axones of the
cortical cells form either efferent or descending projection fibers, proceeding to
526
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
other parts of the nervous system, or crossed (callosal) and uncrossed association
fibers, connecting various cortical areas of the hemispheres. The basilar
dendritic processes of the pyramid cells and the axone collaterals develop last.
Many details of development of the cells in Mammals are not completed until
afterbirth (Fig. 453).
FIG. 451.
FIG. 452
FIG. 451. — Section through the pallial wall of a two months' human foetus. His, Cajal.
a, Layer of germinal cells; b, nuclear layer; c, mantle layer; d,' marginal layer; e, germinal cell
FIG. 452. — Section through the pallial wall of a human foetus at the beginning of
the third month. His, Cajal.
a, Layer containing germinal cells; b, fibrous (medullary) layer (rudimentary white matter) ; c, layer
of neuroblasts forming rudimentary cortical gray matter; d, marginal layer (future molecular
layer) ; e, germinal cell; /, g, neuroblasts with radial processes. Spongioblasts and myelo-
spongium are shown on the right side.
During the fourth and fifth fcetal months the cortical layer shows a differen-
tiation into a denser outer and an inner layer. During the sixth and seventh
months a differentiation and grouping of the nerve cells begins which results
in the formation of six cortical layers (Brodmann). These are: (i) the zonal
>,
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
527
layer (marginal layer, molecular layer of adult), (2) the external granular layer
(layer of small pyramid cells of adult), (3) pyramid layer (medium and large
pyramid cells), (4) internal granular layer, (5) ganglionic layer (internal pyra-
mid cells), (6) multiform layer (polymorphous cells). By various local modifi-
cations of this six-layered cortex the differentiation of the various histological
areas of the adult cortex is brought about. In the calcarine region of the
occipital lobe, in the sixth month, the internal granular layer differentiates into
FIG. 453. — Section through cortex of a mouse foetus before birth, showing later stages of
differentiation of pyramid cells. Golgi method. Cajal.
a, large pyramid cells; b, c. medium-sized and small pyramid cells; d, beginning collaterals of, ey
axis-cylinders or axones; /, horizontal cell of molecular layer. Basal dendrites of pyramid
cells are beginning to appear.
two layers between which is formed the line of Gennari which contains termi-
nations of the fibers from the lateral geniculate bodies, representing the visual
pathway. This area is the visual cortex. In the temporal (future transverse
gyri) and postcentral regions, areas are differentiated which mark the re-
ception of the terminations of the fibers of the acoustic and somaesthetic
(medial fillet) pathways. These areas are thus, respectively, the auditory cortex
and the somcesthetic (general bodily sensation) cortex. (Cf. Fig. 371.)
In the precentral region, the internal granular layer becomes merged with
528 . TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the adjoining layers and practically disappears, the two inner layers become
more or less fused and in them certain cells develop to a great size forming the
layer of giant pyramid cells. It is the axones of these cells, in all probability,
which proceed as the pyramidal tracts through the middle part of the internal
capsule and pes to the epichordal segmental brain and cord. The area in
which these cells lie is the motor cortex (cf. Fig. 371). Descending axones de-
velop similarly from cells in the calcarine area, possibly here also from large
pyramidal cells of the fifth and sixth layers (solitary cells of Meynert), which
probably pass to the anterior colliculus (operating there upon reflex eye
mechanisms) .
In the whole pallium there are thus four great projection fields, differen-
tiated both by their histological structure and their connections. These are (i)
the archipallial olfactory area with mesial ascending and descending connections ;
(2) the visual; (3) the acoustic; (4) the somatic. The systems of projection fibers
of the three neopallial fields are lateral. The visual and acoustic fields repre-
sent certain specialized and concentrated groups of receptors (rods and cones,
hair cells of organ of Corti) upon which stimuli of a certain definite nature
(light and sound waves), from distant objects, are focussed by means of acces-
sory apparatus (eye, ear). The somatic area represents receptors scattered
over the whole organism. In the visual and acoustic mechanisms, the efferent
element is small or lacking in both peripheral apparatus and cortical areas, in the
somatic the efferent element is large and is represented cortically by an area
(motor, precentral area) distinct from that of the receptive portion (somaes-
thetic, postcentral area). Gustatory and other visceral areas have not been
well determined (vicinity of archipallium ?) .
These four primary sensori-motor fields are probably the first differentiated
of the various pallial cortical areas. This is evidenced by the myelination
(comp. p. 464) which first involves the projection fibers of these areas (at or
soon after birth, Flechsig), the afferent projection fibers probably myelinating
before the efferent (Figs. 454 and 455).
The process of myelination next spreads over areas adjoining the primary
areas, the intermediate areas of Flechsig. Descending projection fibers from
these areas in the frontal, temporal and occipital lobes are probably represented
by the cortico-pontile systems of fibers, securing cerebellar regulation of pallial
reactions. The presence of other fibers connecting with thalamic nuclei
is probable, but knowledge of their develoDment and connections is very
incomplete.
The cells whose axones form descending or efferent projection fibers con-
stitute only a small fraction of the cortical cells. The great majority are asso-
ciation cells whose axones, or collaterals, pass across the median line in the
lamina terminalis as the callosal fibers already mentioned (p. 520) or pass
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
529
to distant or near parts of the same hemisphere. In general, these develop later
than the projection neurones and the completion of their development is carried
to a much later period. Variations which arise in their differentiation and ar-
rangement probably contribute largely to the formation of various histological
areas which develop at different periods. These local inequalities of growth
probably constitute a factor in the production of the convolutions appearing
later than those already mentioned in connection with the primary areas. The
last areas to myelinate, the terminal areas of Flechsig, are poor in projection
fibers and are thus composed largely (entirely ?, Flechsig) of association cells.
It is the extent of these last developing areas which constitutes the principal
difference between the human cortex and that of related forms. These pallial
B
FIG. 454.— Diagram of cortical areas of mesial surface of pallium as determined by the myelogenetic
method. Flechsig, from Quain's Anatomy. For explanation see Fig. 455.
areas are those which continue to grow in human development. Myelination
in the cortical areas may continue for twenty years or so. It is a significant
fact that the last areas to develop are comparatively poor, even when completely
developed, in both cells and fibers (Campbell). The association neurones
thus probably follow the same order of development as the projection systems.
As their development spreads from the primary receptive areas (perceptions?),
the incoming stimuli receive a more and more extended associative "setting"
(psychologically, the "meaning" or "significance" of perceptions?), extensive
associations between the various areas being provided by the extension of their
development to the terminal areas (rendering possible the association of
symbols: mental processes?).
530
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
The general biological significance of this late development of the pallium
and especially of its associative mechanisms has already been alluded to.
These "added" parts of the nervous system are the most modifiable mechan-
isms of the human organism; they are those mechanisms which perform its
newest and most highly adaptive adjustments. The other parts of the ner-
vous system are fixed at birth, but the cerebral hemispheres are still plastic
for the reception and recording of individual experience. Such experience
symbolized and formulated (spoken, written, etc.) is transmitted to the next
generation, as already pointed out (p. 440)- An example of the far-reaching
consequences of this capacity of the pallium is the prolonged period of infancy
and education of man. '
FIG. 455. — Diagram of cortical areas of lateral surface of pallium as determined by the myelogenetic
'method. Flechsig, from Quain's Anatomy.
The numerals indicate, in a general way. the order of myelination. The primary areas (i-io) are
indicated by dots, the intermediate areas (11-31) by oblique lines and the terminal or final
areas (32-36) by clear spaces.
Anomalies.
Those anomalies of the nervous system involving more general develop-
mental anomalies (cyclopia, anencephaly, cranioschisis, spina bifida, etc.) are
dealt with in the chapter on Teratogenesis (XX) . Owing to the fact that the
nervous system consists of parts which are more or less separated, and yet con-
nected and interdependent, it is in certain respects affected differently from the
other organs when portions of it are injured or inhibited in development. Thus
an injury or inhibition in development of one part of the nervous system may,
because of the dependence upon this part of other perhaps distant parts, affect
the development of the latter. Even in the adult, injury of an axone leads to the
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 531
disappearance of that portion of the axone distal to the point of injury; it may
also lead to the disappearance of the entire neurone where regeneration is not
possible. Such an injury during development will not only cause a disappear-
ance of the whole neurone, but it may also lead to the disappearance of other
neurones forming links in the same functional pathway. Thus a develop-
mental defect involving the central area will not only lead to absence of the
pyramidal tract, but also to partial atrophy of the corresponding fillet bundles.
When one cerebellar hemisphere fails to develop, there results a correlated
defect in its centripetal and centrifugal pathways. The opposite inferior olive
is practically absent, as is also the central tegmental tract leading to that olive.
The pontile nuclei of the opposite side, the middle peduncle leading from them
to the affected cerebellar hemisphere, and the fibers in the pes which pass to
the pontile nuclei in question are likewise suppressed, and the superior
peduncle and red nucleus are absent or reduced. In this case it is evident that
the correlated atrophy affects at least two neurones in the pathways leading to
and from the cerebellum. This illustrates the far-reaching character of cor-
related developmental defects in the nervous system arising from the nature
of the connections between various portions of the system.
References for Further Study.
BARDEEN, C. R.: The Growth and Histogenesis of the Cerebrospinal Nerves in Mam-
mals. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. II, No. 2, 1903.
DEJERINE, J.: Anatomic des centres nerveux. Tome I, Ch. 2 and 3.
EDINGER, L.: Vorlesungen iiber den Bau der nervosen Zentralorgane. Seventh Ed.
EDINGER, L. The Relations of Comparative Anatomy to Comparative Psychology.
Jour. ofComp. N enrol, and Psychol., Vol. XVIII, No. 5, Nov., 1908.
FLECHSIG, P. : Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Untersuchungsmethoden der Grosshirnrinde
insbesondere des Menschen. Berichten der math.-phys. Klasse d. Konigl. -Sachs. Gesellsch. d.
Wissensch. zu Leipzig. 1904. See also Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Vol. XVI, 1905, pp
45-49.
HARDESTY, I. : On the Development and Nature of the Neuroglia. Am. Jour, of Anat.,
Vol. Ill, No. 3, July, 1904.
HARRISON, R. G. : Further Experiments on the Development of Peripheral Nerves.
Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. V, No. 2, May, 1906.
HARRISON, R. G.: Observations on the Living Developing Nerve Fiber. Anat. Record.
Vol. I, No. 5, 1907.
HARRISON, R. G.: Embryonic Transplantation and Development of the Nervous
System. Anat. Record, Vol. II, No. 9, 1908.
HERRICK, C. J.: The Morphological Subdivision of the Brain. Jour, of Comp. N enrol.
and Psychol., Vol. XVIII, No. 4, ipo8-
His, W.: Zur Geschichte des menschlichen Riickenmarkes und der Nervenwurzeln.
Abhandl. der math.-phys. Klasse der Konig. -Sachs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., Bd. XIII, 1887.
His W • Zur Geschichte des Gehirns, sowie der centralen und periphenschen Nerven
bahnen' beim menschlichen Embryo. Abhandl. d. math.-phys. Klasse d. Konig.-Sachs.
Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., Bd. XIV, 1888.
532 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
His, W.: Die Neuroblasten und deren Entstehung im embryonalen Mark. Abhandl. d.
math.-phys. Klasse d. Konig. -Sachs, d. Wissensch., Bd. XV, 1890. Also Arch. f. Anat. u.
Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1889.
His, W.: Ueber.die Entwickelung des Riechlappens und des Riechganglions und liber
diejenige des verlangerten Markes. Verhandl. d. Anat. Gesellsch. zu Berlin, 1889. Also
Abhandl. d. math.-phys. Klasse d. Konig.-Sdchs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., Bd. XV, 1889.
His, W.: Die Entwickelung des menschlichen Rautenhirns vom Ende des ersten bis zum
Beginndesdritten Monats. I. verlangertesMark. Abhandl. d. math.-phys. Klasse d. Konig.-
Sachs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., Bd. XVII, 1891.
His, W.: Die Entwickelung des menschlichen Gehirns wahrend der ersten Monate.
Leipzig, 1904.
JOHNSTON, J. B.: The Nervous System of Vertebrates. 1906.
KOLLMANN, J.: Handatlas der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Bd. II, 1907.
VON KUPPFER, K. : Die Morphogenie des Centralnervensystems. In Hertwig 's Handbuch
d. vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere. Bd. II, Teil III, Kap. 8,
1905.
MARBURG, O.: Mikroskopisch-topographischer Atlas des menschlichen Zentralnerven-
systems, 1904*
MEYER, A.: Critical Review of the Data and General Methods and Deductions of
Modern Neurology. Jour. ofComp. Neurol., Vol. VIII, Nos. 3 and 4, 1898.
NEUMAYER, L.: Histo- und Morphogenese des peripheren Nervensystems, der Spinal-
ganglien und des Nervus sympathicus. In Hertwig's Handbuch der vergleich. und experi-
ment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere, Bd. II, Teil III, Kap. 10, 1906.
RAMON Y CAJAL, S. : Sur 1'origine et les ramifications des fibres nerveuses de la moelle
embryonnaire. Anat. Anz., Bd. V, Nos. 3 and 4, 1890.
RAMON Y CAJAL, S. : A quelle epoque apparaissent les expansions des cellules nerveuses
de la moelle epiniere du poulet? Anat. Anz., Bd. V, Nos. 21 and 22, 1890.
RAMON Y CAJAL, S.: Textura del sistema nervioso del hombre y de los vertebrados.
Madrid, 1899-1904. Also translation into French by Azoulay, 1910-11.
RAMON Y CAJAL, S.: Nouvelles observations sur 1'evolution des neuroblasts, avec quel-
ques rernarques sur 1'hypothese neurogenetique de Hensen-Held. Anat. Anz., Bd. XXXII,
Nos. i, 2, 3 and 4, 1908.
SCHAPER, A.: Die morphologische und histologische Entwickelung des Kleinhirns der
Teleostier. Morph.Jahrbuch, Bd. XXI, 1894.
SCHAPER, A.: Die friihesten Differenzierungsvorgange im Centralnervensystems. Arch
f. Entw.-Mechan., Bd. V, 1897.
SMITH, G. E.: On the Morphology of the Cerebral Commissures in the Vertebrata, etc.
Trans. Linncean Soc. of London, 2d Ser. Zoology, Vol. VIII, Part 12, 1903. See also articles
by same author in Jour, of Anat. and Physiol.
STREETER, G. L.: The Development of the Cranial and Spinal Nerves in the Occipital
Region of the Human Embryo. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. IV, No. i, 1904.
STREETER, G. L.: The Peripheral Nervous System in the Human Embryo at the End
of the First Month. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. VIII, No. 3.
ZIEHEN, TH.: Die Morphogenie des Centralnervensystems der Saugetiere. In Hertwig's
Handbuch der vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere. Bd. IL Teil III,
Kap. 8, 1905.
ZIEHEN, TH.: Die Histogenese von Him- und Riickenmark. Entwickelung der
Leitungsbahnen und der Nervenkerne bei den Wirbeltierer-. In Hertwig's Handbuch der
vergleich. u. experiment Entwickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere, Bd. II, Teil III, Kap. IX, 1905,
CHAPTER XVIII.
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE.
THE EYE.
The receptive mechanisms of all the general and special sense organs
are derived from the ectoderm. With the single exception of the eye, all
develop as direct specializations of the ectoderm in the form of the various
neuro-epithelia. The eye is peculiar among the sense organs in that its recep-
tive cells are not derived directly from surface ectoderm, but only indirectly from
the ectoderm after it has become folded in to form the neural canal. The
neuro-epithelium of the eye develops as a direct outgrowth from the central
nervous system. The retina is a modified part of the brain; the optic nerves
correspond to central nervous system fiber tracts. Of the accessory optic
structures, the lens, the epithelium of the lids and conjunctiva, the eyelashes,
the Meibomian glands and the epithelium of the lacrymal apparatus arc of
ectodermic origin; the coats of the eye, the sclera and chorioid, and parts of
Optic
depression
Neural
plate
Optic
depression
FIG. 456. — Diagram showing location of optic areas before the closure of the neural groove.
Modified from Lange.
their modified anterior extensions, the cornea, ciliary body and iris, are of
mesodermic origin. In the sensory divisions of the other spinal and cranial
nerves, with the exception of the olfactory, the cell bodies of the neurones which
serve to connect the receptive mechanisms with the brain and cord are located
in parts (the sensory ganglia of the cranial and spinal nerves) which have be-
come separated from the crests of the neural folds as the latter fuse to form the
neural canal. In the eye the cell bodies of these neurones are located in the
retina, but the area of ectoderm from which the retina develops first occupies a
position along the neural crest analogous to that occupied by the anlagen of the
spinal and cranial ganglia. In the case of the retina this area, instead of be-
coming split off in the closure of the neural canal, becomes folded into the
canal and later pushed out toward the surface in the optic evagination (Figs. 450,
457> 4$8).
534
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
The first indication of eye formation is found in the chick at the beginning
of the second day of incubation ; in the human embryo, at what has been estimated
as about the second or third week. At this stage the neural canal is not yet
completely closed in and its anterior end shows three primary brain vesicles
Optic vesicle area
Neural canal
FIG. 457. — Diagram showing location of areas shown in Fig. 456 after the formation of the
neural canal. Modified from Lange.
(p. 440, Fig. 497). The anlagen of the eyes first appear as bilaterally sym-
metrical evaginations from the lateral walls of the fore-brain vesicle (Figs. 459 and
460), and are at first large in proportion to the brain vesicle itself. When
first formed, the optic evagination opens widely into the fore-brain vesicle (Fig.
460, right side), but as the distal part of the evagination expands more rapidly
Retina
H-b
Optic stalk
FIG. 458. FiG.450.
FIG. 458. — Diagram showing, location of the (dark) optic area (see Fig. 457) after the beginning of
the formation of the optic cup and optic stalk. Lange.
FIG. 459. — Dorsal view of head of chick of 58 hours' incubation. Mihalkovics.
Lam. term, lamina terminalis; Fb., fore-brain; Opt. v., optic vesicle; M. b., mid-brain;
H.b., hind or rhombic brain; H., heart.
than the proximal part, there soon results a spheroidal optic vesicle attached to
the fore-brain by the narrow optic stalk (Fig. 460, left side) . Through the latter
the cavity of the optic vesicle and the cavity of the fore-brain are in communi-
cation. With the development of the hemispheres, that part of the brain to
which the optic stalks are attached becomes the inter-brain (diencephalon).
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE.
535
The Lens. — As each optic vesicle grows out toward the surface, its outer
wall soon comes to lie just beneath the surface ectoderm. The cells of that
portion of the ectoderm which overlies the optic vesicle next proliferate and
cause a thickening of the ectoderm (Fig. 460, left side) . This thickening of the
Fore-brain vesicle
Optic vesicle
Surface ectoderm
Optic vesicle
FIG. 460. — Section through head of chick of two days' incubation. Duval.
The formation of the optic vesicle and stalk appears to be somewhat more advanced
on the left than on the right.
ectoderm over the optic vesicle is apparent in the chick embryo of 36 hours in-
cubation; in the human embryo it occurs about the third or fourth week and
represents the first-step in the development of the crystalline lens. The thick-
ened portion of ectoderm is known as the lens area (Fig. 460). The latter next
Fore-brain
Lens imagination - - - JU: : @? ^, '. ffl »••":;- Lens invagination
Optic vesicle ^^ ^ ^^ ^ , ^-^
Optic vesicle
FIG. 461. — Section through head of chick of three days' incubation. Duval.
becomes depressed against the outet surface of the optic vesicle forming a
distinct lens invaKmation (Fig. 461). -This becomes cup-shaped and then its
edges come together and fuse, thus forming the lens vesicle (Fig. 462). At first the
lens vesicle is connected with the surface ectoderm, but about the eighth week
536
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
a thin layer of mesoderm grows in between the lens vesicle and the surface
ectoderm, completely separating them (Fig. 463). The ingrowth of the lens
vesicle against the outgrowing optic vesicle has the effect as though a small hard
ball (the lens vesicle) had been pressed into a larger soft ball (the optic vesicle)
Fore-brain -M'-^ ** —>
Lens vesicle -
Optic cup "
FIG. 462. — Showing somewhat later stage in development of optic cup and lens
than is shown in Fig. 461. Duval.
(Fig. 464) . The lens vesicle pushes the outer wall of the optic vesicle in against
the inner wall, the optic vesicle thus becoming transformed into the two-layered
optic cup (Figs. 462, 463). Bonnet calls attention to the fact that the two proc-
esses, lens formation and the invagination of the optic vesicle to form the optic
Conjunctival epithelium
Vitreous •$?-
Lens vesicle
Retina (inner layer
of optic cup)
Optic stalk
Pigmented layer of retina
(outer layer of optic cup)
FIG. 463. — Diagram of developing lens and optic cup. Duval.
The cells of the inner wall of the lens vesicle have begun lo elongate to form lens fibers. The epi-
thelium over the lens is the anlage of the corneal epithelium. The mesodermal tissue between
the latter and the anterior wall of the lens vesicle is the anlage of the substantia propria
corneae.
cup, are more or less independent and that it is not correct to describe the lens as
actually pushing in the outer wall of the vesicle. As evidence of this is noted
the fact that typical optic cup formation may occur in cases where no lens is
developed. The optic cup when first formed is not a complete cup, for the
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE.
537
invagination of the optic vesicle is carried over along the posterior surface of the
optic stalk forming the chorioidalfssure (Fig. 464, see also p. 545).
The lens area is thicker at its center than at its periphery and when the
center of the lens area becomes the bottom of the lens depression and later
the posterior wall of the lens vesicle this greater thickness is maintained. In
fact, the posterior wall of the vesicle becomes still thicker so that it projects into
the cavity of the lens vesicle as an eminence (Fig. 465, g.) . In the chick the lens
vesicle is hollow. In man and in Mammals generally it is more or less filled
with cells. These, however, degenerate and take no part in the formation of the
Pigmented layer of retina
(outer layer of optic cup)
Nervous layer of retina
(inner layer of optic cup)
Cavity of
optic vesicle
Optic furrow —
Rim of optic cup.
Lens
Hyaloid artery | Optic furrow
Hyaloid artery entering
cavity of vitreous
FIG. 464. — Model showing lens and formation of optic cup. A piece has been removed from the
upper part of cup to show the cavity of the optic vesicle and the position of the inner layer
' of the cup (nervous layer of retina) . Bonnet.
permanent lens. Comparing the posterior with the anterior wall of the lens at this
stage, the latter is seen to be composed of a single layer of cuboidal cells, the an-
lage of the anterior epithelium of the lens (Figs. 463, 465, g, h, i) . This layer passes
over rather abruptly into the posterior wah1 which consists of a single layer of
greatly elongated lens cells, the anlagen of the lens fibers. The lens fibers con-
tinue to elongate until by the end of the second month they touch the anterior
epithelium, thus completely obliterating the cavity of the lens vesicle (Fig. 467).
A small cleft containing a few drops of fluid, the liquor Morgagni, may remain
between the anterior epithelium and the lens fibers.
When the lens fibers are first formed, the longest fibers are in the center and
the fibers gradually get shorter toward the periphery of the lens where they pass
over into the anterior epithelium (Fig. 465), As the lens develops, the periph-
538
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
eral fibers elongate more rapidly than the central, with the result that in the fully
developed lens the central fibers are the shortest, forming a sort of core around
which the now longer peripheral fibers extend in much the same manner as the
layers of an onion (Fig. 467). The ends of the fibers meet on the anterior and
posterior surfaces of the lens, along more or less definite lines which can be seen
FIG. 465. — Successive stages in the development of the lens in the rabbit embryo. Rabl.
a, b, c, d, and e, are from embryos of from u J to 12 days; f, at end of i2th day; g, during the i3th
day; h, between the i3th and i4th days; i, from an embryo of n mm.
on surface examination and which are known as sutural lines. The lens fibers
are at first all nucleated and as the nuclei are situated at approximately the same
level in all the fibers, there results a so-called nuclear zone (Fig. 465, i). Later
the nuclei disappear. The sutural lines become evident about the fifth month
and mark the completion of the lens formation, although lens fibers continue
to be formed throughout fcetal and in postnatal life, probably by proliferation
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE 539
and differentiation of the cells of the anterior epithelium, in the region where the
latter pass over into the lens fibers. (The successive stages in the development
of the lens are shown in Fig. 465.)
The lens capsule becomes differentiated during the third month. It is con-
sidered by some as derived from the lens epithelium and of the nature of a
cuticular membrane, by others as a product of the surrounding connective
tissue.
By the extension of mesodermic tissue in between the lens and the surface
ectoderm, the lens becomes by the end of the sixth week completely surrounded
by a layer of vascular connective tissue. /This is known as the tunica
lentis, and receives its- blood supply mainly from the hyaloid artery (Fig. 467)
which is a foetal continuation of the arteria centralis retina (p. 545) . Branches
f rorn the hyaloid artejjy break up into a capillary network which co~versT)otTf
anterior and posterior surfaces of the lens. That part of the tunica vasculosa
wjiicli covers the anterior surface of the lens is known as the mcmb^ranapiipillaris.
After the earlier and more rapid formation of lens fibers ceases, the hyaloid
artery begins (about the seventh month) to undergo regressive changes, and at
birth is normally absent. Rarely more or less of the tunica vasculosa fails to
degenerate, and if the part which persists is the membrana pupillaris there
results a malformation known as congenital atresia of the pupil.
The Optic Cup. — The way in which the optic vesicle becomes transformed
into the optic cup has been partially described in considering the development of
the lens (p. 536). The growing lens vesicle appears to push in the outer wall of
the optic vesicle while at the same time the edges of the latter are extending
around the lens vesicle, until what was originally the outer wall of the optic
vesicle lies in apposition with the original inner wall, the cavity of the primary
optic vesicle thus becoming completely obliterated (Fig. 466)^. In this way the
optic vesicle is transformed into a two-layered thick-walled cup, the cleft be-
tween the two layers corresponding to the cavity of the primary vesicle. This
cup is at first entirely filled with the developing lens (Fig. 466). As the cup in-
creases in size faster than the lens, the contiguous walls of the cup and lens
become separated, the cavity thus formed being the cavity of the vitreous
humor (Fig. 467). There seems to be no question but that in Mammals a
small amount of mesoderm at first separates the optic evagination from the lens
area of the surface ectoderm. This apparently disappears, however, so that
the two are in direct contact. It is still an open question wrhether a thin layer
of mesoderm grows in between the edges of the cup and the lens at or just before
the beginning of the formation of the vitreous. The lens now no longer fills the
optic cup but lies in the mouth of the cup, while at the same time the margin
of the cup is extending somewhat over its outer surface, w^here with the meso-
derm it ultimately gives rise to the ciliary body and iris, and forms the
540
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
boundary of the pupil. The remainder of the two-walled optic cup becomes
the retina.
The Retina. — Of the two layers which form the wall of the optic cup (p. 539) ,
the outer (away from the cavity) forms the pigmented layer, while the inner forms
the remainder of the retina (Figs. 463, 467). Soon after the formation of the
optic cup, it is possible to distinguish a boundary zone — the future ora serrata—
between the larger posterior part of the retina or nervous retina and the smaller
anterior non-nervous part which becomes the retinal portion of the ciliary body
Vascular mesoderm
.Remains of optic
vesicle cavity
Pigmented layer of retina
(outer layer of optic cup)
Vascular mesoderm
Wall of brain vesicle
Ectoderm
Lens anlage
Lens invagination
FIG. 466. — Section through optic cup and lens invagination of chick of fifty-four
hours' incubation. Lange.
Between the lens anlage and the pigmented layer of the retina is the broad inner layer of the optic
cup, the anlage of the remainder of the retina.
and iris. [ While the optic cup is forming, its two layers are both rapidly in-
creasing in thickness by mitotic division of their cells. Especially is this true of
the inner layer over that region which is to become the nervous retina, and it is
the rather abrupt transition between the thicker nervous retina and the com-
paratively thin non-nervous anterior extension of the retina that forms the ora
serrata.
The invagination which gives rise to the two-layered optic cup thus differen-
tiates what may be called the two primary layers of the retina, the pigmented layer,
and a broad layer from which are to develop all the other layers of the retina.
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE.
541
(Figs. 463, 467) . Further development consists in a gradual differentiation, within
the broad layer;of the various retinal elements and consequent demarcation of the
layers which constitute the adult retina. The next layer to differentiate is the
innermost layer of the retina, or layer of nerve fibers. This appears during the
sixth or seventh week as a thin, clear, faintly striated zone containing a few
scattered nuclei. What remains of the original inner layer of the cup has now
become a comparatively thick layer with numerous chromatic and actively
dividing nuclei. It may be conveniently designated the primitive nuclear layer.
Surface epithelium
of eyelid
Eyelid (upper)
Corneal epithelium
Conjunctival
epithelium
Substantia
propria corneae
Lens
Anterior epithe-
lium of lens
Conjunctival sac
Chorioid
Pigmented layer
of retina
Split between
retinal layers
Retina, except
pigmented layer
Vitreous
Tunica vasculosa
lentis
Nerve fiber layer
of retina
Hyaloid artery
Central artery
of retina
Optic nerve
FIG. 467. — Horizontal section through eye of human embryo of 13-14 weeks. Modified from Lange.
The similarity in development between the retina and wall of the neural tube
is to be noted. Thus the layer of nerve fibers appears to correspond quite
closely to the marginal layer of the central nervous system, while the primitive
nuclear layer is probably homologous with the mantle layer (pp. 449, 455).
There is a similar correspondence between the retina and the central nervous
system in regard to their early cellular development, the retinal cells early
showing a differentiation into neuroblasts and spongiobiasts (pp.449, 455).
About the end of the eighth week the inner part of the primitive nuclear
layer differentiates into the layer of eanzlion cetts (Fig. 468, h). These
are large cells and with their processes constitute the third or proximal optic
neurone. They can be first distinguished in the fundus of the cup and gradu-
ally extend to the ora serrata. They are the first of the cellular dements of the
adult retina which can be definitely recognized as such. From each cell, two
kinds of processes develop, dendrites, which ramify in this and in the more
external layers of the retina, and an axone which grows toward the cavity of
the eye and becomes a fiber of the layer of nerve fibers, whence it continues into
542
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
the optic stalk as one of the fibers of the optic nerve. The layer of ganglion cells
is thickest in an area situated somewhat lateral to the attachment of the optic
stalk and known as the area centralis. It is distinguishable about the end of the
fourth month. In the center of the area centralis the retinal layers become
thin to form the fovea centralis which develops toward the end of foetal life.
The macula lutea with its yellow pigment does not develop until after birth.
The retina at this stage thus consists of four layers which from within out-
ward are (i) the layer of nerve fibers, (2) the layer of ganglion cells, (3) the
nuclear layer, (4) the pigmented layer (see Fig. 469) .
L
FIG. 468. — Diagram of the development of the retinal cells. Kallius, after CajaL
a, Cone cells in unipolar stage; fe, cone cells in bipolar stage; c, rod cells in unipolar stage; d, rod cells
in bipolar stage; e, bipolar cells; /and i, amacrme cells; g, horizontal cell; h, ganglion cells;
£, Muller's cells or fibers; /, external limiting membrane.
The further development of the retina consists largely of a differentiation of
the cells of the nuclear layer. This is extremely complex and our knowledge
of it meager. From the cells of this layer develop (i) the rod and cone cells, (2)
the bipolar cells, (3) the tangential or horizontal cells, (4) the amacrine cells, (5)
Muller's cells or fibers. The differentiation of these cells and their processes
/also results in the demarcation of the following layers of the adult retina; (i) the
^ layer of rods and cones, (2) the outer limiting membrane, (3) the outer nuclear
layer, (4) the outer molecular layer, (5) the inner nuclear layer, (6) the inner
molecular layer, (7) the inner limiting membrane (see Fig. 470).
Muller's cells or the sustentacular cells (Fig. 468, k) develop from spongio-
blasts which lie toward the inner limit of the nuclear layer. This accounts
for the location of the nucleated portions of Muller's cells. Processes of these
cells grow toward both surfaces of the retina until they reach the positions of the
future outer and inner limiting membranes where they are believed to spread out
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE.
543
horizontally and unite to form these membranes. Other spongioblasts develop
into other types of glia cells, mainly spider cells, which are most numerous in
the layer of ganglion cells and in the layer of nerve libers.
The rod and tone cells are first recognizable as unipolar cellsjFig. 468,0, c}.
The single process of each extends outward as far as the outer limiting mem-
brane. About as soon as these cells are recognizable, a differentiation between
the rod cells and the cone cells can be made by their reactions to the Golgi
silver stain, the cone cells impregnating much more completely than the rod
cells. Processes next grow out from the inner ends of the cells so that they
become bipolar (Fig. 468, b, d) . Both rod and cone cells are at first distributed
throughout the entire nuclear layer, but later they become arranged in a dis-
tinct layer just beneath the outer limiting membrane. Each cell next gives
rise to or acquires at its outer end an expansion which extends through
Layer of nerve fibers
Layer of nerve cells
Inner molecular layer
Inner nuclear layer •
Outer undifferentiated layer
FiG. 469. — Vertical section through retina of a four months' human embryo. Modified from Lange.
the outer limiting membrane into the pigmented layer. As the pigmented
cells give off pigmented processes which extend inward among the outer
ends of the rods and cones, the layer of retina just beneath the pig-
mented layer consists of the outer ends of the rod cells, the tips of the cone
cells, and the extensions of the pigmented cells. The nucleated portions of
the rod and cone cells form the outer nuclear layer. Though the layer of rods
and cones and the outer nuclear layer present the appearance in haematoxylin-
eosin stained specimens of two distinct layers, it is evident from their develop-
ment and structure that they should be regarded as a single neuro-epithelial
layer. The apparent separation into two layers is due to the interposition of the
outer limiting membrane, through tiny holes in which the rod and cone cells
extend. The inwardly directed processes of the rod and cone cells are their
axones. These cells constitute the first or distal optic neurone.
The bipolar cells (Fig. 468, e), which with their processes constitute the
middle or second optic neurone, also develop from cells of the nuclear layer
544
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
and are probably bipolar at the time that the rod and cone cells are in the
unipolar condition. Reference to the two bipolar cells shown in Fig. 468, e, ey
shows that at this stage in their development their outwardly directed processes
extend to the outer limiting membrane. These processes must either actually
shorten or else fail to grow in length proportionately as the retina increases in
thickness, for in the mature retina they end in relation with the centrally
(inwardly) directed processes (axones) of the rod and cone cells. According as
they are in relation with rod cells or cone cells, they are known as rod bipolars
or cone bipolars. The retinal layer in which the axones of the rod and cone
Inner limiting membrane
Layer of nerve fibe rs
Layer of nerve cells
Inner molecular layer
( horizontal cells
Inner nuclear iayer^ bipolar cells
(amacrine cells
Outer molecular layer
Outer nuclear layer
Outer limiting membrane
Layer of rods and cones
Layer of pigmented epithelium
FIG. 470. — Vertical section through retina of a five and one-half months' human embryo.
Modified from Lange.
cells and the dendrites of the rod and cone bipolars intermingle is the outer,
molecular layer of the adult retina. It is first distinctly recognizable as a mo-
lecular layer about the end of the fifth month (Fig. 470).
The development of the outer molecular layer separates the originally single
nuclear layer into two layers, an outer composed of the nuclei of the rod and cone
cells and an inner composed of the nucleated bodies of the rod and cone
bipolars, of the horizontal cells (Fig. 468, g) and of the amacrine cells (Fig. 468,
/ and f), all of which can be recognized in Golgi specimens by the end of the
seyegth month. The rod and cone bipolars and probably most of the other
cells of the inner nuclear layer send their axones centrally to lie in contact with
the dendrites and bodies of the ganglion cells.
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE. 545
With the development Oi the cells of the inner nuclear layer and their proc-
esses, there differentiates the inner molecular layer which separates the inner
nuclear layer and the layer of ganglion cells. It consists mainly of ramifica-
tions of the dendrites and axones of cells the bodies of which lie in the inner
nuclear layer and in the layer of ganglion cells. (Fig. 470.)
The Chorioid and Sclera.— These develop wholly from the mesoderm.
The way in which the mesoderm grows in between the lens and the surface and
surrounds the optic cup has been described (p. 536). That part of the meso-
derm lying immediately external to the retina develops very early a close-
meshed capillary network. This appears before there is any definitely limited
sclera and may be considered the anlage of the chorioid, Somewhat later the
mesoderm which lies just to the outside of the chorioid takes definite shape as the
external fibrous tunic of the eye or sclera.
The Vitreous. — The manner in which the vitreous humor is formed has
been the subject of much controversy and remains still undetermined. As
already noted in describing the development of the lens (p. 555), the latter is at
first in direct contact with the inner layer of the retina (Fig. 466) . The lens and
the retina separate as the vitreous forms between them. During the develop-
ment of the lens the arteria centralis retinae does not stop7 as in the adult,
with its retinal branches, but continues across the optic cup as the hyaloid
artery to end in the vessels of the tunica vasculosa lentis. Some investigators
consider the vitreous a transudate from these blood vessels. As the chorioidal
fissure closes, some mesodermic tissue is enclosed with the artery, and some
investigators consider the vitreous a derivative of this mesoderm. In Birds
the formation of the vitreous humor begins before either mesoderm or blood
vessels have penetrated the optic cup, and Rabl suggests that the vitreous may
be a secretion of the retinal cells. Bonnet describes a double origin of the
vitreous, differentiating between a retinal vitreous and a mesoderm vitreous.
According to Bonnet, the primary vitreous body begins its formation before the
closure of the chorioidal fissure. This primary vitreous appears at the
itime £ <
of formation of the optic cup, is a fibrillated secretion of the retinal cells, and
fills in the vitreous space with a feltwork of fine fibrils. With the formation of
the optic cup and the closure of the chorioidal fissure this type of vitreous forma-
tion ceases and a secondary vitreous body formation takes place from the cells
of the pars ciliaris retinas. This is also fibrillated and there develops at this
time the so-called hyaloid membrane which closely invests the vitreous. Among
the fibers of the vitreous body appears the vitreous humor. Up to this point the
vitreous is entirely non-cellular. There next grow into it mesodermal cells
which have reached the vitreous through the chorioidal fissure aloni{ with the
hyaloid artery. To what extent these cells are used up in the formation of the
blood vessels of the vitreous and to what extent they remain as connective tissue
546 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
cells of the mature vitreous after the blood vessels have degenerated is not
known.
As already noted, the vitreous is at first crossed by the hyaloid artery which
supplies the developing lens (p. 539). As lens formation becomes less active
the artery becomes less important and by the end of the third month begins to
atrophy. At birth nothing remains of it, but in its former course the vitreous
is somewhat more fluid than elsewhere and this is known as the hyaloid canal
(canal of Cloquet).
The Optic Nerve. — Referring to the description of the optic evagination it
will be recalled that the optic vesicle maintains its connection with the brain by
means of the optic stalk (p. 534) . The latter is hollow and connects the cavity
of the optic vesicle with the cavity of the brain. When the invagination of the
optic vesicle to form the optic cup occurs (p. 536, Fig. 464), the invagination is
carried along the posterior surface of the optic stalk toward the brain, and just
as the invagination of the optic vesicle results in the obliteration of the cavity
of the vesicle, so the invagination of the optic stalk results in an oblitera-
tion of its lumen. In Mammals the invagination of the optic stalk extends only
part way to the brain, to the point where the artery enters. The chorioidal
fissure closes about the seventh week.
The optic stalk consists of supportive elements only, and serves as a track
along which nerve fibers extend to connect the retina and brain. Nerve fibers
appear in the optic stalk about the fifth week. They appear first around the
periphery and apparently crowd the neuroglia nuclei toward the center, so that
the stalk at this stage may be said to consist of a mantle layer and a marginal
layer, apparently analogous to these layers in the retina and brain. The nerve
fibers gradually invade the entire stalk so that by the end of the third month the
stalk has become^ transformed into the optic nerve among the fibers of which the
original supportive elements of the stalk are still represented by neuroglia cells.
Much difference of opinion has existed in regard to the origin of the optic
nerve fibers, whether they are processes of retinal cells which end in the brain
or processes of brain cells which end in the retina. It is now quite generally
accepted that most of the fibers of the optic nerve are the axones of nenrnneg the
cell bodies of which are situated in the ganglion cell layer of the retina. These
axones pass centrally into the layer of nerve fibers, which they form, and con-
verge toward the optic nerve. Through the latter they pass to their terminations
in the external geniculate bodies, optic thalami and anterior corpora quadri-
gemina. According to Cajal and others, some centrifugal fibers are present in
the optic nerve. These are processes of cells situated in the above-mentioned
nuclei, and terminate in the retina. They are fewer in number and of later
development than the centripetal fibers.
As the mesodermic anlagen of the chorioid and sclera are present before
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE. 547
the nerve fibers begin to grow into the optic stalk, the fibers must pass through
these two coats in their exit from the eye. There results the fenestrated cross-
ing of the optic nerve by these two coats, known as the lamina cribrosa.
The optic nerve fibers are medullated but have no neurilemmae. They are
supported by neuroglia. The connective tissue sheaths which enclose the optic
nerve are direct extensions of the meninges. These structural peculiarities
accord with the peculiarities already described in the development of the
nerve. Attention has been called to the fact (p. m) that just as the retina
should be considered a modified and displaced portion of the central nervous
system — of brain cortex — so the optic nerve should be considered not as a
peripheral nerve, but as analogous to a central nervous system fiber tract.
The Ciliary Body, Iris, Cornea, Anterior Chamber.— Anteriorly where
they come into relation with the lens and are so arranged as to admit light to the
retina, all three coats of the eye are extensively modified. Thus the retina is
continued anteriorly as the pars ciliaris retinae and pars iridica retinae, the
chorioid as the stroma of the ciliary body and iris, the sclera as the cornea.
THE CILIARY BODY AND IRIS. — Both primary retinal layers (the two layers
of the optic cup) are continued anteriorly as the non-nervous retinal layer
of the ciliary body and iris. The outer pigmented layer consists at first of
several layers of pigmented cells, but later becomes reduced to a single layer
of pigmented cells which do not, however, possess pigmented processes extend-
ing inward as do the analogous cells of the nervous retina. The abrupt tran-
sition at the ora serrata where the thick pars optica retinae passes over into the
pars ciliaris retinae has been mentioned (p. 540) . The inner laver of th<* primi-
tive retina (optic cup) extends over the ciliary body and iris as a single layer of
cells. These remain non-pigmented over the ciliary body, but over the iris
acquire pigment so that the two layers form the pigmented layer of the iris.
The mesodermic tissue which forms the stroma of the ciliary body and iris
is derived from the mesoderm lying between the lens and the surface ectoderm.
This separates into two layers enclosing between them the anterior chamber of
the eve, and it is from the posterior of these two layers that mesodermic tissue
extends into the ciliary body and iris. It is continuous with the mesoderm of
the tunica vasculosa lentis. During the fourth month the ciliary body under-
goes foldings to form the ciliary processes. These foldings at first involve
also the iris, but the iris folds soon (end of fifth month) disappear, while the
ciliary processes become more prominent.
Of the smooth muscle tissue found in the ciliary body and iris, the dilator
and contractor pupillse are, according to Bonnet, derived from the cells of the
pigmented layer of the retina, i.e., from^tpderm.^ The ciliary muscle, on the
other hand, develops from mesoderm. These muscles become well developed
during the seventh month.
548 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
... The suspensory ligament of the lens, or zonula Zinnii, first appears about the
end of the fourth month. , By some the fibers of the suspensory ligament
are believed to differentiate from the vitreous, by others they are considered as
derived from the pars ciliaris retinae. Spaces among the fibers of the ligament
enlarge and coalesce. to form the canal of Petit^
THE CORNEA. — The way in which the mesoderm grows in between the lens
vesicle and the surface ectoderm has been described (p. 536) . This mesoderm
forms a thin almost homogeneous layer containing v^rv few cells. Later that
part of the layer which lies against the lens becomes more cellular and vascular,
so that it is possible to distinguish between an outer homogeneous non- vascular
layer and an inner cellular vascular layer. The former is the anlage of the
cornea. Between the two layers vacuoles appear and coalesce to form the
anterior chamber of the eye or cavity of the aqueous humor. Subsequent
growth of the iris subdivides this chamber into an anterior and a ^posterior
portion. The chamber separates the cornea from the pupillary membrane
portion of the tunica vasculosa lentis. Bounding the chamber anteriorly and
so forming the posterior layer of the cornea there develops a single layer of
flat cells, the so-called " endothelium" of Descemet. Over the surface of the
cornea the ectoderm remains and gives rise to a stratified squamous epithelium
four to eight cells thick, the anterior corneal epithelium. Just beneath the
epithelium a layer of corneal tissue retains its original homogeneous character
and forms the anterior elastic membrane or membrane of Bowman. The
posterior elastic membrane or membrane of Descemet is usually considered a
cuticular derivative of the u endothelium." Throughout the rest of the cornea
— substantia propria cornea — cells develop, either by proliferation of the
few cells originally present or from cells which grow in from the surrounding
cellular mesoderm, and become arranged parallel to the surface as the fixed
connective cells of the cornea.
The Eyelids. — After the lens vesicle becomes separated from the surface
ectoderm, the latter folds over above and below to form the first rudiments
of the upper and lower eyelids. Each fold consists of a core of mesoderm andi
a covering of ectoderm. From the mesoderm develop the connective tissue
elements of the lids including the tarsal cartilage. From the ectoderm develop
the epithelial structures of the lids, the epidermis, the eyelashes and the glands.
The edges of the lids gradually approach each other and about the beginning
of the third month the epithelium of the upper licTbecomes adherent to that
of the lower, thus completely shutting in the eyeball. This condition obtains
until just before birth.
The eyelashes develop in the same manner as other hairs (p. 417).
The Meibomian glands, glands of Moll and the lacrymal glands develop,
during the period the lids are adherent, as solid cords of ectoderm which g.ow
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE. 549
into the underlying mesoderm where they ramify to form the ducts and tubules.
The anlagen of the ducts and tubules of these glands al'(t LllUb at fust SUkUfToi ils
of cells, their lumina being formed later by a breaking down of the central cells
of the cords.
At the inner angle of the conjunctiva there develops beneath the eyelid
folds a third much smaller fold. This becomes the plica scmilunaris which
in man is a rudimentary structure, but in many of the lower Vertebrates,
especially Birds, forms a distinct third eyelid, the so-called nictitating mem-
brane. A few hair follicles and sebaceous glands develop in a portion of this
fold forming the lacrymal caruncle..
The Lacrymal Duct. At a certain stage in development, a groove bounded
by the maxillary process and the lateral nasal process extends from the eye to
the nose (Fig. 98). This is known as the naso-optic furrow. Tin- cvlodrrm
(epithelium) lying along the bottom of this groove thickens about the sixth
week and forms a solid cord of cells. As development proceeds and the parts
close in, this cord of ectoderm becomes enclosed within the mesoderm, excepting
at its ends where it remains connected with the surface ectoderm of the eye and
nose, respectively. By a breaking down of the central cells of this cord a lumen
is formed and the cord becomes a tube, the lacrymal duct. The primary con-
nection of the laojgnalduct is with the upper lid, but while the lumen is being
formed an offshoot grows out to the under eyelid to form the inferior branch
of the lacrymal duct.
THE NOSE.
The anlage of the organ of smell is apparent in human embryos of about
three weeks as two thickenings of the ectoderm, one on each side of the naso-
frontal process. To these thickenings the term olfactory placodes has been
applied (Kupffer) . A little later (in embryos of about four weeks) , the placodes
become depressed below the surface, the depressions themselves being the
nasal pits or fossa (see p 120; also Fig. 87). The placodes. which are
destined to give rise to the sensory epithelium, thus come into closer relation
with the olfactory lobes of the brain (rhinencephalon) which represent out-
growths of the fore-brain (telencephalon) (see p. 471).
As described in connection with the development of the face, the lateral
nasal process arises on the lateral side, the medial nasal process on the medial
side, of each nasal pit (p. 120 et seq.; also Fig. 96). Of these processes, the
lateral is destined to give rise to the lateral nasal wall and the wing of the nose,
the medial to a part of the nasal septum (see p. 120). As development pro-
ceeds, the epithelium (ectoderm) of the nasal fossae grows still deeper into the
subjacent mesoderm, the fossae thus becoming converted into the nasal sacs,
which lie above the oral cavity. According to Hochstetter and Peter, the
550 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
nasal sacs are not at first in communication with the oral cavity, but lie above,
and are separated from it by a plate of tissue which gradually becomes thinned
out along the deeper part of the sacs to form the bucco-nasal membrane (Hoch-
stetter). Later (in embryos of 15 mm.), the bucco-nasal membrane ruptures
and the deep ends of the sacs thus come to open into the mouth cavity, the
openings being known as the primitive choanen. In front of the primitive
choanen, the nasal passages (formerly the nasal sacs) are separated from
the mouth cavity by a plate of tissue, known as the primitive palate (Fig. 471).
The latter is produced by the fusion of the maxillary process with the lateral
and medial nasal processes (see p. 121), the outer nares thus being somewhat
separated from the border of the mouth.
The further separation of the nasal passages from the o/al cavity has been
described in connection with the development of the mouth (p. 286) and the
Lateral nasal process
Outer nasal opening
Maxillary process
Eye
Primitive choanen
Palatine process
FIG. 471. — From a model of the anterior part of the head of a 15 mm. human embryo. The lower
jaws (mandibular processes) have been removed. Peter,
development of the palatine processes of the maxillae. It may be repeated
briefly, however, that from each maxillary process a horizontal extension grows
across between the oral and nasal cavities until it meets and fuses with its fellow
of the opposite side and with the nasal septum in the medial line, thus forming
the palate which is continuous with the primitive palate mentioned above.
(See Figs. 140 and 47 2.) In this way the nasal cavities or chambers become
separated from the oral cavity, but remain in communication with the pharyn-
geal cavity through the posterior nares.
The nasal cavities increase enormously in size and the epithelial surface in
extent, owing to (i) the formation of the palate alluded to above, (2) the develop-
ment of the nasal concha which has been described on page 161, and (3) the
development of accessory cavities — maxillary, frontal and sphenoidal sinuses,
which represent evaginations, so to speak, from the nasal cavities.
Probably correlated with the above-mentioned increase in extent of the
nasal chambers is the fact that in lung-breathing Vertebrates the chambers
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE.
551
have acquired a secondary function. In these forms the nose is not only an
apparatus for receiving olfactory stimuli, but also serves to convey air to and
from the lungs; it is in a sense a respiratory atrium. The sensory epithelium
which the olfactory nerves supply is limited to relatively small areas in the supe-
rior conchae and nasal septum. Stratified columnar ciliated epithelium lines all
other parts of the cavities.
Studies on the development of the olfactory nerve have led to diverse
opinions, but the investigations of His and Disse go to show that the fibers
are processes of cells derived from the thickened ectoderm or olfactory placodes.
In human embryos of about four weeks some of the cells in the upper part of
the nasal fossa become modified to form the neuro-epithelium. From the
Jacobson's organ
Inferior concha
Jacobson's cartilage
Palatine process
Nasal septum
Nasal cavity
Oral cavity
FIG. 472.— From a section through the head of a human embryo of 28 mm., showing the nasal
septum, the nasal cavities, the oral cavity, and the palatine processes. Peter.
peripheral pole of each cell a short slender process grows out to the surface of
the epithelium. From the opposite pole a slender process (the axone) grows
centrally until it penetrates the olfactory lobe, where it ends in contact with the
dendrites of the first central neurone of the olfactory tract. Most of these cells
remain in the epithelial layer, but a few wander into the subjacent mesoderm
and become bipolar cells which resemble the bipolar cells of the embryonic
posterior root ganglia (p. 472). Other epithelial cells of the nasal fossa are
converted into the sustentacular cells of the olfactory areas.
Jacobson's organ arises at the beginning of the third month as a small out-
pocketing of the epithelium on the lower anterior part of the nasal septum
(Fig. 472). This evagination grows backward as a slender sac along the nasal
septum for a distance of several millimeters and ends blindly. In the adult
the sac degenerates and often disappears. In some of the lower Mammals
552 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
Jacobson's organ develops to a greater degree, and some of the epithelial cells
send out processes which pass to the olfactory lobes.
THE EAR.
The ear of higher Vertebrates consists of three parts — the internal, middle,
and external. Of these, the internal is the sensory portion proper and, so far
as the epithelial elements are concerned, is of ectodermal origin, but secondarily
becomes embedded in the subjacent mesoderm. It constitutes a complicated
and highly specialized structure for the reception of certain stimuli that are to be
conveyed to the central nervous system. From a functional standpoint it may
be divided into the portion composed of the semicircular canals and their ap-
pendages, which is concerned in receiving and transmitting stimuli destined
Rh. br.
End. ap.
Aud. ves.
FIG. 473. — Half of a transverse section through the region of the developing ear of a sheep
embryo of 13 mm. Bottcher.
Aud. ves., Auditory vesicle; Co. gang., cochlear ganglion; End. ap., endolymphatic
appendage; Rh.br., rhombic brain.
for the static and equilibration centers in the central nervous system, and the
cochlear portion, which is concerned in receiving and transmitting auditory
stimuli. The middle and outer ear represent modified portions of the most
cranial of the branchial arches and grooves, and constitute an apparatus for
conducting sound waves to the cochlear portion of the inner ear.
The Inner Ear. — In embryos of 2 to 4 mm., the ectoderm becomes some-
what thickened over a small area lateral to the still open neural groove in the
region of the future hind-brain. This thickening is often spoken of as the
auditory placode (see p. 469). Owing to more rapid growth of the cells in the
deeper layers of the placode, it soon becomes converted into a cup-shaped
depression which is known as the auditory pit. The edges of the pit fold
in and fuse and the pit thus becomes the auditory vesicle (otocyst), which
finally becomes constricted from the parent ectoderm and lies free in the sub-
jacent mesoderm (Fig. 473).
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE. 553
At this stage (embryos of 4 to 5 mm.) the auditory vesicle is an oval or
spherical sac the wall of which consists of two or three layers of undifferen-
tiated epithelial cells. It lies against the neural tube and is connected with the
latter by the acoustic ganglion (Fig. 474, a). About the same time an evagina-
tion appears on the dorsal side of the auditory vesicle, forming the anlage of the
endolymphatic appendage (Fig. 474, a, b, c). The evagination continues to
elongate and comes to form a club-shaped structure, the distal end of which
becomes flattened to form the endolymphatic sac, the narrower proximal portion
constituting the endolymphatic duct (Fig. 474 a-w). The epithelium, which at
first consisted of two or three layers of cells, becomes reduced to a single layer.
In the chick the endolymphatic appendage is formed out of the original union
between the ectoderm and the auditory vesicle (Keibel, Krause). In Reptiles
and Amphibia (Peter, Krause) and in man (Streeter), on the other hand, this
appendage develops independently of the union, appearing on the dorsal side of
the seam of closure in the auditory vesicle.
In embryos of about 6 mm. the auditory vesicle (apart from the endolymph-
atic appendage) becomes differentiated into two portions or pouches — a bulging,
triangular one above, which is connected with the endolymphatic appendage,
and a more flattened one below. The former is the vestibular pouch, the latter
the cochlear pouch (Fig. 474, b-f). Between the two is a portion of the vesicle
which is destined to give rise to the saccule and utricle, and which may be called
the atrium (Streeter). Properly speaking, the atrium is a division of the
vestibular pouch. The cochlear pouch is phylogenetically a secondary diver-
ticulum which develops from the atrium, appearing first in the lowest land-
inhabiting Vertebrates (Amphibia).
As mentioned above, the vestibular pouch early assumes the form of a
triangle, with the apex toward the endolymphatic appendage. The three
borders of the triangle form the anlagen of the semicircular canals and bear the
same interrelation as the latter. At the same time a vertical groove (the lateral
groove) appears between the anlage of the posterior canal and the posterior end
of the lateral canal (Fig. 474, b, d).
The formation of the semicircular canals is shown in Fig. 474, g-k. The
edges of the triangular vestibular pouch expand and become more or less
crescentic in shape. The two walls in the concavity of each crescent come
together and then break away (Fig. 474, g, j, absorp. focus), thus leaving the rim
of the crescent as a canal attached at its two ends to the utricle. The breaking
away affects first the superior, then the posterior, and finally the lateral canal.
During these gross changes the epithelium becomes reduced to a single layer
of cells.
At one end of each canal an enlargement appears to form the ampulla, as
shown in Fig. 474, /, m, n, and Fig. 475. a. 6. c.
554
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
A^ A
BBRrW
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE.
555
556 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
The utricle and saccule represent divisions of the portion of the vestibular sac
which is known as the atrium, and into which the endolymphatic appendage
and cochlea open (see p. 553). In embryos of about 20 mm. a horizontal con-
striction begins to divide the atrium into an upper utricular portion, into which
the semicircular canals open, and a lower saccular portion (Fig. 474, /, m).
The constriction begins on the side opposite the endolymphatic appendage and
gradually extends across the atrium until it finally divides the opening of the
endolymphatic appendage into two parts (Fig. 475, a, b, c). One of these
parts opens into the utricle, the other into the saccule, the two parts together
constituting the utriculo saccular duct.
As stated before, the two- or three-layered epithelium of the earlier stages
becomes reduced to a single layer. The cells of this layer are low cuboidal,
with the exception of those over small areas in the ampullae, in the saccule, and
in the utricle. Over an elongated area in each ampulla (crista ampullaris), a
round area in the saccule and another in the utricle (macula acusticd), the
epithelium becomes high columnar, some of the cells developing cilia on their
free borders ("hair cells," neuro-epithelium) , the others becoming the susten-
tacular cells. These areas are the end-organs of the vestibular nerve (see p. 469) .
As already mentioned, the cochlear pouch appears as an outgrowth from the
lower side of the atrium (see also Fig. 474, b-f) . The pouch becomes somewhat
flattened, and, as it continues to grow in length, becomes coiled like a snail-
shell (Fig. 474, g-n; Fig. 475, a-c). This first formed coiled structure is the
cochlear duct, or scala media. At the same time, it becomes distinctly marked
off from the lower part of the atrium (now the saccule) by a constriction, the
constricted portion forming the ductusr reuniens (Fig. 474, l-n; Fig 475, a-c).
All the structures thus far considered are at first closely invested by meso-
derm. Later, this portion of the mesoderm gives rise to special tissues, and, in
the region of the cochlear duct, to the scala vestibuli and scala tympani. The
cells immediately around the vesicle proliferate and a dense fibrous layer is
formed; outside of this fibrous layer the tissue becomes gelatinous; outside of
this again another fibrous layer is formed, around which cartilage develops.
The inner fibrous layer gives rise to the connective tissue that supports the
epithelial lining of the vesicle. The gelatinous layer degenerates to form a
fluid known as the perilymph, the space containing the fluid being the perilymph-
atic space. The outer fibrous layer becomes the perichondrium — later the
periosteum when the cartilage is replaced by the petrous portion of the tem-
poral bone.
In the cochlear region the conditions are somewhat modified. Here the
gelatinous layer does not form a complete covering for the cochlear duct, but is
interrupted along two lines, (i) Laterally the fibrous layer lying next the
cochlear duct is fused with the perichondrium (outer fibrous layer) (Fig. 476),
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE. 557
(2) Medially the inner fibrous layer is fused with the perichondrium of a shelf-like
process of cartilage which later ossifies to form the bony spiral lamina (Fig.
476). By these two partitions the cochlear perilymphatic space is separated
into two spiral compartments which communicate only at the apex of the
cochlea. The larger of these compartments, the scala vestibuli, communicates
with the perilymphatic space around the utricle and saccule. The wall separat-
ing the scala vestibuli and cochlear duct becomes thinned out to form the
Cochlear duct
Cartilage
Scata vestibuli
(gelatinous tissue)
Cochlear duct /——— ™.j(_-
Cochlear (spiral) ganglion
Coch. nerve to organ of Corti £____
Scala tympani 111
Cochlear nerve — iL-
Fibrous con. tis. • j||i
Connective tissue _/
Scala vestibuli _JL_________ / __
Perichondrium _ /V '.-
~~f
Vestibular membrane __ K^
Lat. wall of coch. duct \
Organ of Corti _
Scala tympani
Cartilage
V
FIG. 476. — Section through the developing cochlea of a 90 mm. cat embryo. Bottcher.
vestibular membrane (of Reissner). The smaller compartment, the scala
tympani, remains separated from the cavity of the middle ear by a thin mem-
brane which closes the fenestra cochlea (rotunda) . In the wall between the
scala tympani and the cochlear duct the organ of Corti develops (see below).
A membrane, similar to that closing the fenestra cochleae, occurs between the
cavity of the middle ear and the utricle, closing the fenestra vestibuli (ovalis).
As alluded to above, the organ of Corti develops from the wall of the cochlear
558 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
duct between the latter and the scala tympani (Fig. 476). The epithelial cells
of the cochlear duct in this region become high columnar and arranged in two
ridges which extend throughout the entire length of the duct. The cells of the
ridge nearer the axis of the cochlea give rise to the membrana tectoria. Whether
this is accomplished by cuticular secretion of the cells or by the fusion of long
hair-like processes that grow from their free borders is not known. The cells of
the outer ridge become differentiated into four groups. Those of the outer
group (next the cells that give rise to the membrana tectoria) develop into the
inner hair cells; those of the next group form the pillar cells; those of the third
group differentiate into the outer hair cells; and those of the fourth (outer)
group give rise to Hensen's cells. The hair cells, as the name indicates, develop
delicate hair-like processes on their free borders, and, since the peripheral
processes of the spiral (cochlear) ganglion cells end around them, are con-
sidered as the sensory cells of the cochlea, or auditory receptors (see p. 469) .
THE ACOUSTIC NERVE. — The acoustic ganglionic mass is at first closely
associated with the geniculate ganglion (ganglion of the facial (VII) nerve), the
two together often being spoken of as the acustico-facialis ganglion (see also
p. 508) . This lies in close contact with the anterior wall of the auditory vesicle
when the latter is first constiicted from the ectoderm. The origin of the gang-
lion has not been traced in Ma*M#*als, but in cow embryos the geniculate has
been seen to be connected with the ectoderm at the dorsal end of the first
branchial groove (Froriep). The acoustic ganglion probably belongs to the
lateral line system (Kupffer) (see also p. 430) .
Although the geniculate and acoustic ganglia are at first closely associated,
each pursues an independent course of development. The description here
will be confined to the acoustic. As already mentioned, this lies in close apposi-
tion to the side of the neural tube and the auditory vesicle and just anterior to
the latter (Fig. 474, a). At a very early stage (embryos of 6-7 mm.), the mass
shows a differentiation into two parts — a dorsal one, the future vestibular
ganglion, and a ventral one, the future cochlear (spiral) ganglion (Fig. 474, b, c).
The ganglion cells become bipolar (see p. 469) , and, as is peculiar to the cells of
the acoustic ganglia, remain in this condition. One process of each cell grows
centrally to form a root fiber of the acoustic nerve, which terminates in contact
with dendrites of neurones in certain nuclei in the central nervous system. The
fibers from the cells of the vestibular ganglion form the vestibular root, those
from the cells of the cochlear ganglion form the cochlear root. The other proc-
ess grows peripherally and penetrates the wall of the auditory vesicle to enter
into relation with certain cells that differentiate from the epithelial lining of the
vesicle.
The peripheral processes of the vestibular ganglion cells come into relation
with specialized cells (hair cells) in the ampullae of the semicircular canals
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE. 559
(crista ampullaris) and in the saccule and utricle (macula acustica) (see
p. 556). The nerve itself becomes divided into certain branches, as indicated
in the following table (Streeter). The peripheral terminations of the various
branches are indicated in parentheses. Compare with Fig. 474, /, m, n, and
Fig. 475, a, b, c.
ramus ampul, sup. (crista ampul.)
pars superior
ramus ampul, ext. (crista ampul.)
ramus recess, utric. (macula acust.)
N. vestibularis j
J ramus saccul. (macula acust.)
[ pars inferior j ramus ampul, (crista ampul.)
The vestibular ganglion cells, instead of remaining in a compact mass, come
to form two fairly distinct masses in the course of the nerve (Fig. 475, a, b, c).
One of these apparently is connected with the pars inferior, the other with the
pars superior.
The cochlear ganglion cells at an early stage become closely associated with
the developing cochlear duct and, as the latter forms a spiral, are carried] along
with it. They thus come to form an elongated group of cells extending through-
out the entire length of the cochlea (whence the name, spiral ganglion) (Fig.
474, j-n; Fig. 475, a-c). Consequently, the peripheral processes of these cells,
which terminate in connection with the hair cells of the organ of Corti, are com-
paratively short. The central processes are naturally longer and form the
cochlear nerve root which is twisted like a rope in part of its course (Fig. 475, c).
The Middle Ear. — The cavity of the middle ear develops from the upper
(dorsal) part of the first inner branchial groove. The epithelial lining of the
cavity is thus of course derived from entoderm, and the other structures
(auditory ossicles, etc.) from the adjacent mesoderm.
It has been stated elsewhere that the mesoderm in the first and second
branchial arches gives rise, among other things, to certain skeletal elements.
In the first arch there develops a rod of cartilage, known as Meckel's cartilage,
which extends from the symphysis of the lower jaws to the region of the upper
part of the first inner branchial groove (p. 164; Figs. 136, 139, 142). The
proximal end of the cartilage becomes constricted to form two masses which
constitute the anlagen of the malleus and incus (Figs. 135 and 136). In the
second arch there develops a rod of cartilage which forms the lesser horn of the
hyoid bone, the stylohyoid ligament, and the styloid process (Figs. 136, 139,
.42). In close relation to the dorsal end of the styloid process, in the mesoderm
destined to give rise to the periotic capsule, a mass of cartilage appears which
is destined to give rise to the stapes (except the base?). It has not been fully
determined whether the stapes is actually a derivative of the cartilage of the
second arch or of the mesenchyme near its dorsal end. It has been suggested
560 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
that the base of the stapes is of intramembranous origin and that the rest of the
bone is derived from the cartilage of the second arch. Its close association
with the cartilage of the second arch possibly indicates its phylogenetic origin
from the latter.
At first the auditory ossicles are embedded in the mesoderm dorsal to the
first inner branchial groove, that is, dorsal to the cavity of the middle ear. As
development proceeds, the mesoderm is converted into a spongy tissue which
finally degenerates. At the same time the ear cavity enlarges and wraps itself,
as it were, around the ossicles. The latter thus come to lie within the cavity
of the tympanum, but are covered by a layer of epithelium (entoderm) which
is continuous with that lining the cavity.
Toward the end of foetal life, outgrowths from the cavity of the tympanum
begin to invade the temporal bone. This process continues for some time
after birth and results in the formation of cavities within the mastoid part of
the temporal bone. These cavities are the mastoid cells, the epithelial lining
of which is continuous with that of the tympanic cavity.
The Eustachian tube represents the lower (ventral) portion of the diver-
ticulum which forms the cavity of the tympanum. In other words, as the
dorsal part of the first inner branchial groove enlarges to form the cavity of the
middle ear, the narrow part of the groove, just ventral to the cavity, persists
as a communication between the latter and the pharynx.
The Outer Ear. — The outer ear is formed from the dorsal part of the first
outer branchial groove and the adjacent portions of the first and second arches
(see Fig. 87). The ventral part of the groove flattens out and disappears.
The dorsal part becomes deeper to form a funnel-shaped depression (during
the second month ; Fig. 90) . From the deeper part of the funnel a solid mass
of ectoderm grows inward until it comes into relation with the mesoderm im-
mediately around the developing cavity of the tympanum, or, more specifically,
the mesoderm surrounding the handle of the malleus. Here it spreads out
into a disk-like mass. About the seventh month, the disk splits into two layers.
The inner layer, which is separated from the epithelium of the middle ear by a
thin sheet of mesoderm, becomes the outer layer of the tympanum. The
tympanum is thus composed of an inner (entodermal) and an outer (ectoder-
mal) layer, with a small amount of mesoderm between. From its mode of
development, the tympanum may be considered in a sense as the wall which
separates the first inner from the first outer branchial groove.
The split in the ectodermal disk (see above) gradually extends outward,
invading the solid ectodermal in vagina tion until it finally unites with the
bottom of the funnel-shaped depression on the surface, thus forming the
external auditory meatus.
The external ear (or auricle) is derived from the portions of the first and
THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSE.
561
second branchial arches surrounding the dorsal part of the first outer bran-
chial groove (see Figs. 85, 87, 90, 91). About the end of the fourth week, the
caudal border of the first arch exhibits three small elevations or tubercles
(Fig. 477, A, 1-3), the cranial border of the second arch the same number (Fig.
477, A, 4-6). A groove, extending down the middle of the second arch, marks
off a ridge (c) lying caudal to the three tubercles. The ventral tubercle (i) of
the first arch gives rise to the tragus. The middle tubercle (5) of the second arch
v *
FIG. 477. — Stages in the development of the external ear (auricle). A, Embryo of n mm.; B, of
13.6 mm.; C, of 15 mm.; D, foetus at the beginning of the 30! month; E, foetus of 8.5 cm.:
F, foetus at term. For explanation of numerals, see text. His, McMurrich.
develops into the antitragus. The middle and dorsal tubercles (2 and 3) of
the first arch unite with the ridge (c) on the second arch to form the helix.
The dorsal tubercle (4) of the second arch gives rise to the anthelix. The
ventral tubercle (6) of the second arch produces the lobule. It should be noted
that in the third month the dorsal and caudal portions of the helix are bent
forward and conceal the anthelix.
Anomalies.
Malformations of the nose have been alluded to in connection with hare lip,
cleft palate, etc., on page 212, and are also discussed in the chapter on tera-
togenesis (XX). Malformations affecting the eye (cyclopia, microphthalmia,
etc.) and the ear (synotia, etc.) are dealt with in the chapter on teratogenesis.
562 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
References for Further Study.
THE EYE.
GALLENGA: Entwickelung des Auges. Encyklopadie der Augenheilkunde, Lief. 6 and 7,
1902.
HOLDEN: An Outline of the Embryology of the Eye, New York, 1893.
VON KOLLIKER: Die Entwicklung und Bedeutung des Glaskorpers. Zeitschr. fur
wissensch. Zoolog., Bd. LXVI, 1904.
LANGE, O.: Einblicke in die embryonale Anatomie und Entwicklung des Menschen-
auges. 1908.
RABL, C.: Ueber den Bau und Entwickelung der Linse. Zeitschr. fur wissensch. Zool.,
Bd. LXII and LXV, 1898; LXVII, 1899.
RAYMON Y CAJAL.: Nouvelles contributions a 1'etude histologique de la retine. Jour, de
VAnat. et de la Physiol, Vol. XXXII, 1896.
ROBINSON. A.: On the Formation and Structure of the Optic Nerve and its Relation to
the Optic Stalk. Jour, of Anat. and Physiol., Vol. XXX, 1896.
VON SPEE: Recherches sur 1'origine du corps vitre. Arch, de Biol., Vol. XIX, 1902.
THE NOSE.
BEARD, J.: Morphological Studies. The Nose and Jacobson's Organ. Zool. Jahrbuch,
Bd. Ill, 1889.
DISSE, J.: Die erste Entwickelung der Riechnerven. Anat. Hefte, Bd. IX, 1897.
His, W.: Beobachtungen zur Geschichte der Nasen- und Gaumenbildung beim
menschlichen Embryo. AbhandL d. math.-phys. Klasse Ko'nig. Sachs. Gesellsch. d.
Wissensch. , 1901.
HOCHSTETTER, F.°. Ueber die Bildung der primitiven Choanen beim Menschen. Ver-
handl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Bd. VI, 1892.
VON MIHALKOWICZ, V.: Nasenhohle und Jacobsonsches Organ. Eine morphologische
Studie. Anat. Hefte, Bd. XI, 1898.
PETER, K.: Die Entwickelung des Geruchsorgans und Jacobson'schen Organs in der
Reihe der Wirbeltiere. In Hertwig's Handbuch d. vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickel-
ungslehre d. Wirbeltiere, Bd. II, Teil II, 1901.
THE EAR.
BAGINSKY, B.: Zur Entwickelung der Gehorschnecke. Arch.f. mik. Anat., Bd. XXVIII,
1886.
BOETTCHER, A.: Ueber Entwickelung und Bau des Gehorlabyrinths. Verhandl. d.
Kais.Leop.-Carol. Akad., Bd. XXXV, 1869.
BROMAN, I.: Die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Gehorknochelchen beim Menschen.
Anat. Hefte, Bd. XI, 1898.
FUCHS, H.: Bemerkungen iiber die Herkunft und Entwickelung der Gehorknochelchen
bei Kaninchen-Embryonen. Arch.f. Anat. u. Phys., Anat. Abth., Suppl., 1905.
HENSEN, V.: Zur Morphologic der Schnecke. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Bd. XIII, 1863
His, W.: Zur Entwickelung des Acusticofacialisgebiets beim Menschen. Arch.f. Anat.
u. Phys., Anat. Abth., Suppl., 1899.
KRATJSE, R.: Entwickelungsgeschichte des Gehororgans. In Hertwig's Handbuch d.
vergleich. u. experiment. Entwickelungslehre d. Wirbeltiere, Bd. II, Teil II, 1902.
STREETER, G. L.: On the Development of the Membranous Labyrinth and the Acoustic
and Facial Nerves in the Human Embryo. Am. Jour, of Anat., Vol. VI, No. 2, 1907.
CHAPTER XIX
FOETAL MEMBRANES.
In all Vertebrates, with the exception of Fishes and Amphibians which lay
their eggs in water, there begin to develop gr a very early stage certain accessory
or extraembryonic structures which may be conveniently called jostal mem-
branes. The development of these structures is very closely i elated to the de-
velopment of the embryo itself, and their presence is apparently largely depend-
ent upon the very considerable length of embryonic life in these forms, during
which it is necessary for the embryo to maintain a definite relation to its food
supply and to possess means of discharging waste products. The fcetal mem-
branes, therefore, have to do with the protection and nutrition of the growing
embryo and also are connected with the care of the waste products of fcetal
metabolism.
Under the head of fcetal membranes are to be considered (i) the amnion,
(2) the allantois, (3) the chorion; also in connection with these, the yolk sac and
the umbilical cord.
The development of these structures in Mammals and especially in man is
extremely complex and can be best understood by comparison with their simpler
development in Reptiles and Birds.
FOETAL MEMBRANES IN BIRDS AND REPTILES.
Throughout these two classes there is such uniformity in the formation of
the fcetal membranes that the chick may be taken as typical. The chief
characteristic of these classes, as influencing the form and structure of the fcetal
membranes, is the very large amount of yolk stored up within the egg for the
nutrition of the embryo. This is made necessary by the early separation of the
egg from the mother, in contrast to the close nutritional relationship between
mother and foetus which obtains in Mammals (excepting Monotremes), where
the young are retained within the body of the mother up to a comparatively late
developmental stage.
The Amnion. — Returning to that point in the development of the blastoderm
of the chick where no trace of amnion has as yet appeared, we recall that the
blastoderm at this stage consists of three layers, ectoderm, mesoderm and
entoderm; that the medial line of the embryo is marked by the neural groove,
flanked by the neural folds which are continuous with each other anteriorly; that
563
564
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
on each side of the neural groove between ectoderm and entoderm the mesoderm
is a solid mass of cells, while more laterally the mesoderm is split, its peripheral
layer with the adjacent ectoderm forming the somatopleure, its central layer
with the adjacent entoderm forming the splanchnopleure; that between soma-
topleure and splanchnopleure is the body cavity. Ventral to the neural groove
is the notochord, while ventral to the latter is the primitive gut, the roof of which
is formed of entoderm (Fig. 52),
The first indication of amnion formation is the appearance of a fold — the
head amniotic fold — just in front of the anterior union of the neural folds (Figs.
ar. op.
ar. peL
FIG. 478 — Dorsal view of embryo of bird (Phaeton rubricauda) with fifteen pairs of
primitive segments. Schauinsland.
ar. op*y Area opaca, portion in which mesoderm is not yet present; ar. op*, area opaca; ar. pel.-,
area pellucida; cce., bladder-like dilatation of ccelom; ed. mes., edge of mesoderm; h. am. /.,
head amniotic fold; pr. seg., primitive segments; x, portion of amniotic fold containing no
mesoderm.
478 and 484, b) . This occurs during the second day of incubation. After the
head fold has become well developed and extends back over the embryo like a
hood (Fig. 480), similar lateral and tail folds make their appearance (Figs. 479
and 484, a and b). The folds continue to grow over the dorsum of the
embryo and finally meet and fuse in the mid-dorsal line, forming the amniotic
suture (Fig. 481).
The amniotic folds from the beginning involve the somatopleure, that is,
the ectoderm and parietal mesoderm. But since they arise some distance from
the developing embryonic body, the extraembryonic portions only are involved.
At the same time a portion of the extraembryonic body cavity is also carried
dorsally within the folds (Figs. 479 and 482) . When the folds unite over the
FCETAL MEMBRANES.
565
embryo they break through at the line of contact, thus leaving the outer layers
of the folds continuous and the inner layers continuous, with the extraembryonic
body cavity continuous between the outer and inner layers.
t. am. f.
ect.
pr. g.
ent.
mes.1
mes.2
ent.
FIG. 479. — Medial section of caudal end of chick embryo (at end of second
day of incubation). Duval.
al^ Beginning of allantoic evagination; a.m., anal membrane; b.c., extraembryonic body cavity;
e.g., caudal gut; ect., ectoderm; ent., entoderm; mes., mesoderm; mes.1, parietal mesoderm;
mes.2, visceral mesoderm; n. tu., neural tube; pr. g., primitive gut; /. am. /., tail amniotic
fold; to., tail.
The result of the development of the amniotic folds is: —
i. That the embryo is completely enclosed dorsally and laterally by a cavity,
the amniotic cavity, which is lined by ectoderm continuous with the ectoderm —
Area
opaca
Edge of
mesoderm
Dorsal amniotic
suture
Primitive
streak
FIG. 480.— -Dorsal view of embryo of albatross, showing amnion covering cephalic
end of embryo. Schauinsland.
x, Portion of blastoderm containing no mesoderm.
later epidermis— of the embryo, the ectoderm lining the cavity and the overlying
parietal mesoderm together constituting the amnion (Fig. 483).
2. That the outer parts of the amniotic folds become completely separated
566
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
from the inner — the amnion — to form a second membrane consisting externally
of ectoderm, internally of mesoderm and called at first the serosa or jalse
amnion, later the primitive chorion (Fig. 483).
3. That the extraembryonic body cavity unites across the medial line
dorsally, thus separating the amnion from the primitive chorion (Fig. 484,
a, b and c).
During the formation of the amnion the chick embryo is becoming more and
more definitely constricted off from the underlying large yolk mass which is
liquefying and into which the embryo sinks somewhat. At the same time the
Ant. vitelline vein Mesoderm
Omphalomesenteric
(vitelline) vein
Primitive streak
Area opaca
Sinus terminalis
Extraembryonic body cavity
Amnion
Amniotic suture
Area pellucida
Amniotic suture
>• Lateral amniotic fold
Tail amniotic fold
Area opaca
FIG. 4$ i. — Dorsal view of embryo of albatross, showing amnion covering greater
part of embryo. Schauinsland.
amniotic cavity continues to increase in size and extends also ventrally beneath
the embryo so that the embryo is everywhere enclosed within the amnion
except at its narrow connection with the yolk (Fig. 484, c\ d).
The amniotic cavity is filled with fluid, the liquor amnii, the origin of which
is uncertain. In it the embryo floats freely, attached only by its ventral con-
nection with the yolk. At about the fifth day of incubation rhythmical con-
tractions of *he amnion begin. These are apparently due to the development
of contractile fibers in its mesodermic tissue and give to the embryo a regular
oscillating motion.
FCETAL MEMBRANES.
567
The Yolk Sac. — The simplest type of yolk sac is found in Amphibians and
Fishes. In Amphibians the yolk is enclosed within the embryo, the cells form-
1. am. f. ex. b. c. ser. ect.
— p. mes.
pc. ep. ht. pc.
FIG. 482. — Transverse section of embryo of albatross. Schauinsland.
Section taken through region of heart, aw., amnion; ao., aorta; a. v.v., anterior vitelline veins;
ect., ectoderm; ent., entoderm; ep., epicardium; ex. b. c., extraembryonic body cavity; ht., heart;
/.aw./., lateral amniotic fold; pc., pericardium; ph., pharynx; p. mes., parietal mesoderm;
ser.. serosa (chorion); v.mes., visceral mesoderm; * point at which extraembryonic body
cavity passes over into the intraembryonic (or ccelom proper).
ing a part of the intestinal wall. The superficial cells are split off to form the
yolk entoderm. Investing the yolk entoderm is the visceral mesoderm which
ser. am. sut. am.
— p. mes.
— v. mes.
P. PC. j j !
ht. ph. p. pc.
FIG. 483. — Transverse section of embryo of albatross. Schauinsland.
Section taken through region of heart, am., Amnion; am. sut., amniotic suture; a. v.v, anterior
vitelline veins; ect., ectoderm; ent., entoderm; ex. b. c., extraembryonic body cavity; ht., heart;
i> pc., primitive pericardial cavity; ph., pharynx; p. mes., parietal mesoderm; ser., serosa
(chorion); v.mes, visceral mesoderm; * point at which extraembryonic body cavity passes
over into intraembryonic (or coelom).
is separated from the parietal mesoderm by the body cavity. Outside of the
parietal mesoderm is the ectoderm (Fig. 33). In many of the Fishes the germ
568
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
disk, as in Reptiles and Birds, is confined to one pole of the egg. Thus in these
forms the embryonic body develops on the surface of the large yolk mass. As
the embryo develops the germ layers simply grow around the yolk and suspend
it from the ventral side of the embryo. At the same time a constriction appears
between the embryo and the yolk mass, thus forming the yolk stalk. In this
case the yolk is surrounded from within outward, by entoderm, visceral and
h. am. f.
FIG. 484. — Diagrams representing stages in the development of the foetal membranes
in the chick. Hertwig.
a, Transverse section; b, c, d, longitudinal sections; yolk represented by vertical lines, al., Allantois;
am., amnion; am. c., amniotic cavity; cce., ccelom; dh., vitel line area between two dotted lines
which represent the edge of the mesoderm (at s. /.) and entoderm (at z. g.}\ dg., yolk stalk;
ds., yolk sac; d.umb., dermal umbilicus; ect., ectoderm; ent.> entoderm; ex. b. c., extraem-
bryonic body cavity; gh., area vasculosa; h.am.f., head amniotic fold; m., mouth; p,mes.,
parietal mesoderm; s. t., sinus terminalis; ser., serosa (chorion); t.am./,, tail amniotic fold;
umb., umbilicus; v mes., visceral mesoderm; z. g., dotted line represents edge of entoderm.
parietal mesoderm, and ectoderm (Fig. 485) . The yolk furnishes nutriment for
the embryo. This is conveyed to the tissues by means of blood vessels.
Branches of the vitelline artery ramify in the wall of the yolk sac (in the meso-
dermal.tissue) ; the branches converge to form the vitelline veins which carry the
blood back to the embryo.
In the chick, while the amnion is forming, the inner germ layer gradually
extends farther and farther around the yolk (Fig. 484, a, b, c and d). At the
FCETAL MEMBRANES. 569
same time, as already noted (p. 566), the growth of the amnion ventrally results
in a sharp constriction which separates the embryo from the underlying yolk.
This constriction is emphasized by constant lengthwise growth of the embryo.
Following the gradual growth of the entoderm around the yolk, the mesoderm
also gradually extends around, at the same time splitting into visceral and
parietal layers, so that the entoderm is closely invested by visceral mesoderm
(Fig. 484, a, &, c and d). Finally, both entoderm and mesoderm enclose com-
pletely the mass of yolk. The yolk thus becomes enclosed in the yolk sac *
which consists of two layers, entoderm and visceral mesoderm.^ The constricted v .
connection between the yolk sac and the embryo is the yolk stalk. It is seen by
reference to the diagrams (Fig. 484) that the entoderm lining the yolk sac is
FIG. 485. — Diagrammatic longitudinal section of selachian embryo. Hertwig.
a., Anus; d., yolk sac; dn., intestinal umbilicus; ds., visceral layer of yolk sac; hs., parietal layer of
yolk sac; hn., dermal umbilicus; lhl, coelom; lh2, exoccelom; m., mouth; st., yolk stalk.
directly 'continuous through the yolk stalk with the entoderm lining theprimi--
tive gut> The transition line between extra- and intraembryonic entoderm is
sometimes referred to as the intestinal umbilicus, in contradistinction to the line
of union, on the outside of the yolk stalk, of amniotic and embryonic ecto-
derm (the latter becoming later the epidermis) which is known as the dermal
umbilicus.
As in Fishes and Amphibians, so also in Reptiles and Birds, the yolk furnishes
nourishment for the growing embryo, and is conveyed to the embryo by
the blood. At a very early stage the mesoderm layer of the yolk sac (visceral
mesoderm) becomes extremely vascular. This vascular area is indicated by an
irregularly reticulated appearance in the periphery of the blastoderm and is
known as the area vasculosa (Fig. 51). The area vasculosa increases in size as
the mesoderm grows around the yolk and its vessels become continuous with
those in the embryo (Fig. 159). Some of these vessels enlarge as branches of
two large vessels which are given off from the primitive aortae, the mtelline or
omphalomesenteric arteries. (When the two aortae fuse to form a single
vessel, the proximal ends of the vitelline arteries fuse likewise.) The branches
of the arteries ramify in the mesoderm over the surface of the yolk and then
570 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
con verge, to form other vessels which enter the embryo as thevilellmeoromphalo-
mesenteric veins (Fig. 160). As the mesoderm extends farther and farther
around the yolk, the vessels extend likewise until the entire yolk is surrounded
by a dense plexus of blood vessels in the wall of the yolk sac.
The Allantois. — While the embryonic intestine is first assuming the form
of a tube, there grows out ventrally from near its caudal end, during the third
day of incubation, a diverticulum which is the beginning of the allantois (Fig.
486). This increases rapidly in size and pushes out into the extraembryonic
body cavity behind the yolk stalk. As it is a diverticulum from the intestine,
it consists primarily of entoderm. This pushes in front of it, however, the
splanchnic (visceral) mesoderm which becomes the outer layer of the membrane.
The connection between the intestine and the allantois is known as the urachus.
In the chick the allantois attains a comparatively large size, pushing out dorsally
pr. seg.
ai. mes. ent.
FIG. 486. — Longitudinal section of caudal end of chick embryo (end of third
day of incubation). Gasser.
07., Allantois; al. p., allantois prominence; a.m., anal membrane; am., amnion; am. c., amniotic
cavity; e.g., caudal gut; cce., ccelom; ect., ectoderm; ent., entoderm; ex. b. c., extraembryonic
body cavity; mes., mesoderm; pr. g., primitive gut; t., tail.
between the amnion and the primitive chorion and ventrally between the latter
and the yolk sac (Fig. 484, b, c and d). The inner wall of the allantoic sac
blends with the amnion about the seventh day of incubation and with the
yolk sac considerably later, while the outer wall joins the primitive chorion
to form the true chorion, or as it is sometimes designated, the allanto-chorion
(see p. 575) . As the allantois reaches the limit of the yolk, it leaves the latter,
and pushing the primitive chorion before it, continues around close under the
shell (Fig. 484) until it completely encloses the albumen at the small end of
the egg.
The allantois of the chick performs three important functions :
1. It serves as a receptacle for the excretions of the primitive kidneys.
2. United with a part of the primitive chorion to form the albumen sac, its
vessels take up the albumen as nourishment for the embryo. Because of this
function and also because of the fact that little papillae sometimes appear on the
FCETAL MEMBRANES. 571
inner surface of the albumen sac, evidently for the purpose of increasing its
absorptive surface, this albumen sac has been compared by some to a placenta.
3. It blends with the primitive chorion to form the true chorion and being
extremely vascular and lying just beneath the porous shell, it serves as the most
important organ of fcetal respiration.
The allantois in the chick is an extremely vascular organ, the network of
small vessels in the wall being composed of radicals of the allantoic or umbilical
vessels of the embryo. Soon after the allantois begins to develop, two
branches — the umbilical arteries — are given off from the aorta near its caudal
end. These pass ventrally through the body wall of the embryo and thence
out via the umbilicus to break up into extensive networks of capillaries in the
mesodermal layer of the allantois. The capillaries converge to form the um-
bilical veins which pass into the embryo via the umbilicus and thence cephalad
to the heart.
During the incubation period of the chick there are two extraembryonic sets
of blood vessels. One set, the vitelline (omphalomesenteric) vessels (p. 187),
is concerned with carrying the yolk materials to the growing embryo. The
other set, the umbilical (allantoic) vessels, is chiefly concerned with respiration
and carrying waste products to the allantois, but is' probably in part concerned
with conveying the albumen to the embryo. When the chick is hatched, and the
fcetal membranes are of no further use and disappear, the extraembryonic por-
tions of the blood vessels also disappear. The intraembryonic portions persist,
in part, as certain vessels in the adult organism.
The Chorion or Serosa. — This membrane is but little developed in the
chick as compared with Mammals, especially the Placentalia. Its mode of
origin as the outer leaves of the amniotic folds, cut off from the amnion by
dorso-medial extension of the mesoderm and body cavity, has been described
(P- S^S) • It consists, as there shown, of extraembryonic ectoderm and parietal
mesoderm (Fig. 483) . As first formed it is confined to the immediate region
of the embryo and of the amnion to which it is later loosely attached. It soon
extends ventrally around the yolk where it forms what is sometimes designated
the skin layer of the yolk sac. The relation of the outer layers of the allantois
to the chorion has been described on page 570, and is illustrated in Fig. 486.
FCETAL MEMBRANES IN MAMMALS.
The development of the fcetal membranes in Mammals presents no such
uniformity as is found in Birds and Reptiles where it was possible to describe
their formation in the chick as typical for the two classes. In the different
Mammals much variation occurs, not only in the first appearance of the mem-
branes but also in their further development and ultimate structure.
In some forms (rabbit, for example) the amnion develops in a manner very
572 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
similar to that in the chick; that is, by a dorsal folding of the somatopleure.
There is, however, no head fold unless a temporary structure known as the
proamnion be considered as such. The entire rabbit amnion is formed by an
extension over the embryo of the tail amniotic fold. In other forms (bat and
probably man) the amnion and amniotic cavity arise in situ over the embryonic
disk, without any folding of the somatopleure.
Yolk is almost entirely lacking in most Mammals, but the yolk sac is always
present although it soon becomes a rudimentary structure. The fact that the
yolk sac is always present points toward the conclusion that Mammals are
descended from animals which possessed large ova with abundant yolk. As a
matter of fact the lowest Mammals, the Monotremes, possess large ova with
large quantities of yolk. These are deposited by the female, are developed in a
parchment-like shell, and are carried about in the brood-pouch.
The allantoic sac in many Mammals is a very rudimentary structure which,
as in the chick, always arises as an evagination from the caudal end of the gut.
The allantoic blood vessels, however, become vastly important since they here
not only carry off waste products from the embryo, as in Reptiles and in Birds,
but also assume the function of conveying nutriment from the mother to the
embryo. In assuming this new function they are no longer concerned with
the allantoic sac proper but enter into a new relation with the chorion.
The chorion is the most highly modified and specialized of all the mam-
malian foetal membranes. In some cases (the rabbit, for example) it arises in
connection with the amnion, as in the chick, by a dorsal folding of the somato-
pleure. In other cases (bat and probably man) it arises at a very early stage,
partly as a differentiation of the superficial layer— of the .morula, partly as
extraembryonic parietal mesoderm which develops later. In all cases where
the embryo is retained in the uterus (except Marsupials) it forms a most highly
specialized and complex structure which, in connection with the allantoic
vessels, establishes the communication between the mother and the embryo.
For the sake of clearness it seems best to describe first the earlier stages of
the fcetal membranes in some case where the development resembles that of the
chick; then later to consider the more specialized types of development, the
ultimate structure of the membranes, especially the chorion, and their relation
to the embryo and the mother.
Amnion, Chorion, Yolk Sac, Allantois, Umbilical Cord.— Referring
back to the mammalian blastoderm when it consists of the three germ layers,
it will be remembered that the embryonic disk forms the roof, so to speak, of a
large cavity — the yolk cavity or cavity of the blastodermic vesicle (Fig. 75);
that the ectoderm of the disk is continuous with a layer of cells which extends
around the vesicle — the extraembryonic ectoderm; that the entoderm of the
disk is continuous with the entoderm lining the cavity of the vesicle; that the
FCETAL MEMBRANES.
573
mesoderm extends peripherally beyond the disk between the ectoderm and
entoderm (Fig. 81). It will be remembered also that the mesoderm later splits
into two layers— the parietal and visceral, of which the parietal plus the ecto-
derm forms the somatopleure and the visceral plus the entoderm forms-file
Prtmltive Qut
FIG. 487, — Diagrams representing six stages in the development of the foetal membranes
in a mammal. Modified from Kulliker.
The ectoderm is indicated by solid black lines; the entoderm by broken lines; the mesoderm
by dotted lines and areas.
splanchnopleure; and that the cleft between the two layers is the body cavity
or ccelom.
In further development, along with the differentiation of the embryonic
body, the somatopleure begins to fold dorsally at a short distance from the
574
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
body (Fig. 487, 2). The folds — amniotic folds — appear cranially, laterally and
caudally. These folds continue to grow dorsally (Fig. 487, 3) and finally meet
and fuse above the embryo (Fig. 487, 4). They then break through along the
line of fusion so that the extraembryonic body cavity which has been carried up
dorsally over the embryo in the amniotic folds becomes continuous across the
mid-dorsal line. A double membrane or rather two membranes are thus
formed which extend over the embryo. The outer membrane is the- cjiojjon
and is composed from without inward of ectoderm and parietal mesoderm.
The inner membrane is the amnion and is composed from without inward of
parietal mesoderm and ectoderm (Fig. 487, 5). Between the amnion and the
chorion is a portion of the extraembryonic body cavity, which, as already
mentioned, was carried dorsally with the amniotic folds (Fig. 487, 2, 3, 4 and 5).
Sclerotome Myotome
Upper
limb bud
Entoderm
Pronephric
tubule
FIG, 488. — Transverse section of a dog embryo with 19 primitive segments.
Section taken through sixth segment.
Bonnet.
In the manner just described the amnion becomes a sac which at first en-
closes the embryo laterally, and then laterally and dorsally (Efg- 488) . ^ Later
as the embryo becomes constricted off from the underlying^ 1:avity, the amnion
encloses it entirely except over a small area on the ventral side where the embryo
is attached to the yolk sac (Fig. 487, 3, 4 and 5).
While the amnion is being formed, the mesoderm continues to extend
around the vesicle between the ectoderm and the entoderm. At the same time
it splits into parietal and visceral layers, of which the parietal is applied to the
ectoderm, and the visceral to the entoderm. In this way the extraembryonic
body cavity gradually extends farther and farther around the vesicle until
finally the somatopleure is completely separated from the splanchnopleure
(Fig. 487, 3, 4 and 5). The extraembryonic somatopleure now forms a com-
plete wall for the vesicle and constitutes the chorion. The extraembryonic
splanchnopleure forms a complete wall for the yolk cavity and constitutes the
wall of the yolk sac. The proximal portion of the yolk sac becomes constricted
FCETAL MEMBRANES. 575
to form the yolk stalk which connects the yolk sac with the ventral side of the
embryonic body (Fig. 487, 5).
While the processes just described have been taking place, an evagination ap-
pears pushing out from the ventral side of the caudal end of the gut (Fig. 487,4).
This evagination grows out into the extraembryonic body cavity (exo-
coelom), pushing before it the visceral layer of mesoderm, thus giving rise to a
thin- walled sac which communicates with the gut — the allantois (Fig. 487, 5).
At this stage the embryonic body, with its surrounding amnion and appended
yolk sac and allantois, lies within the large vesicle formed by the chorion. Up
to this point the development resembles that in the chick.
In succeeding stages a new connection is established between the embryo and
the chorion in the following manner : The amnion enlarges and fills relatively
more of the cavity within the chorion, while the yolk sac becomes smaller and
the yolk stalk much attenuated (Fig. 487, 6). At the same time the allantois
also becomes attenuated and its distal end comes in contact with the chorion
(Fig. 487, 6). The growth of the amnion results in the pushing together of the
attenuated yolk stalk and allantofs so that they lie parallel to each other (Fig.
487, 6), and are together invested by a portion of the amnion. As already
described, both yolk stalk and allantois are composed of entoderm and
mesoderm while the amnion is composed of mesoderm and ectoderm. Con-
sequently when the three structures come together and fuse, there is formed
a mass of mesoderm which contains the entoderm of the yolk stalk or vitelline
duct and trie entoderm of the allantois or allantoic duct, and which is sur-
rounded by the ectoderm of the amnion. The fusion of these three structures
in this region thus produces a slender cord of tissue which forms the union
between the embryo and the chorion and which is known as the umbilical cord
(Fig. 487, 6).
In Mammals the yolk sac contains little or no yolk and consequently can
furnish but little nutriment for the embryo; but the union of the allantois with
the chorion, mentioned in the preceding paragraph, allows the allantoic blood
vessels to come into connection with the chorion. And since in Mammals the
chorion is the means of establishing the communication between the embryo
and the mother, the allantoic (umbilical) vessels assume the function of carrying
nutrient materials to the embryo and also of carrying away from the embryo its
waste products. (See p. 192.)
Further Development of the Chorion.
Up through the stages which have been described the correspondence in the
development of the fcetal membranes in Reptiles, Birds and Mammals is clear.
From now on, the course of development in Mammals becomes more and
more divergent. The extensive development of the yolk and yolk sac with its
576
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
vascular system in the egg-laying Amniotes has been noted. This is dependent
upon the fact that the embryo very early in its existence loses its nutritional con-
nection with its mother and is therefore dependent for its food upon the yolk
stored up within the egg. This condition obtains up through the lowest order
of Mammals, the Monotremes, which are egg-laying animals. The Marsupials
give birth to young of very immature development. In these two orders of
Mammals the fcetal membranes present essentially the same condition as in
Birds and Reptiles. The chorion in Marsupials, however, lies in close ap-
v position to the vascular uterine mucosa and perhaps provides for the passage of
Chorion
Uterine
glands
Blood
vessels
Muscularis
FIG. 489. — Vertical section through wall of uterus and chorion of a pig. Photograph.
Note especially the close apposition of the chorionic and uterine epithelium (and compare with
Fig. 490); note also the enlarged blood vessels in the uterine mucosa.
nutrition from the mother to the embryo. In all higher Mammals, however, no
eggs are laid and the embryo early acquires an intimate nutritional relation to
its mother. This relation is maintained until the embryo has reached a com-
paratively advanced stage of development. As would be expected therefore,
there take place, coincidently with the change in nutritional relation between
mother and embryo, and dependent upon this changed relation, the already
noted decrease in, or entire loss of, yolk and at the same time the development of
a special organ of relation between embryo and uterus. This organ is devel-
oped mainly from the chorion which becomes highly specialized as compared
with the very simple chorion described in the chick.
FCETAL MEMBRANES.
577
In some Mammals (e.g., pig, horse, hippopotamus, camel) there develops a
more intimate relation between the chorion and the uterine mucosa. In the
pig, for example, the chorionic vesicle becomes somewhat spindle-shaped, and,
except at its tapering ends, its surface is closely applied to the surface of the
uterine mucosa. On that portion of the chorion which is in contact with the
uterine mucosa small elevations or projections develop and fit into correspond-
ing depressions in the mucosa. These projections involve the epithelial
layer (ectoderm) of the chorion and the adjacent connective tissue (mesoderm)
(Fig. 488) . Furthermore, the chorionic epithelial cells and the uterine epithelial
lu
Blood vessel in
uterine mucosa
FIG. 490.— -From section through wall of uterus and chorion of a pig. showing close relationship
between the epithelium of the uterus and that of the chorion. Photograph.
cells acquire very intimate relations in that the ends of the former become
rounded and fit into depressions in the ends of the latter (Fig. 490).
The allantois and allantoic vessels in the pig afford a good example of the
transition from the respiratory and excretory functions which they almost ex-
clusively possess in Reptiles and Birds, to the additional nutritional function of
these vessels in Mammals. The allantoic sac becomes large and applies itself
to the inner surface of the chorion, so that the blood vessels of the allantois also
grow into and ramify in the mesodermal layer of the chorion. This brings the
allantoic (umbilical) blood vessels containing the fcetal blood closer to the uterine
vessels containing the maternal blood. The two sets of vessels never come in
contact, however, being always separated by the chorionic an.d uterine epithe-
578 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
lium and also by some connective tissue of the chorion and of the uterine
mucosa (Fig. 490). Food materials for the embryo must, therefore, pass through
the connective tissue and the two epithelial layers in order to get from the
maternal to the foetal blood; and waste products from the embryo must also pass
through the same tissues to get from the fcetal to the maternal blood. When the
foetal membranes of the pig are expelled at birth, the rudimentary chorionic
villi simply withdraw from their sockets in the uterine mucosa and the chorion
is cast off, leaving the uterine mucosa intact.
In other Mammals, the attachment of the chorion to the mucous membrane
of the uterus is restricted to certain definite, highly specialized areas. This
means that the villi which at first developed over the entire chorion, disappear
from the greater part of it. Those villi which remain are limited to a definite
area or areas and develop extensive arborizations. Moreover, they do not
FIG. 491.— Chorion of sheep, showing cotyledonary placenta. O. Schultze.
simply fit into depressions in the uterine mucosa, but become much more
closely attached to it while the mucosa increases in thickness and in vascularity
over the villous areas. There are thus formed two distinct though intimately
associated parts of a structure which is known as the placenta — the uterine part
being designated the maternal placenta or placenta uterina, the fcetal part the
placenta fcetalis. Such Mammals are grouped as Placentalia. In the sheep
and cow a number of placentae — multiple placenta — are normally present (Fig.
104). In the dog and cat the placenta takes the shape of a band or a zone
of specialized tissue encircling the germ vesicle. This is known as a zonular
placenta. In man a single discoidal area develops — discoidal placenta.
These different forms of placentae vary also in regard to the intimacy with
which maternal and fcetal parts are associated. Thus, for example, in the
multiple placentae of the cow and sheep, the fcetal placentae may be easily
FCETAL MEMBRANES. 579
pulled away from the maternal placentae; while in the discoidal placenta of
man, maternal and foetal parts are so closely related that both come away to-
gether as the after-birth or decidua.
THE FCETAL MEMBRANES IN MAN.
The fcetal membranes in man are characterized by the early development of
the amnion, the development of an extremely complicated discoidal placenta and
the rudimentary condition of the yolk sac and allantois. The high develop-
ment of the placenta — the organ of interchange between fcetal and maternal
circulation — is undoubtedly dependent upon the very long period of gestation
during which the human foetus leads an entirely parasitic existence, being
dependent wholly upon the mother for nutrition and respiration. The exten-
sive development of the placenta in turn explains the rudimentary condition of
the yolk sac and stalk and of the allantois, the nutritional and respiratory func-
tions of these large and important organs in some of the lower animals, being in
man taken up by the placenta.
The Amnion.
In describing the development of the germ layers in the human embryo,
comparisons were made between one of the youngest known human embryos—
that of Peters — and the embryos of the bat and mole (p. 99). Reference to this
description and to the figures shows that in the bat and mole the amnion is
formed, not as in the chick and rabbit by dorsal foldings of the somatopleure
and fusion of these folds, but in situ by a breaking down of some of the cells of
the inner cell mass and consequent cavity formation. In Peters' embryo the
amnion is already present as a closed cavity. The earlier stages in its forma-
tion are not known. As in the case of the germ layers, however, the appear-
ances in sections are so closely similar as to suggest at least, that the human
amnion is formed in the same manner as that of the bat and mole.
In Peters7 ovum (Fig. 74), also in Bryce-Teacher's (Fig. 493), the
amniotic cavity is seen already formed. It is roofed by a single layer
of flat cells apparently analogous to the trophoderm of the bat (Fig. 59).
As in the bat and chick this layer is continuous with the higher ecto-
derm of the embryo proper as represented here by the embryonic disk. The
extraembryonic mesoderm is already present at this stage between the ecto-
derm of the amnion and the trophoderm, the epithelial cells of the latter
being seen on the surface. Ventrally lies the yolk sac lined with entoderm,
while laterally between the entoderm and ectoderm is seen the embryonic
mesoderm. This formation of the amnion in situ considerably shortens the
process of amnion formation as compared with that in most of the lower
animals, where it is formed by dorsal foldings. This results in the very early
580 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
formation of a complete amnion and amniotic cavity in such forms as the bat,
mole and man.
The human amniotic cavity is at first small, the amnion covering only the
dorsum of the embryo to which it is closely applied. The dorsal surface of the
disk is at first concave, then flat, and later its margins curve ventrally as the flat
disk becomes transformed into the definite shape of the embryonic body. As
the margins of the disk bend ventrally they carry with them the attached amnion.
As the embryo becomes constricted off from the yolk sac, the amnion is attached
only ventrally in the region of the developing umbilical cord. With the
exception of this attachment the embryo thus comes to lie free, floating in
the amniotic fluid (Fig. 487, 6).
The amniotic cavity, at first small, increases rapidly in size and by the third
month has reached the limits of the chorionic vesicle completely filling it. It
then attaches itself loosely to the overlying chorion thus completely obliterating
the extraembryonic body cavity. The amnion consists everywhere of two
layers, an inner ectoderm, the cells of which are at first flat, later cuboidal or
even columnar, and an outer layer of somatic mesoderm. At the dermal
navel (p. 569) the amniotic ectoderm is continuous with the surface ectoderm
(later epidermis) of the embryo. Some writers consider the fact that the
epithelial covering of the umbilical cord is stratified as indicating that it is
derived from embryonic ectoderm rather than from amniotic ectoderm, and
describe the transition between the two as taking place not at the dermal
umbilicus but at the attachment of the cord to the placenta. As in lower
forms (p. 566) the walls of the amniotic cavity contain contractile elements
which determine rhythmical contractions of the amnion.
The human amniotic fluid is a thin, watery fluid of slightly alkaline reaction
containing about one per cent, of solids, chiefly urea, albumin and grape-
sugar. The origin of the fluid is not known. By some it is believed to be
mainly a secretion of the maternal tissues, by others as largely of fcetal origin.
The urea it contains is probably excreted by the fcetal kidneys.
When the amount of amniotic fluid is excessive the condition is known as
hydramnios. If, as is sometimes the case, the amniotic fluid is present in very
small amount, adhesions may form between the amnion and the embryo.
These may result in malformations. With or without abnormality in the
amount of amniotic fluid, bands of fibrous tissue may stretch across the cavity.
If sufficiently strong these may produce such malformations as splitting of
a lip or of the nose, or the partial or complete amputation of a limb.
In labor a portion of the amnion filled with fluid usually precedes the head
through the cervical canal. It is rounded or conical, and becoming distended
and tense with each uterine contraction or labor pain, serves as the natural
and most efficient dilator of the cervix. When the cervix is partially or com-
FCETAL MEMBRANES. 581
pletely dilated, the amnion usually ruptures — "rupture of the membranes" —
and all or a part of the amniotic fluid escapes as the "waters." Usually a
varying amount of the fluid remains behind the embryo being kept there by the
head completely corking the cervix. This escapes with the birth of the child.
In some cases the amnion ruptures at the beginning of labor, before there has
been any dilatation of the cervix. The dilating must then be done by the
child's head or other presenting part. These are much less adapted to the
purpose than the bag of membranes and the result is usually a difficult and
protracted "dry" labor. Rarely the amnion fails to rupture during labor and
the child is born within the intact bag of membranes. Such a child is said to
be born with a "caul."
The Yolk Sac.
In the human embryo the yolk sac is but a rudiment of the large and im-
portant organ found in some of the lower animals. It develops early and at the
end of the second week is an almost spherical sac with a wide opening into the
intestine (Fig. 85), there being but a slight constriction between the embryo
and the yolk sac. During the third week the yolk sac becomes decidedly con-
stricted off from the embryo, remaining connected, however, with the intestine
by means of a long pedicle, the yolk stalk or vitelline duct (Fig. 87). As the
placenta is formed, and at the same time the umbilical cord, the yolk sac becomes
incorporated with the former, where it may sometimes be found by careful
search after birth, while the yolk stalk becomes reduced to a strand of cells
which traverses the entire length of the umbilical cord (p. 598).
Whatever function the rudimentary human yolk sac has, must be performed
early, as both sac and stalk soon undergo regressive changes. Although no true
yolk is present, the sac at first contains fluid and its thick outer mesodermal layer
is the place of earliest blood and blood vessel formation. This would seem to
indicate that like the larger yolk sac of lower animals, the human yolk sac
serves temporarily as a blood-forming organ.
In about three per cent, of cases that portion of the yolk stalk which lies
between the intestine and the umbilicus fails to degenerate, retaining its lumen
and its connection with the intestine. It is then known as MeckeVs diverticulum
and is of considerable surgical importance, as it may become invaginated into
the small intestine and thus cause obstruction of the bowel. The blind end of
the diverticulum may remain attached to the umbilicus, or it may become free,
or in rare cases the stalk may retain a lumen from the intestine to the umbilicus,
through which faeces may escape— " faecal fistula." Occasionally a portion of
the gut from which the yolk stalk is given off extends for a short distance into
the cord. If, as is sometimes the case, this extension fails to retract before
birth, a congenital umbilical hernia is the result (see Chap. XX).
582 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
The Allantois.
The human allantois, while analogous to the allantois of Birds and Reptiles,
shows certain marked peculiarities in its development, in its relation to sur-
rounding structures and in its functions.
Its development is peculiar in that it does not push out, as, for example, in
the chick, as an evagination from the primitive gut into the extraembryonic
body cavity, for at the very early stage at which the human allantois first ap-
pears, the primitive gut is not as yet constricted off from the yolk sac and there
is no extraembryonic body cavity into which the allantois can extend. It will be
remembered that in the formation of the germ layers and in the development of
the amnion the human embryo shows a marked tendency, as compared with
lower forms, toward a shortening of the developmental process. This ab-
breviation and consequent very early formation applies also to the allantois. As
the embryonic body assumes definite shape and the amnion is formed, -there is
not the complete separation of amnion from the chorion seen, for example, in the
chick, the embryo remaining connected posteriorly with the chorion by means of
a short thick cord of mesodermic tissue. This is known as the belly stalk. Into
this solid cord of mesodermic tissue which connects the embryo with the
chorion, entodermic cells extend. These are derived from the embryonic en-
toderm before the constriction which differentiates the primitive gut from the
yolk sac has made its appearance (Fig. 77). According to some there is a true
evagination from the entodermic sac quite analogous to the evagination in the
chick, resulting in a long slender tube lined by entoderm and extending from
the embryo to the chorion. Others describe the entodermic outgrowth as a
solid cord of cells. The mesodermic layer of the allantois is furnished by the
mesoderm of the belly stalk. It is to be noted in this connection that the
mesoderm of the belly stalk is embryonic mesoderm and that in Birds, for
example, this portion of the mesoderm splits into two layers, somatic and
splanchnic, with the extraembryonic body cavity between them. Into this
extraembryonic body cavity the allantois extends. In man no such splitting
occurs, so that there is no extraembryonic body cavity into which the allantois
can extend. Instead, it grows out into the belly stalk.
The functions of the human allantois are somewhat different from those of
the allantois of the chick. In the latter it is a direct respiratory organ in that it
brings the embryo into relation with the outside air. In man the allantois,
accompanied by the allantoic (umbilical) blood vessels, comes into relation
with the placenta. As the placenta serves as the medium of exchange between
foetal and maternal circulations, it acts as a modified organ of respiration. In
the chick the allantoic cavity also serves for the reception of the excretions from
the embryo, the allantoic fluid containing nitrogenous excretives. In man all
FCETAL MEMBRANES. 583
such elimination is carried on through the placenta and there is consequently
no need for the development of a large allantoic sac.
With development of the placenta, that part of the allantoic stalk which lies
in the umbilical cord atrophies. Of the embryonic portion of the allantois,
or the urachus, on the other hand, the proximal end communicates with the
urinary bladder, while the remainder, which extends from the bladder to the
umbilicus becomes transformed into a fibrous cord, — the middle umbilical
ligament (page 371). Rarely that portion of the allantoic stalk between the
bladder and the umbilicus remains patent and opening upon the surface
forms a "urinary fistula," allowing urine to escape.
In Reptiles and Birds the omphalomesenteric vessels, passing along the yolk
stalk and ramifying in the mesodermal layer of the yolk sac, convey the nutrient
materials of the yolk to the growing embryo. Since the allantois is an organ of
respiration and excretion, the allantoic or umbilical vessels have nothing to do
with the actual nourishment of the embryo (p. 191) . In Mammals the yolk sac
is of less functional value. Consequently the vitelline vessels, although present
(Fig. 162), play a less important role in conveying nutriment. The allantoic
(umbilical) vessels, instead of ramifying in the wall of the allantois, as in the
lower forms, come into connection with the chorion, passing primarily through
the belly stalk. Since the chorion becomes the organ of interchange between
the embryo and the mother, the allantoic vessels assume a new function, the
allantoic (umbilical) vein carrying food material from the mother to the em-
bryo, the arteries carrying waste products from the embryo to the mother.
Thus in Mammals, as the yolk sac and vitelline vessels come to play a less im-
portant role in the nutrition of the embryo, the allantoic vessels, in connection
with the chorion, become practically the only means by which the embryo
receives its food-supply.
The Chorion and the Decidua.
When the fertilized ovum reaches the uterus it becomes fixed or embedded
In the uterine mucosa. Fixation usually occurs in the upper half of the uterus
but may occur near the cervix. Rarely the ovum becomes fixed to the mucous
membrane of the tube instead of to that of the uterus, and, developing there,
gives rise to a "tubal" pregnancy — one of the forms of extrauterine gestation.
Until recently, it was believed that the ovum became attached to the surface
of the mucous membrane. Recent studies upon some of the youngest human
ova and upon those of some of the lower Mammals, however, seem to indicate
that the ovum in some way pushes itself into— buries itself— in the uterine
mucosa (Fig. 492). It is argued that if the ovum simply attaches itself to the
surface of the mucosa, one would expect to find, for a time at least, epithelium
between the attached surface and the stroma. In a very young human ovum
584
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
no such epithelium was found and the ovum had the appearance of having
penetrated the stroma by which it was surrounded (Fig. 493). Thus, for the
first two weeks of gestation, the ovum lies embedded in the stroma of the uterine
mucosa, giving so little surface indication of its presence that it is practically
impossible to locate it except by serial sections of the entire mucosa. After
two weeks the position of the ovum begins to be indicated by a slight prominence
of the mucous membrane, the summit of the prominence being marked by an
entrance plug consisting of coagulum, cast off cells and fibrin (Fig. 74). In
Inner cell
Uterine
epithelium
Thickening of
trophoderm
Thickening of L
trophoderm
Degenerating
uteri-- epithelium
FIG. 492. — Successive stages in the implantation of the ovum of Spermophilus citillus. Rejsek.
a- Ovum (blastodermic vesicle) lying free in the uterine cavity, b, Later stage in which the
syncytial knob (thickening of trophoderm) has penetrated the uterine epithelium as far as
the basement membrane, c, Still later stage in which the trophoderm has penetrated the
uterine stroma; the cells of the uterine epithelium at the point of entrance are degenerating.
the Bryce-Teacher ovum no such entrance plug was found (Fig. 493). At
this stage the plug contains no glands or blood vessels. Later it becomes
organized and replaced by connective tissue. Whatever the mode of fixation
of the ovum to the uterus, there immediately result important changes in the
uterine mucosa which lead to the formation of the decidua. These changes are
both destructive and constructive. They are destructive in that the epithelial
covering of the ovum, the trophoderm, has some solvent action on the uterine
mucosa and breaks down the walls of the maternal blood vessels thus allowing
the blood to flow around the ovum (Fig. 493). They are constructive in that
they result in the formation of the decidua.
FCETAL MEMBRANES.
585
From their relation to the ovum and to the uterus, the deciduse (by which is
meant the uterine mucosa of pregnancy) have been divided into the decidua
parietalis or decidua verat the decidua basalis or serotina, and the decidua cap -
sularis or reflexa.
t3 ,_ •iL-,^-----,— ^-
-si
cap., Capillary; cyt., cellular layer (cyto-trophoderm); ep., uterine epithelium; g/., uterine gland ;
n. z., necrotic zone of decidua (uterine mucosa); P. e., point of entrance of the ovum; tro.,
syncytium (plasmodium, plasmodi-trophoderm); tro.1, masses of vacuolating syncytium
invading capillaries. The cavity of the blastodermic vesicle is completely filled by meso-
derm, and embedded therein are the amniotic. and entodermic (yolk) vesicles. The
natural proportions of the several parts have been observed.
The decidua parietalis is the changed mucosa of the entire uterus with the
exception of that portion to which the ovum is attached. The decidua basalis
is that portion of the mucosa to which the ovum is attached and which later
becomes the maternal part of the placenta. The decidua reflexa is either the
586
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
extension of the mucosa over the ovum or that part of the mucosa under which
the ovum buries itself (Fig. 494).
It will be remembered that surrounding the entire young ovum is the chorion
and that this membrane consists of two layers, an outer ectoderm (trophoderm)
and an inner mesoderm. In the youngest known human embryo the chorion is
a
Decidua parietalis
Decidua capsularis
Decidua basalis 1
I Placenta
Chorion froriclosum J
FIG. 494. — Semidiagramatic sagittal section of human uterus containing an
embryo of about five weeks. Allen Thompson.
a, Ventral (anterior) surface; c, cervix uteri; ch, chorian; g, outer limit of decidua;
m, muscularis; p, dorsal (posterior) surface.
a shaggy membrane, its entire surface being covered with small projections or
villi. Later these villi disappear from all of the chorion except that part of it
which becomes attached to the uterine mucosa and forms the fcetal part of the
placenta. The latter is known as the chorion frondosum, while the smooth
remainder of the chorion is known as the chor ion .Iceve.
There are thus to be considered:
1. The decidua parietalis.
2. The decidua capsularis.
3. The decidua basalis
4. The chorion frondosum
forming the placenta.
FCETAL MEMBRANES. 587
The Decidua Parietalis. — The changes in the uterine mucosa which
result in the formation of the decidua parietalis are similar to, though more
extensive than, the changes which take place during the earlier stages of men-
struation. There is congestion of the stroma with proliferation of the con-
nective tissue elements and increase in the length, breadth and tortuosity of the
glands. These changes result as in menstruation in thickening of the mucosa
so that at the height of its development the decidua parietalis has a thickness of
. about i cm. It extends to the internal os where it ends abruptly, there being no
decidua formed in the cervix.
In the superficial part of the mucosa the glands wholly or almost wholly
disappear and their place is taken by the proliferating connective tissue of the
stroma. The result is a layer of comparatively dense connective tissue — the
compact layer. Beneath this layer are found remains of the uterine glands in
the shape of widely open, somewhat tortuous spaces which extend for the most
part parallel to the muscularis. Some of these glandular remains retain part
of their epithelium. Lying in the proliferating stroma, these spaces give to this
layer the structure which has led to its being designated the spongy layer.
During the latter half of pregnancy the decidua parietalis becomes greatly
thinned, due apparently to pressure from the growing embryo with its mem-
branes. With this thinning, the few remaining glands of the compact layer
disappear. The character of the spongy layer changes, the glands collapsing or
being reduced to elongated, narrow spaces parallel to the muscularis. The
entire tissue also becomes much less vascular than in early pregnancy.
If the foetal membranes are in situ the compact layer is in contact with the
ectodermic (epithelial) layer of the chorion. Next to this lies the mesodermic
(connective tissue) layer of the chorion. Delicate adhesions connect the
mesodermic tissue of the chorion with the mesodermic layer of the amnion.
Covering the latter is the amniotic ectoderm (epithelium).
The Decidua Capsularis. — Early in its development this has essentially
the same structure as the decidua parietalis. Its older or more common name,
decidua reflexa, indicates the earlier idea that this portion of the decidua repre-
sents a growing around or reflection of the uterine mucosa upon the attached
ovum. Peters, after examining the very early ovum which bears his name,
came to the apparently warranted conclusion that instead of the uterine mucosa
growing out around the ovum, the ovum buries itself in the mucosa, and that by
the time the ovum had reached the size of the one he examined (i mm.), it was
almost entirely covered over by the mucosa (Fig. 74). See also Fig. 493. In
Peters' ovum a coagulum consisting of blood cells, other cast off cells and
fibrin marked the point at which the ovum probably entered the stroma.
Later this is replaced by connective tissue and for a considerable time the point
is marked by an area of scar tissue.
588 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
By about the fifth month the rapidly growing embryo with its membranes
has filled the uterine cavity, and the decidua capsularis, now a very thin trans-
parent membrane, is everywhere pressed against the decidua parietalis. It
ultimately either disappears (Minot) or blends with the decidua parietalis
(Leopold, Bonnet).
The Decidua Basalis. — As the decidua basalis is that part of the mucosa
to which the chorion frondosum is attached, it is convenient to consider the
two structures together.
Decidua
"Fastening" vilii
Terminal villi
FlG. 495. — Isolated villi from chorion frondosum of a human embryo of
eight weeks. Kollmann's Atlas.
At a very early stage, villi develop over the entire surface of the chorion
(Fig. 493). Very soon, however, the villi begin to increase in number and in
size over the region of the attachment of the ovum and to disappear from the
remainder of the chorion, thus leading to the already mentioned distinction
between the chorion frondosum and the chorion laeve (p. 586) .
THE CHORION FRONDOSUM or fcetal portion of the placenta consists of two
layers which are not, however, sharply separated.
1. The compact layer. This lies next to the amnion and consists of con-
nective tissue. " At first the latter is of the more cellular embryonal type. Later
it resembles adult fibrous tissue.
2. The villous layer. The chorionic villi, when they first appear, are short
FCETAL MEMBRANES.
589
simple projections from the epithelial layer of the chorion and consist wholly of
epithelium. Very soon, however, two changes take place in these projec-
tions. They branch dichotomously giving rise to secondary and tertiary villi,
forming tree-like structures (Fig. 495). At the same time mesoderm grows
into each villus so that the central part of the originally solid epithelial villus is
replaced by connective tissue, which thus forms a core or axis. This connective
tissue core is at first free from blood vessels, but toward the end of the third week
terminals of the umbilical (allantoic) vessels grow out into the connective tissue
and the villus becomes vascular. Each villus now consists of a core of vascular
mesodermic tissue (embryonal connective tissue) covered over by trophoderm
Syncytium
Cellular layer
(of Langhans)
Blood vessels
Mesoderm
(core of villus)
Intervillous
space
FIG. 496. — Section of proximal end of villus from chorion frondosum of human embryo
of two months. Photograph.
In the space above the villus is a mass of cells such as are invariably found among or attached to
the villi (see text, page 594).
(epithelium). At first the epithelium of the villus consists of distinctly outlined
cells. Very soon, however, the epithelium shows a differentiation into two
layers. The inner layer lying next to the mesoderm is called the layer of
Langhans or cyto-trophoderm. Its cell boundaries are distinct and its nuclei
frequently show mitosis. The outer covering layer consists of cells the bodies
of which have fused to form a syncytium — the syncytial layer or plasmodi-
trophoderm. This is a layer of densely stained protoplasm of uneven thickness
(Figs. 496 and 497). It contains small nuclei which take a dark stain. As
this layer is constantly growing, and as these nuclei do not show mitosis, it has
been suggested that they probably multiply by direct division.
590 TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
At an early stage large masses of cells appear among the villi, sometimes being
attached to the villi (Figs. 496 and 498) . The origin of these masses is not known
with certainty. They may represent thickenings of the syncytium in which the
cell boundaries have reappeared, or they may represent outgrowths from
Langhans' layer. In some cases the cells are small with darkly staining nuclei,
in other cases large and homogeneous with large vesicular nuclei. Large
multinuclear cells, or giant cells, with homogeneous cytoplasm, also appear.
In some cases they apparently lie free in the intervillous spaces although
Hofbauer's celJ
Capillary
FIG. 497. — Transverse section of chorion villus from human embryo of two months, showing meso-
dermal core of villus and surrounding cellular layer (cyto-trophoderm) and syncytium (plas-
modi-trophoderm). Hofbauer's cell is an example of large cells found in the villi, but the
significance of which is not known. From retouched photograph. Grosser.
it is claimed by some investigators that they merely represent sections of
tips of the syncytial masses. A structure known as canalized fibrin (which
takes a brilliant eosin stain) begins to develop in the earlier months of preg-
nancy and gradually increases in amount during the later stages. It is found
in relation with the large cell masses among the villi and is probably a degen-
eration product of these masses.
In the later months of pregnancy the covering layer of the villi loses its
distinctly epithelial character, the cyto-trophoderm or cellular layer disappearing
and the plasmodi-trophoderm or syncytial layer becoming reduced to a thin
FCETAL MEMBRANES.
591
homogeneous membrane. At points in this membrane are knob-like projections
composed of darkly staining nuclei. These are known as nuclear groups, or
proliferation islands, and probably represent the proximal portions of the large
cell masses already described (compare Figs. 497 and 499).
Certain of the uterine stroma cells increase greatly in size and become the
decidual cells. These are large cells — 30 to 100 microns — and vary in shape.
Late in pregnancy they acquire a brownish color and give this color to the
superficial layer of the decidua parietalis. Each cell usually contains a single
Syncytium
Trophoderm
mass
FIG. 498. — Section c/ cuorion of human embryo of one month (9 mm.). Grosser.
large nucleus. Some contain two or three nuclei. A few are frequently
multinuclear.
Some of the chorionic villi float freely in the blood spaces of the maternal
placenta — floating villi; others are attached to the maternal tissue — fastening
villi. The villi are separated into larger and smaller groups or lobules by the
growth of connective tissue septa from the maternal placenta down into the
decidua basalis. These are known as placental septa, while the groups of
chorionic villi are known as cotyledons (Figs. 500 and 502).
Both decidual cells and chorionic villi are important from a diagnostic
592
TEXT-BOOK OF EMBRYOLOGY.
standpoint, as the finding of them in curettings or in a uterine discharge may
be accepted as proof of pregnancy.
During the early months of pregnancy — first four months — the decidua
basalis has essentially the same structure as the decidua parietalis. Its surface
epithelium disappears very early, perhaps even before the attachment of the
ovum. The glandular elements and the connective tissue undergo the same
changes as in the decidua parietalis and here also result in the differentiation
of a compact layer and a spongy layer. Both layers are much thinner than
in the decidua parietalis.
As already noted, connective tissue septa pass from the superficial layer of the
decidua basalis down into the fcetal placenta subdividing the latter into cotyle-
dons. . At the margin of the placenta the decidua basalis passes over into the
Remnant of syncytium
Capillaries 43°, 437. 476, 533
anomalies of, 561, 616
anterior chamber, 548
ciliary body, 547
638
INDEX
Eye, chorioid, 545
cornea, 548
first indication of formation of, 534
formation of muscles of, 271
general development of, 533
influence on nervous system, 429
innervation of muscles of, 432
iris, 547
lens, 535
muscles of, 430
optic cup, 536, 539
depression, 533
nerve, 546
retina, 540
sclera, 545
vitreous, 545
Eyelashes, 548
Eyelids, 548
Fabricus ab Aquapendente, XIII
Face, development of, 118, 549
malformation of, 616
Facial cleft, oblique, 629
Facialis, VII, nerve, 432, 434
Factors (genes, in heredity), 9
"Faecal fistula," 581
Fallopian tube, 24
Falx cerebri, 512
Fascia, 135
dentata, 439, 518
Fasciculi, see Tracts
Fasciculus cortico-spinal, 441
cuneatus, see Columns of Burdach
dorsal spino-cerebellar, 441
frontal cortico-pontile, 441
gracilis, see Columns of Gott
Fasciculus mammillo-tegmental, 507
medial longitudinal, 436, 474, 481, 486
occipital cortico-pontile, 4/11
retroflexus of Meynert, 508
solitarius, see Tractus solitarius
temporal cortico-pontile, 441
thalamomammillary, 507
ventral spino-cerebellar, 441
Fat, developing, 136
Feet, malformations of, 619
Female pronucleus, 28
Femur, 172
Fenestra cochleae, 557
vestibuli (ovalis), 557
Fertilization, 27
in the frog, 50
of human ovum, 32
Fertilization in mammals, 30, 32, 84
membrane, 31
in the sea-urchin, 28, 29
significance of, 33
in the star-fish, 29
time and place of, 31
Fertilized ovum, 27
Fibers, afferent peripheral nerve, 421
afferent root, 421, 460
arcuate (external), 485
(internal), 478, 485
association (see also Cells, association),
526
connective tissue, 134
cortico pontile, see Cortico pontile fibers
cortico-spinal, see Tracts, pyramidal
efferent peripheral nerve, 422, 456
ventral root fibers, 456
muscle, 263
nerve, various views concerning develop-
ment of, 463, 464
neuroglia, 453
olivo-cerebellar, 436, 491, 499
projection (ascending and descending),
440, 516, 525, 529
visceral (splanchnic), 457, 461
Fibrillar connective tissue, 134
Fibrillogenous zone, 454
Fibrils, connective tissue, 134
Fibroblasts, 135
Fibula, 172
Filia olfactoria, 472
Fillet, lateral, 436, 441, 493, 500
medial, 436, 441, 490, 491. 500, 507, 527
Filum terminale, 482
Fimbria, 518
Fimbriae, 384
Fingers, development of, 115, 121 . -: '•-.
Fissure, anterior arcuate, 510
calcarine, 524
callosal, 521
central, 524
great longitudinal, 512
of Rolando, 524
of Sylvius, 523
parieto-occipital, 524
posterior arcuate, 518
prima, of His, 510
primary, of cerebellum,
secondary, of cerebellum, 496
rhinal, medial and external, 510
ventral longitudinal, 480
Fissures of cerebral hemispheres, 512
INDEX
639
Flechsig, concerning myelogenetic areas of
pallium, 528, 529
Flechsig's tract, 441, 482
Flexure, cephalic, no, 115
dorsal, 112, 115,
sacral, 112, 115
Flocculi, 496
Floor plate (ventral median plate), 423
Fcetal inclusion, 608
membranes, 363
allantois, 570
amnion, 563
chorion, 571
earlier stages in Mammals, compared
with chick, 572
function of, 563
in Birds, 563
in Mammals, 571
in man, 579
in Reptiles, 563
references for further study of, 599
serosa, 571
Fostus, the, 118
in fcetu, 608
papyraceus, 603
Follicle, Graafian, rupture of, 24, 380
Fontanelles, 162
Foot, development of, 115, 121
Foramen caecum linguae, 290, 300
of Magendie, 483
of Monro, 501, 509, 512, 516
of Winslow, 348
ovale, 203, 236
transversarium, 153
Foramina of Luschka, 484
Fore-arm, 115, 121
Fore-brain (prosencephalon) , 424, 427, 437
anterior (cerebral) commissure, 424
chiasma eminence, 424
commissura habenularis, 425
corpora striata, 425
diencephalon, 437
epiphysis of, 424
ganglia habenulae, 425
infundibulum, 424
lamina terminalis of, 424
pallium, 425
paraphysis of, 424
pineal body, 424
processus neuroporicus, 424
recessus postopticus, 424
praeopticus, 424
rhinencephalon, 425, 437
Fore-brain, velum transversum, 424
Forel's decussation, 487
Form of the body, development of the external,
107
general, 107
Formatio reticularis, 435, 481, 485, 488
alba, 486
grisea, 486
Fornix, anterior pillars (columns), 446, 507, 521
body of, 521
commissure, 520
longus, 522
posterior pillar (columns), 518, 521
psalterium, 520
Forster, concerning malformations, 601
Fossa, nasal, 114
oral, no, in, 118, 119
Fossa Sylvii, 509, 510, 522
Frenulum linguae, 297
Fretum Halleri, 200, 206
Frog, cleavage in, 51, 53
early development of, 49
gastrulation in, 55, 56, 57
mesoderm formation in, 59, 60, 61
ovum of, 3, 49
Frontal bone, 162
lobe, 512
Froriep, concerning acustico-facialis ganglion,
56i
Funiculus, dorsal (posterior) or posterior white
column, 460, 473, 477
lateral, 481
teres, 494
ventral (anterior) or ventral white column,
477
ventro-lateral, 477
Furcula, the, 331
Galea capitis, 6, 15
Gall bladder, 315
Ganglia, cerebrospinal, 421
sympathetic, ciliary, 471
otic, 471
peripheral, 461
prevertebral, 461
sphenopalatine, 471
submaxillary, 471
vertebral, 461
visceral, 429, 457
Ganglion, acoustic, 558
acustico-facialis, 561
cochlear, 469, 561
Gasserian, 430, 470
640
INDEX
Ganglion, geniculate, 468, 561
habenulae, 425, 503
interpeduncular, 508
nodosum, 465
petrosum, 465
Scarpa's, 469, (see also Nerves, cranial
VIII}
semilunar, 430, 470
spinal, 460
spirale, 469, 562
vestibular, 469, 561
Gartner, canals of, 386
Gasserian ganglion, peripheral branches of, 430
Gastrointestinal tract, development of glands
in, 312
histogenesis of the, 311
lymph follicles of, 312
mucous membrane of, 311
Gastroschisis, 282
completa, 618
Gastrothoracopagus dipygus, 605
Gastrula, 38, 39, 40, 57, 58
rotation of, 61, 62
Gastrulation,
in Amphioxus, 38, 39
in the chick, 70, 71, 72, 73, 76
in the frog, 55, 56, 57, 61, 62
in Mammals, 88
Geniculate bodies, lateral (external), 440, 441,
475, 503, 525, 527, 546
medial (internal), 440, 441, 507, 525
Geniculate ganglion, 468
Genital cord, 389 -
folds, 394
glands, the,
changes in the position of, 387
development of the ligaments of, 387
Genital glands, differentiation of, 375
ducts of, 383
migration of, 389
stroma of, 374
organs, external, 393
first appearance of, 117, 393
(female), clitoris, 394
glans clitoridis, 394
labia rnajora, 394
minora, 394
prepuce, 394
vestibulum vaginae, 394
(male), penis, 394
prepuce, 394
raphe, 396
scrotum, 396
Genital organs, (male), urethra, 394
ridge, 359, 464, 393
swellings, 394
tubercle, the, 394
Gennari, line of, 527
Genu facialis, 487
Germ cell organization, significance of, 9
Germ cells, i
female, i
male, i, 6
hill, 24, 380
layers, in Amphioxus, 38, 42
in the chick, 70, 77
in the frog, 55, 59
in mammals, 88, 93
in man, 99
ring, 38, 54, 55
wall, 69, 70, 71, 72, 75
Germinal epithelium, 374
cells of, 374
rete cords of, 374
sex cords of, 375
Giant glomeruli, 369
Gianuzzi, crescents of, 298
Gill arches, musculature of, 280, 429
Gill-cleft organs, 422
Gills, influence on nervous system, 429
Giraldes, organ of, 387
Glands, accessory thyreoid, 301
anterior ligual, 297
Bartholin's, 373
Brunner's, 311
bulbo-urethral, 373
carotid, 399
coccygeal, 254
Cowper's, 373
duodenal, 311
Ebner's, 291
formation of, 311
hsemolymph, 251
indifferent (genital), 377
lacrymal, 548
lingual, 291
liver, 314
lymph, 249
mammary, 412
Meibomian, 548
of Mall, 548
parotid, 297
prehyoid, 301
salivary, 296
sebaceous, 412
sublingual, 297
INDEX
till
Glands, submaxillary, 296
sudoriferous, 412
suprahyoid, 301
suprarenal, 396
sweat, 412
thymus, 302
thyreoid, 300
uterine, 385
vestibular, 373
Glans clitoridis, 394
penis, 394
Glia, see Neuroglia
Glisson, capsule of, 315, 344
Glomeruli of kidney, 363, 364
Glomus caroticum, 304, 399
coccygeum, 254
Glossopalatine arch, 299
Glossopharyngeus, IX, nerve, 432
Goll, column of, 429, 441, 482, 488
nuclei of columns of, 429, 436, 437, 490
Graafian follicle, 23, 24, 378, 379
de Graaf's description of, XIII
primary, 377, 378
Graf v. Spec's ovum, 101, 102, 109
Granules, keratin, 409
Gray column (dorsal or posterior), 428
(ventral or anterior), 428, 477
matter of cord and segmental brain, 474
Gray ramus communicans, 462
Ground bundles of the cord, 435, 474, 477, 479,
486, 488
Growth of bones, 144
intracartilaginous, 144
long, 144
Gubernaculum tfcstis, 388, 389
Gurwitsch, concerning peripheral nerves, 463
concerning the myelin sheath, 464
Gustatory area, 528
system, 422, 430
Gyri, transverse of temporal lobe, 527
Gyrus ambiens, 511
dentatus, 439, 518, 521
olfactorius lateralis, 511
semilunaris, 511
subcallosus, 522
Habenula, 503
Hsemangiomata, 415
Haemoblasts, 237
Haemoglobin, 238, 239
Hsemolymph glands, 251
Haemopoiesis, 236
views concerning, 236
41
Haemopoiesis, views concerning, monophyletic,
236
polyphyletic, 236
Hair, the, 410
anomalies of, 415
cells, 556, 558, 559
connective tissue follicle of, 410
germs, 410
Henley's layer, 410
Huxley's layer, 410
lanugo, the, 410
papilla, 410
shaft, 410
Hamatate, 169
Hammar, concerning the tuberculum impar,
290
Hands, development of, 114, 121
malformations of, 619
Haploid number of chromosomes, 12, 16
Hardesty, concerning development of neurog-
lia, 449
Hare-lip, 166, 180, 616, 617
Harrison, concerning neurilemma cells, 463
Hartman, concerning cleavage, 87
Harvey, XIII
Hassan's corpuscles, 303
Haversian canals, 143
lamellae, 143
spaces, 143
Head, beginning of, no
amniotic fold, 564
fold, 82
process (primitive axis), 74, 76, 77, 82, 97
skeleton, 154
anlagen of, 155, 157
anomalies of, 179
bones derived from the branchial arches,
162
cartilage of, 155
cartilaginous primordial carnium, 156
chondrification of, 155
chondrocranium, 157
diagram of skull of new-born child, 161
membrane bones of the skull, 160
ossification of the chondrocranium, 158
periotic capsule, 157
table showing types of development of
bones of, 166
somatic musculature of (eye, tongue), in-
nervation of, 432
volume of, 125
Heart, the, no, in, 196
anomalies of, 254
642
INDEX
Heart beat, 209
changes after birth, 206
development of, 196
double, 254
interventricular furrow, 200
migration of, 342, 345
muscle, histogenesis of, 280
origin of, 196
papillary muscles of, 206
septa of, 202
sinus venosus, 191, 201
valves, 205
Held, concerning early development of neuro-
fibrils, 454
Helix, 561
Hemicrania, 612, 613
Hemispheres, cerebral, 427, 440, 444, 508,
5ii, 530
of cerebellum, 496
Henle's layers, 410
loop, 364
Hensen, concerning peripheral nerves, 464
Hensen's cells, 558
node, 74, 75, 77, 93, 97
Hepatic cords, 318
Hepatoduodenal ligament, 350
Hepatogastric ligament, 350
Heredity, 9, 20, 33, 34
Heredity, important factor in teratogenesis, 620
in relation to anomalies of muscular
system, 283, 284
influence of, in albinism, 415
Hermaphroditism, 404
bilateral, 404
false, 404
feminine false, 404
lateral, 404
masculine false, 404
true. 404
unilateral, 404
Hernia, diaphragmatic, 352
umbilical, 581
Herrick, concerning the gustatory tracts, 438
concerning gustatory pathway, 489
Hertwig, concerning duplicity from double
gastrulae, 608
concerning the mammary gland. 413
concerning spina bifida, 615
on production of monsters, 622
Heteromeric column cells, 473
Hind-brain (metencephalon), 425
Hippocampal fissure, 518
formation, 439, 513, 518, 522
Hippocampus major, 518, 522
His, concerning angulus praethalamicus, 510
concerning germinal cells. 449
concerning limbus corticalis and medul-
laris, 512
concerning neuro blasts, 455
concerning olfactory nerve, 551
concerning peripheral nerves, 464
cylinder furrow of, 479
marginal furrow of, 479
trapezoid area of, 511
Hochstetter, concerning the bucco-nasal mem-
brane . 549, 550
Holorachischisis, 613
Horns, anterior (ventral gray column), 428, 477
Horseshoe kidney, 399
Howslip;s lacunae, 140
Huber, concerning cleavage, 85
Humerus, 168
Hunteri, gubernaculum, 389
Huxley's layer, 410
Hyaloid canal, 546
membrane of vitreous, 546
Hydatid of Morgagni, 384
non-stalked, 384
Hydramnios, 580
Hydrencephalocele, 613
Hydrencephaly, 613
Hydrocephaly, congenital, 613
Hydromeningocele, 613
Hydromicrencephaly, 613
Hymen, the, 385
anomalies of, 404
Hyoid, 165
arch, 434
Hyperkeratosis, 414
Hypermastia, 415
Hyperthelia, 415
Hypertrichosis, 415
Hypochordal bar, 152
Hypoglossus, XII, nerve, 432, 485
Hypophyseal pouch, 501
Hypophysis, 437, 503
Hypospadias, 402
Hypothalamic region, see Hypothalamus
Hypothalamus, 437, 438, 448, 501, 506
Hypotrichosis, 415
Ichthyosis, 414
Identity of chromosomes, 21
Idiochromosomes, 16
Ilium, the, 171
Imperforate hymen, 404
INDEX
643
Incisive bone, 163
Incisura prima, 510
Incus, 165, 559
Indifferent glands, 377
anomalies derived from, 404
stage, diagram showing, 393
table showing structures derived from,
393
structures, 374
Indusium griseum, 521
Infracardiac ramus, 336
Infundibular process, 502
Infundibulum, 424, 448, 501
Inguinal ligament, 388
ring, the, 390
Iniencephaly, 613
Inner cell mass, 85, 87, 89, 103, 107
layer of neural tube, 455, 472, 484, 497,
500, 512, 524
Innominate artery, 212
bone, 171
veins, 223
Insula (island of Reil), 522
Integumentary system, the, 407
anomalies of, 414
glands of the skin, 412
hair. 410
nails, 409
skin, 407
Inter-brain (diencephalon), see Diencephalon
Intercarotid ganglion 399
Intercellular substance, origin of, 133
Intermediary plexus of lymph glands, 250
Intermediate areas of Flechsig, 528
cell mass, 80, 98, 131, 354
(medullary) layer of telencephalon, 512
plate, 4 79 , 481
Intermuscular connective tissue, 279
Internal capsule of fore-brain, 442, 507. 515, 516
528
geniculate bodies, see Geniculate bodies
Interrenal organs, 398
Interventricular furrow, 200
Intervertebral fibrocartilage. 148, 152
Intervillous spaces, 595
Intestinal crypts of Lieberkuhn, 312
region, 286
tract, colon, 307, 309
duodenum, 307
mesenterial small intestine, 307
vermiform appendix, 310
umbilicus, 569
Intestine, the, 306
Intestine, anomalies of, 326
crypts of Lieberkuhn. 312
loops of, 307, 308
villi of, 312
Imagination, 38, 39, 56, 57, 71, 72, 73, 89
Inversion of germ layers, 89, 90, 91, 93
Involution, 38, 39, 40, 57, 58, 70, 73, 89
Iris, 547
defective pigmentation of, 415
Ischiopagus, 604
parasiticus, 605
Ischiothoracopagus, 605
Ischium, the, 171
Island of Reil, 522
Islands of Langerhans, 323
Isthmus, 425, 483
Iter, see Aquaductus Sylvii
Jacobson's organ, 551
Janus asymmetros, 606
symmetros, 606
Jaws, malformations of, 606, 607
splanchnic musculature, innervation of,
432, 434
Johnston concerning mesencephalic root of V,
493
concerning the optic recess, 501
Joint capsule, 175
cavity, 175
Joints, 173
diarthrosis, 175
synarthrosis, 174
synchondrosis, 174
syndesmosis, 174
Jugular lymph sac, 244, 247
Kallius, concerning the mammary gland, 412
Karyolysis, 239
Karyorrhexis, 239
Keibel, concerning origin of endolymphatic
appendage in the chick, 553
Keratin granules, 409
Kidney, the, 361
anomalies of, 396
Bowman's capsule, 365
capsule of, 368
changes in position of, 369
columns of Bertini, 367
congenital cysts of, 400
convoluted tubule Henle's loop of, 364
cortex of, 368
derivation of. 361
floating, 40x3
644
INDEX
Kidney, glomeruli of, 363
and blood vessels of, 364
hilus of, 367
Malpighian pyramids of, 367
medulla of, 368
metanephric blastema of, 362
migration of, 369
movable, 400
nephrogenic tissue of, 362
relation to suprarenal gland, 398
renal columns of, 367
corpuscle of, 367
papillae of, 363, 368
pelvis, 361
pyramids of, 367
tubules of, convoluted, 363
straight, 362
ureter, 361
Kidney, urinary function of, 369
Knomer, H. McE , on production of
monsters in single embryos, 622
Kclliker, XIV
concerning formation of incisive bone. 164
Krause, concerning origin of endolymphatic
appendage in chick and Amphibia,
553
Kupffer, v., concerning the acoustic ganglion,
558
concerning the differentiation of the neu-
ral tube, 423
concerning olfactory placodes, 549
•
Labia majora, 394
minora, 394
Lacrymal bone, 162
duct, 549
glands, 548
Lacunae, 139
Laloo, 605
Lamellae, Haversian, 143
interstitial, 143
Lamina affixa, 520
cribrosa (of eye), 547
(of nose), 1 60
infrachorioidea, 517, 518
lateral pterygoid, 162
medial pterygoid, 161
perpeiidicularis, 160
terminalis, 414, 509, 517
Langerhans, islands of, 323
Langhan's layer, 589
outgrowths from 590
Lanugo, the, 410
Laryngeal pouch, 331, 338
Larynx, the, 331
anomalies of, 338
cartilages of, 332
development of, 165, 331
Lateral geniculate bodies, see Genicidate bodies
lemniscus, 436
line cranial nerves, 432
organs, 421, 422, 430, 432
nasal process, 1 20
plates (of neural tube), 423
recesses of fourth ventricle, 483
Lecithin, 3
Leg, development of, 117, 121
Lemmocytes, 462
Lemniscus, lateral, see Fillet, lateral
medial, see Fillet, medial
Length of embryos, 122
Lens, 535
anterior epithelium of, 537
area, 535
capsule, 539
fibers of, 537
hyaloid artery of, 539
invagination, 535
membrana pupillaris of, 539
tunica vasculosa of, 539
vesicle, 535
Leucocytes, 239
Lewis, concerning anomalies of pancreas,
327
Lieberkiihn, crypts of, 312
Life cycle, complete, in the female, 380
complete, in the male, 382
Ligaments, broad, of the uterus, 392
costo- vertebral, 152
diaphragmatic of the mesonephros, 388
hepatoduodenal, 350
hepatogastric, 350
inguinal, 388
middle umbilical, 371, 583
origin of fibers of, 135
ovarian, 392
round, of liver, 230
of uterus, 392
sphenomandibulor, 164
stylohyoid, 165
suspensory of the lens, 548
umbilical, 217
Ligamentum arteriosum, 209, 212, 236
coronarium hepatis, 346
suspensorium (falciforme) hepatis, 346
teres hepatis, 346
INDEX
Limb buds, differentiation of. 113, 114, 117,
121, 273, 275
Limbus corticalis of His, 512
fossae ovalis, 205
medullaris, 512
Lingual glands, 291
papillae, 290
tonsils. 299
Lingula (of cerebellum), 496
(of sphenoid), 159
Lip, clefts of, 164, 180, 616, 617
lower, origin of, 119, 121
upper, origin of, 119. 121
Liquor amnii, 566
folliculi, 379
Liver, the, 314
anomalies of, 326
bile capillary of, 318
capsule of Glisson, 315
cells of, 318
circulation of, 315
ducts of, 315
gall bladder of, 315
growth of, 318
hepatic cylinders of, 316
histogenesis of, 318
lobe of Spigelius, 318
lobes of, 317
pars hepatica of, 314
cystica of, 314
round ligament of, 230, 318
vasa aberrantia of, 319
veins of, 229, 317
Lobus pyriformis, 439, 511
Loeb, concerning production of monsters,
622
Longitudinal fasciculus, medial, 436
Lordosis, 612
Lower extremities, 171
Lumbar enlargement, 429
Lunate bone, 167
Lung groove, 330
Lungs, the, 334
anomalies of, 338
atria of, 335
changes.in, at birth, 337
ducts of, 335
eparterial bronchial ramus of, 335, 338
influence on nervous system, 429
lobes of, 335
weight of, 337
Lunula, the, 410
Luschka, foramina of, 484
Lymph, origin of, 252
follicles, 253
of gastrointestinal tract, 3*13
of tonsils, 299
glands, the, 249, 314
hearts, 243, 244, 246
sacs, 243, 244, 246
Lymphangiomata, 415
Lymphatic system, the, 242
glands of, 249
glomus coccygeum, 254
hgemophoric function of, 248
spleen, 252
thymus gland, 254
views concerning, 242
Lymphocytes, 229
primitive, 237, 238
MacBride, concerning gastrulation, 40
Macromeres, 38, 54, 68
Macrostomus, 617
Macula acustica, 559
lutea, 542
Magendie, foramen of, 483
Male pronucleus, 28
Malformation involving one individual (see
Monsters}, 612
Malformations of more than one individual (see
Duplicate monsters), 601
Mall, concerning development of the maxilla,
163
concerning development of pyramids, 525
concerning ossification of incisive bone,
163
formulae for estimating age of embryos, 1 23
on faulty implantation of the ovum, 621
Malleus, 165, 559
Malpighian corpuscle, 357
pyramids, 367
Mammalian development, early, 84
ovum, 84
cleavage of, 85
Mammary gland, the, 412
anomalies of, 415
areolar glands of, 413
colostrum corpuscles, 414
growth of, in female, 413
growth of, in male, 413
nipple, 413
of pregnancy, 413
Mammillary bodies, 503
region, 448, 503
Mandible, 164
646
INDEX
Mandibular process, 112, 118, 119, 287
layer of neural tube, 455, 472. 484, 497,
500, 512, 524
Manubrium sterni, 154
Marchand's fusion theory of symmetrical
duplicity, 607
scheme of duplicate monsters, 60 1
Marginal furrow of His, 479
layer of neural tube, 449, 484, 497, 500, 512
Mark and Long, concerning maturation, 18
Marrow, 145
cavity, primary, 141
formation of blood cells in, 240
red, 146
spaces, primary, 139
yellow, 146
Marsupials, early nutritional conditions in, 576
Masculine false hermaphroditism, 404
Massa intermedia, 505
Mastoid process, 159
Maternal impressions, 620
Maturation, n
comparison of in male and female, 19, 20
in mammals, 84
of the ovum, 16
in Ascaris, 17
in the mouse, 18
significance of, 20
of the sperm, 1 1
Maxilla bone, 162
Maxillary process, 112. 118, 287
McMurrich, concerning derivation of the
dermis, 408
concerning umbilical cord, 597
Mechanical theory of monsters, 621
Meckel's cartilage, 157, 162. 164
diverticulum, 308, 581
Medial fillet, see Fillet, medial
geniculate bodies, see Geniculate bodies
lemniscus, see Fillet, medial
longitudinal fasciculus, 436, 474, 481, 486,
487
nasal process, 120
Mediastinum testis, 383
Medulla oblongata, 447, 482
taenia of, 483
Medullary cords, 376, 377
layer of telencephalon, 512, 524
sheath, see Myelin sheath
Megakaryocytes, 242
Megaloblasts. 241
Meibomian glands, 548
Meiolecithal ova, 5
Meissner, plexus of, 461
tactile corpuscles of, 408
Membrana preformativa, 294
tectoria, 558
Membrane bones of the skull, 160
Mendelian inheritance, 9
Mendel's law of segregation, 21
Meningocele, 613
Meningoencephalocele, 613
Menstruation, 25
relation to ovulation, 25
Merorachischisis, 614
Mesencephalon (mid-brain), 424, 445
Mesenchyme, 133
Mesenterial small intestine, 307
Mesenteries, 340, 347, 350
anomalies of, 352
Mesentery of the jejunum, 350
Mesoappendix, 351
Mesocardium, dorsal, 196, 342
ventral, 196, 342
Mesocolon, ascending, 351
descending, 351
sigmoid, 351
transverse, 350
Mesoderm, derivatives, from, 1 29
development of, 41, 59, 77, 93, 95
in Amphioxus, 41, 42, 44, 46
in the chick, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81
in the frog, 59, 60, 61, 64
in Mammals, 93, 108
in primates, 95, 96
gastral, 43, 6 1
parietal, 45, 60, 80, 81, 96, 98. 108
peristomal, 43, 6 1
visceral, 45, 60, 80, 81, 96, 98, 108
Mesodermal somites, 43, 45, 47, 60, 65, 79 80,
81, 82, 96, 98, 104, no
Mesoduodenum, 350
Mesogastrium, dorsal, 304, 347
ventral, 305, 347
Mesolecithal ova, 5
Mesonephric duct, 356
mesentery, 388
ridge, 355, 358
Mesonephroi, atrophy of, in the female. 385
in the male, 386
Mesonephros, 356
Bowman's capsule, 357
degeneration of, 360
diaphragmatic ligament of, 359, 388
disappearance of, 360
function of, 359
INDEX
647
Mesonephros, glomerulus of, 357
Malpighian corpuscle of, 357
renal portal system of, 360
significance of, 360
tubules of, 356
Mesorchium, 376, 389
Mesorectum, 351
Mesosalpinx, 386, 392
Mesothelium, 340, 393
Mesovarium, 376, 389, 392
Metacarpals, 169
Metamerism, 47
Metanephric blastema, 362
Metanephros, see Kidney
Metaplexus, 483
Metapore, 483
Metatarsals, 173
Metathalamic portion of thalamus, 506, 516
Metathalamus, see Metathalamic portion of
thalamus
Metencephalon (hind-brain), 425
Metopic suture, 180
Metopism, 180,
Meyer, concerning mesencephalic root of, V,
493
Adolf, concerning segments of segmental
brain and cord, 475, 476
concerning suprasegmental and segmen-
tal structures, 420, 427
Meynert, solitary cells of, 528
Meynert's decussation, 500
Micrencephaly, 613
Microbrachius, 619
Microcephaly, 613
Micrognathus, 325, 617 ,
Micrognathy, 325, 617
Micromelus, 619
Micromeres, 38, 54, 68
Micropthalmia, 561, 616
Micropus, 619
Microstomus, 617
Mid-brain (mesencephalon), 424, 445
optic lobes, 425
roof, 427, 437
descending tracts to after-brain and cord
segments, 437
Middle peduncle of cerebellum, 436, 441, 443,
493, 5oo
Milk ridge, the, 412
teeth, 292, 295
Mimetic musculature and its innervation, 434
Minot, concerning fcetal membranes of um-
bilical cord, 597
Mitoses (see also Cell proliferation and Gemi-
na! cells), 449, 484, 489, 500
extraventricular, 455
of neural tube cells, 449, 500
Mitosis, significance of, 20
Mitotic division of sex cells, 374
Mitral cells, 475
Monobrachius, 619
Monochorionic quadruplets, 607
triplets, 607
twins (equal), 602, 603
(unequal), 603
Mononuclear leucocytes, 239
Monopolar cells, 455
Monopus, 619
Monotremes, early nutritional conditions in,
576
Monro, foramen of, 501, 509, 512, 516
Monsters, amniotic adhesions, 619
causes underlying origin of, 620
defects in region of face and neck, and
their origin, 617
defects in region of neural tube, 612
origin of, 615
defects in the thoracic and abdominal
regions, and their origin, 618
in single embryos, 622
malformations of extremities, 618
polysomatous, 621
production of duplicate, 621
Montgomery, concerning areolar glands, 413
Morgagni, hydatid of, 387
concerning development of blastomeres,
618
concerning production of spina bifida,
622
liquor, 537
non-stalked hydatid of, 384
Morula, 85, 86, 103, 107
Mossy fibers, 500
Motor cortex (see also Pallium precentral area
of), 528
Mouth, the, 286
angle of the, 119, 287
anomalies of, 325
development of, 288
influence on nervous system, 429
origin of, 286
Mucous tissue, 597
Mullerian ducts, 369, 383
atrophy of, 387
Multiple placentae, 578
Multiplicity, 605
648
INDEX
Muscle fibers, change of direction of, 264
theories concerning internal structure of,
278
heart, histogenesis of, 280
plates, 132, 263
tissue, histogenesis of striated volun-
tary, 276
smooth, 280
Muscles, branchlomeric, 271
differentiation of, 274
extrinsic, of the upper extremity,
anomalies of, 283
lattissimus dorsi, 274
levator scapulae, 2 74
pectoralis, 274
serratus, 274
trapezius, 274
innervation of, 263
of the extremities, 272
derivation of, 272
derivation from premuscle sheath of
muscles of lower extremity, 275
differentiation from mesenchymal tis-
sue, 273
extrinsic muscles, 274
migration of, 275
of the head, 269
chondroglossus, 272
constrictor muscles of the pharynx, 272
development and innervation of, 271
digastricus, 271, 272
epicranius, 272
glossopalatinus, 272
laryngeal, 272
masseter, 271
mentalis, 272
muscles of the soft palate, 272
mylohyoideus, 271
obliquus inferior, 271
superior, 271
platysma, 272
quadratus labii superioris, 272
recti inferior, 271
medialis, 271
recti superior, 271
rectus lateralis, 271
pterygoidei, 271
risorius, 272
stapedius, 272
sternomastoideus, 272
stylohyoideus, 272
stylo-pharyngeus, 272
tempo ralis, 271
Muscles of tensor tympani, 271
veli palatini, 271
trapezius, 272
triangularis, 272
of the trunk, 264
coccygeus, 269
geniohyoideus, 268
intercostales, 267
levator ani, 269
longus capitis, 267
longus colli, 267
olbiqui abdominis, 267
omohyoideus, 268
perineal, 269
psoas, 267
pyramidalis, 268
quadratus lumborum, 267
rectus abdominis, 268
capitis anterior, 267
sacrospinal, 269
scaleni, 267
sphincter ani externus, 269
sternohyoideus, 268
sternothyreoideus, 268
transversus abdominis, 267
thoracis, 267
Muscular system, the, 262
anomalies of, 282
skeletal musculature, 262
visceral musculature, 262, 280
Musculature, hyoid, 271
skeletal, 262
diaphragm, the, 269
early character of, 261
loss of segmental character, 263, 264
muscles of the extremities, 272
of the head, 269
of the trunk, 264
myotomic origin, 262, 269, 272
visceral, 280
mesodermic origin of, 280
Myelencephalon (after-brain), 425, 482
Myelin sheath, 448, 464
Myeloblasts, 145, 241
Myelocystocele, 614
Myelocytes, 145, 241
Myelogenetic fields (areas) of Flechsig, 528
Myelomeningocele, 614
Myeloplaxes, 145, 241
Myelospongium, 449, 453
Myoblasts, 272, 276
Myocardium, 197, 280
Myoccel (ccelom), 46, 80, 340
INDEX
C.19
Myo tomes, 46, 131, 263
alternation of, with vertebrae, 148, 264
change of direction in fibers of, 264
degeneration of, 264
differentiation of, 264
fusion of, 264, 283
longitudinal splitting of, 264, 283
migration of, 264, 283
tangential splitting of, 264, 283
Naevi pigmentosi, 415
Nail groove, 409
wall, 409
Nails, the, 409
epitrichium of, 410
eponychium of, 410
lunula of, 410
migration of, 409
replacement of, 410
Nanocephaly, 613
Nares, outer, 550
posterior, 550
Nasal bone, 162
cavity (nostril), 120
conchae, 550
fossae, 559
pit, 120, 288, 559
process, lateral, 120
medial, 120
sacs, 559
septum, 1 60, 288
Naso-frontal process, 119, 286
Naso-optic furrow, 119, 549
Navicular bone, 168
Neck, development of, no, 117
Neopallial commissure (see also Corpus cal-
losum), 438
Neopallium, 437, 438, 442, 522 to 530
centrifugal connection (see also Tracts,
pyramidal, Cortico-pontilc fibers and
Fibers, projection descending), 441, 442,
516, 525, 528
centripetal connections (see also Fillets,
Thalamic radiations and Fibers, projec-
tion ascending), 440, 441, 507, 516,
525, 528
Nephrogenic tissue, 362
Nephrostomes, 356
Nephro tomes, 80, 99, 358
Nerve fibers, afferent peripheral, 421, 456
efferent peripheral, 422
Nerves, cranial, abducens, VI, 432, 485
nucleus and roots of, 458, 485, 487, 494
Nerves, acoustic (auditory) VIII, 432, 435, 469,
470, 473, 488, 558
cochlear ganglion, 469, 558
part, 432,435
cochlear root, 470, 558
vestibular ganglion, 469, 558
part, 432, 435
vestibular root, 470, 473, 488, 558
facialis, VII, 432, 434
afferent roots, solitary tract, 469, 488
chorda tympani, 468
efferent nucleus and roots of, 458, 487
geniculate ganglion of, 468, 558
glossopharyngeus, IX, 432, 434
afferent part of, 432
roots, 469
efferent nucleus and efferent root of, 458
ganglion of the trunk (petrosum), 465
of the root, 465
lingual and tympanic branches of, 468
great superficial petrosal branch 468
hypoglossus, XII, 432, 485
nucleus and roots of, 438, 494
lateral line, 432
olfactory, I, 437, 471, 475
terminal nuclei, or mitral cells of the
olfactory bulb, 475
optic, II, 424, 437, 475, 500, 546
ganglion cells of, 575
oculomotor, III, 432
nucleus and roots of, 458
somatic, 432 to 436
spinal accessory, XI, 434, 435
efferent fibers of, 466,
nuclei and roots of, 458
splanchnic, 430 to 435
trigeminus, V, 430, 432, 434
afferent root (portion major), and spinal,
V, 430, 471, 473, 488
efferent nuclei and roots of, 458
Gasserian or semilunar ganglion, 430, 470
mandibular branch, 470
maxillary branch, 470
mesencephalic root of, 473
opthalmic branch, 470
trochlear, IV, 432
nucleus and roots of, 458
vagus, X, 432, 434
afferent roots, 469
efferent fibers of, 466
nuclei and roots of, 458, 488
ganglia of root, 465
ganglion of trunk (nodosum), 465
«50
INDEX
Nerves, spinal, peripheral, dorsal branch of,
457, 460
ventral branch, 457, 460
Nervous system, the 417
anomalies of, 530
anterior neuropore, 421
brain, 423
central distinguished from peripheral,
419
cerebrospinal ganglia, 421
components of, afferent and efferent, 417
derivation of, 421
epichordal segmental brain and nerves,
429
general considerations of, 417, 418
human, 459
nerve fibers, 421
neural crest, 421
folds, 421
groove, 421
plate, 421
tube, 421
primitive nervous mechanism, 418
root fibers of, 421
spinal cord and nerves, 423, 427
three-neurone reflex arc, 420
two-neurone reflex arc, 418
vertebrate, 420
central, 419
suprasegmental structures of, 420, 427
human, afferent peripheral and sym-
pathetic neurones, 459
anomalies of, 539
cell proliferation of, 449
cerebellum, 425, 427, 436, 482, 495
corpora quadrigemina, 437 487, 500
development of the lower (interseg-
mental) intermediate neurones, 472
differentiation of peripheral neurones of
cord and epichordal segmental brain,
456
early differentiation
of nerve elements, 453
epicordal segmental brain, 482
epithelial stage of, 449
further differentiation of neural tube,
476
general development of, during first
month, 442
histogenesis of, 448
spinal cord, 476
peripheral, 417
effectors of, 418
Nervous system, peripheral, receptors of; 418
sympathetic, 428
efferent peripheral visceral neurones of,
421
vertebrate, bilateral character of, 420
cephalization, 420
general features compared with human,
427
general plan of, 420
segmentation of, 420
typical, 420
Neural crest, 60, 421, 460
relation to cerebrospinal ganglia, 421
segmentation of, 421
separation of, 421
folds, 63, 64, 81, 97, no, 421, 442
fusion of, 421, 442
groove, 64, 81, 98, 101, 103, no, 421, 442
plate, 41, 42, 61, 63, 75, 81, 421, 442
differentiation of, 423
tube, 41, 43, 64, 81, 99, 104, no, 421, 442
alar plate, 447, 482, 485, 489
basal plate, 447, 482, 484
blood vessels of, 478
cells of, 449, 451, 453, 454
cervical flexure, 448
defects in the region of, 615
floor plate of, 423, 443
further differentiation of, 476
lateral plates of, 423, 443
layers of, 449, 455, 484
limiting membranes of, 449
neuromeres, 426, 447
order of development of, 448, 476, 485,
489, 512
origin of malformations of, 615
roof plate of, 423, 443, 483
sulcus limitans, 447, 482
Neurenteric canal, 43, 64, 101, 286
Neurilemma, 448, 462
Neurilemma, cells of, 462
Neuroblasts of His, 455
Neuro-epithelium, 551, 556
Neurofibrils, 448, 454, 459
Neuroglia cells, 451, 455
fibers, 453
Neuromeres, 426, 447
Neurone layer, see Mantle layer
Neurones, afferent peripheral, 417, 427, 459 to
472
afferent versus efferent, 427
association, 427, 438, 498, 500, 528
central, 419
INDEX
651
Neurones, differentiation, 448
distal (first; optic, 546
efferent peripheral, 417, 427, 456 to 459
intermediate, 419, 429, 472
intersegmental (see also Ground bun-
dles and Formatio reticularis) , 429,
435, 448, 472 to 476, 485
of epichordal segmental brain, 435
to suprasegmental structures, 429
intersegmental, of epichordal brain, 485
to 488
middle (second) optic, 546
somatic efferent, 429
splanchnic efferent, 429
suprasegmental, 448
Neuropore, 42
anterior, 421, 443
Nipple, the, 413
Nodule of cerebellum, 496
Normoblasts, 239
Nose, 119, 121, 420, 427, 475, 552
anomalies of, 180, 616
bucco-nasal membrane, 550
Jacobson's organ, 551
nasal conchae, 550
origin of, 549
primitive choanen, 550
palate, 550
sinuses of, 550
Notochord, 42, 60, 64, 65, 78, 79, 80, i 05, 146
Nuck, diverticulum of, 392
Nuclear, layer of neural tube, 449
Nuclei, lateral, 436
of columns of Burdach, 429, 436, 441, 490
of columns of Goll, 429, 436, 441, 490
of thalamus, 507
pontile, 436, 489, 500
receptive, 437
red (ruber), 436, 487
terminal of afferent nerves of epichordal
brain, 488 to 495
of tractus solitarius, 432, 489, 494
of V, 430, 490, 493, 494
of VIII, 432, 492
tracts from Deiter's, 436, 481
Nucleus ambiguous, X, 458, 487
caudatus of corpus striatum, 516
commissuralis, 489
dentatus, 441, 442, 500
dorsal efferent, X, 458
habenulse, 425, 503
incertus, 494
inferior olivary, 436, 489, 490, 494
Nucleus, intercalates, 494
lateral, 490
lenticularis, 516
lentiformis, 516
of Darkschewitsch, 487
Nutrition of earliest stages of embryo, 572
Obex, 483
Obturator foramen, 171
Occipital bone, 158, 160
Occulomotor, III, nerve, 432
Odontoblasts, 294
Odontoid process (dens}, 152
(Esophageal region, 286
(Esophagus, the, 304
anomalies of, 325
(Estrus, 24, 25
Olfactory apparatus, see Nose
area (see also Arc hi pallium), 528
bulbs, 422, 511
lobes, 439, 448, 510, 511
anterior, 439, 509, 510, 511, 549
posterior, 439, 509, 510, 511, 549
I, nerve, 437, 438, 471, 475
peduncle, 511
placodes, 549
stalk, 511
tracts, 437, 438, 475, 507
Olives, accessory, 490
inferior, 436, 489, 490, 494
superior, 493
Olivo-cerebellar fibers, 491, 499
Omenta, anomalies of, 352
Omental bursa, 348
epiploic foramen of, 348
Omentum, 347
greater, 348
lesser, 349
Omosternum, 179
Omphalocele, 618
Omphalomesenteric arteries, 187, 215
veins, 187
Oocyte, primary, 2, 16, 18, 20
secondary, 19, 20
Oogonia, 16
Opercula of insula, 522, 523
Optic apparatus, see Eye
chiasma, 475, 501
cup, 536, 539, 547
depression, 533
evagination, 534, 546
lobes, 425, 437, 438
II, nerve, 424, 437, 475, 500, 546
652
INDEX
Optic neurone, first or distal, 543
second or middle, 543
radiation, 440, 441
stalk, 534, 546
thalami, 546
tract, 438, 475, 500, 546
vesicle area, 534
vesicles, 424, 444, 534
Ora serrata, 540
Oral fossa, no, in, 118, 119
pit, 287
Orbitosphenoid bone, 159
Organ of Corti, 430, 437, 528, 557
of Giraldes, 387
of Rosenmiiller, 385
Organogenesis, 127
Os calcis (calcaneus), 172
centrale, 181
coxae, 171
Ossa suprasternalia, 153
Osseous tissue, 137
Ossification center, 139, 142
endochondral, 140
intracartilaginous, 140
intramembranous, 137
subperiosteal, 140, 142
stage, 150
Osteoblasts, 139, 242
Osteoclasts, 139, 145, 242
Osteogenetic tissue, 139, 141
Ostium abdominale tubas, 384
Otic ganglion, 471
Otocyst, 552
Ova, centrolecithal, 6
classification of, 5
meiolecithal, 5
mesoleGithal, 5
number of, 25
polylecithal, 6
primitive, 378
number of, 380
Ovarian cysts, 610
(Graafian) follicle, 379
liquor folliculi, 379
rupture of, 379
stratum granulosum of, 379
zona pellucida, 379
radiata, 379
Ovarian ligament, the, 392
Ovary, the, 23
anomalies of, 403
corpus haemorrhagicum, 381
luteum, 380
Ovary, descent of, 390, 407
diverticulum of Nuck, 392
egg nests, 378
ligaments of, 392
medullary cords of, 376, 377
migration of, 387, 392
Mullerian duct of, 383
parasitic growths of, 609
Pfluger's egg cords of, 378
primary Graafian follicle of, 378
rete of, 377
stratum germinativum, 377
theca folliculi, 379
Oviduct, 24, 384
anomalies of, 403
fimbriae, 384.
non-stalked hydatid of Morgagni, 384
ostium abdominale tubae of, 384
Ovists, XIII
Ovium, i
Ovulation, 23, 24, 25
Ovum, the, 379
of Amphioxus, 35
of the frog, 3
cytoplasm of, 4, 49
membranes of, 4
nucleus of, 4, 49
pigment of, 4, 49
symmetry of, 49, 50, 51
yolk of, 4, 49
of the bird, 4
cytoplasm of, 4, 66
membranes of, 5, 66
nucleus of, 5, 66
yolk of, 5, 66
faulty implantation of, 623
human, 2, 23, 24, 84, 95, 99, 118
maturation of, 84
nucleus of, 3
chromatin, 3
nuclear membrane, 3
nucleolus, 3
mammalian, 84
fertilization of, 84
maturation of, 84
Palate, the, 288
bone, 162
cleft, 1 80, 616, 617
primitive, 550
Palatine processes, 288
Pallium, 425, 437, 444, 508, 509, 511 to 530
archipallium, 438, 475> 5°7, 511, 516 to 52.2
INDEX
653
Pallium, association neurones of, 438, 498, 500,
528
calcarine area or region (see also Visual
area), 527, 528
corpora striata, 425, 437, 511
cortex of, 524
development of, 438
hemispheres of, 427, 440, 444, 508, 511 to
530
layer of giant pyramid cells, 5 28
layers of, 527
neopallium, 420, 522 to 530
postcentral area of, 441, 525, 527, 528
precentral area of, 442, 527, 528
rhinencephalon, 422, 437, 510
Pancreas, the, 319
anomalies of, 327
cells of, 323
connective tissue of, 321
duct of Santorini of, 320, 327
of Wirsung of, 320, 327
histogenesis of, 322
islands of Langerhans, 323
Pander, XIII
Papillae, filiform, 290
fungiform, 290
hair, 410
lingual, 290
nerve, 408
renal, 366, 368
vascular, 408
Papillares muscle, 206
Paradidymis, the, 384
Paraphysis, 424, 504
Parasitic duplicity, 608
origin of, 610
Parasitic structures in the sexual glands, 609
Parathyreoids, 301
Parietal bones, 162
cavity, 196
of His, 342
mesoderm, 45, 60, 80, 81, 96, 98, 108, 340
recess, dorsal, of His, 342
Parolfactory area of G. Elliot Smith (see also
Prcterminal area), 436, 511
Paroophoron, the, 386
Parovarium, the, 385
Pars basilaris, 158
ciliaris retinae, 547
cystica, 314
hepatica, 314
mastoidea, 159
optica retinae, 547
Pars petrosa, 159
squamosa, 158
subthalamica, see Hypothalamns
Partes laterales, 158
Parthenogenesis, 33
Patella, the, 172
Paton, concerning development of pyramids,
525
concerning peripheral nerves, 464
Peduncles of cerebellum, middle, 436, 441, 443,
493. 500
inferior cerebellar, see Rcstiform body
superior, 436, 441, 443, 500
Pellicle of cytoplasm, 136
Pelvic girdle, 171
Penis, the, 394
supernumerary, 609
Perforated space, posterior, 503
Periblast, 69
Pericardial cavity, primitive, 186
Pericardium, the, 340, 347
anomalies of, 352
Perichondrium, 141
Periderm, the, 407
Perilymph, 556
Perilymphatic space, 556
Perimysium, 280
Perineal body, the, 394
Perobrachius, 619
Perichordal sheath, 154
Periosteal buds, 141
Periosteum, 139
Periotic capsule, 157
Peripheral nervous system, see Nervous
system, peripheral
Peristomal mesoderm, 43, 61
Peritoneum, 352
Peritonsillar fissure, 496
Permanent teeth, 296
Peromelus, 619
Peropus, 619
Persistence of the cloaca, 326
Pes pedunculi, 436, 441, 493, 494, 528
Peter, concerning nasal sac, 549, 550
concerning origin of endolymphatic appen-
dage in Amphibia, 553
Peters' ovum, 100, 101, 108, 579
Peyer's patches, 313
Pfliiger's egg cords, 378
Phaeochrome cells, 396
granules, 396
Phaeochromoblasts, 397
Phalanges, 169
654
INDEX
Pharyngeal membrane, 287, 299
region, 386
tonsils, 299
Pharyngopalatine arch, 299
Pharynx, the, 298
anomalies of, 325
development of, 298
glossopalatine arch, 299
pharyngopalatine arch, 299
pillars of the fauces, 299
Physico-chemical theory of monsters, 621
Piersol, classification of malformations of the
extremities, 618
Pigment, 408
of neurones, 448, 459
Pillars of the fauces, 299
Pineal body, 424, 437, 503
stalk, 503
Pisiform, 169
Pituitary body, irregular tumors of, 608
Placenta, 578
anomalies of, 598
annular, 598
attachment of, to ovum and to uterine
wall, 596
bipartita, 598
blood vessels of, 595
chorion frondosum, 586, 588
decidua basalis, 586, 588
discoidal, 578
duplex, 599
expulsion of, 598
fcetalis, 578
functions of, 592
maternal, 578
rnembranacea, 598
praevia, 596
relations of, to uterine mucosa, 578, 588
size of, 596
spuria, 599
succenturiata, 599
uterina, 578
zonular, 578
Placentae, multiple, 578
Placental septa, 591
Placentalia, 578
Placodes, 422, 465, 475
auditory, 552
epibranchial, 422
olfactory, 549
suprabranchial, 422
Plagiocephaly, 180
Plasmodi-trophoderm, 99, 585, 589, 590
Pleura, the, 336, 347
Pleural cavities, 343
Pleuroperitoneal membranes, 345
Pleuroperitoneum, 340
Plexus, Auerbach's, 461
chorioideus. see Chlorioid plexus
Meissner's, 461
vitelline, 186
Plica arcuata, 518
chorioidea (fold), 517
encephali ventralis, 423
rhombo-mesencephalica, 445
semilunaris, 549
Plicae palmatae, 385
Polar bodies, 18, 19, 20
relation to production of monsters, 611
Polydactyly, 181, 611
Polykaryocytes, 145, 243
Polylecithal ova, 6
Polysomatous monsters, 621
Polyspermy, 31
Pons varolii, 445, 493
Pontile nuclei, 436, 489, 493, 500
Pontine flexure, 447
Porencephaly, 613
Portio major, 471
Postbranchial branches of nerves, 434
Posterior arcuate fissure, 518
colliculi, see Posterior corpora qnadrigemina
corpora quadrigemina, 437, 487, 500
horn (dorsal gray column), 478
longitudinal fasciculus, see Fasciculus,
medial longitudinal
nares, 289
Prebranchial branches of nerves, 434
Precervical sinus, 115
Preformation theory, XIII
Preformationists, XIII
Pregnancy, abdominal, 32
duration of, 123
mammary gland, during, 413
tubal, 32
Premolar teeth, 296
Premuscle sheath, 274
tissue, 265
Preoptic recess, 501
Prepuce, in the female, 394
in the male, 394
Presphenoid bone, 159
Preterminal area of G. Elliot Smith, 439, 511
Primary areas or fields of Flechsig, 528
oocyte, 2, 1 6, 18, 20
spermatocytes, n, 12, 13, 16
IXDKX
Primitive body cavity (coelom), 46, 60, 65, 80,
81, 96, 98, 104
axis (head process), 74, 76, 77, 82, 95
coordinating mechanism, 474
folds, 74, 75, 77, 102
groove, 74, 75, 77, 79, 94, 102, 103, no
gut (see also Archenteron) , 285, 340
knot (Hensen's), 74, 75, 77, 93, 97
pericardial cavity, 196, 280, 341
Pit, 74, 75, 77
plate, 75, 77
segments, 46, 79, 80, 262, 268
streak, 74, 75, 76,77,78,82,91,92,93,94,
102, 103
Primordial cranium, 157
Proamnion, 77, 79, 572
Processus neuroporicus, 424
reticularis, 481, 486
vaginalis peritonei, 390
Proctodaeum, 58
Production of duplicate (polysomatous) mon-
sters, 621
of monsters in single embryos, 622
Progamous determination of sex, 382
Projection fields, 528
Pronephric duct, 354, 355
Pronephros, the, 354
pronephric duct of, 354
tubules of, 355
significance of, 355
Pro-oestrus, 25
Prosencephalon (fore-brain), 424, 427, 437
diencephalon, 425, 437
peripheral neurones of, 471
telencephalon, 425, 437
Prosopopagus parasiticus, 608
Prostate gland, 372
Psalterium, see Fornix commissure
Pterygoid hamulus, 159
process, 159, 161
Pubis, the, 171
Pulmonary artery, 204, 212
Pulp of teeth, 294, 295
Pulpy nuclei, 147
Pulvinar thalami, 503
Purkinje cells, 497, 499
Pygopagus, 604
Pyramids (see also Tracts, pyramidal], 442, 491,
493, 494
Quadrigemina, anterior, see Anterior corpora
quadrigemina
posterior, see Posterior corpora quadrigemina
Rabbit, formation of amnion of, 572
Rabl, concerning origin of vitreous, 545
concerning sex cells, 374
Rachischisis, 282, 613, 615
cystica, 613
Radius, 168
Ramus, 164
communicans, gray, 462
white, 457, 462
Raphc (of epichordal segmental brain), 485
(of scrotum), 396
Rathke's pocket, 288
pouch, 501
Receptors, 418, 421, 427, 430, 432
visual, 471, 475
Recessus postopticus, 424, 501
praeopticus, 424, 501
Recklinghausen, von, concerning deficient
growth of blastoderm, 615
Rectum, the, 310, 370
Red blood cells, 239
Reduction of chromosomes (see also Matura-
tion), 11, 380
Reflex arc, 476
three-neurone, 419
two-neurone, 418
Regnier de Graaf, XIII
Reichert, XIV
Rejuvenescence theory, 33
Renal corpuscle, 367
papillae, 367
pelvis, primitive, 361
pyramids, 367
tubules, convoluted, 363
straight, 361
Respiratory system, the, 330
anomalies of, 338
larynx, 331
lungs, 334
trachea, 333
Restiform body, 436, 491
Rete cords, 374
ovarii, 377
testis, 381, 382
Retention cysts, 618
Reticular formation, 435, 441, 485 to 488
gray, 486
white, 486
tissue, origin of fibers of, 134
Retina, 424, 471, 475, 540
amacrine cells of, 542
area centralis, 542
bipolar cells of, 475, 543
656
INDEX
Retina, cone bipolars, 544
defective pigmentation of, 415
differentiation of cells of nuclear layer, 542
distal (first) optic neurone, 543
fovea centralis, 542
layer of ganglion cells of, 541
of nerve fib'ers of, 541
macula lutea, 542
middle (second) optic neurone, 543
Mtiller's or sustentacular cells, 542
nervous part, 540
non-nervous part, 540
ora serrata, 540
pigmented layer, 540
primitive nuclear layer of, 541
rod and cone cells of, 542, 543
bipolars, 544
Retterer, concerning lymphatic tissue of ton-
sils, 299
Rhinencephalon, 425, 437, 475, 507, 510 to
5ii
Rhombencephalon (rhombic brain), 424, 445,
465
Rhombic brain (rhombencephalon), 431, 445
cerebellum, 425
tela chorioidea, 425
grooves, 459
lip, 483, 489, 495
Rhombo-mesencephalic fold, 424, 445
Rhythmical contractions, 566, 580
Ribs, the, 152
capitulum of, 153
costo-vertebral ligaments of, 152
foramen transversarium, 153
ossification of, 153
tuberculum of, 153
Rods, 471, 475, 542, 543
Rolando, fissure of, 524
substantia gelatinosa of, 490
tuberculum of, 594
Roof plate (dorsal median plate), 423, 443, 483
Root fibers, afferent, 421
sheath, the, 410
Rosenberg's theory concerning vertebrae, 178
Rosenmiiller, organ of, 385
Rotation of extremities, 122
Roux, concerning source of parasitic growths,
612
Rubro-spinal tract, 436, 481
Rupture of the membranes, 581
Saccule, 556
Sacral flexure, 112, 115
Salivary glands, the, 296
crescents of Gianuzzi, 298
histogenesis of, 297
sublingual, 296
submaxillary, 296
Santorini, duct of. 320
Sarcoolasm, 278
Scala media, 556
tympani, 556, 557
vestibuli, 556, 557
Schaper, concerning development of cerebel-
lum, 497
Scaphocephaly, 180
Scapula, 167
Schleiden, XIV
Schmidt, concerning mammary gland, 412
Schultz, concerning potentiality of germ cells,
612
Schwann, XIV
Sclera, 545
Sclerotome, 131, 147, 262, 276
Scrotum, the, 390, 396
Sebaceous glands, the, 412
Secondary egg membranes, 4
oocyte, 19, 20
Secretory function, 298
Segmental part of epichordal brain, 427, 429
Segmentation (see also Cleavage),
cavity, 38, 54, 68
cells, development of isolated group of,
to form monsters, 6 1 1
Segments, primitive, 46, 79, 80, 262, 269
of segmental brain and cord, 475, 476
Semilunar ganglion, 430
Seminal filament or spermatozoon, i, 6
vesicles, 386
Seminiferous tubules, 381
Sense organs, special, 533
anomalies of, 561
ear, 552
eye, 533
nose, 549
Septa, the, 202
anomalies of, 254
Septal marginal layer, 484
Septum aorticum, 204
atriorum, 202
medullse, 484
pellucidum, 439, 522
spurium, 205
superius, 202
transversum (see also Diaphragm), 342,
344, 347
INDEX
657
Septum ventriculorum, 204
Serosa, 571
Sertoli, cells of, u, 15, 16
Sex cells, 374
cords, 375
determination of, 21
Sexual elements, 374
Sheaths, myelin (medullary), 448, 464
neurilemma, 448
Sherrington, concerning effectors and recep-
tors, 418
Shoulder girdle, 167
Siamese twins, 605
Sigmoid colon, 209
mesocolon, 351
Sinus, cavernous, 220
confluence of, 221
coronarius, 223
frontal, 550
maxillary, 550
petrosal, 222
precervical, 115
sagittal, 222
sphenoidal, 550
terminalis, 187
transverse, 221
venosus, 191, 201
Sinusoidal circulation, 316
Sinusoids, 229, 315, 316
Situs viscerum in versus, 323
Skeletal musculature, see Musculature, skeletal
system, anomalies of, 177
appendicular skeleton, 166
axial skeleton, 146
development of the, 129
of joints, 1 73
head skeleton, 154
notochord, 146
ribs, 152
sternum, 153
vertebrae, 147
Skeleton, axial (see also Axial skeleton), 146
appendicular, (see also Appendicular
skeleton), 166
Skin, the, 407
anomalies of, 414
dermis, 408
epidermis, 407
glands of, 412
pigment of, 408
Skull, defects of, 612
development of, 154
Smegma embryonum, 412
42
Smith, G. Elliott, concerning archipallium, 439
Smooth muscle, 280
histogenesis of, 281
Sole plate, 409
Somaesthetic area of pallium, 440, 527, 528
Somatic area (see also Pallium, precentral area),
528
segmentation, 420, 430
structures, 428
Somatochrome cells, 459
Somatopleure, 340, 573
Somites, mesodermic, 43, 45, 47, 60, 65, 79, 80,
81, 82, 96, 98, 104, no
Spermatids,.u, 12, 13, 16, 20
Spermatocytes, n
primary, n, 12, 13, 16, 20
secondary, 12, 13, 16, 20
Spermatogenic cells, 1 1
Spermatogenesis, n, 15, 16, 22
Spermatogonia, u, 20
Spermatozoa, n, 16, 30, 31, 32
forms of, 7, 8
number of, 7, 9
Spermatozoon, the, 6, 13, 28, 29, 30, 31
diagram of, 7
discovery of, XIII
human, 6, 14
acrosome, 6
axial filament, 6, 14
body, 6
centrosome, 6, 14
end knob, 6, 14
galea capitis, 6, 15
head, 6, 14
middle piece, 14
neck, 6
nucleus, 6, 13
spiral filament, 6, 14
tail, 6
Spermium, i
Sphenoid bone, 159, 161
Sphenomandibular ligament, 163
Sphenopagus, 608
Sphenopalatine ganglion, 471
Spigelius, lobe of, 318
Spina bifida, 613, 614, 615
cystica, 613
occulta, 614
Spinal accessory, XI, nerve, 434, 465
cord, the, 423, 424, 443, 476
Clarke's column, 436, 481
dorsal funiculi, 460, 473, 477
gray column, 428, 478
658
INDEX
Spinal cord, dorsal funiculi, septum of, 480
growth of, 482
lack of, 614
malformations of, 613
ventral funiculi, 477
gray column, 428
ventro-lateral funiculus, 477
ganglion, 460, 461
cells, unipolarization of, 461
meningocele, 614
V, 430, 471, 488
Spino-cerebellar tracts, 436, 441, 482
Spiral fibers of spermatozoon, 6, 14
lamina, 557
Splanchnic mesoderm, 45, 60, 80, 81, 96, 98,
108, 310
or visceral structures, 428
Splanchnocrel, 46
Splanchnopleure, 340, 573
Spleen, the, 252
cavernous veins of, 253
cells, 254
haematopoietic function of, 253
pulp cords of, 253
splenic corpuscles of, 253
Splenic corpuscles, 253
Spongioblasts, 449, 453
Spongy bone, 139
Stapes, 165, 559
Sternopagus, 605
Sternum, the, 153
corpus sterni, 154
cleft, 179
malformations of, 605
manubrium sterni, 154
ossification of, 154
xyphoid process of, 154
St. Hilaire, concerning malformations, 593
Stockard, on production of monsters, 622
Stomach, the, 304
anomalies of, 436
practical suggestions for study of, 327
region, 286
rotation of, 305
Strahl, concerning the mammary gland, 412
Stratum granulosum, 379
cells of, 380
Streeter, concerning the acoustic nerve,
559
concerning atrium of inner ear, 553
concerning development of IX, X, XI,
cranial nerves, 465, 466
concerning floor of fourth ventricle, 494
Streeter, concerning origin of endolymphatic
appendage in man, 553
concerning origin of genu facialis, 487
concerning rhombic grooves, 459
Stria medullaris, 503, 508
semicircularis, 513
terminalis, 513, 518
Striae Lancisi, 521
Striated involuntary muscle tissue, 280
voluntary muscle tissue, cells of, 276
endomysium of, 280
epimysium of, 280
fibers of, 271
histogenesis of, 276
intermuscular tissue of, 280
perimysium of, 280
sarcoplasm, 278
Stylohyoid ligament, 165
Styloid process, 160, 165
Subclavian artery, 211, 213, 217
Sublingual 'gland, 297
Submaxillary ganglion, 471
gland, 296
Subperiosteal ossification, 140, 142
Substantia gelatinosa of Rolando, 490
propria corneae, 548
Sudoriferous glands, the, 412
Sulcus hypothalamicus, 501
limitans, 447, 482, 494
Sulcus, longitudinalis, 204
Monroi, 501
Superior peduncle of cerebellum, 436, 441, 443,
500
Supracondyloid process, 180
Supraglenoidal tuberosity, 167
Supraoccipital bone, 158
Suprarenal glands, 396
chromaffin cells, 396
cortical substance of, 397
lipoid granules of, 396
medullary substance of, 397
organs, 398
phaeochrome cells of, 396
relation to kidney, 398
Suprasegmental structures of Adolf Meyer (see
also Cerebellum, Mid-brain roof, Cor-
pora quadrigemina and Pallium), 420,
427, 436, 437, 475, 476
characteristics of, 427
connections of, see Cerebellum, Mid-brain
roof, Corpora quadrigemina, Archi-
pallium and Neopallium
INDEX
059
Suprasegmental structures, tracts to (see also
Cerebellum, Mid-brain roof, Corpora
qnadrigemina, Arc hi pallium and Neo-
pallium), 436, 441, 481
Suprasternal bones, 153, 179
Sylvii, fossa of, 509, 510, 522
Symblepharon, 616
Symmetrical duplicity, 602
anterior union, 606
complete duplicity, 601, 602
middle union, 605
multiplicity, 607
origin of, 607
posterior union, 604
Sympathetic (autonomic) system, 428
nervous system, see Nervous system,
sympathetic
Sympathoblasts, 397
Symphysis of lower jaws, 287
Sympus apus, 619
dipus, 619
monopus, 619
symelus siren, 619
Synapsis, 12, 1 6
Synarthrosis, 174
Syncephalus, 606
Synchondrosis, 174
Syncytial layer, 99, 589
Syncytium of heart muscle, 281
Syndesmosis, 174
Synophthalmia, 616
Synosteosis, 179
Synotia, 561, 606
Synotus, 616, 617
Synovial fluid, 175
Syringomyelocele, 614
Tactile corpuscles of Meissner, 408
Taenia fimbriae, 518
of cerebellum, 475
of cerebral hemispheres, 512
of medulla, 483
Tail, 117
bud, 63
fold, 82
Talus, 172
Tarsus, bones of the, 172
Taste buds (see also Gustatory system), 420, 430
Tautomeric column cells, 473
Teeth, the, 291
dental groove, 292
papilla, 292
shelf, 292
Teeth, dentinal canals, 295
fibers of, 295
pulp of, 294
dentine, 292, 294, 295
enamel, 293
organ, 292
membrana preformativa, 294
milk, 292
odontoblasts, 294
permanent, 295
true molars, 295
Tegmental swelling, 487, 505
Tegmentum, 494, 508
Tela chorioidea, 425, 503
Telencephalon (end-brain), 425, 437, 508, 531
i corpus striatum, 425, 437, 444, 448, 509
pallium, 425, 437, 444, 508, 509
rhinencephalon, 425, 437, 475, 507, 510,
5"
Temporal bone, 159, 161
lobe, 512
Tendons, 135
Teratogenesis, 601
causes underlying origin of monsters, 620
malformations involving more than one
individual, 601
malformations involving one individual,
612
Teratoid tumors, 399, 400
Teratomata, 612
Terminal arborizations, 457, 474
areas of Flechsig, 529
Testicle, the, 381
anomalies of, 402
cells of, 382
descent of, 389, 407
mediastinum testis, 382
migration of, 388, 392
processus vaginalis peritonei, 390
rete testis, 381, 382
seminiferous tubules, convoluted, 381
straight, 381
stroma of, 382
tunica albuginea of, 375, 381
vaginalis propria, 392
Testis, mediastinum, 382
parasitic growths of, 610
rete, 381, 382
Tetrabrachius, 605
Thalamic radiations, 440, 441, 507, 515, 516,
524
Thalamus, 437, 448, 475, S°6, 516
Theca folliculi, 379
660
INDEX
Theoria generationis, XIII
Thigh, development of, 117, 121
Thoracic duct, 244, 248
.region, defects of, 618
Thoracogastroschisis, 618
Thoracopagus, 605
parasiticus, 605
Thoracoschisis, 352
Thymus gland, 254, 302
anomalies of, 426
atrophy of, 303
histogenesis of, 303
malformations of, 605
tumors of, 609
Thyng, concerning anomalies of pancreas, 327
Thyreoglossal duct, 301
Thyreoid gland, 300
anomalies of, 325
colloid secretion of, 300
epithelial bodies, 301
its relation to formation of blood cells, 304
parathyreoids, 301
thyreoglossal duct of, 301
Thyreoids, lateral, 301
theories concerning, 301
Tibia, 172
Tissues, adenoid, 300 -
adipose, 135
chromaffin, 399
connective, 129
lymphatic, of the tongue, 299
mesenchymal, 133
muscle, 276, 280
nephrogenic, 362
osseous, 137
premuscle, 265
retroperitoneal, 399
subcutaneous, 408
Toes, development of, 121
Tongue, the, 289
filiform papillae of, 290
foramen caecum liguae, 290
fungiform papillae of, 290
innervation of, 432
lingual papillae of, 290
lingualis muscle of, 290
tuberculum impar, 289
valla te papillae of, 291
Tonsilla, 496
Tonsils, the, 299
crypts of, 299
lingual, 299
lymph follicles of, 299
Tonsils, pharyngeal, 299
Tooth tumors, developmental, 296
Torneux, concerning malformations of neural
tube, 615
Tornier, concerning production of vertebrate
monsters, 621
Trabeculae carneae, 206
Trachea, the, 333
Tracts, see also Fasciculi,
central tegmental, 489
cortico-spinal, see Tracts, pyramidal
Flechsig's, 436, 441, 482, 491
from Deiter's nucleus, 436, 481
from suprasegmental structures, 441, 482
Gower's, 436, 441, 482, 491
gustatory (see also Tractus solitaries), 432,
437, 438
olfactory. 437, 438, 475, 507
optic, 437, 438, 475, 547
predorsal, 437, 500
pyramidal, 441, 442, 482, 491, 494. 496,
528
reticular formation + ventro-lateral
ground bundle system, 474
reticulo-spinal, 486
rubro-spinal, 436, 481, 487
Tracts, secondary and tertiary olfactory, 475
optic (see also Optic nerve), 475
spino-cerebellar (dorsal) , 436, 441, 482, 491
(ventral), 436, 442, 482, 491
spino-tectal and thalamic, 441, 482
to Deiter's nucleus, 436
to suprasegmental structures, 436, 441,
481, 488, 495
Tractus solitarius (communis) of VII, IX and
X nerves, 432, 469, 473, 474, 488,
491
Tragus, 561
Transposition of the viscera, 323
Transverse mesocolon, 350
Trapezium (bone), 169
(of medulla) 493
Trapezoid, the, 169
area of His (see also Preterminal area},
439, 5n
Tribrachius, 605
Tricephalus, 607
Trigeminus, V, nerve, 430, 432, 434
Gasserian ganglion, 430
spinal V root, 430
Trigonum (bone), 181
(brain), 511
Triquetral bone, 168
INDEX
661
Trochanters, 172
Trochlea, 168
Trochlear, IV, nerve, 432
Trophoblast, 88, 99
Trophoderm, 88, 99, 100, 108, 584, 586
Truncus arteriosus, 188
Tsuda, concerning production of spina bifida,
622
Tubal pregnancy, 32
Tuber cinereum, 503
Tubercles, greater, 168
lesser, 168
Tuberculum of rib, 153
impar, 289
of Rolando, 494
Tumors of sexual glands, origin of, 611
Tunica albuginea, 375
vasculosa lentis, 539
dartos, 408
vaginalis propria, 392
Turbinated bones, 160
Twins, equal monochorionic, 601, 602, 603
free duplicities, 601
unequal monochorionic, 602
Tympanum, 560
Ulna, 1 68
Umbilical arteries, 191, 210, 571
ccelom, 307
cord, 596
anomalies of, $99
in Mammals, 575
in man, 596
length of, human, 598
hernia, 581, 618
ligament, middle, 371, 583
veins, 191, 219, 571
Umbilicus, dermal, 569
double, 604
intestinal, 569
Unicornuate uterus, 403
Unilateral hermaphroditism, 404
Unipolarization of spinal ganglion cells, 461
Unna, concerning anomalies of hair, 415
Uracho-vesical fistula, 402
Urachus, 371, 5 70, 583
anomalies of, 401
Ureters, the, 361
anomalies of, 400
relations of, to cardinal veins, 229
Urethra, the, 371, 394
anomalies of, 402
Urinary bladder, the, 370, 371
"Urinary fistula," 583
Urogenital sinus, the, 370
system, the, 354
anomalies of, 399
development of suprarenal glands, 396
genital glands, 373
kidney, 361
mesonephros, 356
metanephros, 361
pronephros, 354
urethra, 370
urinary bladder, 370
urogenital sinus, 370
Urorectal fold, the, 370
Uterus, the, 385
anomalies of, 403
bicornuate, 403
bipartite, 403
didelphys, 403
fixation of ovum to, 584
infantile, 403
masculinus, 387
relation of placenta to, 579
unicornuate, 403
Utricle, 556
Utriculosaccular duct, 556
Utriculus prostaticus, 387
Uvula, 496
Vagina, the, 385
anomalies of, 403
Vagus, X, nerve, 432, 434
Valves, the, 205
anomalies of, 254
Valvula bicuspidalis, 206
mitralis, 206
sinus coronarii, 205
tricuspidalis, 206
venae cavae inferioris, 205
Valvulae semilunares aortas, 206
semilunares arteriae pulmonalis, 206
venosae, 205
Vas deferens, 386
epididymis, 393
Vasa aberrantia, 319, 393
efferentia, 386
Vascular arteries, 209
blood vessels, 185
blood and blood cells, 236
changes in the circulation at birth, 234
development of the, 185
heart, 196
histogenesis of blood cells, 236
662
INDEX
Vascular lymphatic system, 242
system, anomalies of, 254, 603
veins, 219
Vasculogenesis, principles of, 193
Veins, accessory hemiarzygos, 229
anomalies of, 257, 615
ascending lumbar, 229
axillary, 232
azygos, 228
basilic, 232
brachial, 232
cardinal, 220, 222, 224
cavernous, 251
cephalic, 231
cerebral, 220
common iliac, 228
femoral, 234
fibular, 233
hemiazygos, 229
hepatic, 231
inferior sagittal, 222
internal spermatic, 227
jugular, 223
jugulocephalic, 233
lateralis capitis, 220
of Galen, 222
omphalomesenteric, 187, 219, 570
ovarian, 227
portal, 230
primary ulnar, 231
radial, 232
renal, 226
revehent, 225
saphenous, 234
sciatic, 234
subcardinal, 225
subclavian, 223, 235
subintestinal, 46
supracardinal, 228
suprarenal, 228
testicular, 227
tibial, 233, 234
umbilical, 191, 219, 571
vitelline, 187, 570
Velum, anterior medullary, 496
posterior medullary, 483, 496
transversum, 424, 504
Vena cava, inferior, 224, 226
superior, 223
Veno-lymphatics, 249
Ventral cephalic fold of brain, 423
mesentery, 347
mesogastrium, 347
Ventral root fibers, see Efferent root fibers
Ventricle, 331
of Verga, 522
Ventricles of the brain, 426
fourth, 426, 448
lateral, 426, 512
anterior horn of , 5 1 2
descending horn of, 512
posterior horn of, 512
third, 426, 448
Ventricular septum, 202
Ventro-lateral plate, see Basal plate
Vermiform appendix, 310
Vermis, 496
Vernix caseosa, 407, 412
Vertebrae, the, 147
alternation of vertebra; and myotomes, 148
anomalies of, 177
blastemal stage of, 148
bodies of, 148
cartilaginous stage of, 148
costal process, 148
intervertebral fibrocartilage, 148
Vertebrae, ligaments of, 152
ossification stage, 150
sclero tomes of, 146
Vertebrae cervical, defects of, 612
Vertebral arch, 148
articular process of, 1 50
spinous process of, 150
transverse process of, 150
Vertebrate, the definition of, 420
differentiation of the anterior end of, 420
nervous system, see Nervous system, •ver-
tebrate
Vesical fissure, 402
Vesicle, auditory, 552
blastodermic, 87, 108
optic, 534
Vesicles, brain, 424, 443
seminal, 386
Vestibular ganglion cells, 559
membrane (of Reissner), 557
nerve, 559
part of acoustic (auditory) nerve, 432
descending r<5ot of, 432
pouch, 553
Vestibule, 430
Vestibulum vaginae, 394
Vicq d'Azyr's bundle, 507
Vignal, concerning the myelin sheath, 464
Villi, chorionic, 578, 586
fastening, 591
INDEX
Villi, floating, 591
Visceral mesoderm, 45, 60, 80, 81, 96, 98, 108
musculature, see Musculature, -visceral
neurones, sympathetic, 421
or splanchnic structures, 428
Visual area of pallium, 440, 527, 528
cortex, 527
Vitelline arteries, 210, 569
circulation, 189
duct, 581
membrane, 2
plexus, 1 86
veins, 187, 570
Vitellus, 2
Vitreous, 545
humor, 545
Vocal cords, superior, or false, 331
true, 331
Volar arch, superficial, 217
Voluntary muscle, striated, histogenesis of, 276
origin of, 262, 263
Vomer, 160, 162
Von Baer, XIII
Von Baer's law, 354
Von Loewenhoek, concerning the discovery of
the spermatozoon, XIII
Von Spec's embryo, 101, 102, 109
"Waters," the, 581
Webs between digits, 121
Weight of embryos, 122
Wharton's jelly, 597
White columns (see also Dorsal funiculus), 473
matter of cerebral hemispheres, 524
of cord and segmental brain, 474
ramus communicans, 457, 462
Wiedersheim, concerning the mammary gland,
4i3
concerning duplicity with double gastru-
lation, 608
Wieman, concerning spermatogenesis, 16
Wilson, E. B., concerning fertilization, 28
Wilson, J. F., concerning intermediate region
in the cord, 494
concerning intermediate plate, 494
Winslow, foramen of, 348
Wirsung, duct of, 320
Wlassak, concerning the myelin sheath, 464
Wolffian duct, 346
ridge, 358
"Wolf's snout," 180
theory of epigenesis, XIII
Woods, concerning sex cells, 374
X-chromosome, 15, 1 6
Xiphoid process, 154
malformations of, 605
Xiphopagus, 605
Y-chromosome, 15, 16
Yolk, 3
lack of, in Mammals, 572
plug, 56
sac, 82, 95, 96, 100, 101, 103, 104, 105, no,
in, 567
formation of in chick, 567
function of, 568
in Mammals, 572, 574
in man, 581
stalk, 109, 112, 286, 568, 575
Zander, concerning the nails, 409
Ziegler, concerning malformations of neural
tube, 615
Ziegler's fusion theory of symmetrical duplic-
ity, 607
Zona pellucida, 2, 379
radiata, 379
Zonula Zinnii, 548
Zonular placenta, 578
Zygomatic bone, 162
Zymogen granules, 323
Zygote, 27
Printed in the United States of America
14 DAY USE
RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED
R
This book is due on the last date stamped below, or
on the date to which renewed.
Renewed books are subject to immediate recall.
OCT 91964
APR 27 !965
1 9 IOCS
LD 21-50m-6,'59
(A2845slO)476
General Library
University of California
Berkeley
U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES
DiOLOGY
LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY QF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY